Nicolas Walden of the Hackett Group, explores why 2025 is shaping up to be a year like no other for procurement and supply chains.

Tariffs, trade wars, macroeconomic uncertainties, and geopolitical disruptions have taken up so much media attention lately, you may have missed the news that Amazon just bought creative control of the James Bond franchise from the Broccoli family.

This never happened to the other CPO

Most years, the future of everybody’s favourite secret agent might not seem very pertinent to The Hackett Group’s CPO Agenda and Key Issues Study. But in 2025, procurement itself is undergoing its own reboot, with more suspense, fresh storylines, and great new gadgets.

Most procurement executives we know see enormous challenges and enormous opportunities ahead. It’s clear that we now live in a VUCA world – a business climate both volatile, uncertain, complex, and ambiguous – where procurement professionals can take very little for granted. Whether it’s geopolitics, stubbornly higher costs, the economy, regulation, or technological change, the most surprising outcome in 2025 would be for everything to go smoothly.

Yet despite such a wide range of conceivable disruptions, CPOs’ top concerns likely driven by economic considerations remain traditional: first, cut costs; second, mitigate risks. And third? Refine their operating model. This may mean trying to build more agility and resilience into supply chains, getting to know suppliers’ cost structure and sourcing vulnerabilities to plan potential scenarios, or collecting more information to take more advantage of the rapidly growing thirst for analytics. Given the scale of the challenge, it’ll likely also entail much more collaboration and cooperation with suppliers. 

Their fourth priority, CPOs say, is to get their inflationary costs in line, and fifth, to pursue digital transformation, requiring them to deploy advanced technology including AI and GenAI along with better-quality data.

A good year for gadgets

They are right to make technology their fifth priority. Q has something special for you this year: intake and process orchestration, and artificial intelligence (particularly generative artificial intelligence) continues to advance even as more procurement teams find ways to bring GenAI applications into their workstream.

Most leadership teams we have spoken to in recent months have begun experimenting with GenAI, and many have begun with a use case or two to integrate these technologies into day-to-day processes. Here at The Hackett Group, for instance, we see how tools like Microsoft Copilot can be used to draft category strategies, including cost and risk analysis, to suggest plans, and to draft contract clauses. 

Copilot now well integrated within the Office set of products can suit many companies’ needs, but it’s not the only option. OpenAI’s ChatGPT may have been the start, but now more powerful GenAI assistants are available, including xAI’s Grok and DeepSeek for those in Asia. 

Such advances have not gone unnoticed. Nearly two-thirds of procurement executives (64%) expect AI and GenAI to transform the way their team works over the next five years – and many believe AI is already making a difference: procurement organisations are saving between 7 and 10% in improved productivity, quality, customer and/or employee experience, and from similar reductions in operating cost and full-time labour needs.

Nor is procurement alone in its enthusiasm. Last year, only 16% of executives across all functions told us business transformation through AI was a high priority for them. This year, that number tops 89%. 

Getting ready for 2025

What should you do to prepare for what 2025 may have in store? Answers will depend on your business and your sector, but you are unlikely to go too far wrong if you:

  • Build closer ties with company-wide leadership to align with specific corporate priorities. The more communication you have, the better you can support your company’s strategy. 
  • Prepare for the VUCA world, be prepared for shocks, it helps if you know your suppliers and your options. The cost model, cost drivers, and scenarios will become procurement’s best friends to manage for the expected continuous volatility and uncertainty. 
  • Get as close as you can to your suppliers. Understanding their vulnerabilities can give you a leg up in an emerging crisis.
  • Meet procurement’s new best friend. If you haven’t tried it yet, you need to start experimenting with GenAI now. These tools are extraordinary. Even a simple prompt for a straightforward task (“Write a procurement category strategy for the packaging spend category including external data points”) can save hours of time. 
  • Don’t forget to train your organic intelligence. Automation will yield even better results if you have very capable people to run it. Our research shows that digital world class companies invest more than twice as much on training and development as ordinary companies.

Of course, it goes without saying to follow company policy on guidance on the use of AI models whichever model you may choose. In addition, any work the AI agents create needs to be reviewed for accuracy and hallucinations. But it’s important to make a start soon. In this ever-changing world in which we live, missing the AI opportunity is clearly the greater risk.

Nicolas Walden is Europe Practice Leader, Procurement Advisory for The Hackett Group®.

Ronald Kleijwegt, CEO at Vinturas, unpacks how companies can build and maintain an edge over the competition in an age of tariffs and trade uncertainty.

Global supply chains are once again at a critical juncture. Trump induced tariffs, tighter red tape and global trade disruptions continue to make headline news, and are making supply chains more complex, more costly and more localised.

But while new tariffs are prompting a shift in sourcing locations, trade routes and end destinations, this is far from a new phenomenon for the industry. Issues and blockages occur all the time, especially in today’s fast-changing socio-political and economic climate. What it does highlight, however, is a need for supply chains to evolve in line with their new environment, to accelerate cross-border trade, reduce administrative burdens and enhance industry collaboration to avoid these issues and minimise business risks going forward.

Those that establish business resilience now will have a distinct advantage in maintaining flexibility, compliance, and efficiency in a rapidly changing global trade landscape. Our industry research shows that US supply chain leaders are planning on increasing investment in supply chain technology by 7.5% over the next year. But where do organisations start? And, how do they make sure that the changes they make now will be proof against the next big industry disruption?

Accelerate cross-border trade and diversify sourcing strategies

We’re now seeing a shift towards nearshoring and friendshoring, where supply chains prioritise trade partners least impacted by protectionist measures and tariffs. With US tariffs on Chinese goods increasing, for instance, supply chains will likely pivot to alternative manufacturing hubs, such as Vietnam, India, or Mexico. Of course, recent events have proven that these countries are also at risk of US tariffs. 

Here, US companies may face reduced competition in some industries, but at the cost of higher prices and reduced supply options – which may prove detrimental to several domestic markets and well-established global trade flows. This forces OEMs to absorb the costs or seek alternative sourcing strategies and locations, achieved through building relationships with markets harboring more favorable trade policies, and more accessible supply chains. 

But in doing so, businesses can get tied up in red tape in unfamiliar markets, and struggle to keep up with differing cross border and product compliance regulations. This can be a stressful experience and lead to delays, product seizure, fines and impending reputational damage. Procurement and supply chain professionals in the operation of trade may also face legal action or lose licenses in the process.

Short term fixes 

Many international manufacturers are seeking a short-term fix, rushing through large volumes of trade to the US before tariffs take effect, causing significant strain on already fragile global supply chains. Here, the danger is that manufacturers have cash tied up in unsold stock, a common, and potentially devastating, indicator of overreliance on a single market. Additionally, trade ecosystems are operating beyond capacity, meaning more room for human error, fraud and data breaches, and lost cargo, should it all go wrong. 

Smart procurement officers and organisations need to strengthen supply chain networks and build business resilience to accelerate trade, and navigate congested trade lines, particularly if they are to shift sourcing and end destinations. Many OEMs are already working to restructure supply chains by moving production closer to demand centers, but doing so takes time, agility and investment. 

Reduce administrative burdens and build business resilience

An alarming 67% of supply chain and procurement professionals are concerned about human errors and mistakes in managing global supply chains. Almost a fifth (18%) still use paper-based systems, like manual logs and forms. In the modern world, these processes are no longer good enough. After all, AI, predictive analytics and automation are only as effective as the quantity and quality of the data they’re sitting on. Mapping out, digitising, and making the supply chain ecosystem accessible is key. 

But just knowing where products are isn’t enough. Even if businesses create visibility in their supply chain, they can be left ‘in the dark’ on its status, and without the ability to make actionable changes, particularly in case of disruption. Investing in good data foundations falls down if systems are operating in silos.

Through building in tools like compliance, risk assessment and mitigation planning, demand forecasting and inventory management, into digital supply chains, procurement professionals and supply chain operators benefit from an automated, agile trade ecosystem, helping them to navigate turbulent waters and congested trade lines with relative ease. 

Interoperability

Key to success in doing so, however, is building interoperability into the supply chain ecosystem, making sure that different computerised and automated systems can connect and exchange information with each other at all stages of a product’s journey. Critically, this also means hosting  a network that enables differing IT systems to work together, while integrating digital identification systems, reducing data silos and helping to track goods from warehouse to delivery.

This data is then shared between each trading partner in the supply chain, providing supply chain manager with a real-time oversight of a product’s journey. As a result, supply chain operators can quickly adapt to changes in demand, or if a chain disruption takes place, the problem can be identified quickly, and rerouted to minimize ongoing disruption, reduce business risk, and ensure operational continuity.

Enhancing industry collaboration and staying digitally protected

Organisations need to share data, insights and risk assessments to collectively strengthen supply networks. But many businesses face limited budgets for digital transformation, making investments in cybersecurity and interoperability more challenging.

Without proper data-sharing infrastructures, supply chains risk inefficiencies and increased exposure to fraud and cyber threats, particularly if businesses rush through the process, or try and enforce unfamiliar digital systems on their partners.

Emerging technologies such as blockchain can help mitigate these risks, providing end-to-end visibility and authentication in a time when supply chain fraud is an increasing concern, offering robust security protocols, access controls and audit trails that only permissioned network members can access.

Integrating blockchain security with interoperability strengthens the overall resilience of the supply chain ecosystem, facilitating collaboration and trust between trading partners, reducing bottlenecks and providing data that stakeholders or security partners need to respond to issues in real time. This is achieved through standardising data security practices, minimising vulnerabilities caused by isolated or incompatible systems and enhancing security measures for trade as it moves along its journey.

Adding a layer of strategic thinking

Predicting the future of the supply chain is an impossible task, but we know that trade disruptions, socio-political and economic issues will continue long into the future. What they highlight, however, is an opportunity for supply chains to evolve in line with their rapidly changing environment and build competitive advantage in the same process.

By digitising the supply chain, procurement and supply chain professionals benefit by better informed decisions, and a means to protect against trade disruptions, while also streamlining safe, secure and effective operations. Those that establish business resilience now will have a distinct advantage in maintaining flexibility, compliance, and efficiency in a trade environment that changes each and every day – and ensure that they are ready for the next global trade disruption.

But technology can’t do it all. Once the systems are in place, organizations must maintain safe stock levels, establish alternative transportation routes and diversify sourcing locations to mitigate future impacts. So, when the next delays occurrm, there are clear processes and actions in place so that businesses can resolve these issues in a few clicks.

Hanna Naima McCloskey, founder & CEO of Fearless Futures, looks at the increasingly challenging issue of DEI procurement in Trump’s political landscape.

Diversity, equity and inclusion (DEI) is at a critical juncture. DEI work in the US is subject to an assault by far-right forces, providing a groundswell for the Trump administration’s implementation of a range of measures impacting multiple marginalised communities: migrants, People of Colour, Trans and Non-Binary people, Disabled folks, Women and others. Due to the US’ economic and cultural influence, the assault on DEI in private companies is having global ripples.

However, for those of us outside of the US, we must delink what is happening specifically in that context with what we can do across the rest of the world. Especially here in the UK where our legal and cultural context is distinct.

This false positioning of DEI as somehow unfair to White people, non-Disabled people and Men among other groups is clearly unfounded when we look at the data across company contexts and society more widely. As such, equity and inclusion work remain crucial for companies that value fairness and want all staff to thrive. Instead of retreating in the face of critique, this moment demands that we strengthen our methods: shifting away from symbolic gestures toward structural redesign.

For Chief Procurement Officers and procurement professionals, this means being more discerning about who and what is brought into the organisation to support DEI. When you procure DEI services, you are not just commissioning a programme. You are setting the standard for how your company approaches equity. The stakes are high.

Here is how to do it with rigour.

1. Structural Interventions Over Individualised Responses

A common trap is to invest in individualised responses, like unconscious bias style training, and expect systemic outcomes. Research has shown this type of training is limited in effect based on the fact it misdiagnoses the nature of inequities. Effective DEI interventions to deliver resource efficiency – a priority of procurement leaders – should target the design of your policies, processes and practices as these have scaled impact across the organisation.

If your data shows disabled staff are less likely to be promoted, for example, your colleagues’ first instinct might be to deliver disability inclusion training to line managers. However, a more scaled and cost-effective initial step would be to procure an audit of your promotion policies and role evaluation processes. What rubrics are being used? How is work allocated? How are promotion decisions made? Who makes them? Removing these and other barriers within your promotion processes that hinder equitable progression will permit more equitable outcomes irrespective of the trainability of the person in the process.  

An impactful DEI supplier will help you diagnose root causes rather than simply deliver a solution based on potentially faulty assumptions. It is to redesign the structures that drive inequity at scale. So, seek people who will challenge you to do this.

 2. Intersectional and Issue-Led Approaches

DEI work must reflect the reality of how systems of inequities operate in people’s lives and through organisational structures. That means investing in work that is grounded in intersectionality.

Look for suppliers who help you understand how issues show up for multiple marginalised groups in your data, processes and culture. 

This is what we call an “issue-led approach” in our recent White Paper, DEI Disrupted. This involves shifting the starting point of DEI work from individual identity groups to systemic issues. The power of this approach lies in enabling us to effectively address points of inequity that affect multiple marginalised communities, whilst also attending to the specific barriers a particular group may face. It also helps build coalitions across marginalised communities, as it doesn’t ask any group to wait their turn.

This method is also aligned with the priorities of a procurement leader: ensuring you do as much as possible for as many, efficiently. The benefit with this pivot to mainstream approaches is that it also ensures that inclusion is not superficial or siloed but centred on redistributing access, opportunity and influence at scale.

3. Rigorous Evaluation of Assumptions and Outcomes

DEI is not a hunch. It is a technical change and must be measurable, just like any other core business function. This requires clarity on what success looks like and which outcomes you are seeking. A credible supplier will interrogate your assumptions. They will not accept your hypotheses as a given. They will ask: what data supports this diagnosis? What change are you trying to achieve?

Measurement should focus on outcomes, not just inputs. It is not enough to count how many attended a training, if training is a responsive and valuable solution. What is meant to change as a result? Are more marginalised people to be promoted? Is attrition decreasing for underrepresented groups? These are the markers of impact.

Effective DEI suppliers will guide you to test and iterate your approaches based on data, theory and sound frameworks that do not trend or intuition.

4. Resilience Over Reaction

In DEI Disrupted, we outline how many organisations have relied on reactive and disconnected strategies. These scattergun efforts often appear responsive in the short term but rarely hold up over time.

At a time when DEI is increasingly scrutinised, companies need more than good intentions. They need principled and resilient strategies. Procurement is one of the most powerful accountability measures for ensuring that your DEI work is embedded, rigorous and protected from reputational risk.

The suppliers you engage with signal your values. Are you selecting partners who reinforce shallow narratives or those who support your organisation to build systems-level change? Are you investing in work that is cosmetic or in work that withstands challenge because it is grounded in equity and evidence?

Final Reflections

Procurement is not neutral. It reflects your organisation’s priorities, strategies and theories of change. It is a way of articulating what matters and what does not.

In the current climate, there may be pressure to retreat from DEI. But equity work is not a trend. It is a necessary commitment to fairness and dignity in the workplace. It is not a project that exists outside core business functions. Far from it; it’s central to how you design policies, shape culture and meet your responsibilities as an employer.

When you engage suppliers for DEI work, you are not only making a purchasing decision. You are choosing what kind of organisation you want to be.

Choose the partners who help you ask better questions, uncover deeper truths and build something more enduring than a one-off tick box.

Because equity, when taken seriously, is not fragile. It is foundational.

You can download the Fearless Futures whitepaper here: DEI Disrupted: The Blueprint for DEI Worth Doing.

Following Trump’s ‘Liberation Day’, Fayola-Maria Jack, CEO and founder of Resolutiion, a human-centred global AI platform, purpose-built to help buyers and suppliers prevent, manage, and resolve commercial conflicts and disputes, with speed and precision,’ says that investing in trade relationships has never been so important, offering the CPO sector robust conflict resolution strategies to weather the coming storm.

This month, the details of Trump’s self proclaimed ‘Liberation Day’ finally came to light, with the US President announcing a comprehensive tariff policy, including a baseline 10% tariff on all imports into the US, with 20% imposed on EU imports and significantly higher rates reserved for certain countries accused of unfair trade practices.

While the situation is changing daily, and companies on both sides of the Atlantic are scrambling to assess the impact, it’s a stark reminder of how political decisions can completely upend global trade in an instant.

So far, the fallout has been both swift and widespread; much of the world’s markets have slumped, economists have warned a trade war is looming, and both European and American manufacturers that rely on transatlantic steel and aluminum imports are facing huge uncertainty. 

Impact on the CPO

These tariffs however are not just a manufacturing issue, but an issue that’s already rippling through industries, raising costs and shifting trade patterns. For the world’s Chief Procurement Officers (CPOs) and supply chain leaders, we’re already starting to see a number of challenges emerge, including:

  • Budgets issues: triggered by increased costs for imported materials.
  • Increased operational complexity: It can be expected that leaders will have to re-evaluate supply chains and make substitutions, reconsider logistics, in addition to adjustments to commercial terms. This will be fraught with difficulties, and required activities should not be underestimated in terms of the time, skill, and resource demand – particularly in the industrial sectors.
  • Planning difficulties: It’s hard to plan in a state of flux, certainly one like this. Planning is a critical part of the supply chain, and will certainly be under strain. Clear forecasting and planning are essential to managing the supply chain, and this is going to be very difficult.
  • Increased internal pressures: Unfortunately, there is likely to be a keen eye on procurement teams from finance teams and operations teams, and possibly increased scrutiny due to unease around any misaligned sourcing strategies. It’s a very challenging time to navigate.

Countermeasures see trade war heat up

Another key factor at play here is the world’s response to Trump’s decisions. Again, while this is a very fluid situation, we’ve already seen the EU, China and Canada warn the US of countermeasures.

We’re also seeing efforts to bolster local manufacturing through initiatives like the ‘Made in Europe’ campaign, reflecting a growing shift towards protectionism. Efforts to reduce reliance on external markets and counter tariffs may be a valid response, but any tit-for-tat measures can be very unhelpful and just increase trade tensions. It can also lead to retaliatory cycles that have the potential to spiral out of control, causing problems such as:

  • Fragmented compliance: Diverging rules across borders that are shifting in a very dynamic way, as countries decide how to respond to the shifts in their own way, will likely further complicate global procurement strategies.
  • Reduced optionality: Shrinking supplier pools will be highly probable as trade walls go up. Tariffs can raise prices, soften demand, or spark consumer backlash in B2C sectors. Supply and demand may well materially change in certain sectors.
  • Loss of pace: Red tape and uncertainty means cross-border transactions will simply take longer. That’s a lot of pressure on procurement teams who may really struggle to meet business timescales – delaying fulfilment and possibly hurting the customer experience.

The importance of strengthening trade relationships 

While many believe that tariff changes and their resulting challenges are largely beyond the control of CPOs and supply chain leaders, there is a great deal that can be eased by investing in stronger trade relationships; offering continuity through the chaos.

This is because, in times of crisis, transactional suppliers tend to protect themselves first. The problem with relationships that are purely transactional is there’s little incentive for suppliers to go the extra mile, and contractual rigidity leaves no room for improvisation. This can lead to delivery failures, financial penalties, and stranded assets. Worse still, failing to deliver amid disruption doesn’t just impact operations; it erodes brand credibility, particularly in tightly regulated or just-in-time industries.

Trust-based relationships, on the other hand, enable flexibility. Strong, strategic partners are not only more likely to renegotiate terms instead of pushing material disputes and perhaps even litigating, but they can also open the door to early intel. Knowledge sharing is a really important part of planning, becoming even more so through tougher times. So fostering an open and transparent relationship that shares early signals of disruption will be key. There’s also the pro of shared problem-solving; whether it’s co-creating alternative sourcing, joint ventures, or localised production to bypass tariffs, this period will be all about working together closely, and collaboratively. 

The bottom line is that well-managed partnerships mean reduced conflict, fewer disputes, faster resolution, and reputational insulation; again, a key point, considering there will likely be many frequent and unexpected issues on the horizon. The alternative – a breakdown in relationships – can lead to disputes and in some instances expensive, drawn out, brand-damaging court battles. While businesses are much more adverse to court processes these days, we still see prolonged disputes that are just as expensive and culminate in large out-of-court settlements.

Four conflict resolution strategies for CPOs and supply chain leaders

With the above in mind, any strategies that work to strengthen trade relationships will become increasingly important. 

To help manage risk, enhance supply chain resilience, protect corporate reputation, and ensure financial stability through these challenging times, consider the following:

  1. Invest in conflict resolution technology: Given that teams are already stretched for resources and businesses are increasingly focused on cost reduction strategies, hiring additional staff to handle conflict is not a viable option for many. Instead, look to invest in effective conflict resolution technology that can handle the heavy lifting. There are advanced tools available that can automate and streamline dispute management, alleviating pressure on the teams, reducing operational costs, and ensuring smoother collaboration between buyers and suppliers. 
  1. Introduce pre-contractual clarity: Any ambiguity whatsoever in contracts can lead to disputes and inefficiencies. So, instead of relying on the standard model traditional clauses, ensure contracts include comprehensive dispute resolution clauses and escalation pathways. Clearly defining this upfront helps prevent conflicts from escalating and provides all parties with a structured framework for addressing challenges before they become costly disruptions.
  1. Consider third-party solutions for neutral facilitation: When conflicts do happen, emotional stand-offs can stall negotiations and worsen tensions. Neutral, third-party facilitation can help here by cutting through the issues efficiently and objectively. 
  1. Adopt scenario-based renegotiation: When under unpredictable conditions like shifting tariffs or supply chain disruptions, rigid, static contracts can fail. As such, data-driven ‘what-if’ modelling is recommended, to reprice contracts collaboratively under different tariff scenarios.

Weathering the immediate storm and beyond

While Trump’s ‘Liberation Day’ tariffs may highlight the importance of strong trade relationships, for CPOs, the challenge isn’t just about navigating immediate disruptions – it’s about building long-term resilience.

As such, it’s important to remember that conflict resolution strategies aren’t just a reactive measure. You should adopt them as a proactive tool for ensuring supply chain continuity, financial stability, and for safeguarding brand reputation. 

Faster paths to resolution means fewer stalled projects, while cost containment strategies help avoid expensive legal battles and material financial settlements, supporting successful commercial outcomes. Embedding these capabilities also supports deeper collaboration, and the building of a shared language of accountability across suppliers, finance, legal, and operations.

With uncertainty set to persist, organisations that prioritise robust trade relationships and proactive conflict resolution won’t just weather today’s storm – they’ll also secure a long-term future in what’s currently looking like an increasingly volatile global market.

Nick Petheram, Founder, Chairman and CEO of Nomia, explores how procurement teams can leverage AI and new strategies to turn their tail spend into something more than a drag on the bottom line.

In the world of procurement, much attention is given to strategic spend – the high-value purchases that directly impact business operations. Yet, what about the low-value, high-frequency transactions that make up tail spend?

For many organisations, this area of expenditure often receives less focus that strategic spend. Essentially, tail spend comprises small or individual purchases, which tend to be a lower priority for procurement teams. There’s less perceived value versus the effort required to manage them. However, advancements in AI-driven procurement technology combined with the right expertise now provides businesses with an opportunity to better manage and optimise tail spend. With the right technology, procurement can turn tail spend into a powerful strategic asset.

The Nature of Tail Spend

Strategic spend, which typically accounts for around 80% of an enterprises total outlay, naturally commands greater attention. However, tail spend – the remaining 20% – can translate into hundreds of millions, even billions of dollars annually for large enterprises. This often fragmented, decentralised, and unstructured spending can lead to inefficiencies, maverick purchasing, and unoptimised costs.

Customers tell us lack of tail spend visibility is a key challenge they face as a business. Thousands of low-value transactions across multiple suppliers often fall outside standard procurement processes, making it difficult to track and control. Without a structured approach, companies risk losing savings opportunities, duplicating purchases, and increasing compliance risks.

Many businesses are coming to realise that by not actively managing tail spend may result in non-compliance with internal policies and external regulations. Companies may inadvertently work with non-compliant vendors or fail to meet Environmental, Social, and Governance (ESG) objectives. More effective oversight of tail spend helps mitigate these risks – and any financial and reputational consequences.

Unlocking Cost Savings and Efficiency

A more structured approach to tail spend can deliver substantial cost savings and operational efficiencies. By leveraging AI-powered analytics, businesses can achieve savings of 5% to 15% by monitoring spending across departments, consolidating purchases, and fostering competition among suppliers. For a Fortune 500 or Global 2000 company, that can be a significant saving. That a company with a total external spend of $10 billion, for instance. The potential savings from optimising tail spend could exceed $300 million.

AI can deliver enhanced visibility and data-driven insights. These benefitscan allow businesses to improve management of supplier relationships, reduce redundant purchases, and streamline procurement processes. AI-driven platforms, when paired with procurement expertise, can empower organisations to transform supplier matching, compliance tracking, and transaction processing for tail spend – reducing the manual and administrative workload.

Enhancing Compliance and ESG Alignment

Beyond cost savings, optimising tail spend also strengthens compliance and aligns purchasing with broader ESG objectives. Due to the sheer volume of low-value transactions, tail spend often cannot receive the rigorous compliance checks applied to strategic purchases. For many companies, finding ways to more closely manage tail spend helps to reduce exposure to regulatory risks, contract violations, and supplier-related reputational damage.

Enhancing visibility ensures that even low-value transactions align with internal procurement policies, regulatory requirements, and corporate responsibility initiatives. companies find that improving the strategic oversight of tail spend also helps them track compliance for audits, tenders, and internal reporting.

Tail spend optimisation can also support ESG goals by enabling companies to assess the environmental and social impact of their purchases, ensuring alignment with corporate responsibility and sustainability strategies. As stakeholders increasingly demand transparency in supply chain practices, strategic tail spend management helps businesses meet evolving expectations.

Unlocking Innovation and Agility

Unlike strategic spend, which often involves large, established vendors, more effective tail spend management can open access to innovative and agile suppliers by helping businesses to establish relationships with them. Many smaller, niche vendors offer unique solutions that can enhance business operations, drive innovation, and create competitive advantages. 

Many companies tell us they see value in the fact that AI-powered platforms. When used by experienced procurement professionals, these platforms enable them to streamline supplier onboarding, contracting, and management – making it easier for them to vet and engage with innovative vendors. By tapping into these suppliers’ expertise, companies find they introduce new technologies, services, and solutions that enhance their competitive positioning.

The Role of AI and Outsourcing

AI-driven procurement tools, guided by experienced procurement teams, continue to transform the way companies manage tail spend. Advanced AI-powered platforms consolidate supplier data, identify spending patterns, and automate procurement processes. This provides businesses with a centralised and data-driven approach to tail spend management.

Of course, not all organisations can afford to optimise tail spend with their internal resources. To tackle the issue without diverting internal resources, outsourcing this function to a specialist provider can be an effective strategy. Partnering with the right outside provider ensures companies leverage proven procurement expertise, a broader supplier network, and AI-driven analytics to achieve better outcomes. This approach allows businesses to maintain their focus on strategic procurement priorities while ensuring tail spend is handled more efficiently.

A Strategic Opportunity

Rather than being an administrative burden, tail spend presents a strategic opportunity when managed effectively. Businesses that apply the right tools, expertise, and technology, find that they unlock significant value from this area of procurement.

By taking a more structured approach to tail spend companies can turn it into a strategic asset, driving cost savings, compliance, ESG alignment, and innovation. AI-powered solutions and expert guidance can help businesses take firmer control of tail spend, building a source of competitive advantage.

Zip enters the $52 Billion risk management market, where 98% of companies face third-party breach exposure, launching a new suite of tools at Zip Forward Europe.

Procurement orchestration platform Zip has launched a new suite of solutions aimed at helping organisations manage risk in the source-to-pay process. The core of this, Zip for Risk Orchestration, aims to bring Zip’s proven orchestration capabilities to supplier risk management. The announcement came during Zip Forward Europe in London, featuring a keynote from EcoVadis Chief Impact Officer Nicole Sherwin, alongside procurement leaders from Invesco, Metro Bank, Just Eat, and more. Industry experts Dr. Elouise Epstein, Susan Walsh, and James Meads also shared insights on strengthening operational resilience through procurement in an era of regulatory changes and emerging technologies like agentic AI.

As organisations face mounting security vulnerabilities and compliance challenges, Zip for Risk Orchestration enables global enterprises to streamline supplier risk assessments, financial verification, and regulatory compliance – enabling businesses to mitigate risks related to fraud, security breaches, and costly enforcement actions.

Regulations worldwide are fundamentally reshaping how businesses manage supplier relationships. The challenge has never been more urgent. Many companies now have more suppliers than employees. Overwhelmingly, 98% of global organisations have a relationship with at least one third party that has been breached – creating a perfect storm of financial, security, and compliance threats. Organisations in EMEA face particularly stringent regulations, including DORA, GDPR, CSRD, ViDA, the EU AI Act, and the German Supply Chain Act, with GDPR fines alone reaching €5.88 billion since implementation.

Speed, visibility, and control with Zip for Risk Orchestration

“Effective supplier risk management begins with comprehensive spend visibility and control,” said Clare Cassano, Head of Procurement Strategy & Execution at Invesco. “By implementing Zip to drive more spend under management, we’re in turn creating a foundation for better supplier governance and risk oversight. This approach allows us to make more informed decisions about our supplier relationships while strengthening our overall risk management posture – a critical advantage in today’s complex financial regulatory landscape.”

With Zip for Risk Orchestration, businesses can move beyond reactive risk management to a proactive, AI-driven approach to compliance:

  • Vendor Due Diligence: Prevent financial fraud with automated bank account verification and tax ID validation (TIN, VAT) to ensure payments go to legitimate entities.
  • Centralised Risk Repository: Gain complete visibility into supplier risk with a single source of truth for compliance data, contracts, and risk scores.
  • Automated Approval Workflows: Unify risk management across Procurement, Finance, Legal, and IT with structured approval paths for faster, audit-ready decisions.
  • Risk Scoring & Tiering: Prioritise oversight by automatically assigning risk levels to suppliers based on industry, location, and regulatory exposure.
  • Scheduled Risk Reviews: Stay compliant with evolving regulations through regular monitoring that surfaces red flags before they disrupt operations.
  • Vendor Audit & Reporting: Easily generate audit packages and reports to meet regulatory requirements any time.

Purpose-built

Invesco, Prudential, and Coinbase are among the forward-thinking organisations already benefiting from Zip’s unified approach to third-party risk. Use cases include streamlining vendor compliance checks throughout the relationship lifecycle, proactively identifying and addressing risk factors with automated scoring systems, and enhancing financial oversight through scheduled vendor reviews.

“As we expanded into EMEA and saw 200% growth, we noticed something unexpected – customers were already using Zip to orchestrate third-party risk in ways we hadn’t designed for,” said Rujul Zaparde, Co-founder and CEO of Zip. “The demand is clear: businesses need a better way to handle risk across finance, compliance, and security, but existing solutions are fragmented and inefficient. So we’re turning what customers are already doing into a purpose-built solution. Just as we transformed procurement orchestration, we’re now helping businesses proactively manage regulatory and operational risks worldwide.”

Dean Frew, President of SML IIS, thinks the transparency RFID tech can deliver will help retail procurement and supply chain teams navigate a tariff-dominated world.

Supply chains are growing increasingly complex, with geopolitical and economic destabilisation forcing retailers to continually adapt. To highlight the scale of the issue, a Gartner survey in 2024, found that 42% of procurement leaders now considered supply disruption the greatest threat to procurement. 

To further exacerbate these issues, the US continues to consider trade tariffs on a number of countries and products globally, which could further strain supply chains if not managed correctly. By increasing the cost and complexity of operations, many retailers are looking for solutions to create more reactive and agile supply chains.

One solution for developing a more agile supply chain is the use of item-level RFID solutions in distribution centers and stores. Using the technology allows retailers to manage inventory with greater than 98% accuracy. Increased visibility over the supply chain allows retailers to better prevent items from being caught in shifting shipping regulations and remain flexible during procurement. With accurate visibility of current inventory, supply chain operators can more accurately predict the stock required and generate tasks to move the products to where demand is occurring or where shortages exist.

Disruption is still hurting retail procurement and logistics

For retailers who are trying to procure and supply products, recent years have already created a long list of logistical headaches, including strikes across docks and ports in Eastern America and geopolitical tension in critical areas such as the Straight of Hormuz. To further highlight the scale of the existing issues, Resilinc revealed that supply chain disruptions increased 38% year-on-year in 2024, slowing down logistics and making procurement almost impossible to predict accurately. 

Trade tariffs suggested by the US Government could worsen disruptions, with potential price increases on a range of items and rapidly changing rules that threaten to trap products in customs should retailers make mistakes during inventory distribution. To avoid situations that threaten sales opportunities, revenue, and ultimately, profit and customer service, retailers must be extremely accurate with where and when inventory is in place to maximise chances of meeting demand.

For retailers who are looking to procure and supply items globally, navigating evolving regulations and tariffs should be a top priority, with large costs for failing to meet requirements. The cascading effect of procurement and supply issues also presents itself on the shop floor, with stock-outs weakening customer loyalty and reduced sales opportunities. To avoid these disruptions, so that brand loyalty remains unaffected, retailers must deploy technology that helps accurately track products throughout the entire product life cycle.

How can RFID help during the procurement process?

With new tariffs and regulations expected to complicate logistics, successful retailers today are scrambling for a more accurate understanding of their stock at all times. This ensures that they are not expending resources on unnecessary procurement. 

With item-level RFID deployed, retailers can manage their inventory through significantly improved accuracy throughout the entire supply chain. This allows retailers to continue to maximise product sales while optimising costs in manufacturing or procurement, transporting, and storage.  The increased inventory accuracy from RFID also enhances the effectiveness of the use of their AI tools in driving optimisation. 

With item-level RFID technology in place, procurement leaders can also see benefits by adjusting orders to suppliers by reacting to real-time inventory and demand. The technology delivers over 98% inventory accuracy in distribution and stores. As a result, retailers can clearly and accurately see stock levels across all locations. They know which items are required, leveraging accurate data to optimise purchasing costs. This streamlines the procurement process and reduces costs in the supply chain. In turn, retailers are able to mitigate financial loss through unnecessary procurement while maximising profit margins, even as challenges and additional complexity loom. 

Refining procurement and supply logistics helps keep item sales price competitive. With increasing financial implications continuing across the globe, some retailers are offsetting their reduced margins by increasing consumer purchasing prices. 

However, with RFID in operation, retailers can optimise costs and pass these savings on to consumers. With optimised product pricing strategies, retailers can better compete against competitor brands while building consumer trust, satisfaction, and loyalty.

Supplying accuracy to avoid disruption

Once a retailer has procured new stock or materials, they then have to move them quickly and accurately through the supply chain. Thanks to the high-level accuracy and instantly accessible data shared throughout RFID software, brands can understand the specific items in each shipment, empowering retailers to better comply with evolving regulations.

With items potentially coming from across the globe, staff in warehouses and distribution centers must be able to receive and process items quickly and accurately to prevent bottlenecks and shortages. RFID tunnels and manual audit stations can be used to process 100% of the inbound cartons of products entering a distribution center at 100% accuracy.  This is a massive improvement over carton-level sampling that usually takes place at only 1% of cartons today.

Product availability is critical to retail success. A reliable and efficient supply chain facilitates this. While stock-out situations negatively impact customer satisfaction, reliable product availability is the key contributor to high-quality experiences. From here, retailers can strengthen customer trust and loyalty, and brands can deliver long-term business success – regardless of tariffs.

Keeping procurement and logistics agile in the face of new challenges

It is clear that even before decisions over US tariffs have been finalised, retailers will have to remain agile to continue the operation of their procurement and logistics without disruption. 

With its 98% accurate data, RFID offers businesses a much better chance of achieving this, helping to prevent situations that can affect brand loyalty. Greater visibility will grant enterprises a level of agility and flexibility that will allow them to explore all opportunities to avoid disruption.

Mauro Cozzi, CEO and Co-founder of Emitwise, explores the potential for procurement teams to drive decarbonisation within their organisations.

For years, procurement was only seen as playing a minor role in corporate sustainability. Today, that perception is changing, and fast. In reality, procurement is amongst the most powerful drivers of emissions reduction across supply chains.

As sustainability regulations tighten and customers demand greener supply chains, decarbonisation is no longer optional – it’s a business imperative. Procurement leaders are uniquely positioned to drive change, yet their influence can be overlooked. With Scope 3 emissions – which include indirect emissions from suppliers, logistics, and end consumers – 26 times higher than a company’s direct operational emissions, even small procurement decisions can have a significant impact.

For businesses looking to stay competitive, cut costs, and meet ambitious sustainability targets, now is the time to empower procurement teams to lead the charge.

Sustainable procurement starts with smarter supplier choices

Every supplier decision influences a company’s carbon footprint. For instance, opting for a local supplier over an overseas one can reduce transport-related emissions, while switching to low-carbon materials or sourcing from vendors with verified emissions data can significantly cut environmental impact.

Beyond environmental benefits, sustainability is now a competitive advantage. Customers, investors and regulators are demanding greater transparency on a product’s carbon footprint. However, understanding a product’s true impact requires visibility into emissions at every stage of the supply chain. As part of their own decarbonisation efforts, many companies now ask suppliers to disclose carbon emissions data. Those that fail to do so risk losing contracts and missing out on new business opportunities. 

For procurement teams, sustainability is no longer a ‘nice to have’ – it’s a critical factor in supplier selection. Businesses that foster strong relationships with sustainable suppliers will be best positioned for future success. 

Tracking emissions data doesn’t have to be complex or costly

One of the biggest misconceptions about emissions tracking is that it’s costly and resource intensive. While comprehensive emissions data is the goal, businesses don’t need perfection to get started – what matters is taking the first step.

There are several practical ways for companies to begin tracking Scope 3 emissions. A spend-based approach estimates emissions based on financial spend across different categories. It’s quick and accessible, though less precise, making it a useful starting point. Another method is average data, which relies on industry-wide emissions benchmarks. While broad, it provides a simple way to gauge a company’s footprint.

For more accuracy, businesses can adopt a hybrid approach, combining primary data (specific to the business) with secondary data (industry averages) for a refined estimate. The most precise method is using supplier-specific data, which involves using real emissions figures from suppliers – enhancing accuracy tracking and supply chain transparency.

The decarbonisation journey may seem daunting, but what matters is getting started. Start by establishing a baseline, even an estimate of emissions can help identify where the biggest impacts lie. Next, procurement teams can map where suppliers fit within these priorities and consider how best to engage them. Some may already have robust data; others may need guidance and support. Small steps create momentum, and as data collection improves, procurement teams can refine their sustainability strategies and drive more targeted, collaborative progress.

Collaboration is the key to greener supply chains

Suppliers are increasingly willing to provide sustainability data and adopt greener practices – especially when their customers demand it. To maximise impact, businesses should segment suppliers based on their emissions maturity and capabilities. High-maturity suppliers can provide verified data across Scopes 1, 2, and 3, along with product carbon footprints (PCF). Medium-maturity suppliers might need additional support to implement data standards. Finally, low-maturity suppliers, such as those new to emissions tracking, often benefit from educational resources, tailored training sessions or incremental steps towards transparency​.

Rather than expecting perfection from day one, businesses should focus on collaborative progress. Providing suppliers with training, resources and clear sustainability expectations helps drive meaningful change across the supply chain. Even small actions – like asking for emissions data or aligning on sustainability goals – can shift industry norms and create lasting impact.

The business case for sustainable procurement

Sustainability in procurement isn’t just about compliance – it drives real business value. First, sustainable suppliers often provide energy-efficient or waste-reducing solutions that help lower costs. Second, as more companies prioritise emissions reduction, they seek suppliers who do the same, opening new business opportunities. Third, a strong sustainability commitment enhances reputation, attracting both customers and investors who favour responsible businesses. Finally, proactively cutting emissions helps companies stay ahead of evolving regulations, ensuring long-term resilience. Sustainable procurement isn’t just an environmental responsibility – it’s a strategic advantage.

Closing remarks

The belief that procurement teams are secondary players in corporate decarbonisation is a myth. In reality, they hold the key to real, scalable change. By embedding sustainability into supplier selection, gathering emissions data, and taking proactive steps towards greener supply chains, businesses can reduce their carbon footprint, cut costs, and gain a competitive edge. The journey to decarbonisation starts with procurement – and the time to act is now.

IT procurement in the UK could spike in 2025, as the wave of laptops purchased at the start of the Covid-19 pandemic in 2020 reach the end of their lifespans.

The UK might be entering the biggest tech-buying period since the first 2020 lockdown. According to Circular Computing, the country is poised to purchase laptops and personal computers in large numbers this spring, as the machines bought to work remotely through the first Covid lockdown near the end of their shelf lives. New research by Circular Computing, an IT remanufacturer, points to consumers and businesses spending heavily — specifically on laptops — to replace devices bought in a “pandemic buying spree” five years ago this month.  

The first spike  

Computer sales spiked around the first restrictions in March 2020 as businesses rushed to support remote work for their employees. PC shipments grew to 275 million units in 2020. This includes 12.15 million PCs delivered to the UK — a 32.3% annual rise from 2019. 

“Five years ago news of the first Covid restrictions and a global chip shortage sparked a pandemic buying spree as consumers and businesses rushed to get their hands on technology ahead of the national lockdown,” commented Rod Neale, CEO and Founder of Circular Computing. “Fast forward to 2025, and a lot of these devices bought for working from home will now look a little long in the tooth and may be starting to struggle on performance. Add on the sunsetting of the world’s biggest operating system Windows 10 and the desire for AI and you have a recipe for another buying surge.”     

Laptops have an average lifespan of around three-to-five years. After this point, performance tends to deteriorate, making them less able to support work-related activities. The five-year anniversary of lockdown could, Circular Computing believes, also mark the end of life for many devices, prompting procurement teams and individuals to rush to replace devices en masse. 

Circular Computing’s report also notes that the end of support for Windows 10 this October, as well as demand for newer AI-integrated devices, will also encourage IT procurement teams to overhaul tech in 2025. 

The case for refurbished and remanufactured IT 

As businesses plan their IT refresh, Circular Computing’s report urges procurement teams to consider refurbished or remanufactured devices instead of buying new off the shelf. Buying used, refurbished, or remanufactured devices often dramatically reduces both sustainability impact and cost — two pivotal goals for procurement departments in 2025. 

With a large number of companies and households expected to trade in their devices, 2025 also risks seeing a surge in e-waste headed for landfills or shipped overseas to unregulated, unsustainable recycling operations. An estimated 240 million Windows 10 PCs could end up in landfills when support ends or laptops aren’t traded in or recycled correctly. In total, the UK generates around 6 million tonnes of e-waste every year

According to Circular Computing, a remanufactured laptop prevents about 316kg (700lb) of CO2 emissions and delivers up to 40% cost savings compared to brand new models. Also, organisations like Circular Computing remanufacture laptops to perform “equal to or better than new”, according to the BSI Kitemark.

“With the growing right to repair movement, as well as 2030 and Net Zero pledges looming over the horizon, ‘brand new’ is no longer a badge of honour,” says Neale. “Instead of just sticking with the same old tech-buying routine, businesses must take a long-term view and the easy win of slashing costs and emissions through second-life IT is a no brainer.”  

Remanufacturing resilience 

Refurbished and remanufactured tech could also be a key factor in meeting another procurement imperative in 2025: resilience. 

The Trump administration’s tariffs have drawn stricter boundaries between the US and its previously staunch trading partners. Despite flip-flopping on the imposition of many trade restrictions, the resulting uncertainty is nevertheless making procurement from overseas an increasingly risky prospect for many buyers.  

While Neale admits that this generalised uncertainty may push procurement teams to “focus on tried and trusted methods,” he admits that a tariff-rich environment “could challenge this thinking” with regard to a major spike in IT purchasing. “Companies may hesitate to buy from their usual suppliers if it will mean incurring extra taxes that take a bite out of their bottom line,” he says. “For tech buyers, a desire to avoid tariffs may spur more domestic purchases and – as they explore their local market – a greater adoption of second-life IT with the shake-up encouraging new procurement patterns.”

We speak to Synertrade’s General Manager for North America, Roger Blumberg, about his recent meeting with procurement leaders in Miami for the CPO ThinkTank 2025.

Modern organisations can no longer afford to keep procurement in the back office. Procurement shouldn’t stay siloed away in modern organisations. The function is undeniably critical to the success of modern organisations in an increasingly unstable sociopolitical and economic environment. Modern procurement operations touch upon so many areas of an organisation, and with that comes the need to address challenges in an operating environment full of risk and uncertainty

Synertrade’s General Manager for North America, Roger Blumberg, recently met with procurement leaders in Miami for the CPO ThinkTank 2025, so what did they have to say about the state of the sector today? 

Was inflation on the minds of the leaders in Miami? 

“Absolutely. Inflation rates are in a state of flux after recent historic rises but the impacts are still being felt across the procurement sector. 

Procurement leaders are now looking to financially claw back a portion of the amounts paid to supplies for honouring contractual obligations. In addition, leaders have mentioned benchmarking as a key way of adding accountability to procurement and minimising overpaying. There needs to be an industry-wide rethink around value and how cost savings can be made. 

Cost, however, is not always front of mind when it comes to strategic decision-making in modern procurement. There’s a shift towards what’s known as the ‘value method’ where choices are made based on a range of factors such as quality and value proposition. Yes, cost for some will always be the priority, but the value method can lead to better procurement outcomes for all.” 

Were the leaders concerned about tariffs and how are they planning to take action to ensure wider resilience more widely? 

“Having spoken to various industry leaders – not just at the ThinkTank – over recent weeks, the tariffs are certainly front of mind with emergency meetings having taken place to discuss the ramifications. Regarding the impact mitigation strategies, the evaluation of alternative locations came top, with leaders looking at sourcing from non-tariffed countries to reduce risk. Pre-buying ahead of tariff implementations as well as reshoring operations and rehiring locally followed as other suitable strategies chosen by the leaders. 

Supply continuity was also discussed in a wider context with the leaders advocating for risk management and mitigation strategies as part of sourcing. Addressing the source ensures that legacy systems are secure and processes are up to date all help to mitigate overall levels of procurement risk. In addition, developing secondary sources within a supply can provide backup options for when issues arise with the primary sources.“

Is strategic supplier relationship management a lost art? 

“There almost needs to be a return to the fundamentals of supplier relationships, ensuring they are paid on time and that the relationship is both transparent and open, with a consistent approach. With the wealth of information available today, measurement should be at the core, so that standards can be upheld and risks identified at the earliest opportunity. Measurement can also ensure that top performers are rewarded for their efforts and that action can be taken against underperforming suppliers. Ultimately, strong procurement partnerships take time to become highly successful and there are no shortcuts to that, even in the age of technology, the human is always in the driving seat. 

The adoption of emerging technologies in procurement brings with it a multitude of benefits. However, it also poses a threat to the fundamental skill of supplier relationship management.  Due to the involvement of technology in many processes and tools, relationships are sometimes becoming too transactional and interpersonal skills are being lost. There’s now a real impetus for organisations to make skills development much more intentional and to invest in initiatives for their employees to that end.” 

How is technology defining the future of procurement? 

“Unsurprisingly, AI was top of the conversation with procurement leaders scoping the providers and breadth of capabilities. This links to the data-driven mindset now possessed by procurement professionals and the expectation, which can exist for decisions to be made rapidly. In the case of data-driven decision-making, AI can remove human biases which so often cloud judgements and rapidly accelerate the process to enable true organisational agility. 

Furthermore, technology is having a tangible impact on talent acquisition with businesses seeking data literacy and related skills to invest in the right people and help their organisations in this new age. Customers now want supplier dashboards, for example, to see their data at a glance and skilled people are needed to build such solutions. 

Technology isn’t going to replace procurement, however, there are important synergies that need to be maximised to aid the future of the sector. The future of procurement will be an important balancing act between technology and human capabilities. While there was no crystal ball at the CPO ThinkTank, it provided some real insights into where the sector is heading and we’ll now just have to wait and see how it evolves in the years to come.“

Shiri Mosenzon Erez, Chief Product Officer at commercetools, looks at the potential for AI to change the way we approach brand engagement.

Commerce has always been defined by its ability to adapt. From navigating economic shifts to embracing digital transformation, businesses continue to evolve. Now, a new shift is underway – one that is redefining how companies interact with customers: Agentic AI (AAI).

Unlike traditional AI, which follows pre-set rules and automation, AAI processes natural language, generates actions, and makes autonomous decisions. Instead of being a passive tool, AI now acts as an independent agent capable of shaping commerce experiences in real-time.

This evolution presents an opportunity to rethink how products are built and how businesses engage with customers. AAI isn’t about replacing human decision-making. It’s about expanding what’s possible, delivering personalisation, responsiveness, and efficiency at a level that was previously out of reach.

Here are three ways businesses and CPOs can use AAI to reshape brand engagement.

Moving Beyond Omnichannel to Unified Commerce

Commerce today isn’t defined by online versus offline – it’s about creating a continuous, frictionless journey across every touchpoint. Customers don’t think in channels, and businesses that still operate in silos are already behind.

Zara is a prime example of a retailer that gets this right. Its augmented reality (AR) app lets customers point their smartphones at designated store areas to see virtual models showcasing the latest collections. This blends online browsing habits with the in-store experience, making the transition between digital and physical feel natural instead of forced.

AI is the key to making these transitions seamless. Instead of treating stores and eCommerce as separate entities, intelligent systems sync inventory, recommend in-store pickup based on browsing history, and adjust in-person experiences in real-time. Composability accelerates this transformation, allowing AI agents to collaborate across different business functions to build a unified customer experience.

The shift isn’t about adding technology for the sake of it. It’s about removing friction customers never wanted in the first place. Businesses that make AI feel invisible yet indispensable will redefine what it means to connect with customers.

AAI: Hyper-personalisation That Goes Beyond Recommendations

Most personalisation today is reactive – recommendations based on past purchases, browsing history, or general customer segmentation. AAI moves beyond that, shifting from suggestion to action. It interprets real-time behavioural signals and makes decisions, anticipating customer needs instead of waiting for them to click ‘buy.’

Amazon is already pushing in this direction with AI-powered shopping agents that don’t just suggest products but recognise patterns, predict demand, and even make purchases on behalf of customers. AAI takes this concept further by adding autonomy, allowing commerce systems to adjust to real-world conditions in ways that were previously impossible.

Picture a system that detects when a frequent traveller is about to leave for a trip and automatically arranges for essential items to be delivered or ready for pickup at their destination. Or an AI that notices a lapse in a customer’s routine grocery order and nudges them before they run out of a staple item. This is not just personalisation, it’s a fundamental shift in how businesses interact with customers, turning every touchpoint into a moment of relevance.

The shift from static recommendations to intelligent, autonomous decision-making will define the next era of commerce. Businesses that embrace this will move beyond selling to actively anticipating, adapting, and acting in ways that make interactions effortless and meaningful.

Real-Time Market Adaptability

Commerce moves fast. Traditional methods — manual adjustments, historical forecasting, and reactionary pricing — can’t keep up. Businesses that rely on static models risk falling behind. AAI changes this by making commerce truly adaptive, autonomous, and instantaneous.

When a product suddenly goes viral, brands often struggle to keep up, reacting to surging demand with manual adjustments to inventory, pricing, and marketing. Historically, these processes relied on historical data and human decision-making, taking days or even weeks to implement. With AAI, businesses operate in real-time. AI agents track demand as it happens, recalibrate pricing dynamically, anticipate stockouts before they occur, and adjust promotions based on live feedback loops

Starbucks is already applying this approach, using AI-driven localisation to refine product offerings based on regional demand, weather conditions, and real-time market signals—without human intervention. This feedback-driven adaptability is becoming the norm, allowing businesses to respond at market speed rather than playing catch-up.

Businesses that treat AI as a strategic partner rather than a reactive tool will gain a lasting competitive edge. The brands that lead won’t just react to market shifts. They’ll predict and act before they happen.

Embracing the Human-Tech Partnership

Commerce has always been about people. AI can analyse data, automate processes, and scale interactions, but it lacks the creativity, intuition, and emotional intelligence that build lasting customer relationships. The brands that succeed won’t replace human insight with automation  – they’ll use AI to amplify what humans do best.

AI should handle the repetitive, the routine, and the real-time – freeing humans to focus on strategy, storytelling, and the kind of engagement that builds trust. Apple exemplifies this balance with Apple Intelligence, where AI streamlines efficiency, but human specialists remain at the center of customer interactions.

The businesses that get this right will be the ones that shape the next era of commerce. AAI isn’t just another tool, it’s a force multiplier. The future belongs to those who use it to build smarter systems, deeper connections, and more intuitive experiences that feel not just intelligent but human.

Miranda Di Rosa, UK Managing Director at Grayce, looks at the rising cost of digital transformation and how to navigate the trend.

There’s a business proverb used time and time again: “If you aren’t moving forwards, you’re moving backwards”. 

Most business leaders understand this. Many of them accept it as a truth. This is especially true in a tech-powered landscape where it’s easy to fall behind if you aren’t taking steps to keep up to date. Digital transformation is moving at a faster pace than ever before, and remains on the agenda for those in C-suite positions 

As a rule, understanding the need for change and transformation is not the problem. Often, the challenge is finding the funds to implement it. Indeed, cost is the biggest barrier to businesses hitting the “go” button on transformation. 

Grayce’s research of 100+ UK C-suite pros in FTSE 350 companies found that the price of change is the biggest barrier to transformation, with a quarter of respondents citing cost as a blocker to change projects. 

Those able to fund change are also under enormous pressure to get it right. The pace of digital evolution means that an abundance of services and products are now available, creating a selection headache for CPOs who are openly reporting struggles choosing the best-suited solutions. Only half of digital transformation projects met the expected goals or outcomes within a year-long period, according to most business leaders (88%).

With this in mind, perhaps the proverb business leaders should be considering now is: “If you buy what you don’t need, you steal from yourself”. Rising costs have made making the right decisions in digital transformation an essential part of the CPO role. So how can this be done?

Why is the cost of change increasing?

First, it’s important to understand why the cost of transformation is rising for businesses. 

Digitisation isn’t a blanket process with a one-size-fits-all solution. Companies tend to require many different products and services in order to truly digitise operations and implement effective transformation across the front and back end. 

However, as businesses attempt to achieve more and complete complex projects at a faster pace, there is often a necessity for the tech stack to be increased: This comes at a price. 

Subscription services, too, are on the up – as prices rise in accordance with demand. The global subscription economy market size is heading for $1.5 trillion in 2025, up from $650 billion in 2020. Over the past decade, many software vendors have moved to pay-monthly, SaaS models as their core business strategy, recognising the business opportunity and stability these pay-monthly models present. This does, however, usually increase the expense overall for businesses embracing these technologies – with monthly outgoings rising as a result. 

In addition to the increasing cost of the tech itself, training and upskilling costs are also on the rise. The more complex your tech stack, the more people you will need to train to use it. Also, complexity means longer lead times, alongside ongoing training to ensure that the essential knowledge is retained within your organisation. New software innovations are entering the market at a rapid rate. This means that organisations constantly need to upskill their teams in order to understand how to utilise and implement new innovations.  

How CPOs can reduce costs and risks

The combination of spiralling prices and outside influences means that CPOs have to be more strategic than ever in their approach to obtaining new tech. This means focusing on what you need now, and what can come later.  

Without a strategic approach to implementing new software and tools, there will likely be few tangible benefits. Planning new tech around current challenges and future business priorities can ensure appropriate investment.  It’s vital that technology aligns with strategy and priorities, rather than the other way around. 

Getting the right team in place for transformation 

No true digital transformation is achievable without the right team in place. 

When change is afoot, it’s imperative to engage the wider business early. This ensures an understanding of why the new technology is being implemented, how it works and what to do to ensure its effectiveness. Thinking about doing this in-house, you may choose to invest time, energy and resource into your existing team. This requires consideration of workloads and responsibilities, however. Alternately, you may choose to recruit new staff who already have the knowledge required. However, many firms are finding that it is difficult and expensive to acquire fresh talent in 2025. Alongside these rising costs, the Office for Budget Responsibility (OBR) has estimated that 2% will be added to UK employers’ payroll costs due to fiscal changes coming this April.

Risk associated with permanent headcount, alongside time and resource costs associated with this option, have led to many businesses tapping into contractors and consultants on a shorter-term basis to support with implementing change. But this strategy comes with its own risks. Not only is this expertise temporary, but it also puts businesses at risk of damaging knowledge leakage. Indeed, Grayce research found that over a third of C-Suite are concerned about loss of IP when using short-term contractors. 

A possible solution to this is to use longer-term contractors and consultants to support change from project phase into business-as-usual, ensuring a gentler transition. Working with an expert change consultancy can lessen budget risks while still offering scalability and flexibility. Bringing in capable, ambitious, (and now importantly) AI-efficient talent can give companies the flexibility to scale teams in accordance with project requirements, and models like ours give organisations the option to transition analysts into full-time employees for longer-term support and IP retention. 

Ensuring transparent communication to make transformation a success 

Regular, transparent communication is part of what separates successful change projects from failures. Interaction around any new technology must be open, transparent and frequent so that teams can buy into these changes and understand their uses and benefits.  After all, the change is likely to have the highest impact on these individuals, and they, therefore have the capacity to be the biggest advocates.

We have witnessed higher successes in organisations that allocate dedicated ‘change agents’ to communicate project updates. These agents support the project, and enable more effective communication around the transformation. This means they take the wider team along on the journey, ensuring they’re equipped with the information to understand the benefits of the change. Any new software, by its very nature, will result in an operational or cultural shift – and every company must make allowances for this. When people understand the direction of transformation, they are more likely to remain engaged and motivated.

Ultimately, the challenges around the costs of digital transformation are not going away. However, smart, strategic decisions around the most effective technology for business need, open communication, and balancing effective talent solutions are some factors that can present the best possible chance of keeping the cost of change at bay, whilst delivering lasting results.

David Austin, business development manager at Customs Support considers the imminent introduction of the delayed EUDR regulations and why it shouldn’t mean a forest of additional paperwork for importers and exporters.

The idiom ‘you can’t see the wood for the trees’ is certainly one that more businesses should remember when tackling complexity. It’s especially relevant, however, to those businesses trading in any of the seven critical commodities who must prove that all products they move in and out of the European Union are ‘deforestation-free’ by December 30 this year.

This law was supposed to come into force from the end of December 2024. However, it was delayed for an additional 12 months because of the burden of proof it could place on businesses. Delayed until later this year, the law aims to halt deforestation or practices that degrade our fragile habitats.

The target of the measures are enterprises trading in cattle, cocoa, coffee, palm oil, rubber, soy, wood and their derivatives. Products made or fed with these commodities – including beef, leather, cosmetics, chocolate and furniture – are also affected.

Given its breadth, it is no exaggeration to say that many larger industries will feel the additional regulatory impact. This will include a diversearray of sectors, from automotive to food, fashion, manufacturing and pharmaceuticals. The EUDR will also impact SMEs and micro-industries in the space as new regulations will come into force later. However, smaller companies will have until June 30, 2026, giving them more time to adjust.

By December 30, affected enterprises must conduct due diligence on all their supply chain partners, proving their compliance with EUDR.

Why the regulation?

The reasons are existential. Over the past three decades, an area larger than the entire European Union has been deforested. Whole swathes of the world have been stripped bare for commercial gain. 

This has had a crushing impact on flora and fauna. Deforestation has contributing to the 69% decline in wildlife populations over the last 50 years. The process has also contributed to the destruction of carbon sinks, which help absorb carbon dioxide from the atmosphere. 

The agriculture sector causes 80% of tropical deforestation from land clearance for crops and livestock to feed the world’s growing population which, according to the United Nations, will grow from 7.6 billion to 9.8 billion people by 2030. Importantly, almost 4.2 billion people live within 5km of a forest. Billions of people depend on them for their homes, livelihoods and sources of food. This is why stricter controls on preserving forested areas are being brought into force further ‘upstream’ – the countries where goods are consumed. For example, palm oil alone is present in nearly 50% of packaged products in the UK, from chocolate spread to soap. Most of the volume is sourced from Indonesia and Malaysia, tropical rainforest territories which represent 85% of the global supply.

Under the new rules, companies will need to prove:

  • The product itself, its ingredients or its derivatives are not produced on land that was deforested or degraded since December 31, 2020
  • The commodities are produced in accordance with the laws in the country of production, including on human rights, and the rights of affected indigenous peoples have been respected

The UK

Despite Brexit, UK companies which are part of supply chains ultimately leading to EU markets will also be affected. EU importers may require UK suppliers to provide evidence of EUDR compliance, even if the UK company is not directly exporting to the EU.

This could involve more rigorous supplier vetting processes and investing in traceability systems. Some UK businesses are already ahead of the curve and looking to change suppliers to ones which can guarantee compliance. 

Domestically, this is already required by the UK government which is mirroring the requirements of EUDR:

  • UK businesses are prohibited from using illegally produced forest risk commodities, including both raw and derived products
  • They must establish a due diligence system for each regulated commodity
  • They must report annually on their due diligence 

The impact

None of this is happening in a vacuum. Businesses are already recognising EUDR as a vital tool in ensuring a strong Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) ranking. 

As a company involved in every aspect of customs compliance, we have consulted many existing and potential clients on the nuance of the new regulation, from delivering transparent due diligence across the supply chain to the wholesale outsourcing of the EUDR process.

The reality is that no business can be complacent. To say EUDR’s bark is worse than its bite would be to downplay the severe sanctions for non-compliance, with financial penalties up to four per cent of annual turnover.  However, our experience of the current market is that businesses are far from complacent. Truly, many are seeing the wood for the trees and their role in preserving them.

ChatGPT and its rivals may be getting all the attention, but it’s actually AI vision that smart manufacturers are interested in, says workplace safety expert Paul Rapuano, Global Strategic Partnerships Manager at Rapid.

Recently, the business press has fixated on discussions surrounding ChatGPT, DeepSeek, and Alibaba’s advances. A lot of manufacturers will be shrugging their shoulders at all this; while there may be some use for one of these (basically) super-smart text generation auto helpers in the main office, you’ll be thinking, it’s hard to see what practical use they would be on the shopfloor. They’re not exactly robots, after all, and UK manufacturing is doing very well on that front anyway.

However, AI is really important for you—but in the form of a different form of AI, one that isn’t about generating text or answering questions, but instead about revolutionising safety, efficiency, and compliance across your operational environment. It’s Computer Vision. It’s already a $15bn market worldwide—and growing fast.

Sure, you can be forgiven for thinking, “Why should I care about AI in any form? I’ve navigated Brexit, survived COVID-19, and my business is running perfectly smoothly.” The answer is simple: AI-based Computer Vision technology can make your workplace safer, more efficient, and more cost-effective—and could give you a very handy extra weapon in what could be a tough year for the sector. Let’s see how.

Enhancing workplace safety with AI Computer Vision

One of the biggest challenges in manufacturing is workplace safety. Falls, forklift collisions, and PPE non-compliance can have severe consequences, and preventing them is a top priority for you and your team.

The good news is that Computer Vision provides real-time monitoring and alerts, allowing decision-makers to intervene before incidents escalate. A useful way to think about this is as a “safety pyramid”; at the base of the pyramid are minor, often unnoticed incidents—like a worker stepping into an unsafe zone, or failing to wear a hard hat. But as these issues go unaddressed, they accumulate, eventually leading to major accidents or even fatalities at the top of the pyramid. 

AI could have a big help here, as it can detect:

  • A worker moving around your factory without the required Hi-Vis or PPE
  • A pedestrian coming into close contact with a moving forklift
  • A distracted employee using a mobile phone in a hazardous area.

By shifting from reactive safety management to proactive prevention, manufacturers can significantly reduce workplace injuries and associated costs. In fact, we already work with manufacturers who are using Computer Vision to capture and address these small incidents before they turn into serious problems—effectively turning their CCTV into 24×7 problem-spotting machines that never need a tea break or miss something through tiredness.

Boosting your efficiency and cutting your admin costs

I started with safety because it really is so, so important in our game. But there’s a series of other great things you can do for your business with computers that can see the world around them beyond safety.

For example, you could use it to eliminate time-consuming manual processes. As things stand now, managers spend hours reviewing security footage, investigating incidents, and checking compliance records; why not use Computer Vision to automate much of this oversight, providing instant alerts and reports so that managers can focus on higher-value tasks?

As stated, AI-driven systems offer 24/7 monitoring—something you just can’t achieve consistently and cost-effectively with people. Instead, AI vision gives you an always-on approach that ensures that every corner of a facility is under constant observation, providing actionable insights without requiring additional personnel.

Streamlining access control and boosting your compliance status

Useful as it is, Computer Vision isn’t just about monitoring, though. it also plays a critical role in access control and compliance. AI-driven checkpoints streamline site access by verifying whether workers have the proper credentials and safety gear before entering a facility. This prevents unauthorised individuals from accessing restricted areas, for example, and reduces bottlenecks at entry points.

Similarly, AI-based compliance monitoring automates the verification of contractor documents, insurance, and training certifications—tasks that were traditionally handled manually, massively reducing the risk of non-compliance while saving significant administrative time.

Now, worker privacy is also very important here, and you might be a bit uneasy about the idea of a computer scanning everyone’s face all the time. I would certainly not install any kind of equipment myself if there was any danger of face recognition being used to break any GDPR or other data laws, and there is definite concern about exactly where we are with all this.

But at the same time, you already have CCTV on site to protect your people and all that amazing machinery you have invested so much in. All we’re really talking about here is boosting the sensitivity and usefulness of those devices and things like turnstile checkpoints—and if you ensure (with help from an expert installer and manager of such systems) no data about people could ever get out of your company’s secure systems, then I don’t think this is a huge problem. However, you still want to be clear with your staff and visitors about exactly what is being done, and why they can feel safe about it.

Why you can trust AI Computer Vision

What’s really important to grasp, actually, is that this sort of AI’s actually far safer than the stuff in the headlines. For all the hoo-ha about text-based AI, there are a lot of issues with things like ChatGPT. That means, and very understandably, that some manufacturers are hesitating to embrace AI, citing concerns about trust and accuracy. So, it’s very important to see that Computer Vision is a completely different technology; unlike Large Language Models (LLMs) that pull information from the internet and sometimes “hallucinate” incorrect answers, Computer Vision operates on a closed-loop system. 

The kind of systems I’m talking about here are actually a form of the other main form of AI, Machine Learning, where software trains itself on a set of examples until it gets to (and even surpasses) human-level pattern matching, and so can do a useful job without us having to hold its hand all the time. In the case of our solutions, the computer has been programmed to recognise specific objects and behaviors, such as detecting whether a hard hat is present or if a worker is standing too close to a moving forklift.

That means this type of AI isn’t speculative, but it’s actually 100% fact-based. It doesn’t generate opinions or guess outcomes, it simply reports what it sees with precision. And, unlike human monitoring, AI doesn’t get tired, distracted, or make subjective judgments.

Why AI Computer Vision is a cost-saving investment

While some may fear AI replacing jobs, the reality is that Computer Vision supplements human oversight, allowing teams to be more effective. Instead of hiring additional personnel to monitor cameras or enforce compliance, Computer Vision provides a scalable solution that enhances existing operations. The cost savings are significant, both from reduced labor expenses and the prevention of costly workplace accidents.

Summing up, we could be on the start of a very exciting journey with AI in our part of the economy. Just two years ago, before the explosive appearance of text-based Artificial Intelligence like ChatGPT, AI in business was rare. Today, Large Language Models are mainstream, and you can’t move without someone promising Agents (though their actual appearance may be some time off). 

When I talk to global manufacturing firms, I get the feeling the same hockey stick of adoption is about to happen with practical and data-safe Computer Vision. Adopting it early, therefore, could grant you a real competitive edge—while also, as I hope I’ve demonstrated, improving your safety, efficiency, and reducing your operational costs. Those who ignore it may risk falling behind, as industry standards evolve and it becomes even more a familiar part of the British manufacturing landscape.

Is now the time for a manufacturer like you to explore Computer Vision technology—not just to stay ahead of competitors, but to create a safer, more efficient workplace? Given that AI is no longer a futuristic concept but a practical tool already transforming manufacturing operations worldwide, I’m struggling to see why you wouldn’t.

Perhaps the better question is no longer whether AI Computer Vision will be part of manufacturing… but whether you’ll be among the first to reap its benefits?

Renaud Bettin, VP of Climate Action at Sweep, looks at the foundational role of data management in sustainable, resilient sourcing.

When it comes to sustainability, you often hear the same question: who’s responsible? Is it the CEO? The COO? Should everyone in the organisation contribute in whatever ways they can?  

The answer is perhaps yes to all of the above.  However, a particular responsibility will always lie with procurement teams, as they extend the arms of the organisation out into the wider economy, via its supply chain. In this age of increasing extra-financial demands, it’s time to focus on how procurement teams can not just be carried along with the sustainability agenda but actively drive it, and thereby create long-lasting value for the business they represent.    

The key to resilience is in the data 

The saying goes that cash is king, but for long-term success in procurement, data is the pot of gold that should garner the attention of key stakeholders, due to its ability both to help anticipate risks, and to capitalise on opportunities within the value chain. In short, leveraging data effectively allows a businesses to remain viable in a world shaped by physical and regulatory constraints, even if it requires a degree of transformation to achieve this

Looking beyond the essential question of business survival, data provides the fundamental insights needed to lay the foundations of long-lasting success. It permits a business to optimise processes, identify inefficiencies, and reduce waste. By embedding sustainability considerations into procurement strategies, companies can better future-proof their operations and build stronger relationships with stakeholders.  

At the end of the day, it is the businesses that adopt and prioritise a data-driven approach to sustainability which will be able to differentiate themselves in the market and gain a competitive edge as regulations and consumer expectations evolve. 

Self-awareness for success 

While four out of five companies acknowledge the need for transformation to survive, nearly as many indicate that they lack insight into their Scope 3 emissions, especially those linked to the activities across their supply chain. This information on Scope 3 emissions is crucial for meeting mandatory reporting requirements and achieving sustainability objectives, indicating that for many, there is a critical gap between the data businesses hold, and their visibility over it. For purchasing teams, achieving a deeper understanding of their own operations is essential if they are to enhance both operational resilience and performance. 

In order to obtain a better understanding of Scope 3 emissions, it’s essential to work collaboratively with suppliers and partners across the supply chain, by implementing robust tracking and reporting mechanisms, and leveraging digital tools and analytics to gain accurate insights. Once you have this data, proactive steps can be taken to mitigate environmental impacts and climate risks, for example selecting suppliers with lower carbon footprints, investing in greener logistics, or optimising supply chain routes to reduce emissions. 

Striking the right balance between economic and sustainability performance 

The key idea to bear in mind is a balance between financial and non-financial performance. In today’s world, traditional economic performance metrics in procurement must now coexist with sustainability considerations. Environmental and social factors need to be evaluated alongside pricing and volume. Recognising societal impact within your value chain is becoming essential for building a resilient and, consequently, efficient supply chain. 

As a result, regulatory frameworks such as EUDR, CBAM, FLAG, PEF, CSRD, and CSDDD are becoming increasingly prominent. These regulations aim to ensure that suppliers are evaluated on more than just cost and quantity, pushing businesses to anticipate the physical limitations of resource availability. As a reminder: materials like copper, nickel, or cobalt will in the not too distant future become scarce, and at that point, industries will need to adapt swiftly. The businesses which start to take action now, will be ahead of the game.

What’s more, companies that embrace and embed sustainable purchasing practices can enhance their brand reputation, attract investment, and increase customer loyalty. Additionally, they can reduce financial risks associated with environmental non-compliance and supply chain disruptions caused by climate change. 

Does your data speak the language of ESG? 

We can think of purchasing as a company’s early-warning system, a way to identify risks and uncover opportunities within the value chain, to inform strategic decision-making. The key is to make data readily accessible and actionable for procurement professionals. 

A company’s procurement information system is a valuable resource, an uncut diamond. There’s a vast amount of data out there. The trick is capturing, structuring, refining, and transforming it. To interpret this data in an ESG context and unlock its non-financial value, digital tools are indispensable: tools which can handle large data volumes, adapt to suppliers’ varying levels of maturity, provide granular management, and integrate scalable carbon methodologies seamlessly. 

Providing the right digital tools is only part of the solution; equipping employees with the knowledge and expertise to apply these insights is equally critical. Companies must also prioritise training and upskilling their procurement teams to effectively analyse and interpret ESG data.

Working towards a digitally driven future 

The future of purchasing lies in its ability to harness digital data-management solutions equipping procurement teams with the knowledge and skills to manage non-financial data. Soon, the term “value chain” will take on a new, more meaningful significance—one that fully integrates at its core all of the types of value that go beyond the pure financial. 

Digital transformation will play a crucial role in streamlining data collection, automating reporting processes, and enhancing transparency across the supply chain. Technologies such as Artificial Intelligence, blockchain, and big data analytics can help companies verify supplier sustainability claims, prevent greenwashing, and ensure compliance with stringent regulations. By leveraging these innovations, businesses can build smarter, more ethical supply chains that benefit both the planet and their bottom line. 

Ultimately, companies that view sustainable purchasing as a long-term investment rather than a regulatory burden will be the most successful. As industries continue to evolve, procurement teams must remain agile, forward-thinking, and committed to integrating ESG principles into their operations. In doing so, they will not only secure the future of their organisations but also contribute to a more sustainable global economy. 

Jennifer Harvey, Crown Worldwide Group CEO, looks at the decline of globalisation in the face of a rise in protectionism and nearshoring, and explores how procurement organisations can adapt.

Around the world, geopolitical tensions are rising, trade policies are evolving rapidly, and societal attitudes are shifting. Many companies are now finding the once-predictable pathways of globalisation increasingly replaced by a more fragmented, ‘glocal’ approach. 

This trend, often referred to as reverse globalisation, is not just a temporary setback. Rather, it’s a fundamental rethinking of how organisations conduct business in a world increasingly shaped by protectionism and political uncertainty. And for businesses in 2025, the implications of this shift are profound and varied. For many, it means recalibrating risk management strategies, diversifying service offerings, and improving local capabilities to stay competitive.  

The decline of the global supply chain 

For decades, globalisation has allowed businesses to access affordable labour, scale operations quickly, and tap into new markets. However, this has changed as trade wars, tariffs, and rising nationalism take centre stage. Today, many companies are beginning to reconsider their long-standing reliance on global supply chains. 

At the heart of this shift is the increasing complexity of managing cross-border operations. The uncertainty surrounding Brexit, the trade tensions between the United States and China, and the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on international logistics have all exposed vulnerabilities within global supply chains. These disruptions have highlighted a dire need for companies to build more resilient, adaptable systems. 

This ‘glocalisation’ strategy is reflective of a broader trend in which businesses are looking closer to home for solutions. Companies are rethinking the long-standing model of offshoring and nearshoring, instead focusing on regional supply chains that are more flexible, more sustainable, and better equipped to weather political and economic storms.  

The logistics sector is a prime example. Crown Worldwide Group, best known for its international relocation services, diversified many years ago to offer solutions to localised client challenges. With a focus on localised logistics, information management, and workplace solutions, Crown has expanded its services. The organisation now provides digital and sustainable solutions that align with the needs of today’s businesses. 

Adapting to geopolitical uncertainty 

The rise of populist movements, the emergence of protectionist policies, and the increasing use of trade tariffs have all contributed to a climate in which globalisation is no longer viewed as universally beneficial. Instead, businesses are having to adapt to a more fragmented world order. Many businesses are scaling back their global ambitions and reconsidering their approach to international markets, placing greater emphasis on regional supply chains, strengthening local partnerships, and prioritising operational resilience over expansion. 

For organisations looking to remain competitive, this shift requires an agile approach. It necessitates a fundamental rethinking of how business is done; one that takes into account not only economic considerations but also political, social, and environmental factors. In this climate, businesses are increasingly turning to procurement strategies that prioritise resilience over scale and localisation over globalisation with the ever present need to consider environmental impact. 

Workforce transformation in a post-pandemic world 

Another crucial component of reverse globalisation is the transformation of the workforce. Since the COVID-19 pandemic, remote and hybrid working have become the norm for many organisations. This shift, accelerated by the COVID-19 pandemic, has fundamentally changed the way companies approach talent acquisition, employee mobility, and office space management. As businesses scale back on international assignments and long-term relocations, they are investing in new workforce solutions that are more localised and flexible.

In response, Crown Worldwide has expanded its workspace services to help businesses optimise their office environments. This includes asset management, covering IT infrastructure, equipment and office furniture, along with recycling and renewal capabilities to support sustainability goals. Beyond logistics, Crown Workspaces also help businesses to create efficient, engaging workplaces that encourage employees to return to office.  

Remote work has reduced organisations’ reliance on physical relocations. However, it has amplified the need for digitalisation – particularly in information management. With hybrid teams and a growing number of digital nomads, organisations must ensure seamless access to critical information anytime, anywhere. Moving to a fully digital system means that organisations can be flexible and responsive to the needs of their workforce, whilst also protecting their future planning. In this sense, workforce transformation is intrinsically linked to supply chain adaptation. Both are driven by the need for businesses to remain resilient and responsive in the face of dynamic change. 

Looking ahead to the future of ‘glocalisation’ 

Looking to the future, while globalisation will not disappear entirely, in the near term it will likely evolve into a more regional model that places greater emphasis on local solutions, supply chain resilience, and workforce flexibility. Companies that make this transition successfully will be those that embrace, rather than ignore, the changing geopolitical landscape, investing in sustainable and digital solutions and empowering local teams to respond quickly to market demands. 

Rather than resisting the changing tides, businesses will need to adopt a more agile and “glocalised” approach to operations. While globalisation is evolving, the world will remain profoundly interconnected – just in new ways. The future of international business will present challenges. But, it will also bring exciting opportunities for those who can adapt. 

Ivalua executives at IVALUA NOW 2025 emphasise collaboration in the face of disruption, and explore the roadmap to an AI-driven future of procurement.

Procurement software platform Ivalua’s IVALUA NOW 2025 event is currently underway in Paris. Over 800 procurement professionals and representatives from the sector’s largest technology firms, procurement software vendors, and businesses with significant procurement functions — including  Accenture, Prada, EcoVadis, Deloitte, and Bulgari — are in attendance to network and explore ongoing developments in procurement. 

Across multiple keynote addresses, Q&As, and panels, procurement leaders are exploring the biggest themes and challenges defining the current procurement landscape.  

Disruption and collaboration 

Ivalua CMO Alec Saric opened the event with an acknowledgement of the challenges facing the procurement sector.  “On top of everything else that’s been going on, it seems like we now have to contend with weekly changes to trade policies. They force us to assess the impact on our organisations, reassess our supply strategies, and it’s all happening so fast,” he said, but added that, “the best way to deal with all this is to learn from each other.”

Ivalua’s newly appointed CEO, Franck Lheureux, echoed the sentiment. “Procurement has never been [this] critical to your organisations,” he said. “I think about the word, and I’m not shy about using it, chaos.” He highlighted tariffs, inflation, and the growing threat of conflict around the world as the defining characteristics of procurement and supply chain management at this increasingly unpredictable moment in time. “How can you think about and project the future if you are constantly forced to react on a day-to-day basis?”

A bright, if loosely defined AI future

When it came to celebrating and acknowledging the opportunities facing procurement and the strategies they expect to help procurement navigate this complex landscape, Artificial Intelligence was something of a leitmotif for the discussion. However, it’s interesting to see — especially in an hour-long talk which probably devoted about 70% of its time across four speakers to Ivalua’s AI strategy — some sober acknowledgement that, as Lheureux put it, “GenAI is not the answer.” 

Saric acknowledged that “I know many of you have already started using AI to some extent and we can be honest: so far, the impact has hardly been transformational.” 

However, Saric added that, despite a slower impact than expected, he doesn’t believe that AI is “just another hype technology” like blockchain or the metaverse. Nevertheless, he stressed that “the changes that are taking place, both in terms of their speed and magnitude, are really unbelievable.” 

The keynote also saw an address by Ivalua’s founder and ex-CEO, David Khuat-Duy, who passed from the CEO role to that of Chief AI Officer in January. There’s no denying that Ivalua is, like much of the procurement software space, still betting big on GenAI, regardless of a slower-than-anticipated arrival of transformative value creation. 

“We want to free people up to do what humans do best — relationships and strategy.” — Alec Saric, CMO, Ivalua

Ivalua’s dedication towards the implementation of more agentic, autonomous AI — with human oversight and a big emphasis on compliance and data security — over the coming year that enables organisations to be resilient and agile in a constantly changing world is clear. However, as Saric told CPO Strategy in a later interview, AI’s total autonomy isn’t part of the current conversation. “From a technology perspective, you want it to be that good and reliable that [it can work along], but we’re not recommending that strategic activities be completely handed off to a robot. It always makes sense for humans to be in the loop when [the decision] is strategic.”

He noted, however, that when it comes to managing tail spend, sourcing one-off purchases, and “more tactical activities, yes, the goal is to try and get as much of that off the table so that humans can focus on strategy and the relationships. We want to free people up to do what humans do best.” 

Sudarshan Chitre, Senior Vice President of Artificial Intelligence at Icertis, looks at the potential for GenAI to unlock value from contracts.

Contracts are the backbone of every business relationship, defining the terms and expectations that businesses have with their suppliers, partners, and customers. However, when poorly managed, contracts can pose substantial risks to a company’s financial performance. Research from World Commerce & Contracting reveals that ineffective contract management leads to an estimated 9% loss of a contract’s overall value – an issue that is both costly and avoidable for companies with thousands of commercial agreements.

Leadership challenges are serving to compound this issue. A recent study reveals that 90% of CEOs and 80% of CFOs struggle with ineffective contract negotiations, leaving millions of dollars on the table that could have bolstered their bottom line. 

These figures point to a reactive and siloed approach to contract management, one that often results in revenue leakage, inefficiencies, and mounting compliance risks. The need for transformation is clear. AI in contracting provides the solution that turns static agreements into dynamic tools that not only control costs, but also capture lost revenue, and ensure compliance.

Addressing Contracting Gaps to Unlock Value

Economic pressures have exposed operational gaps that lie at the heart of contract mismanagement. According to research, 70% of CFOs report revenue losses from overlooked inflation clauses, while 30% of business leaders cite missed auto-renewals as a major source of financial loss. 

While these oversights may seem minor, their effect can erode profitability over time and expose organisations to reputational and compliance risks. 

AI offers a solution by identifying these problematic areas and offering actionable insights. For example, AI-powered solutions can identify and track important clauses like inflation adjustments and renewals. By monitoring external factors, AI can also deliver key insights precisely when decision-makers need to make calls. Automating these processes not only reduces financial losses but also frees up teams to focus on more high-value, strategic priorities.

Adapting to Modern Business Challenges

Organisations should now no longer treat contracts as static documents. Instead, they should be seen as resources of enterprise data that equip business leaders to respond in changing conditions and drive strategic outcomes. 

Integrating contract data into core business processes and applying AI enables organisations to maximise the commercial impact of their business relationships. Centralising contract data also improves visibility, helping teams to better identify risks, such as noncompliance, and potential opportunities, such as unrealized cost savings.

In today’s rapidly evolving technology landscape, AI-powered contract intelligence platforms must be robust yet flexible enough to integrate with the latest AI advancements. For instance, contracting complexities and the unique demands of each business mean that a multi-model approach is necessary to harness the full power of AI’s potential. Recognizing this, it’s important for businesses adopting AI in contracting to explore a platform that is both adaptable and open to seamlessly incorporate best-in-class AI models and agents that work together to drive meaningful outcomes. 

Driving Organisational Change

However, AI adoption for contract management is not simply about implementing new technology with the best AI models. It’s about driving organisational change. This includes evolving processes, fostering a culture of collaboration, and providing teams with the training needed to effectively use AI tools. For instance, although traditionally slow to adopt AI solutions, legal teams are increasingly embracing this technology. Recent findings suggest that 85% of legal teams will utilise generative AI by 2026 as legal professionals seek to ensure compliance, mitigate risk, and optimise resources, while 56 percent of legal operations say generative AI tools are already part of their tech stack. 

In the realm of finance, CEOs view this business function as the number one area of the business that could realize immediate cost savings through the effective use of AI.

This transformational shift in AI adoption empowers critical functions like legal and finance to not only evolve from outdated practices but also become centres of innovation that influence and shape the strategy of their enterprise. 

The AI Advantage  

The benefits of AI in contract management are already being realized across industries. Companies leveraging AI have recovered millions in revenue by addressing overlooked inflation adjustments and other drains on cash flow like unused supplier discounts and outstanding customer payments – all of which are governed in commercial agreements. 

For example, The Financial Times reports how AI adoption has helped companies lower operational costs. Similarly, findings from Procurement Tactics reveal that organisations using AI have shortened negotiation cycles by up to 50%, demonstrating the tangible benefits of this technology.

The Way Forward: Embracing AI in Contracting

With billions of dollars flowing through contracts each year, effective contract management is no longer optional – it’s imperative. AI-powered contracting is a necessity for businesses looking to unlock tangible value that directly impacts their bottom line. 

By addressing inefficiencies and transforming contracts into adaptive, data-driven assets, AI enables organizations to negotiate better deals, deliver cost savings, and recover lost revenue.

The path forward is clear for 2025: Embrace AI in contract management to overcome challenges, improve your financial health, and position your business for long-term success. Now is the time to transform your contracts into strategic assets that accelerate informed decision making and propel your business forward.

Martti Nurminen, CFO of Basware explores the procurement trends driving CFO strategies in 2025.

The world around us today is very different compared with even just a few years back. And it’s no secret that finance teams are faced with more pressures than ever before. Economic uncertainties, supply chain disruptions, and labor market shifts place heavy demands on finance leaders. These short-term pressures require agile, responsive strategies to ensure business continuity and financial stability.

However, the broader, long-term forces are also reshaping the role of the CFO. The increasing integration of technology, evolving regulatory compliance requirements, and rising risks of fraud in the digital economy are redefining financial operations. As the role of the CFO expands, the responsibility to drive strategic value across the enterprise becomes just as critical as maintaining financial integrity. CFOs are no longer isolated in their departments, they work closely with CIOs and other C-suite leaders to achieve broader organisational goals.

The need to rethink traditional financial processes is more urgent than ever, and invoice automation is emerging as a key solution to meet both short-term and long-term challenges.

How Invoice Automation Addresses Key Challenges

Compliance

Compliance is a significant concern for CFOs. Manual invoicing processes pose serious risks, such as missed audit trails, delayed approval policies, and a lack of adherence to standards like Sarbanes-Oxley or PCI DSS. With only 50.3% of invoices processed electronically, businesses risk falling behind on e-invoicing mandates, which are becoming a regulatory requirement in many regions. Manual processes often fail to ensure accurate audit trails, further complicating compliance with evolving regulatory frameworks and exposing businesses to potential penalties and reputational damage.

Invoice automation addresses this by ensuring businesses remain audit-ready with minimal manual effort. It simplifies the compliance process by adapting to changing regulations and reducing the risk of non-compliance. Automated systems track invoice histories, enforce approval workflows, and ensure consistent adherence to required standards, easing the burden on compliance teams.

Fraud Prevention

Fraud is an ever-growing concern for CFOs. Manual invoicing processes present prime opportunities for fraudsters to exploit system weaknesses, leading to financial loss and reputational damage.

Invoice automation significantly enhances security with AI-powered fraud detection mechanisms that monitor transaction anomalies in real time. By flagging suspicious activity, these systems can prevent fraud before it happens, protecting the financial integrity of the organisation.

Cost Reduction and Efficiency

The cost of processing invoices manually is significantly higher than automating the process—around $9.87 per invoice versus just $2.81 for automated systems. In addition, manual processes create delays that hinder efficiency, leading to higher invoice cycle times and strained supplier relationships.

With automation, businesses can drastically reduce operational costs, accelerate invoice processing times, and free up resources for more strategic tasks. CFOs can expect quick returns, efficiency gains, and improved financial performance as a result.

Working Capital and Cash Flow Management

Invoice automation also contributes to better working capital management. By ensuring invoices are processed quickly and payments are made on time, businesses can optimise cash flow, reduce late payment penalties, and strengthen supplier relationships.

Moreover, automation helps CFOs manage earnings quality, providing a clearer picture of financial health and enabling more accurate forecasting.

Talent Engagement and Employee Productivity

Employee engagement and talent retention are growing concerns, especially amid skills shortages in the finance sector. By automating tedious, repetitive tasks like invoice processing, businesses can empower their finance teams to focus on high-value activities. This leads to increased job satisfaction and greater productivity, helping organizations attract and retain top talent.

As 77% of CFOs cite talent engagement as a priority, providing employees with automation tools can improve both morale and business outcomes.

Future-Proofing Through AI and Machine Learning

Invoice automation isn’t just about solving today’s challenges. It also positions businesses to take full advantage of AI and machine learning technologies in the future. Automation establishes a structured data environment that supports predictive analytics, deeper insights, and smarter decision-making.

By implementing automation now, businesses can create a foundation that enables them to leverage future technologies and stay ahead of the curve, ensuring long-term resilience and success.

A Call to Action: Embrace Invoice Automation Now

Invoice Automation presents a valuable opportunity to drive enterprise value creation for all stakeholders, fairly and equally. For CFOs, this automation is increasingly crucial, as it not only streamlines financial operations but also enhances overall efficiency, strengthening both short-term and long-term trends.  

By forming the right strategic partnerships, there are already organisations leading the transformative charge in this space. Billerud is one such example of how e-invoicing can transform an enterprise’s AP operations, demonstrating the significant improvements in efficiency and accuracy that automation brings. Since implementing automation, Billerud has seen over 90% of PDF invoices automatically validated, leading to a 66% reduction in PDF data extraction costs and a 25% reduction in total monthly invoice costs. 

Now more than ever is the time for CFOs to place a stronger focus on invoice automation as a key driver of value creation within their organisations. 

Shamayne Harris, head of procurement at Pagabo, helps us break down the government’s new procurement regulatory guidelines.

The Labour government has published a new national procurement policy statement (NPPS). The statement replaces the previous version from May of last year made by the previous government. 

The new NPPS lays out a series of strategic priorities for public procurement by contracting authorities. Also, the government has published a new and updated round of Procurement Policy Notes (PPNs). These provide detailing guidance on best practice for public sector procurement. 

Gross spending on public sector procurement totalled £407 billion in the 2023/24 financial year. With the recently live Procurement Act 2023 opening new doors for small and medium sized organisations to compete more effectively for government contracts, the stakes and levels of complexity facing organisations looking to engage with public procurement frameworks have never been greater. Likewise, thousands of contracting authorities across the UK are facing a momentous change to the ways in which they operate in compliance with government guidelines. 

We heard from Shamayne Harris, head of procurement at Pagabo — a company that sets up and manages frameworks on behalf of public sector contracting authorities — who provides clarity on some of the essential details and impacts of the new NPPS and PPNs. 

What do you see as the government’s intentions behind the new guidelines? 

“Through the NPPS, the government aims to maximise the impact of the £400 billion spent each year on essential goods and services. The government intends to use public procurement to support the delivery of its missions by kickstarting economic growth, making Britain a clean energy superpower, taking back our streets, breaking down barriers to opportunity, and building a National Health Service fit for the future.

“When delivering procurement, contracting authorities must have regard for the goals within the NPPS, which are the importance of delivering value for money, driving economic growth, delivering social and economic value, and building commercial capability to deliver value for money and stronger outcomes.

“All contracting authorities must have regard to the NPPS as mandated by the Procurement Act. It applies to contracting authorities as defined in section 2 of the Act with the exception of the authorities and procurements set out in section 13(10). These include private utilities, contracts awarded under a framework or dynamic market, procurements under devolved Welsh or transferred Northern Irish procurement arrangements, and devolved Welsh authorities or transferred Northern Irish authorities. 

“In addition to the publication of a new NPPS, we have seen the release of new and updated Procurement Policy Notes (PPNs). The two new PPNs 001 and 002 address SME and VCSE inclusivity and establish procurement spend targets, and take account of social value in the award of contracts.”

What about PPN 001? What are its goals and how will it affect contracting authorities? 

“Essentially, PPN 001 acts as a facilitator for one of the core objectives of the Procurement Act and NPPS – to open up public procurement to new entrants. Historically, there has been a target for SMEs to benefit from 33% of central government spend either directly or indirectly through the supply chain – but this is a target rather than a legal requirement, and data from Tussell suggests that direct spend with SMEs is currently around 20%.

“The difference now is that while there isn’t a mandated target, there is reference to setting a three-year target for direct SME spend from 1 April 2025 (or two-year targets for VCSEs from 1 April 2026) and to publishing annual results, which, of course, are there for accountability. This is all in reference to central government, but we expect to see the guidance trickle out to the wider industry, with other organisations voluntarily aiming for the same standards to ensure best practice in alignment with government.

“As with everything in this procurement reform, wording is incredibly important. Along with new and changing terminology, the Act incorporates a lot of permissive language – in this case that contracting authorities should ‘have a duty to consider’ reducing barriers for SMEs. This reflects that the Act is not there for short-term fixes but is a long-term commitment to change that will require transition.”

And what about PPN 002?

“With social value, there is not a mandated minimum award criteria required for all contracting authorities in scope of the Procurement Act. However, PPN 002 mandates central government authorities must apply a minimum 10% weighting of the total score, to social value where it is relevant and proportionate when the procurement commences on or after 1 October 2025. For procurements commenced under the Procurement Act 2023 prior to this date, in-scope organisations can choose to apply this PPN or continue to use PPN 06/20 during this transition period. 

“When followed, PPN 002 should apply to all stages of the commercial lifecycle, but particularly at the planning and preparation stages. As with the SMEs and VCSEs elements, it’s all about setting a clear direction of travel with a long-term aim to enact change, rather than setting unachievable parameters by expecting overnight change.”

Do you see these new steps as positive for the public procurement sector? 

“Our immediate reaction to the new NPPS and PPNs is that we are pleased to see positive steps being taken in supporting the SME and VCSE inclusive agenda, which is something that we at Pagabo have always championed in collaboration with contracting authority hosts in framework procurement strategies. 

“The NPPS sets out the expectation for the public sector to maximise SME and VCSE procurement spend and demonstrate how this can be delivered via preliminary market engagement, collaboration and transparency through visibility of procurement pipelines, which will be supported by the introduction of new mandated notices for applicable authorities under the Procurement Act 2023. 

“Contracting authorities should familiarise themselves with the new NPPS and PPNs now, to help align their own goals with the government’s strategic goals for procurement. It’s an important period for procurement, so those concerned need to be doing everything they can to understand the changes and implement the processes to ensure compliance and alignment.”

A new report from ProcurePro has highlighted the biggest challenges facing procurement teams in the construction sector.

From materials pricing to labour costs, the challenges facing businesses in the construction sector are significant. In particular, as the Labour government announces new social housing programs and encourages further development in the UK, construction businesses need to be able to operate without succumbing to common industry pain points. 

Digital procurement software solutions provider ProcurePro has unveiled the findings of its latest investigation into the most pressing procurement challenges facing construction companies. The report sheds light on the inefficiencies and complexities that have long plagued the industry. It draws on over 20,000 hours of research and discussions with construction professionals. The results reveal the top pain points affecting procurement teams. These range from a lack of visibility over procurement status to inconsistent quality across projects.

The biggest recurring problems faced by procurement professionals in the construction sector boiled down to the following: 

1. No visibility over procurement status

A lack of access to critical information “leaves the big picture half-painted.” This makes it nearly impossible to assess packages at risk in time to avoid problems. 

2. Manual processes are labour-intensive

A mixture of human-errors, staff shortages, and legacy technology threaten to overwhelm procurement teams. Emails, phone calls, and spreadsheets still dominate procurement workflows, according to the report. Organisations can and should automate the majority of these processes to save time, reduce errors, and increase productivity, they add. 

3. Disconnected workflows

Siloed and disconnected workflows prevent procurement teams from fully capturing the hundreds of steps involved in getting a package from tender to delivery. According to the report, those steps are part of, generally, around 20 different processes running on a few core systems.

4. Delayed procurement puts projects behind

A KPMG study found that, over a three-year period, only 25% of construction projects were completed within 10% of their deadlines, and only 31% came within 10% of budget. Problems in the procurement process can have cascading effects that harm the entirety of a project as it is carried out. 

5. Reporting lacks actionable insights for all levels

ProcurePro’s report argues that “reports are often done for the sake of it.” Not only that, but meaningful analysis often coming as an “afterthought.” Reports are out of date the minute they’re produced and because they don’t always contain relevant data for everyone, are shallow on actionable insights, they add. 

6. Everyone does things differently

A lack of standardisation across the industry means that “Two people trained the same way and working on the same projects will find different ways to reach a solution.” Adopting unified technology stacks can, ProcurePro argues, unify these disparate processes. 

7. Quality drops as volume increases

As the number and size of projects grow, so too do the problems facing procurement teams. “Having scalable, standardised practices in place on a single procurement platform ensures consistent quality as headcount grows,” argues the report. 

8. A lack of supply chain insights

Large construction companies often have ecosystems comprising thousands of suppliers, subbies, and partners. This type of scale creates monumental demand for due diligence in compliance checks, workload assessments, and performance ratings.

9. Scope-of-works gaps

ProcurePro’s research points to the fact that contractors typically lose 10-15% of their margin on variations caused by missing or inconsistent scopes, which then push back projects. The report argues that “Drafting scopes is one of the most time-consuming parts of procurement and has the criminal combination of being easy to mess up and very costly when you do.” 

10. Contracts take too long to get signed

Contracts in the construction sector can mean it takes anywhere from a few days to a few weeks to move a procurement package from the recommendation to contract signing stage. Lost time is lost money, and in worst case scenarios can result in subcontractors showing up at the site before necessary contracts are signed, creating legal and safety issues. 

11. Avoidable errors are common

Human error remains the most common source of procurement problems, delays, and compliance breaches. ProcurePro’s research estimates that avoidable errors erode between 0.5-1% of construction companies’ profits on projects — an estimated total of around £61 million for the sector as a whole each year. 

12. Staff satisfaction, recruitment, and training

“Construction is an industry that runs on the power of people, relationships, and cooperation.” The success of a project might be measured in financials, but for the people working on the project, is it worth it if the work brings misery?” asks the report. A smoother procurement process reduces stress, turnover, and burnout, alleviating pressure on an already overworked sector. 

“Procurement is often seen as a necessary but tedious part of the construction process,” said Alastair Blenkin, CEO at ProcurePro. “But the truth is, it plays a critical role in determining the success of a project. By addressing these core issues, companies save time, reduce costs, and improve the overall efficiency of their procurement processes.”

Jonathan Oram, director of frameworks at Pagabo, explores the benefits of prioritising a flexible approach to help drive public procurement value.

Frameworks have quickly become the preferred route to market for public sector projects. This momentum will continue to grow now that the Procurement Act 2023 has comeinto effect. Now, those procuring and managing frameworks, including the likes of Pagabo, must go beyond the basics to cut through the noise to pave the way for fair, practical and transparent procurement that serves the needs of contracting authorities, suppliers and agents equally. 

A successful framework is one that helps the contracting authority to choose the best organisation to deliver the best value for the project at hand. It should be backed by the a promise of quality and legal reassurance provided through the prior due diligence that’s essential before any awards are made. 

Now, though, it’s not enough to just proudly showcase previously approved suppliers on each lot. More and more frameworks are launching, and standards are set to rise as the Procurement Act moves the industry closer towards the goal of achieving the ‘gold standard’ set out in the Construction Playbook. 

Frameworks should support contracting authorities in making the best choice for their projects. Not doing so just won’t cut it in today’s market, especially with the need for competition essential in many contracts. 

Here lies the difficulty – every job is unique and so will require a different company with relevant resources and experience, making it tempting to pack framework lots full of talented businesses.

However, having too many suppliers can easily become overwhelming and can dilute the demand, making it equally as unattractive for both the contracting authority and the contractor. Instead, all parties need to strike a balance. The key to success is flexibility. Authorities and contractors need to create a framework with processes around it that embody this mindset in every relevant touchpoint. 

Refining the process around frameworks

If a spanner could represent the tool you need for the job, then we view our frameworks as an adjustable spanner and will work with the contracting authority to ensure it fits their needs each and every time. To do this, it requires flexibility on a number of levels – this could be through offering a wide range of appointment options and contracts, such as Direct Award or New Engineering Contract (NEC), or through having the infrastructure in place to cope with the ups and downs of the market, and the vast disparity between each job. 

One way we do this is through our use of a ‘reserve list’ on several of our frameworks. Through this structure, we may allocate nine places on each lot for example, six of which would form the ‘core’ suppliers, with the remaining three forming the ‘reserve list’. We were the first national framework provider to introduce the use of such lists several years ago, with their development being a response to the market. 

Lessons to learn 

We all remember the collapse of Carillion and, more recently, the collapse of ISG, both of which demonstrated that suppliers can go bust in unstable markets even when financials look robust. While evaluations for appointments examine financial stability in bidding parties, it would be wrong to ignore the somewhat turbulent economic waters of recent years. As of December 2024, new Insolvency Service figures showcase the construction industry to be the most heavily affected over the past year for insolvencies. This makes the element of rigorous financial checks more important than ever.  

Plus, with an increase of work across the whole sector, we have seen resources at many contractors tied up, meaning they are not in a position to bid the work. 

In both scenarios, the reserve list comes into its own – enabling competition for contracting authorities when core list suppliers do not provide enough competition by themselves, and providing a wider pool of suppliers should the worst happen for any organisation sitting in a core list position. 

All bidders under core and reserve lists are allocated equally and with the same criteria. In essence, reserve lists have helped to refine the way we manage further competitions and, in turn, mitigate any risk due to market instability.  

On the flip side, offering choice of too many suppliers from the start could deter many contracting authorities from running a further competition, adding more complexity to the labour-intensive process of evaluating a large number of returns. Skilled suppliers may also look to bid for a place on other frameworks where their chances of winning would be higher. 

Value, on a wider level 

There’s a lot to unpack as to why these shocking statistics have become reality and alongside protecting the contracting authorities, we know the frameworks we manage go some way in supporting the sector too, offering one solution to the wider challenge. As part of our commitment to pioneering transparent and ethical procurement, we have other processes that aim to create opportunities for our industry’s next generation and help the built environment sector to grow. 

These include internal processes, such as offering detailed ‘bidder debriefs’ for every successful and unsuccessful contractor, explaining the reason for our decision and offering constructive feedback on how they can make their services stronger. 

Our use of reserve lists also helps to boost engagement and encourage market brilliance when managing frameworks. Having the option to interchange between the core and reserve lists gives more businesses the chance to tender for exciting projects. They also go far deeper, generating social value through creating and safeguarding jobs and facilitating work placements and apprenticeships via successful and ethical procurement strategies.

This year and beyond, public sector procurement will only become more complex as concerns such as safety, security, quality and value for money remain front of mind for every project. The framework market is strong, but to make the right decisions it will pay off to dig a little deeper and search for frameworks that offer the level of flexibility required to meet the demands of the modern world.

As the Procurement Act 2023 goes live in the UK, procurement specialist Pagabo has launched a suite of new resources aimed at helping public and private sector organisations leverage the new regulations.

The UK’s new Procurement Act 2023 (PA23) went live this week. The new regulations aim to encourage smaller businesses in the private sector to secure a bigger share of £400 billion in public spending each year. Some experts have already hailed PA23 as a “win for Davids over the Goliaths. Others, however, have warned that new, complex processes risk overwhelming unprepared SMEs. 

With any new regulatory changes, there are new risks. These can range from lost business and penalties for organisations found to be in breach of new rules, to reputational damage for delivering sub-par services. 

In conjunction with PA23 going live, procurement specialist Pagabo has launched a campaign to support the UK’s public and private sectors as they work to adopt and benefit from the latest procurement reform.

TIme to “Act on Procurement” 

Act on Procurement’ is simplifying the legalisation within the Procurement Act through a range of resources, including an extensive downloadable guide, explainer video, frequently asked questions and webinars – all created by the experienced experts at Pagabo.  

As well as explaining what changes key stakeholders, including contracting authorities and suppliers, will have to consider, Pagabo’s Act on Procurement campaign explores why 2025 will be a landmark year in the history of procurement legislation and how the well-established procurement specialist can help. 

Shamayne Harris, head of procurement at Pagabo, said: “Through our close contact with organisations varying in size across the public and private sectors, we’re well aware of the different levels of preparedness ahead of the launch of the act. With this in mind, we’ve established a collection of resources to increase access to knowledge and support around the Procurement Act – both from before the Act went live and afterwards – to help others compliantly navigate procurement reform.  

“There are lots of new concepts, definitions and processes for different professionals to familiarise themselves with, which we hope to have made more accessible and actionable.  

She added: “The Procurement Act presents a huge opportunity to increase simplicity, transparency and opportunity within procurement in the long-term, which will help to ensure the public purse is best utilised – making this an important moment in time. With central government continuing to unveil substantial plans for development of infrastructure, communities and public services, the time is now for everyone to pull together and help realise the potential for public procurement to provide value for money, economic growth and social value.” 

Emma Mottram, director of operations at EN:Procure, highlights the challenges and opportunities presented by the UK’s new procurement regulations.

The new Procurement Act is set to bring about big changes. To begin with, we can no longer think of procurement and contract management as separate entities. The act will bring about more flexibility, transparency, and will cement current best practice in legislation. However, substantial challenges in its day-to-day delivery are likely to impact its success.

Of course, it’s great to see SMEs at the heart of the act and being granted more opportunities. Nevertheless, we could see them becoming overwhelmed with tenders and the burden of unsuccessful bid costs.

Embracing change

The Procurement Act 2023 has now come into force. The act heralds huge changes in the procurement process that are likely to shake up day-to-day activities and operations. This is particularly true when it comes to contract management. 

The regulatory changes introduced by the act aim to improve public procurement processes, making the system more transparent and flexible. The changes are impactful, and in response, the industry needs to adapt quickly. Organisations must change how they manage projects and gather data to ensure they are compliant with the act’s new guidelines. 

While this change is positive in principle and is rooted in the embedding of best practice in the industry, it’s important to consider that implementing the required changes will not be a straightforward process, and will require time, patience and skill-building. 

First, the positives

The intention behind the new act is positive, and embedding best practice within the procurement process is undoubtedly a step forward. In addition to its benefits for planning, it is also intended to ensure equal treatment, assist proportionality, increase flexibility, and help suppliers achieve strategic objectives. The bidding process will be more flexible, while transparency will be improved through a new central digital platform. Adapting to new processes will also hopefully lead to upskilling across the sector. This would benefit both individuals and organisations in the long term.

In theory, suppliers will also be given visibility of stock much earlier in the process via the new central platform. This would have a positive impact and provide more transparency and opportunity for scrutiny. Having this early visibility means there is more scope to target opportunities and develop business according to supply levels. Doing so would result in a more streamlined and effective process.

SMEs have also been placed at the heart of the new act. Numerous barriers to bidding have been removed. This makes it easier for small businesses to participate and progress in a process that has previously been challenging when competing with larger organisations. 

Despite these positive steps, the practicalities of implementing a new act are far from easy. Procurement professionals will need time to adapt.

Tackling the challenges

When implementing change there will undoubtedly be challenges. As it stands, preparation for the Procurement Act has felt somewhat rushed. We have experienced a flood of guidance, policy, regulations, and more recently, Procurement Policy Notes (PPNs). All this has meant busy procurement teams have been stretched further as they have attempted to get prepared. On the other side, many contracting authorities are also likely to overrun their implementation phases. As an industry, we are also nervous as we await full sight of the new central digital platform.

It’s also important to consider the capacity of industry professionals to dedicate the time needed to these changes. Bid teams across the sector are currently inundated with frameworks. There are alsoquestions over the market’s ability to respond. For example, the industry-wide skills shortage is a huge problem that will only be put under further strain. 

At EN:Procure we have been working with our members to understand what they need in place to best prepare as well as any gaps in their solutions, and we have also offered training to help develop their skills. It’s important to consider that it will take time to adapt and for us to see the results of the act, and that the practicalities will take time to work out.

Another challenge to recognise is the effect removing barriers to SME participation will have. Making the process simpler for SMEs is positive but may also result in a long list of businesses competing in open tender and bidding for work. Short timescales and resources for bidding may also cause problems, and if too many businesses are bidding, processes may need to be adjusted. 

Procurement Act 2023: Only time will tell

Delays in guidance being published, renewed focus on supplier KPIs, and skills shortages across the sector all mean that while it’s a positive step in principle, implementing the new Procurement Act will be a slow process.

With all change comes a period of adjustment, and while the essence of these changes is positive, the level of administration it will take to make them work may be an issue. Time will tell as to whether the Procurement Act will have the impact it has been designed to have, and as a sector it’s up to us to make the most of the opportunity for development it presents.To find out more about Efficiency North, please visit https://www.efficiencynorth.org

With the Procurement Act 2023 set to go live this week, business leaders expect the regulatory changes to clear the way for more partnerships between small businesses and the private sector.

This week, the UK will enact the most significant update to its procurement regulations in 30 years.  Confirmed in September 2024, the Procurement Act 2023 (PA23) is a sweeping series of regulatory changes aiming to condense and simplify complex government procurement procedures, with the end goal of making it easier for small and medium sized businesses in the UK to compete with large scale enterprises for the £400 billion spent by the government each year on essential goods and services. 

UK business leaders are hailing the legislation as a victory for small businesses, transparency in government procurement, and a more equitable UK economy. 

Steve Haskew, Group Director of Sustainability and Growth at Circular Computing, called PA23 a “win for Davids over the Goliaths of the business world.” He added that: “This long-awaited legislation should make the procurement process more transparent, slam the door on ‘chumocracy’ and clear the way for smaller companies to partner with the public sector.”

PA23: Big for (small) business 

In essence the PA23 has four main objectives: making the public purchasing system simpler and more flexible; allowing for small businesses and social enterprises to more easily compete for public procurement contracts; preventing underperforming suppliers from keeping contracts unfairly; and making the government’s entire commercial lifecycle more transparent

According to the Government, the PA23 will help thousands of small businesses across the country get the chance to win valuable contracts with public sector organisations. 

“Greater flexibility around tendering and faster payments for suppliers will be a huge fillip to the UK’s SMEs and help level the playing field when it comes to contract pitching. Allowing more businesses to throw their hat into the ring for public sector projects will also improve the quality of winning bids, ensure better value for money and allow more specialists to shine,” added Haskew. 

Doing so could be a major help towards kickstarting local economic growth and innovation and creating jobs for local communities in the UK, where communities (especially those outside London) face stagnant wages, rising rents, and an increasingly untenable cost of living. 

“Businesses tell me that the current system isn’t working. It is slow, complicated and too often means small businesses in this country are shut out of public sector contracts,” said Georgia Gould, Parliamentary Secretary at the Cabinet Office. “These measures will change that, giving them greater opportunity to access the £400 billion spent on public procurement every year, investing in home grown talent and driving innovation and growth.”

Get ready for the procurement industry’s biggest upcoming events, from Ivalua NOW to ProcureCon Indirect West.

2025 is already shaping up to be a pivotal year for the procurement sector. From the impact of artificial intelligence (AI) to supply chain disruptions, procurement teams are grappling with a wide array of ongoing market challenges and competing priorities that continue to exert pressure on the sector. 

More than ever, procurement events are an essential way for the industry to meet, network, learn, and share their experiences of dealing with the sector’s biggest challenges. March promises to be a packed month for conferences and summits. Here are four upcoming events procurement professionals won’t want to miss. 

ProcureCon Indirect West — March 3-5

Held in Las Vegas, Nevada, ProcureCon Indirect West brings together seasoned Chief Procurement Officers and the industry’s rising stars. Attendees hail from all sizes of organisation, from industry giants to agile startups. ProcureCon brings industry professionals together to explore actionable tactics that will allow them to navigate digital disruption and exceed their cost containment goals.

The two day event promises a dynamic mix of innovative speakers, interactive sessions with peers, and invaluable networking opportunities. Its aim is to provide the ultimate toolkit for long-term procurement success. This year’s event will feature a wide array of veteran industry speakers. These include: Charen Buyce, Senior Director of Procurement at Stitch Fix; James Chang, Head of Strategic Sourcing and Procurement at Symetra; and Sarah Kaye, Head of Procurement (Americas) at TikTok.

Ivalua NOW 2025 — March 11-12

One of Europe’s premier events for procurement leaders is taking place in Paris, France, on March 11-12. For US procurement professionals, a second event will take place in New Orleans, Louisiana, on May 21-22. Both events will also be accessible virtually. 

Ivalua NOW is free to attend for procurement and finance practitioners, and aims to explore challenges facing the industry. In particular, the event’s agenda will focus on the disconnect between the promise of technology and cold hard reality. While new technologies like Generative AI promise to enhance employees’ productivity and decision-making, most organisations have experienced only marginal benefits, mainly from automating select tasks. To unlock the full potential and permanently elevate procurement’s role, innovation must extend beyond simply adopting new technologies. In order to do that, Ivalua argues that organisations must embrace new ways of working. Not only that, but they must constantly challenge operational methodologies to continuously innovate. Ivalua NOW 2025 aims to provide a roadmap for procurement teams to do just that.

Ivalua NOW 2025 provides a unique opportunity to learn how industry leaders are engaging with procurement’s biggest hurdles. It will unveil how these eladers are pushing boundaries to increase profitability, ensure supply chain resilience, and improve sustainability. This year’s event will bring together over 1000 global leaders from world-renowned organisations including Prada, Veolia, Koerber Group, Bulgari, GN Jabra, Manulife, Cleveland Clinic, CACI, and many more.

“Ivalua NOW is an invaluable opportunity to engage with industry leaders, learn about innovative solutions, and share actionable takeaways. We’re excited to contribute to the conversation on Gen AI-driven procurement transformation,” commented Jan van Hueth, Senior Project Manager at Koerber AG.

BME European Procurement & Supply Chain Excellence Summit 2025 — March 31-April 1

Taking place at the end of the month in Frankfurt, Germany, BME’s European Procurement & Supply Chain Excellence Summit 2025 is an invitation-only event with the goal of providing a comprehensive networking platform for C-Level Procurement & Supply Chain Executives.

This year, procurement and supply chain leaders will meet to explore strategies for driving purposeful, sustainable, and impactful change. 

Topics slated for discussion include: geopolitics and supply chains, with an emphasis on how shifting global powers will reshape supply chains around the world; discovering the procurement model of the future with an eye toward adapting to next-gen procurement models in a changing world; maximising business value by building a data-driven, value based procurement function; developing leadership, talent, and culture; and driving sustainability, digitalisation and AI in the value chain.

Agentic AI is the latest tech trend to sweep through the procurement sector, as solutions providers promise to transform automated sourcing.

US-Israeli tech firm Tonkean is the latest procurement software solutions provider to launch an Agentic AI solution for procurement teams. Offering “Agentic orchestration for the Fortune 1000”, Tonkean’s AI agents can autonomously orchestrate complex processes while working to achieve long-term business goals without undermining human agency. 

What makes AI “Agentic”?  

Agentic AI tools are the next generation of GenAI tools, with developers pitching them as more autonomous and better suited to complex tasks. They can work towards more intricate and nuanced objectives with less human oversight. As opposed to more traditional AI and automation tools, which follow instructions more rigidly, Agentic AI is a step towards tackling complex problems in a more nuanced manner.

The technology uses advanced reasoning and multi-step planning to break down complex workflows into manageable tasks. Compared with existing AI tools, AI “agents” focus on outcomes rather than just obeying tasks to the letter. This, in turn, makes them more flexible and able to react better to the broader context surrounding a decision. 

According to the companies developing these tools, Agentic AI represents a genuine leap in capability, which procurement teams can use in turn to unlock unprecedented efficiencies.

The first crop of generative AI tools saw widespread adoption but little business impact, with NTT Data identifying that as many as 85% of GenAI projects are struggling to meet ROI expectations. Now, AI companies are hoping that Agentic AI will usher in a phase of greater independence and the ability for the tools to tackle more complex tasks than before with less human oversight and fewer pain points. 

Is Tonkean’s Agentic Orchestration different?

While not the first organisation to launch a tool of this nature, Tonkean argues that its Agentic AI tools function differently to others that have hit the market in the past month. Tonkean Agentic Orchestration combines autonomous, collaborative, creative AI with deterministic rules-based automation, a combination which can do a better job of carrying out tasks and avoiding regulatory hurdles. 

With Tonkean Agentic Orchestration, enterprise teams can configure agents to carry out a number of tasks semi-autonomously. These include answering questions from policies to ensure compliance, performing actions and querying information across systems, and producing more personalised experiences, to name a few. 

The company claims that its tool’s powerful capabilities mark a paradigm shift in how AI can seamlessly carry out complex back-office functions, as well as in how employees at large organisations interact with software in their day-to-day processes.

“Business processes are not about data or even technology. Fundamentally they’re about people,” commented Tonkean founder Sagi Eliyahu. “But whether you’re talking about people or the tools they use, both need goals, guardrails, and support to work effectively. You can put a bunch of the world’s smartest people in a room together and say, ‘Go to work!,’ but without strategy and structure, it would be chaos. Tonkean provides that strategy and structure through orchestration. It brings you autonomy and intelligence and safeguards you against chaos.” 

According to data from Market.us, the global Agentic AI market is set for significant growth. Market.us projects that the segment will reach $196.6 billion by 2034, up from $5.2 billion last year.

Grant Portman, Key Account Manager at Whistler Technology, a Milexia Company, discusses the need for resilience and adaptability when procuring electronics components.

If there is one lesson that COVID-19 taught us, it is the importance of planning for the unexpected. For the electronics components industry, this means adopting a flexible supply chain sourcing model to respond quickly to unforeseen challenges.

Following the global semiconductor shortage, governments and organisations around the world rushed to fix their supply chains and prevent future severe disruptions. However, the reality is that achieving complete stability is impossible. Organisations must avoid the trap of focusing solely on past demand. It’s important to remember that today’s needs could be entirely different from those of tomorrow.

Any increased tension can quickly disrupt supply chains, pushing manufacturers to look for alternative sourcing with very little advance notice. The geopolitical impact of the Russia-Ukraine war, for example, would have been impossible to predict. Nevertheless, the conflict created supply chain shock waves throughout the electronics components industry. From transportation issues and trade restrictions to the shortage of raw materials used in semiconductor manufacturing. This was yet another unforeseeable blow to the electronics industry.

We live in a highly volatile world, influenced by various geopolitical and economic factors. These factors affect different industries in diverse ways. It is crucial to have flexible procedures in place that allow for the rapid sourcing of hard-to-find and obsolete components.

Avoiding the Bullwhip Effect is key

Maintaining a surplus of stock can only carry an organisation so far; it will never be entirely sufficient. The over-ordering of stock may seem like a good strategy, but the counter consequences, including higher storage costs, holding costs, and the risk of inventory obsolescence, will stack up (literally) and become more detrimental in the long run. 

This was identified and named the ‘Bullwhip Effect,’ when, as a result of COVID-19, consumers and suppliers reacted and overreacted to anticipated supply and demand, causing inventory disruption across the supply chain. An MIT Sloan Management Review study found that the bullwhip effect can increase inventory costs by up to 10-30%. The fact is, the speculative view from customers, suppliers, and manufacturers about supply and demand can often be very inaccurate, especially in reaction to a disaster or unforeseen circumstances. Yet, all actors involved influence the entire value chain and cause forecasting chaos. 

For certain industries, such as aerospace and defence, which have long and varying production cycles, managing the lifecycle of products is ever more complex. There are continual challenges in ensuring that procedures are established for when components reach the end of their lifecycle. 

Looking at the aerospace industry 

If we take the example of the aerospace industry. The lifespan of an aircraft can last several decades, yet the internal components for these aircraft systems, including semiconductors and mechanical parts, have much shorter life cycles. The prolonged operational lifecycles of military aircraft, in parallel with rapid technological advancements and reiterations, create a dynamic landscape where components risk obsolescence before the end of an aircraft’s service life. This requires organisations in the aerospace industry to adopt a ‘two-speed’ product lifecycle framework that qualifies all component aspects occurring during the complete lifecycle of the system but with flexible replacement procedures for when essential components with short lifecycles become obsolete. 

In both the case of organisations that have fallen into the trap of the bullwhip effect and for organisations with complex product lifecycle requirements, the need for emergency and quick turnaround for obsolete products becomes further intensified. 

So, the question is how organisations can most effectively implement a flexible and reliable electronics sourcing model that accommodates all eventualities and challenges: fluctuating market demand, volatile geopolitical circumstances, emergency scenarios, and complex multi-tier product lifespan requirements. 

It involves establishing and maintaining a dependable, end-to-end value chain, and there are four crucial steps to follow:

Building a flexible end-to-end value chain

1. Select a robust supplier network

This involves thorough research to identify and qualify the right value-chain network. A total network of suppliers, vendors, and industry partners that have the expertise to: 

  • help with sourcing standard and specialised parts
  • offer engineering design, maintenance, and industry-specific services
  • has the capacity and flexibility to handle an emergency, obsolescence, and a quick turnaround sourcing requirement
2. Proactively improve forecasting across the value-chain

Implement proactive and predictive tools and methodologies to predict and monitor potential obsolescence issues and forecast demand patterns accurately. The best scenario is for organisations to invest in advanced analytics, and artificial intelligence (AI) to more accurately and proactively handle demand fluctuations.

Alongside this, organisations should implement electronic data interchange visibility throughout the value chain to facilitate the exchange of inventory and order data between partners and to enhance communication channels.

3. Collaboration and trust 

Successful value-chain management relies on building reliable, collaborative relationships with suppliers. Open communication channels, regular feedback, and joint troubleshooting drive innovation and create a foundation of trust across the value chain.  

4. Continuous monitoring and analysis of the supplier network

Real-time data collection and analysis should be used to track supplier performance against KPIs and identify areas for improvement. Ongoing monitoring and analysis of supplier performance data ensures organisations can troubleshoot and proactively address any potential issues or performance gaps to mitigate risks in the supply chain before they become a problem.

Essentially, what any organisation in the electronics industry should be looking for is one total end-to-end value network that can cover and understand all their sourcing needs, with the versatility and flexibility to adapt to anything on the horizon. 

In uncertain times, with the lingering effects of past supply chain disruptions remaining challenging, organisations, more than ever, must prioritise risk preparedness and resilience in their electronics sourcing strategy.

A new crop of increasingly independent agentic AI tools are claiming to empower procurement teams to make faster, better buying decisions.

Increasingly, the success of a procurement function hinges on successfully implementing the next generation of digital tools (which increasingly means artificial intelligence) to unlock value beyond (but still including) the traditional goal of cost-containment. 

According to Gartner’s Procurement Predicts 2025 Report, 63% percent of procurement organisations fear losing their competitive advantage if their use of data and analytics does not improve. The report also confirms most of the conventional wisdom about why organisations in procurement are flocking to AI tools — the intended benefits including increased productivity, reduced cost and better business agility from improved speed to decision making. 

This is where Agentic AI comes in. The technology promises to be the next phase for AI-enabled business tool—technology that will allow each business function to seamlessly integrate with a centre-led procurement strategy.

What is Agentic AI? 

Agentic AI tools are designed to be more autonomous than previous GenAI tools. They can work towards more complex objectives with less human oversight. As opposed to more traditional AI and automation tools, which follow instructions rigidly, Agentic AI can supposedly approach more complex problems in a more nuanced manner. The technology uses advanced reasoning and multi-step planning to break down complex workflows into manageable tasks. As opposed to simply following a task, the technology is supposedly more “goal oriented,” focusing instead on outcomes, making them more flexible and able to react better to the broader context surrounding a decision. 

According to the companies pushing these tools, Agentic AI represents a genuine leap in capability, which procurement teams can use in turn to unlock unprecedented efficiencies.

Glo, the latest Agentic AI to hit procurement 

“Our team saw immediately that Globality’s autonomous sourcing platform is the complete suite,” Cyril Pourrat, Chief Procurement Officer, BT Group, said following the recent launch of new analytic features in Glo, an Agentic AI procurement tool that promises to enable BT and large enterprises, including Santander and Tesco, to better manage spend, helping drive growth and adding new strategic business value. 

To do this, Glo analyses internal and third-party data sources to provide pricing insights based on industry benchmarks and past spend for better proposal evaluation. So far, responses have been positive. “Two-thirds of my spend right now is going through Globality. It’s huge, in the billions of pounds,” enthused Pourrat. 

By promising to deliver “detailed project pricing information in natural language,” Glo integrates into the Globality platform to help manage spend “from tail through to complex service categories.” The technology can “instantly” create detailed, actionable, and easily shareable data in the form of AI-powered summaries and dynamic charts and visualisations.

“Already the most advanced AI Agent in procurement, Glo’s groundbreaking new capabilities enable leading global companies to better manage risk, boost efficiency and productivity, and create new value that goes straight to the bottom line,” said Lior Delgo, Globality Co-Founder and President. “Through Glo’s next-gen AI-powered analytics, companies gain the tools to drive better business outcomes and gain competitive advantage in the face of unprecedented market and internal complexity.”

Tariffs, uncertainty, and a looming trade war are reversing globalisation as organisations look to relocate sourcing closer to home.

Procurement, logistics, and supply chain organisations are looking to shift their processes closer to home, as a flurry of tariffs from the Trump administration force the world’s biggest economy into a protectionist stance. As borders become increasingly expensive and risky things to move goods across, organisations are reportedly scrambling for a way to adapt. 

The de-globalisation race

This week, Crown Worldwide Group, one of the world’s largest privately-owned logistics companies, announced that it is refocusing its emphasis for growth on services and divisions that are “inherently local.” 

The business highlighted President Trump’s efforts to slow globalisation further, noting that “Events in the USA over the past several months have reinforced the prevalence of an anti-globalism sentiment.” Flaring tensions between the US and China, Canada, Mexico (its biggest trade partners) and, more recently, the UK and European Union, are reportedly giving Crown, and organisations like it, pause — provoking them to rethink how they do business. Crown’s Group CEO Jennifer Harvey commented: “Our view is that this won’t last forever — but in a business that is both global and cyclical, the last 60 years have taught us to hedge by investing in different business lines.”

Donald Trump has said that he wants to cultivate an American manufacturing renaissance through the introduction of wide-ranging tariffs and tax breaks. Critics of his policies claim that the higher resulting costs from tariffs will result in higher prices for American consumers. 

It’s not just Trump (but he’s not helping) 

Trump may be supercharging the deglobalisation trend affecting supply chains, but he didn’t start it. The trend has started to take shape in the post-COVID world, as organisations look closer to home in order to promote resilience and avoid increasingly common disruptions. 

Crown established its business 60-years-ago in the midst of the mass globalisation of supply chains, as well as the containerisation of freight, and affordable air travel, which Harvey notes created new horizons that now seem increasingly out of reach. “Today, the world is quite different. Fewer people are moving internationally, with technology that facilitates remote work reducing the need for corporate assignments, and geopolitics making moving overseas more challenging and expensive – a trend that’s likely to continue following recent political events in the USA,” Harvey says.

This combination of technological tools affecting the way we work and an environment increasingly defined by global conflict, compounding the lingering economic impacts of the pandemic, (both coupled with simmering anti-migration sentiment) and the rise of far right governments in places other than the US, is also driving the deglobalisation trend. 

“Transitioning supply chains isn’t simple,” observed Eric Linxwiler, Senior Vice President, at TradeBeyond in a recent article. He added out that, in order to respond to tariffs, businesses face the challenge of “establishing new supplier relationships, ensuring quality control, and navigating new regulatory environments requires time, investment, and operational expertise.”

European automakers, pharma manufacturers, and more brace to contend with the threat of an EU-US trade war as Trump announces new metal tariffs.

European automakers, pharma manufacturers, and more brace to contend with the threat of an EU-US trade war as Trump announces new metal tariffs.  

Not content with 25% tariffs on its closest trade partners and a further 10% levy on Chinese goods, US President Donald Trump has announced a flurry of new trade restrictions on goods from the European Union (EU). 

Overnight, President Trump announced 25% tariffs on foreign steel and aluminium. The move has prompted retaliatory measures from the EU, with president of the European Commission, Ursula von der Leyen saying that she “deeply regretted” the US president’s decision, adding that “Unjustified tariffs on the EU will not go unanswered,” and that the EU would respond with its own economic sanctions to “safeguard its economic interests.” Von der Leyen added: “We will protect our workers, businesses and consumers.”

Procurement thrown into disarray

Approximately 25% of EU steel exports go to the US — about €3bn worth a year over the past decade. Canadian prime minister, Justin Trudeau — whose government responded with its own retaliatory tariffs on the US last week — said that Canadians would “stand up strongly and firmly if we need to.” He described the Trump administration’s move as “unacceptable”.

The latest round of tariffs could be the next domino to fall on the way to a worldwide trade war, severing international ties, and driving up prices for consumers in multiple markets — especially the US. If Trump’s tariffs continue to alienate the US’ trade partners, Simon Bowes, CVP Manufacturing Industry Strategy EMEA at supply chain solutions company Blue Yonder, notes “it could set off a chain reaction across the globe.” He adds: “This could limit the ability of companies to leverage the global specialisation and expertise that currently drives international trade. For instance, the world’s reliance on Taiwan for semiconductors or Germany’s expertise in automotive engineering would become more complicated if countries erected barriers against each other. The rise of tariffs would likely stifle competition and innovation, and while some industries could benefit from protectionism, others would undoubtedly face higher costs and reduced market access.”

Manufacturing procurement braces for disruption 

The impact of Trump’s administration on some European industries like pharmaceuticals, Bowes explains, may force businesses into “a catch-22 dilemma.” 

He explains that organisations must “either bear the cost of relocation or absorb the tariffs and face increased costs for manufacturers and consumers.” 

The automotive market in Europe is particularly at-risk, with the industry already “struggling due to competition from China,” as well as the withdrawal of electric vehicles (EVs) subsidies from key markets, and the ongoing transition to European sustainability regulation. “The US is a critical market for European car makers,” says Bowes. Therefore, “tariff threats are sending the industry to boiling point — and if placed on internal combustion engine vehicles (ICEVs), it would put a tin lid on everything that’s going bad for the industry. Increasingly, automotive businesses are having to plan for a potential future with dramatically reduced sales to the US.”

What’s next? 

Whatever the long-term consequences, Rob Shaw, GM EMEA at Fluent Commerce, notes that short term consequences are a global supply chain in chaos.“The trade market can only be described as an unstable, ever-changing state,” he says. Should the US proceed with imposing more and more tariffs, “other countries will retaliate, as we’ve already seen with China. In this scenario, tariffs may be imposed in the opposite direction, raising costs within the supply chain.” 

Ultimately, he adds “it’s consumers who will bear the brunt of these changes. To protect their profit margins, businesses will inevitably pass on higher costs, placing additional financial strain on buyers already struggling with economic pressures.”

Mark Reddy, Global Director of Growth for Finance, Spend & Governance at OneAdvanced, looks at the steps procurement teams need to take ahead of the PA23.

Procurement professionals are at varying stages of readiness for the Procurement Act 2023 (PA23), which is set to come into force on 24th February. The Act introduces a considerable number of changes and requirements affecting public sector procurement processes. 

Our recent survey of procurement professionals (Finance & Procurement Trends Report 2025) reveals that fewer than one in five (19%) believe their organisation is well prepared for PA23 implementation. Concerningly, 14% said they were either poorly prepared, or not at all.

PA23 will affect procurement professionals working in public sector organisations directly. The private sector will also be impacted on the supply side. Any organisations that supply or seek to supply a public sector organisation with goods and services will need to be ready. Getting ready will require understanding and preparing to mee the Act’s new requirements. The Act covers “bodies governed by public law” which includes organisations like National Highways and Network Rail. It also covers local authorities and councils, schools, the NHS, universities, blue light organisations, social housing organisations, and utilities. 

Public sector spending ammounted to £407 billion gross in 2023/24. Therefore, any non-compliance or dragging of feet with the changes will have a significant potential fiscal impact on supplier businesses.

PA23 for suppliers

For private companies that are already supplying the public sector, or wish to explore new business opportunities with this valuable customer-base, PA23 will bring potential opportunities for increased participation in public contracts. The Act encourages a more open, transparent, and competitive bidding environment, which should benefit these organisations. It’s an unprecedented level of insight into bidding opportunities and decision-making criteria. In theory, it will enable businesses to better tailor their proposals to meet specific public sector needs. Those that take advantage will dramatically enhance their chances of success.

PA23 introduces simplified procedures, which can lead to quicker decision-making and reduced lead times for contract awards. This agility is beneficial for private companies seeking to engage with public sector contracts, as it allows for more efficient allocation of resources and faster project initiation.

The Act will also help the private sector by strengthening provision for prompt payments. Even the largest enterprises benefit from being paid on time. It allows them to manage their cash flow and resource allocations to optimum effect. At the same time, however, late payments can make or break a business. Smaller firms have even smaller margins for error. 

According to data shared by the UK government, 52% of SMEs (around 2.8m businesses) suffer from late payments. This costs them £22,000 each year, resulting in around 50,000 business closures every year. 

Benefits for small businesses and social enterprises 

The Act is designed to improve and streamline the way the public sector procures goods and services. Therefore, it contains specific benefits to businesses not currently engaged in supplier contracts with this sector. Crucially, it provides them with a clear framework when bidding for contracts. With a focus on levelling the playing field, the Act will help small businesses, start-ups, and social enterprises gain an important foot in the door. This will in turn enable local public sector bodies to achieve their own supplier and sustainability targets related to adding social and economic value within the local economy.

As a private sector organisation, it’s crucial to understand how these changes will impact your operations. It will be critical to prepare for the opportunities and challenges that may lie ahead. It will require investment in time and other resources to adequately prepare in order to unlock potential new revenue streams. The government is providing lots of help for organisations that already trade with, or are seeking to trade with the bodies that fall under PA23, to help them ensure compliance. 

PA23 for the public sector

Public sector procurement teams have been working hard to get up to speed with the changes required by PA23. Understanding and implementing these has undoubtedly placed a significant burden on organisations, requiring them to invest in additional resources with redirected focus. We found 57% of the procurement professionals who contributed to our survey expect to be managing an increased administrative burden because of PA23. 

It might be easy therefore to lose sight of the potential benefits the Act will bring to local authorities and other public sector bodies.  PA23 will help them achieve more transparency and accountability from their suppliers, to ensure better value for the public purse and higher quality service delivery, thus helping them achieve their own core objectives.

The compliance challenge 

Procurement professionals recognise there will be specific challenges as they start to work within the requirements of the Act, and 50% of those in our survey said the biggest obstacle would be ensuring ongoing compliance monitoring. This was followed by ensuring supplier compliance (44%), adjusting current processes and systems (41%), and understanding the new requirements (37%).

In response to the new requirements, 60% have already begun implementing new compliance measures and 59% have been revising procurement policies and procedures. Half (49%) are training staff on new regulations, while 37% are investing in technology to help improve processes and ensure they conform with the requirements of PA23. 

To make this less of a headache for already stretched public sector organisations, the Government has published some useful guidance. As a provider of sector-specific and PA23 compliant procurement solutions, OneAdvanced has created an online Procurement Act hub, providing more information including a video, white paper, and other resources, as well as specific information for charitable organisations.

We would urge any supplier or public sector procurement leaders to consider using appropriate digital solutions that are already PA23 compliant to do much of the heavy lifting for them. 37% of respondents in our survey are already investing in new technology to ensure they are ready, selecting solutions that provide assurance that every step of the procurement journey is compliant with the requirements of the Act

Winning with PA23 in 2025

There are bound to be some teething problems as organisations get to grips with the changes coming this year. But the benefits should make the trouble worthwhile. 

For suppliers, PA23 opens up the procurement process, with greater transparency around opportunities with new and existing customers. 

For local authorities, meeting the requirements of PA23 will have a number of benefits. It should encourage greater collaboration between departments, eliminating duplication and achieving better value for money. The Act also embraces an important shift away from the Most Economically Advantageous Tender (MEAT). Instead, it promotes procurement that focuses on the Most Advantageous Tender (MAT). This distinction will provide greater flexibility for procurement to consider suppliers and contracts on the basis of criteria beyond price. Particularly, buyers can pursue suppliers based on things like social value which may be better for their local economies. 

The increased transparency will eradicate cronyism, and accusations – founded or unfounded, of unfair contract decisions that can plague leaders. It will also improve the experience and quality of service delivered to the citizens that rely on them.

The most important thing to remember is that there is still time to make preparations before the Act goes live. There are multiple resources available out there to help organisations in both public and private sector. These will enable them to focus any financial investment on implementing the most effective, compliant digital tools that will earn their keep from day one of PA23. 

This new legislation has the potential to improve procurement and supplier relationships, ensuring your public sector organisation, or your business as a public sector supplier, can achieve its organisational and financial goals.

Jonathan O’Brien, author of Category Management in Purchasing, looks at the slow decline in procurement benefits and its causes.

Once, if you could afford it, a supersonic flight on Concorde would get you from London to New York in just under three hours. Today, it takes around eight hours. In this world of constant advancement there aren’t many areas where things regress, but how fast we can travel around the globe is one of them. The other, it seems, is the ability of organisations to use Category Management as a key enabler of organisational success. 

Category Management used to be one of the core approaches behind strategic procurement. Today, progressive companies still place Category Management at the center, but increasingly are failing to realise the same benefits that were once commonplace. This raises two very big questions – what has changed and what can we do about it?

Category Management Entropy 

It seems ‘Category Management entropy’ has taken hold and threatens procurement’s ability to make meaningful impact to the organisation. Without anyone noticing, there has been a steady decline in the ability of organisations to deploy Category Management effectively, and a regression in the advanced capability needed to make this happen. Yet, procurement teams still boast they are doing it, ignorant of what is missing. 

Look at many of today’s organisations that cite Category Management as part of what they do and peel back the layers to see what’s going on. Chances are, you’ll find a lack of understanding of what a market facing category is, meaning people are working at the wrong level, with effort focused around doing little more than running RFPs and renewing contracts; perhaps with some reactive stakeholder engagement and production of underwhelming category strategies. The idea that Category Management can bring breakthrough benefits seems to have become little more than a myth and legend of yesteryear. Worse is the general decline in strategic procurement capability across the board, coupled with the misguided belief that people are doing it well and you have the perfect recipe for good procurement. This results in sliding back to little more than tactical buying, with a fancy name. But why does no one notice? 

Forgetting the art of the possible

There are many causes of Category Management entropy. The biggest of them, or so it seems, is that executive teams have lost sight of the art of the possible – they don’t know what they don’t know. Once, those in senior roles could boast first-hand experience of Category Management delivering step change benefits and if they couldn’t, someone in their peer group could and would tell them what they were missing. Since then, our industry has churned significantly and the art of the possible seems to have faded away. 

Category Management, when well implemented, has long since proved what it can do for an organisation – new competitive advantage, increased brand value, dramatic cost reduction or price rise mitigation, unlocking innovation and value, reduced supply side risk, sustainability and, for the public sector, new value to citizens, patients and pupils etc. Indeed, I’ve supported Category Management programs in some of the biggest companies on the planet.

As a result, I’ve routinely seen first-hand, companies with a $10bn spend drive out in excess of $1bn in savings. Not to mention unlocking all the other new forms of value from the supply base at the same time. I’ve led category projects, trained and coached teams, helped executives establish good governance, developed what has become the leading methodology, and written the books on the subject that are taught in universities the world over. Despite this, I’m left puzzled about why organisations have lost sight of what’s possible. I believe this is a product of the seismic shifts in our world, our industry, and those in it, that we have all experienced in recent years.

Why have we gone backwards?

The four misconceptions

I frequently find myself in the C-suite advising executives in how to make Category Management happen. Rewind ten years, the conversations in the board room were along the lines of ‘we want what that company over there has achieved… how do we do it.’ 

Today, the conversations are very different and more ‘Surely Category Management can’t do that, we need a new approach’ closely followed by ‘which bit of tech can I buy to do this for me? Push further and it seems the reason organisations are falling so far short when it comes to Category Management is down to four misconceptions:

Misconception #1 – Category Management is outdated – It is not! 

Don’t believe anyone telling you that, because chances are, they’re probably trying to sell you something! Good Category Management is built upon fundamental economic principles and theory of organisational change. Those are not going anywhere anytime soon. What has changed, and will continue to change, is the context, the macro-environment, and how data, digital tools and of course AI, can support us.  

Misconception #2 – The tech and AI will do it all – it will not, there is no magic button! 

Digital tools are fast becoming how we will do Category Management. Another fast-moving thing is the mob of tech companies running towards us, working to convince us the only thing we now need is their platform. Companies are being seduced into redeploying precious budgets away from training – even people in favour of the tech promise. However, the once shiny thing is quickly tarnished when it fails to live up to the promise of data availability and doesn’t integrate with wider tech in the organisation, or it produces unverifiable ‘somethings’ for the handful of now junior practitioners left. The hard reality here is there is no magic button.

Good AI powered digital Category Management tools such as the Capella Guided Category Strategy Creator® are undoubtedly the future of Category Management. But success lies in making the tech, and especially AI, one of the team, not their replacement, with a plan to integrate it into wider systems and data.  

Misconception #3 – We’re all a bit busy, we need shortcuts – there are none! 

Our ever-shorter attention spans are changing how organisations function. At the heart of good Category Management is a comprehensive multi-step process requiring extensive cross-functional engagement. Even using the latest digital tools or collaboration tech, it’s not something you can shortcut if you want breakthrough. Yet, I frequently find myself getting asked for a ‘quick and dirty’ version requiring a fraction of the time without needing to bother the rest of the business. This is possible but won’t deliver anything beyond small incremental benefits. Another reality is that to get step change benefits, you need to put the effort in. 

Misconception #4 – Surely we don’t still need to train people? Yes you do! 

Good Category Management skills are the rarest of procurement capabilities, and those with them are the most expensive hires, meaning we need to develop the talent we already have. But such skills don’t just happen, nor can professionals aquire them with just a few elearning modules or by taking short courses on LinkedIn. Advanced Category Management capability, together with advanced negotiation, AI and data capability, are the critical skills needed for strategic procurement today. This is only possible by investing in deep learning and development, combining extensive training with guided practice and ongoing coaching. Once again, there are no shortcuts here.  

Restoring excellence and rediscovering breakthrough benefits

So how can we reverse Category Management Entropy and return to the era of breakthrough benefits? There are five areas to focus on:

  1. Process and analytics – Be clear what good Category Management is and drive business wide adoption of one universal best practice process with supporting analytics (eg such as the 5i® method). This must become a common framework that all live and breathe, and must be the backbone to either a latest generation digital solution or traditional Category Management. 
  2. Data and information – Before rushing out to buy the latest tech, build a strategy for data and information. Consider what you need now and in the future, what you need to own and manage, and what you will source. Then, consider how best to acquire this and integrate to your Category Management solution. Think less about buying into applications that serve up the data, but sourcing the raw data that feeds your Category Management tool or deployment. Finally, maybe hire a data scientist or two to become more data driven. 
  3. AI as part of the team – Grasp the power of AI to become a part of (not to replace) the team to support data gathering, analytics and generating key outputs. Equip the team with the skills to be power users of AI, to mitigate the risks and verify what it does within the broader process. 
  4. Talented, highly capable people – Build and maintain advanced Category Management capability 
  5. Governance – Establish solid governance with oversight of all category projects to drive process rigour, manage progress, track benefit delivery and share successes.

Jonathan O’Brien, CEO of Positive Purchasing Ltd, is a leading expert on procurement, and works with global blue-chip organisations to help transform their purchasing capability. He is also the author of Category Management in Purchasing.

Mark Boswell, Director at BearingPoint, examines the process of managing third party risk in the procurement process.

For Chief Procurement Officers (CPOs), risk management is becoming an increasingly important initiative. The procurement function has traditionally been associated with cost savings and supply chain efficiency. However, procurement leaders must now adopt new roles. Increasingly, the function is essential to mitigating risks in areas such as digital resilience, AI ethics, and sustainability. 

The regulatory landscape is becoming ever more complex. In January, both the Digital Operational Resilience Act (DORA) and the second phase of the Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD) 2 became applicable in the European Union. A key element of complying with these new regulations is managing risks from interactions with third parties. This is why procurement teams need to be involved in the process. 

If risks materialise, they can have significant financial and operational implications. For example, a supplier’s financial instability could result in a number of issues. These could include longer lead times, quality issues, or even the need to find an alternative partner at short notice. Often, this comes at a premium cost. Non-compliance with regulations can also result in hefty fines, legal action, and reputational damage. Since being introduced in May 2018, the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) has resulted in over €5.5 billion of fines

Integrating risk management into the procurement process

A good foundation for procurement teams to manage third-party risk successfully is to clearly define how risk management will be incorporated into the procurement process. For example, should due diligence be carried out at the sourcing stage, or at the onboarding stage after a supplier has been selected? If a risk has been flagged, what controls need to be in place to prevent an order being raised with that supplier until the appropriate risk mitigation is in place? 

Process design decisions such as these are further complicated in global companies. These organisations have to contend with the fact that local markets often have different regulations and systems architectures. A “core model” needs to be defined and standardised. This way, procurement can adhere to global compliance requirements, while staying sufficiently flexible to cater to nuances in local markets. 

Selecting the right software

Most companies have already defined what risks they want to manage and how they want to quantify them, but how easy it is to standardise that process depends on the software being used. 

Selecting the right software can be complex. There are risk management modules offered by software companies whose core product focuses on procurement, but also point solutions on the market that can be integrated with Source-to-Pay software. The best third-party risk management (TPRM) software enables companies to automate the process of sending due diligence questionnaires to third parties, scoring the responses, and validating risk data from external sources, such as credit ratings. 

Deciding which software is right for the business depends on many factors. These include budget, integration requirements, and the level of customisation required. It is worth investing the time to evaluate the strengths and weaknesses of the different options. 

The business case for implementing TPRM software can be easily justified by the avoidance of regulatory non-compliance fines; GDPR penalties, for example, can be up to four percent of annual global turnover.

Winning hearts and minds

One of the biggest challenges for CPOs when it comes to managing risk is communication. Risk assessments need to be completed by a large number of internal business stakeholders and third parties. 

Explaining what information is required, why it is important, and tailoring that messaging to people with different roles can be a challenge. For example, finance teams might focus on cost implications, while legal teams might prioritise compliance. There is also a delicate balance to be struck between mitigating risk, and not delaying business critical requirements. 

Risk management should be presented as a process to enable operations in a compliant and responsible way, rather than as a potential obstacle. It helps to have a dedicated change management team to explain to business users and suppliers why risk management is important, using practical examples. Building positivity around the initiative will increase the likelihood of TPRM being successful.

The benefits for Procurement 

Implementing a TPRM process can deliver a host of benefits for the procurement function. This is in addition to minimising the probability of operational disruption and financial losses.  

Encouraging third parties to consider risk might result in more collaborative commercial partnerships. It can also drive discussions around product innovations such as sustainable packaging or locally sourced materials. Building the company’s reputation as an ethical brand can improve customer satisfaction and competitive advantage. By driving initiatives that create revenue growth, procurement teams will raise their profile to a more strategic level. 

Conclusion: risk management as a priority in 2025

TPRM will be especially important in 2025, with DORA and the second phase of CSRD becoming applicable in the EU from January. There is additional EU regulation on the horizon: the Corporate Sustainability Due Diligence Directive (CSDDD) will become applicable in 20274. Policy changes by the Trump administration may also have a potential impact on global supply chains. 

We are living in an era of heightened uncertainty and complexity. Risk management is no longer just a box-ticking exercise for Chief Procurement Officers. It’s a strategic imperative. By embedding risk management into procurement practices, CPOs can achieve a number of critical goals. They can enhance supply chain resilience, protect financial stability, ensure regulatory compliance, and uphold their organisation’s reputational goals. As businesses continue to navigate an unpredictable landscape, the ability to manage risk will set successful CPOs apart as true strategic leaders.

Logistical challenges are intensifying and, according to an industry-wide study by TEG, 3PL companies are lagging behind with the technology adoption and process improvement needed to keep up.

Third-party logistics organisations may be plagued by “significant operational gaps,” due to a lack of digital adoption. New research from TEG found that just one-third of 3PL companies are using eSourcing technology. The report found that more than 80% were only conducting “limited supplier audits,” according to the report.

A growing number of UK organisations are turning to 3PL companies as they seek to unlock an array of benefits, from increasing visibility into costs and access to 3PLs’ more extensive infrastructure, to scalability, flexibility, and new technology solutions. 3PL providers bring specialised knowledge, tools, resources, experience, and software to organisations which may be facing supply chain pressures. However, TEG’s report argues that these 3PL companies aren’t adequately embracing the necessary digital technologies to meet the operational demands of an increasingly challenging sector.  

Mounting challenges, widening gaps 

Road freight operators face mounting challenges in 2025, from driver shortages and new emissions regulations to the cost of transitioning to greener fleets and fluctuating fuel prices from the US’ burgeoning trade war. The TEG whitepaper outlines how 3PL companies can address these gaps through enhanced carrier management processes to boost supply chain efficiency and sustainability.  

“As road freight operators deal with rising costs, tightening regulations, and sustainability demands, 3PLs are searching for new solutions to old challenges. As the foundation for building resilient, efficient, and future-ready supply chains, optimising operations across technology, compliance and sustainability is key,” said Lyall Cresswell, Founder & CEO of TEG. “Making these solutions an essential part of day-to-day operations isn’t just an opportunity, it’s becoming a necessity. The time to adapt is now.”

Opportunities for development in 2025 

TEG’s report identifies four key areas where 3PL companies can develop their operations to plug widening gaps. 

  • Technology adoption potential. Only 33% of 3PLs currently use eSourcing technology when procuring carriers, indicating a significant opportunity for digital transformation.
  • Compliance enhancement. 83% of 3PLs audit less than 10% of their sub-contractors annually, highlighting opportunities to strengthen carrier validation processes.
  • Sustainability development. Two-thirds (67%) of 3PLs identify sustainability as a pressing procurement challenge as new emissions regulations reshape carrier requirements.
  • Skills development. 83% of personnel responsible for carrier procurement receive no formal training, hindering strategic carrier selection and relationship management.

The whitepaper provides a detailed roadmap for 3PLs to enhance their procurement practices. Steps detailed include implementing strategic sourcing, automating tactical procurement, and strengthening supplier auditing processes.

Paris-based startup Crown plans to use e-auctions as a tool for driving win-win outcomes and fairness in the procurement process.

This week, Crown — a Ukranian-founded, Paris-based procurement startup specialising in procurement negotiations using e-auction technology — announced that it raised €2 million in a pre-seed funding round.

Traditionally, procurement professionals have relied on relatively basic tools like Excel and Outlook when negotiating. Crown argues these tools are inadequate for procurement professionals, preventing from “achieving measurable savings.”

Crown’s founder, Mykyta Voytenko, founded the company hoping to create a new approach to procurement technology. Although brown in Kyiv, Ukraine, he is now based in Paris. Voytenko has over 15 years of experience in international supply chain and procurement. He also teaches procurement at KEDGE Business School’s MAI (Master in International Purchasing). 

He previously led strategic initiatives at companies such as Nestlé, Engie, and Sanofi conducting more than 300 eAuctions for top-tier FMCG companies. After training over 2,500 procurement professionals, who reportedly emphasised the need for modern, technology-driven tools to replace outdated methods, he explains that he recognised a clear gap in the industry.

“Procurement is one of the largest cost centres in businesses, yet negotiation—the heart of procurement—remains outdated, manual, and inefficient,” added Voytenko. He plans to address this problem by bringing more capable, yet more user-friendly technology to market in the form of the e-auction. 

Crown’s new take on e-auctions 

Crown is developing a procurement platform that aims to streamline and accelerate the negotiation process using e-auctions. In much the same way as procurement has transitioned from a cost-containment exercise to a form of more holistic value creation, Voytenko hopes that his company will transform the way procurement organisations think of the e-auction. 

“For nearly 30 years, eAuctions have been used solely to drive down prices, often in ways that lack transparency and ethics. At Crown, we see auctions not as a weapon, but as a tool—one that, when used ethically, creates win-win outcomes for buyers and suppliers,” he said. “We believe auctions are the most powerful negotiation tool when their core purpose is achieving fairness, value, and mutual success.” 

Keeping auctions ethical

The e-auction process enables suppliers and buyers to finalise negotiations in just 20 minutes through Crown’s platform. However, the company has layers of key practices to ensure ethical auctions. 

It includes:

  • Structured Processes. Buyers invite qualified suppliers, define clear award criteria, and communicate expectations upfront—removing uncertainty.
  • Supplier Engagement. Suppliers have full visibility on bidding rules, ranking, and decision factors in real-time, ensuring clarity and fair competition.
  • Post-Auction Transparency. Buyers receive detailed reports, while suppliers receive feedback, creating a fair and structured environment that builds trust over time.
  • Code of Conduct. The company collaborates with the clients to develop a Code of Conduct. All parties must accept the code before the eAuction takes place, protecting both buyers and suppliers.

This, reportedly, makes the process especially well suited to serve B2B industries with structured, competitive supplier markets. In these markets, negotiation plays a key role in procurement, so an e-auction is a potentially powerful tool.

Currently, e-auctions are the primary focus of Crown’s go-to-market strategy. However, Voytenko noted that the company’s “long-term vision is to build a full AI-powered procurement suite.”

The funding round was led by Heartfelt. Kima Ventures, Backbone Ventures, Another.vc, Apok Invest, ZAS Ventures, Prequel VC and Bpifrance also contributed. Crown also received contributions from individual investors, including as Dr. Marcell Vollmer, former COO of SAP Ariba; Christophe VIllain, Global Head of Supply Chain & Procurement Technology at Nestlé; and Mario Götze.

Dr. Remko van Hoek, co-author of Leading Procurement Strategy, lays out five steps for successfully implementing AI across procurement functions.

The excitement around the potential impact of AI on procurement is understandably great. When we surveyed over 200 managers as part of DPW’s first annual study on procurement digitalisation, we learned that a near 300% increase in adoption of AI in procurement is planned for the coming 12-18 months. While admittedly coming from a relatively low level of current adoption this will be a heavy lift. On top of that we found that managers were assessing levels of readiness for digitisation in their organisation lower than solution providers recommend. 

So, how do you get started? Let me offer you three do’s and two don’ts. 

1. Just get started 

The first part of the answer is – you start by starting

Just organising a brainstorm about possible application areas and starting a small-scale pilot is a start that can be made quickly and inexpensively. I have enjoyed facilitating several in-company work sessions informed by available technologies and practices of innovators across industries.

2. Leverage the hype 

The second part of the answer is that you can use the interest in AI to your advantage in driving engagement amongst leadership. 

It only takes a few stakeholders to provide scope and access needed for a pilot. A pilot does not have to be expensive at all and there is a lot of funding available in the solutions space. 

3. Fail fast, learn fast 

Focus on learning in early efforts. If a pilot fails, that can still be a success, if we learn from it. In fact failures can inform better use-case development and inform future successful pilots. To ensure learning it is important to evaluate a pilot upon completion and before moving on to the phase or project. 

It is also important to be honest about what worked, could be better and needs to be fixed. 

The evaluation is best done not only by those directly involved but also by colleagues that are further from the pilot but can evaluate its potential or externals. I have evaluated several pilots of companies and found learnings transferable across companies and industries.  

4. Take it one bite at a time 

But don’t make it too big. You eat an elephant one bite at the time. 

Despite AI’s vast potential, trying to solve too many things in initial efforts may overly complicate things. A lot can be learned from a small pilot or a few small pilots. 

Keeping it small makes it easier to ensure funding, get going and reduce the risk of negative consequences if the pilot fails.

5. It’s not about the AI 

Don’t make it about the technology. While it is exciting to learn about how AI can be unleashed and to see AI in action, avoid the risk of “a solution looking for a problem.” 

The question is not what AI can do for you but what problem you can apply it to. So, when brainstorming use-cases, don’t overfocus on how cool AI is. Rather, think through which challenges AI might resolve and why that would be worth the effort. 

The good news is that this space is moving very quickly and that leaders are learning a lot quickly. So don’t wait, if we do, we will likely fall short against our ambitious adoption plans for the next year.

Dr. Remko van Hoek, FCILP FCIPS, is a professor at the Sam M Walton College of Business at the University of Arkansas where he teaches procurement and studies procurement digitalization. He is an advisor to several companies around the world, and co- author of Leading Procurement Strategy.

Andries Feikema, author of Digital Transformation in Procurement, explores how procurement digitalisation can and must deliver real, tangible value.

The rapid growth of the global software market, valued at $589.6 billion in 2022 and likely to reach $2.25 trillion by 2032, underscores the critical role software plays in our increasingly digital world. Within this growing market, procurement software is gaining significant traction, projected to grow from $6.67 billion in 2022 to $17.9 billion by 2032. This growth is driven by the rising adoption of cloud services, artificial intelligence (AI), and process automation technologies that are reshaping procurement processes and enhancing efficiency.

Yet, the path to digital transformation is fraught with challenges. Despite significant investments, a staggering 80% of digital initiatives fall short of their intended outcomes. This high failure rate highlights the turbulent undercurrents of the digital revolution, which continues to reshape the business landscape with relentless force.

In today’s world, where technology and business are inseparably linked, digital transformation presents both incredible opportunities and formidable challenges. Procurement, once seen as merely transactional, now stands at the forefront of this revolution. Procurement leaders are no longer just managing costs and supplier relationships; they are pivotal in driving innovation, efficiency, and agility across their organisations. Yet, many procurement leaders are still grappling with digitalisation projects that drag on too long, cost too much, and deliver disappointing results. 

The pressing challenge is clear: procurement digitalisation must deliver real, tangible value. The gap between the lofty promise of digitalisation and the reality of its effective implementation is not just striking, it is alarming.

Why do most procurement transformations fail?

While leading award-winning global digital procurement programs and delivering international keynotes on digitalisation and change management, I often encountered peers who were standing at the precipice of their own digital transformation journeys. Many were just beginning, eager to understand why my initiatives had thrived where others had faltered. They were driven to discover the keys to success, keenly interested in the strategies and decisions that distinguished my work on the global stage. In these conversations, I recognised a shared determination to unlock the potential of digital transformation, but also a sense of uncertainty about how to navigate the complexities that lay ahead.

A recurring theme emerged in these discussions: when programs went off course, the blame was often placed on external factors; the software, the implementation partner, or even unforeseen circumstances. Yet, beneath these surface-level excuses lay a more profound, often neglected issue: the failure to look inward and ask the critical question, “What did we overlook?”

The harsh reality is that most digital procurement transformations don’t fail due to external obstacles, but rather due to inadequate planning, poor execution, and a lack of focus on user adoption. Common pitfalls include a lack of clear vision, insufficient executive support, poor resource allocation, constrained budgets, and inadequate or missing change management strategies. 

A well-planned transformation can streamline procurement operations, improve supplier collaboration, and unlock new opportunities for growth. However, success requires more than just implementing new software. Organisations must take a holistic approach, integrating digital procurement into their broader business strategy while ensuring seamless adoption across all stakeholders.

This article explores the critical success factors that drive effective digital procurement transformation and how businesses can navigate its complexities to gain a competitive edge.

Laying the Strategic Foundation for Transformation

A successful digital procurement transformation begins with a well-defined strategic vision. Organisations must clarify their objectives—whether it is optimising costs, increasing transparency, mitigating risks, or advancing sustainability goals. Without a clear roadmap, digital initiatives risk becoming fragmented, leading to inefficiencies rather than improvements.

Equally critical is securing executive sponsorship. Leadership buy-in ensures that procurement transformation aligns with corporate strategy and receives the necessary resources for execution. When executives actively champion the initiative, teams are more likely to embrace new processes, accelerating adoption across the organisation.

To build a strong foundation for transformation, organisations should:

  • Define clear business objectives and key performance indicators (KPIs).
  • Align procurement transformation with enterprise-wide digital strategies.
  • Secure executive sponsorship to drive momentum and accountability.

Driving Adoption Through Effective Change Management

While a strong strategic vision is critical, its success hinges on execution. The next challenge is ensuring that employees and suppliers fully embrace the transformation. Resistance to change is one of the biggest obstacles to digital procurement adoption, often stemming from unfamiliarity, complexity, or concerns over job security.

A structured change management strategy is essential to overcoming these barriers. Procurement teams, business stakeholders, finance departments, and suppliers amongst others should be involved from the outset, ensuring that digital solutions are designed with user needs in mind. Organisations must also prioritise training and continuous support to build confidence in new processes.

Key strategies for ensuring smooth adoption include:

  • Involving procurement teams, IT, and business stakeholders in technology selection and system design.
  • Offering hands-on training programs and ongoing support.
  • Establishing a clear communication plan to highlight the benefits of digital procurement.

Ensuring Seamless Integration Across Enterprise Systems

Procurement does not operate in isolation—it must be fully integrated with finance, supply chain management, and enterprise resource planning (ERP) systems. One of the most common pitfalls in digital transformation is deploying standalone procurement solutions that create data silos, leading to inefficiencies and misaligned decision-making.

To maximise value, organisations should choose digital procurement platforms with strong interoperability. Whether through native integrations or robust API capabilities, these systems must enable real-time data sharing and seamless process automation. Collaboration between procurement and IT teams is crucial to minimising disruption and ensuring a smooth transition.

Best practices for seamless integration include:

  • Conducting a technology audit to assess integration requirements.
  • Selecting procurement platforms that align with existing enterprise infrastructure.
  • Partnering with IT teams to ensure secure and scalable system connectivity.

Leveraging Data and AI for Smarter Decision-Making

One of the most significant advantages of digital procurement is the ability to harness data driven insights. By using artificial intelligence (AI), machine learning, and predictive analytics, organisations can optimise spending, improve supplier performance, and identify cost saving opportunities.

However, the value of these insights depends on the quality of data. Inaccurate or fragmented data can lead to poor decision making and procurement inefficiencies. Establishing strong data governance policies is crucial to ensuring accuracy, consistency, and compliance.

To fully capitalise on procurement data, companies should:

  • Implement AI-driven analytics to enhance procurement intelligence.
  • Establish data governance frameworks to maintain accuracy and compliance.
  • Use predictive analytics to anticipate market trends and procurement risks.

Enhancing Supplier Collaboration and Transparency

Digital procurement transformation extends beyond internal efficiencies—it also strengthens supplier relationships. Organisations that successfully integrate digital tools can create a more transparent and performance-driven supplier ecosystem.

Automated procurement platforms, self-service supplier portals, and real-time performance tracking enable businesses to foster stronger collaboration with vendors. However, supplier adoption is critical to success. Companies must actively engage suppliers, providing necessary training and support to ensure smooth integration.

Best practices for enhancing supplier collaboration include:

  • Implementing digital platforms that streamline supplier onboarding and engagement.
  • Using performance analytics to build long-term, data-driven partnerships.
  • Encouraging suppliers to embrace digital tools through training and incentives.

Embracing Agility and Continuous Innovation

Digital procurement transformation is not a one-time initiative—it is an ongoing journey. As market dynamics evolve and new technologies emerge, organisations must remain agile to sustain long-term success.

Forward-thinking companies continuously evaluate their procurement strategies, leveraging innovations such as blockchain, robotic process automation (RPA), and AI-driven contract management. Companies that adopt a culture of continuous learning and adaptation will be best positioned for future growth.

Key steps for maintaining agility include:

  • Conducting regular performance assessments and process optimisations.
  • Staying informed on emerging procurement technologies and industry trends.
  • Encouraging a culture of innovation and proactive risk management.

Prioritising Cybersecurity and Regulatory Compliance

As procurement processes become increasingly digitised, cybersecurity and compliance must remain top priorities. Procurement platforms handle sensitive financial data, contracts, and supplier information, making them potential targets for cyber threats.

Organisations must implement robust cybersecurity frameworks to protect procurement operations from data breaches, fraud, and regulatory violations. Compliance with evolving regulations, such as GDPR and anti-corruption laws, is equally critical to maintaining trust and transparency.

To safeguard procurement operations, companies should:

  • Implement strong security measures, including encryption and multi-factor authentication.
  • Regularly update procurement policies to align with regulatory changes.
  • Conduct cybersecurity training for employees and suppliers.

In an era where digital transformation is redefining business functions, procurement is emerging as a key enabler of innovation and profitability. Xerox recognised this shift and took bold steps to reimagine its procurement strategy—not just as a cost-saving function, but as a catalyst for business growth.

By centralising operations, leveraging advanced technologies, and fostering strategic supplier partnerships, Xerox transformed procurement from a traditional cost center into a revenue-generating function. This case study explores the key pillars of Xerox’s transformation, illustrating how a forward-thinking approach to procurement can drive efficiency, unlock new revenue streams, and create lasting competitive advantage.

Real-world Example – A Transformation From Cost Center to Profit Engine

Xerox, a leader in corporate innovation, redefined its procurement function—elevating it from a traditional cost center to a strategic profit driver. This bold transformation optimised internal operations while positioning Xerox as a procurement service provider, opening new revenue streams and reinforcing its market leadership.

The Pillars of Xerox’s Procurement Transformation

Xerox’s procurement overhaul was built on six key strategic pillars:

  • Centralisation: Consolidating procurement operations for greater oversight, consistency, and economies of scale.
  • Technology Integration: Deploying automation and analytics for real-time tracking, data-driven decision-making, and process efficiency.
  • Supplier Partnerships: Shifting from transactional relationships to long-term, value-driven collaborations.
  • Talent Development: Investing in procurement expertise to align sourcing strategies with broader business goals.
  • Cost Optimisation: Conducting in-depth spend analysis to drive cost savings and operational efficiencies.
  • Strategic Sourcing: Prioritising total cost of ownership, supplier performance, and sustainability to maximise long-term value.

Together, these initiatives streamlined operations, reduced costs, and unlocked significant strategic value.

Turning Procurement into a Revenue Generator

Beyond cost savings, Xerox extended its procurement capabilities externally, transforming a traditionally internal function into a revenue-generating service. This shift not only demonstrated procurement’s potential as a business enabler but also strengthened Xerox’s position as an industry innovator.

Enterprise-Wide Impact: A Cultural Shift

Xerox’s procurement transformation had a far-reaching impact across the organisation, instilling an entrepreneurial mindset throughout its business units. By integrating procurement into its broader strategic vision, Xerox fostered a culture of innovation, agility, and long-term value creation.

Key Takeaways: Procurement as a Strategic Growth Driver

Xerox’s transformation illustrates the competitive advantage of reimagining procurement. The benefits include:

  • Driving Innovation & Agility: Encouraging creative problem-solving and entrepreneurial thinking.
  • Strengthening Strategic Alignment: Ensuring procurement actively supports and drives business objectives.
  • Enhancing Competitive Advantage: Positioning procurement as a key differentiator in market positioning and service quality.
  • Improving Visibility & Accountability: Elevating procurement’s role in corporate decision-making.
  • Attracting & Developing Top Talent: Establishing procurement as a dynamic, high-impact career path.
  • Boosting Morale & Corporate Reputation: Strengthening internal engagement and reinforcing Xerox’s leadership in strategic innovation.

A Blueprint for the Future

Xerox’s evolution highlights procurement’s untapped potential as a strategic driver of growth. As businesses navigate an increasingly competitive landscape, procurement is no longer just about cost containment—it is a catalyst for innovation, profitability, and long-term success.

The question is no longer whether procurement can drive profitability, but how organisations will adapt to unlock its full strategic impact. Those that seize this opportunity will gain a decisive edge in shaping the future of business.

The Time to Act Is Now

Digital procurement transformation is no longer an option—it is a competitive necessity. Organisations that align procurement with business strategy, integrate digital tools effectively, and embrace data-driven decision-making will gain a lasting advantage in today’s fast-changing market.

Companies that fail to act risk falling behind, losing cost efficiencies, and struggling with outdated procurement processes. Now is the time for organisations to rethink their procurement strategies, invest in the right technologies, and build a future-ready procurement function that drives business success.

For a deeper exploration of successful digital procurement transformation, I share comprehensive strategies, best practices, and real-world insights in my book, Digital Transformation in Procurement: Plan, Execute, and Adopt a Successful Digital Procurement Programme.

Is your organisation ready to unlock the full potential of digital procurement? 

Andries Feikema is author and a distinguished professional in procurement and supply chain management, with over two decades of global experience. He is a pioneer in procurement digitalisation, transformation and change management, delivering successful outcomes across the Americas, the Middle East, Africa, Asia Pacific and Europe. Feikelma has held leadership roles in blue-chip and Fortune 500 companies as well as the non-profit sector. He is based in the Netherlands.

The past five years have seen a generational shift in the way we approach procurement. The act of buying has…

The past five years have seen a generational shift in the way we approach procurement. The act of buying has shifted gears from backroom to board room, from pedestrian and functional to an essential lever for strategic value creation. Much hay has been made by many people (including myself) about procurement’s transformation. The phrase “glow up” has even been thrown around by some (not including myself), with an implicit understanding that the days of staid, reactive, tactical purchasing are behind us, and we are all now hurtling towards a shining future of strategic procurement. 

Talk to Benn Godfrey — who most recently served as the vice president of procurement at Rolls Royce — however, and he’ll pull the rug out from under that line of thinking. “I almost dislike the word ‘strategic’ at this point. What I mean is that it’s so overused—it starts to lose meaning and undermine understanding,” he explains. “We often undervalue things that are tactical.” Godfrey continues, noting that there can be this perception in the industry that “tactics are bad and strategy is good.” However, “in reality,” he explains, “the two are deeply intertwined.” “In the current supply chain environment, of course, you need a plan. However, an increased emphasis on ‘doing’ is just as important.” Adaptability, agility, resilience, are all critical for survival in this modern procurement milieu. 

Godfrey and I sat down to explore how the balance between tactical and strategic procurement affects everything from aligning the function with the business’ goals to fostering resilience. 

Tactics and strategy — Striking the balance 

At its core, Godfrey explains, procurement is about problem-solving. It’s what drew him to the discipline in the first place. He explains: “You identify the problems and figure out how to fix them. Actively seeking out bigger problems to solve became an accelerator for me. Then it was about thinking: What tools do I need to solve these bigger problems?”  Godfrey also highlights the usefulness of considering leverage in how to scale the solutions, categorising leverage areas as “people, time, capital and, increasingly, digital technologies”.  

You can plot every business’ ability to solve problems along a maturity curve, and finding the right balance between the long term goals and shorter term tactical decisions that will help the organisation reach those targets is critical.

“The key is understanding what’s important for your business and aligning your procurement approach accordingly,” Godfrey explains. “Some organisations encourage constant experimentation, while others rely on iterative improvements to well-established standards. It’s about balancing the need for innovation with the appropriate level of control and pace.”  Considering then, that tactics and strategy go hand in hand as a cyclical process over time – OODA loop or the Deming cycle – whichever model floats your boat, or flies your plane, this way of thinking has common elements, such as sensemaking within a changeable external environment, taking actions and then resetting the cycle in an iterative way which makes them relevant to today’s procurement in an uncertain world.

Navigating the supply chain

Many industries, he notes, face similar challenges when managing supply chains. Some of these are tied to common structures and complexities internally, and others are rooted in the broader economic and geopolitical context of the market — currently, worldwide concerns over incoming tariffs from the US and the Chinese government’s recent restriction of key mineral sales abroad are putting pressure on many organisations’ ability to secure the raw materials they need. Regardless of industry, Godfrey explains, “the goal is always to match the approach to the business’ needs.”

Naturally, different stakeholders will advocate for different requirements, which can affect tactical procurement in the short term and learning to talk about procurement in this new way can represent a challenging learning curve for organisations. “For example, the CFO will expect cost reductions and improved cash profiles, so you have to deliver on those fronts, but procurement obviously involves so much more—resilience, leveraging insights from external supply chains, fostering innovation, and driving sustainability,” he notes. “It’s then about talking about what you do with the money saved,’’ and as such the opportunities this enables are increasingly where value is found, but nevertheless requires an openness in communication and experimentation.

Of course, the risk of overly focusing on the short term tactics of procurement risks losing sight of longer-term objectives. However, the inverse is also true. Godfrey points to many organisations’ long-term, ambitious net zero targets — many put in place with no clear, roadmap of how to achieve them. “Back when the Paris Climate Accords were signed in 2015, there were grand net-zero targets set, and everyone had long-term strategies. But tactically, for many, it’s been harder to implement short-term action, and now many of those targets are at risk of falling apart,” he says. 

Shaping procurement

Nevertheless, he still argues that “having big goals is a good thing. It inspires action, but you have to take things one step at a time and must guard against complacency as a leader.” Godfrey emphasises the need to ensure that the team is also empowered to take decisions and to act. The true role of a leader, he says, is to serve as an enabler and catalyst.  Looking around at the tactical and day-to-day to see where changes can be implemented quickly is vital. “You need to build something tangible,” he stresses. “We’ve talked about sustainability, but procurement can also shape the future in other ways. Take cost reduction or relocating a global supply chain as examples. If the process seems too hard, we could give up. But the better approach is asking, ‘What can we change to make it work?’ 

This way of thinking can be applied across a diverse range of topics important to the procurement agenda, whether it’s supporting the next generation of talent to enter the function or shaping net zero technologies and gen AI to deliver meaningful impacts. Godfrey is keen to stress this idea by sharing examples of the work he does in supporting organisations such as the social mobility foundation, initiatives like the King’s Trust, or acting as a mentor to net-zero technology and digital startups.

Collaborative approach

Godfrey argues that, while these investments of time and effort may not offer immediate returns, they’re well worth it in the long run and that giving back experience in a collaborative manner is the way forward. “Material science and digital technologies are key areas of development for industry, especially within the context of energy transition and while not all of these innovations will succeed, one or two might just make a significant impact. This idea of building stepping stones applies not only to supplier relationships but also to people and technology.” Connecting these threads isn’t solely an altruistic act however, it also, Godfrey notes, keeps him at the forefront of developments in the supply chain – “adding to and sharpening the tools in the problem-solving tool bag’’

Resilience is more than risk management  

One way in which a lot of the discourse around tactical-versus-strategic thinking in procurement flows concerns the goal of mitigating disruption. Godfrey is keen to stress, however, that tactical doesn’t always mean reactive. There’s a difference between a tactical approach to cultivating resilience and simple risk management. “The concept of resilience is far more powerful than risk management,” he explains.

“Risk management tends to focus on what could go wrong—identifying, ranking, and rating potential issues on a very long list. It’s a static, somewhat depressing exercise that’s hard to convince others of, especially when you need to justify spending time or money to prevent something that may never happen.” Resilience, on the other hand, is about sensing and anticipating what might prevent you from operating, implementing mechanisms for absorbing sudden shocks, and taking actions to adapt. “You spend time considering the impacts on the business and how to protect it,” Godfrey explains.

“In the event of a crisis—whether it’s a pandemic, a ship stuck in a canal, or war—you need mechanisms in place to remain flexible and adaptable.” Tactical, short-term capabilities and responses to immediate problems, but focused on the longer-term strategic goal of recovery and resilience, rather than simply trying to anticipate and avoid every possible form of disruption. 

Optimising supply chain inventory

“It’s not about listing all the risks; it’s about developing a plan that enables you to continue operating under adverse conditions,” says Godfrey, firmly drawing the distinction. “You need to think through processes, set up adaptability, and put measures in place to manage disruptions—whatever they may be.” One of the keys where a specialised producer like Rolls Royce is concerned, Godfrey explains, is considering how to optimise supply chain inventory, where the cash is tied up and decisions on holding raw materials in their base form. “It takes longer to respond to an immediate issue, but you have effectively traded speed for increased flexibility. If you have secured nickel, for example, you can direct it where needed. Once it’s processed into a finished product, it’s locked into a single use.” 

While he notes that it’s tempting to respond to shortages by increasing inventory at every point, that level of redundancy reduces agility, drives up costs, and generally isn’t feasible or practical. “Instead, build resilience into the supply chain at critical points where you can pivot quickly if needed — build a strategy that lets you respond tactically,” he says. 

The future of procurement demands tactics and strategy 

The pace of change in procurement and supply chain management feels faster now, Godfrey reflects, largely because of the influence of modern technology. “Technology accelerates information flows and amplifies perceptions,” he adds. Godfrey also notes that recent global events may have felt era-defining, each driving change and challenging assumptions in its own way: “Procurement processes have had to become more agile and responsive, leveraging automation and building flexibility into supply chains. The goal is for supply chains to bend rather than break under stress.” Sacrificing lean speed for the ability to change; learning to respond to any problem rather than trying to avoid every problem; resilience and adaptability are what will set successful supply chains apart from those that fail. 

However, while these events have prompted some to accelerate shifts in procurement practices, they’ve also highlighted the need for more considered, balanced responses. “You have to have the long term vision and the tactical short term understanding coupled with a bias for action,” he says, it is important at the same time not to over-correct in response to a shortage or perception of risk thus exacerbating the overall effect within a market. One step at a time towards the future. “Do what you can with what you have, wherever you are. It’s a quote from Theodore Roosevelt which sounds obvious, but it’s powerful. Whenever I’m stuck, that’s the mindset I return to: we know where we want to go, but what can we do right now? What’s the first step we can take?”

Henk Talpaert, VP of Procurement at Trivium Packaging, explores the impact that the rising significance of sustainable procurement is having on packaging in the supply chain.

Over the past two decades, procurement’s role has changed significantly. Previously, procurement focused on cutting costs and improving profit margins and working capital. Today, procurement plays a central role in improving the social and environmental impact of manufacturing and service delivery.

Trivium Packaging produces steel and aluminium packaging for customers in various industries. These include food, beverage, pet food, health, and personal and home care. Metal packaging is well-suited to a circular economy because it can be recycled over and over again without property losses1. However, as in many industries, packaging can be carbon-intensive, and changing it requires investment and long-term planning in technology, infrastructure, and increased recycling. Procurement plays a strategic role in promoting and driving necessary transformations across the supply base to decarbonise the supply chain and further increase recycling rates.

Set ambitious targets and take action

Leading the way in supply chain decarbonisation begins with setting ambitious science-based targets. For example, at Trivium we have committed to reducing Scope 1 and 2 emissions by 42% and Scope 3 emissions by 25% by 2030. Additionally, 70% of our purchase spend will be allocated to suppliers with average or above-average ESG performances by 2030. Commitment to sustainable sourcing and concrete targets like these can drive meaningful improvements across the supply chain. 

Ambitious climate targets are an important first step, but meeting those targets requires bold action and close collaboration with customers and suppliers. One of the key trends in the packaging industry is the shift towards products with increased recycled content and/or reduced carbon footprint emissions, particularly in aluminium and steel packaging. For Trivium, procurement works with sustainability and R&D to pioneer these changes. Here are some examples: 

Eco-design

Companies involved with R&D should consider implementing eco-design programs for new product development to reduce the environmental footprint. 

This could include focusing on higher recycled content uptake, light-weighting, and designing for higher reusability and recyclability. For example, by implementing eco-design standards within our own company, we have reduced the environmental impact of can manufacturing. NextGen steel food cans have decreased in weight significantly over the last few decades. They are now estimated to be 46% lighter than they were 30 years ago while still maintaining their durability.2

Increasing use of post-consumer recycled (PCR) content

For example, in the case of aluminium in Europe, aerosol products can now be offered with different levels of Post-Consumer Recycled aluminium content based on customer needs. This achievement has been enabled by continuous collaboration with suppliers and customers, addressing the growing demand for recycled materials. 

Decarbonisation & low-emission technologies

Using steel as an example, decarbonisation has become an intrinsic agenda point for most steel players. One of the key technological developments for the steel industry is the shift from blast furnaces to low-emission steelmaking technologies. These include electric arc furnaces (EAF) or direct reduced iron (DRI) combined with EAF technologies. These processes maximise scrap use and leveraging renewable energy to replace fossil fuels. This transformation is necessary to decarbonise the steelmaking industry but requires significant investments. 

Collaborative efforts among Procurement, R&D, and Sustainability teams are essential in trialling to ensure products made from these new technologies are not only suitable for packaging applications but also contribute significantly to emission reduction.  For other packaging types, the technology and applications may differ, but the concept remains equally important, it’s imperative to reduce carbon emissions.

Culture eats strategy for breakfast

Setting targets and working through an action plan are insufficient without embedding sustainability into the organisational culture.  It requires daily integration across all functions, with every team contributing to ambitious goals. 

Andrew Vanstone (Chief Transformation Officer at Trivium) likes to point that out: “In our Commercial approach and in the way we work with suppliers, we raise the importance of sustainability to make change happen. On our production floor, we train people and invest in equipment that boosts product quality and improves process efficiency to reduce environmental impact. Change happens when everyone at Trivium, our customers and our suppliers are aligned. We work together to make that happen.”

Our Chief Sustainability Officer, Jenny Wassenaar, is also our SVP of R&D, responsible for both Sustainability and R&D at Trivium. 

In practice, this organisational alignment means that everyone in R&D is helping to realise Trivium’s ambitious targets in close collaboration with Procurement, Operations and Commercial teams. Wassenaar says, “Collaboration in the value chain is critical to the success of the sustainability journey. You cannot build a “sustainable focused company” if you only have an inward-looking viewpoint. The CDP recognizes our close supplier collaboration and lists us as a “supplier engagement leader.”  

CDP’s annual Supplier Engagement Assessment (SEA) evaluates corporate supply chain engagement on climate issues. The highest-rated companies are celebrated in the Supplier Engagement Assessment Leaderboard and Trivium Packaging is part of this exclusive list. By engaging our suppliers on climate change, we aim to play a crucial role in the transition towards the net-zero sustainable economy.”

The path ahead

As the demand for sustainable packaging continues to grow, key trends such as decarbonisation and increased regulatory requirements are shaping the metal packaging industry’s future. Companies must align procurement strategies with science-based targets and collaboration across functions and external partners. 

Procurement needs to work closely with colleagues in the Sustainability, R&D, Commercial, HR, and Legal teams to promote sustainable material sourcing and integrate these materials into product design while minimising ESG risks in the supply chain. Additionally, close collaboration with suppliers and customers fosters sustainable demand and supply.

The imperative for change is clear, and achieving it requires a collective effort to set an agenda with concrete improvement targets and timelines. Organisations that successfully implement those actions contribute to decarbonisation but also position themselves as leaders in the field, as Trivium has been doing over the past years.

Bernadette Bulacan, Chief Evangelist at Icertis, explains how AI and smarter contracting can help supply chains withstand financial risks and weather disruptions.

European supply chains faced significant disruptions last year. These included ongoing freight transport delays at key border crossings due to new Brexit regulations and global ripple effects from incidents like the Suez Canal blockage. These disruptions cost businesses an average of $82 million each, denting annual revenues by up to 10%. 

The 2025 landscape may grow even more complex with U.S. President-elect Trump’s proposed tariffs poised to reshape import and export dynamics while potentially increasing costs. 

For procurement professionals and business decision-makers, this points to an urgent need for greater agility in supplier relationships alongside more resilient and responsive supply chain strategies. From shifting revenue models to restructuring vendor networks, contracts are the cornerstone of commerce. More and more, they are the key to accelerating financial outcomes. Yet inefficiencies in contract management and outdated contracting practices are draining millions in potential revenue. 

From Risk to Opportunity

Managing a large portfolio of supplier contracts is an intricate and time-consuming challenge. Each one has their own unique terms, conditions, and performance obligations. Recent Icertis research reveals that 90% of CEOs and 80% of CFOs acknowledge poor contract negotiation practices. These subpar practices result in leaving untapped value ‘on the table’ for their businesses. These missed opportunities are particularly glaring for procurement teams responsible for managing spend before contract execution. Additionally, unchecked supplier costs, inflation adjustments, and overlooked auto-renewals are also leading to significant revenue leakage across the post-signature lifespan of a contract.

For instance, 70% of CFOs identified cost increases due to inflation as a leading source of financial loss. However, more than 40% of businesses are not leveraging inflationary pricing protections in contracts. These contract oversights not only create unnecessary expenses but also expose organisations to greater risks. This is particularly true as supply chain disruptions grow more frequent and severe. Taking action requires reimagining contracts as dynamic tools and data resources, with AI providing the necessary solution to effectively make this shift.

Applying AI in Contracts 

AI in contracting eliminates the dependence on antiquated ways of working or cumbersome manual processes, equipping businesses with a clear, real-time understanding of their supplier agreements. This visibility enables enterprises to pinpoint potential revenue drivers, identify missed renegotiation opportunities, and uncover costly hidden risks, positioning leaders to respond quickly and make better informed decisions. 

AI-driven solutions for intelligent contracting simplify supply chain complexity by analysing agreements at scale. With actionable insights into what’s outlined in every supplier contract, and how suppliers are performing, business leaders are positioned to: 

1. Navigate disruptions with agility. 

By harnessing AI to identify supply chain vulnerabilities in existing contracts, businesses can effectively mitigate potential revenue losses and implement precautionary measures, such as price adjustment clauses and liquidated damages clauses within agreements. Additionally, companies can diversify their supplier base by entering into new contracts to establish contingency plans in preparation for potential disruptions before they occur.

2. Transform financial weak spots into strategic advantages. 

Poor contract management costs companies as much as 9% of their bottom line, and the stakes are only multiplying. By automating the monitoring of key contract terms and the parties’ obligations, such as inflation adjustments and discounts, organisations can reduce financial losses and ensure commitments are fulfilled. 

3. Futureproof supply chains. 

The future of procurement lies in the convergence of technology and strategic planning. As economic pressures grow and geopolitical risks become more rampant, businesses that adopt AI-driven contract management platforms will be more agile and resilient, positioning themselves for long-term success.

Intelligent Contracting in Action 

In today’s volatile environment, the ability to quickly identify problems and opportunities is crucial. Unpredictable events like floods or political unrest create bottlenecks, raise prices, and reduce stock availability, impacting a business’s ability to meet customer needs. 

Consider the Panama Canal crisis. A climate-crisis-fueled drought resulted in a queue of 154 commercial ships with average wait times of 21 days. These delays impacted supply chains across almost every industry, hindering shipments, limiting production, and driving up costs. Businesses with AI-powered contracting were positioned to quickly identify impacted suppliers and adjust logistical strategies to ensure business continuity. 

Another notable example is the adaptation of the force majeure clause, which gained critical relevance during the COVID pandemic. AI enhances the application of force majeure clauses in contracts by enabling businesses to automatically ensure they are included in every agreement and easily and quickly triggered, should a crisis or catastrophe occur.  

The Bottom Line

As we look to 2025 and beyond, procurement leaders have an opportunity to leverage contracts as a source of strength and operational value. Contracts are the foundation of business relationships, and effective management across the enterprise is imperative to safeguard financial health, reduce risks, and create more resilient supply chains in any economic climate. By adopting the right AI tools and forward-thinking approaches, organisations can avoid the financial strain that often accompanies unexpected disruptions. AI-powered contracting is an indispensable part of modern supply chain management, equipping businesses with the agility to not only address immediate challenges but also build greater resilience for future uncertainties.

The NAO’s latest report warns that a widespread shift towards using managed services has made the UK public sector over-reliant on “Big Tech”.

A new report by UK watchdog the National Audit Office (NAO) has highlighted ongoing issues with the ways in which the country’s public sector approaches IT procurement. 

According to the report, the Government has the potential to achieve meaningful cost savings by changing the way it engages with technology suppliers. But it will only do so if it “learns from its past procurement approaches to large-scale digital transformation projects”. The government’s past projects, the NAO argues, were riddled with mistakes, resulting in “decades of poor progress” and billions in mismanaged spend.

“Government needs to rethink how it procures digitally, including how to deal with ‘big tech’ and global cloud providers that are bigger than governments themselves,” commented Gareth Davies, head of the NAO

The £14 billion problem 

The NAO’s report highlights the fact that the UK government spends approximately £14 billion annually on digital procurement — a figure that has crept up over the past decade — with “mixed” results. The report suggests that a lack of technical expertise within government is at least in part responsible for the public sector’s mismanagement of the shift towards managed service models.

With the market shifting towards cloud-based platforms and SaaS models, the NAO argues that traditional models of outsourcing or creating government-owned assets are giving way to subscription-based models such as the use of cloud services. The government, they argue, has been slow to adapt to this new state of affairs. As a result, the report argues that the government needs to rework the the ways in which it engages with and manages suppliers. The government needs to define “a comprehensive sourcing strategy for the digital age” which, specifically, redresses the government’s approach to dealing with large technology vendors.

“Government has a long-standing need to improve its use of technology suppliers, and its slow progress in doing this has contributed to poor outcomes in its attempts to modernise government,” adds the report. 

In a press release, Davies criticised a “lack of digital and procurement capability within government”, which he argues has resulted in wasted expenditure and lack of progress on major digital transformation programmes.”

The latest round of investment brings total capital raised to more than $100 million, led by Lakestar with participation from existing investors Bessemer Venture Partners and 83North.

Spend optimisation platform company Vertice has raised new funds to support the development of its platform and expansion of its customer base. The company announced today the completion of a $50 million in Series C funding led by pan-European venture capital firm Lakestar. 

Opaque approvals, rising prices, and compliance threats 

Stephen Day, CPO at Kantar and a member of Vertice’s Advisory Board, commented, “The curse and the blessing of procurement is that it is the only business process that any employee could perform – with or without authorisation.” 

He highlights the fact that procurement teams “struggle every day” with opaque approval processes, rising prices, compliance threats and a lack of clarity over best pricing. So far, according to Vertice, solutions to the problem have been “disparate and disconnected” — solutions that address individual pain points like procurement workflow builders, contract negotiation, benchmarking data and SaaS spend optimisation. 

In a survey conducted by Vertice in September of last year, 37% of respondents said that procurement wasn’t seen “as a strategic priority”, with 35% saying that their organisation wasn’t willing to invest in the necessary skills to tackle the issue.

“Control and visibility of every purchase therefore becomes essential, but it can be painfully difficult when data and intelligence is disparate,” adds Day. “Unifying these data sources and processes into a single platform that is built with the stakeholder experience in mind, as much as for procurement leaders, solves so many challenges – and is a huge opportunity for Vertice.”

Creating an “unfair advantage”

Vertice’s founders — entrepreneur brothers Roy and Eldar Tuvey — have two decades of experience running enterprise SaaS companies. 

The latest investment in Vertice brings the total raised to over $100 million. Additional participants include Perpetual Growth and CF Private Equity, alongside existing investors Bessemer Venture Partners and 83North.

Vertice has grown its revenue 13 times over during the past 2 years. The Series C investment will further accelerate Vertice’s mission to create the go-to unified backbone for modern procurement teams. In 2025, Vertice will open several new regional offices and drive product development by tripling its engineering team. New automated product capabilities and integrations will help enterprise procurement and finance teams improve visibility, streamline processes, reduce costs, and make better decisions. 

“We created our own unfair advantage,” commented Roy Tuvey, Founder and CEO at Vertice. “After spending two years perfecting our SaaS and cloud spend optimisation, achieving product-market fit and taking market share from established players, we’ve brought all of our data and insights directly into the workflow experience. All employees can now initiate any purchase, quickly, transparently and at the best price, while procurement can fully customise the workflows to their needs and embed granular approvals.”

Mita Gupta, EVP and Global Business Unit Head at WNS Procurement, powered by The Smart Cube, looks at how to fully leverage generative AI in the procurement process.

In recent years, global disruptions such as the Covid-19 pandemic, climate change-induced natural disasters, and escalating geopolitical tensions have amplified market volatility, challenging businesses to adapt rapidly. Consequently, procurement organisations have been compelled to react. They have had to reassess their strategies, enhance agility, and explore transformative technologies. For example, many have turned to generative AI to drive efficiencies, accelerate decision-making, and strengthen stakeholder engagement. 

Generative AI is assuming an increasingly pivotal role in procurement. Therefore, it is imperative for leaders to grasp both its potential and limitations. By adopting a strategic, human-centric approach to implementation, organisations can unlock the full value of this technology while maintaining resilience and a competitive edge.

The generative AI opportunity 

Today’s procurement teams handle an overwhelming volume of data, often disparate in format and quality. This complexity can hinder the ability to extract actionable insights and make informed decisions at scale. Managing supplier risk, for instance, has grown increasingly intricate. The process requires vigilance over a myriad of factors, including ESG metrics, geopolitical dynamics, cybersecurity threats, and economic fluctuations. Without advanced technology, it is nearly impossible to track and analyse these risks comprehensively.

Generative AI presents transformative opportunities in this space. It enables procurement teams to process vast datasets, identify early warning signals, and contextualise their impact on the business. Armed with these insights, teams can act swiftly and strategically to mitigate risks. Furthermore, gen AI tools free up procurement professionals from time-intensive tasks, allowing them to focus on strategic priorities. Notably, according to WNS Procurement’s 2024 European CPO Report, 100% of procurement leader respondents have an AI implementation strategy. Specifically, 49% have already implemented gen AI solutions in select processes.

Fuelling gen AI with the right data

While gen AI offers substantial benefits, CPOs must understand that its effectiveness hinges on high-quality, well-prepared data. Many organisations have encountered challenges due to insufficient data standardisation, delaying implementation and diminishing returns. To maximise gen AI’s potential, procurement leaders must first invest in standardising data and creating a unified, reliable dataset.

Manual standardisation at this scale can be an immensely time-consuming and resource-intensive process. Fortunately, AI itself can support this effort. Gen AI and complementary technologies can automate data standardisation tasks, expediting the process and ensuring consistency. 

Moreover, enriching datasets with third-party insights allows organisations to contextualise their internal data within the broader supplier, competitor, and market landscapes. This holistic approach is essential for navigating the ever-evolving factors influencing procurement decision-making.

Combining AI and HI

To unlock gen AI’s full potential, it must function as a complement to human intelligence (HI). While AI excels in processing and analysing data, procurement decisions often carry significant risks that require human oversight. CPOs should adopt a ‘co-pilot’ model, leveraging AI to handle processing-intensive tasks while relying on human expertise to validate insights and execute decisions.

For example, Gen AI can accelerate routine tasks like contract generation or spend analysis, enabling procurement teams to focus on strategic, high-stakes activities such as supplier negotiations. By combining AI and HI, procurement leaders can amplify the value and impact of both, while minimising risks. While gen AI enables hyper-accelerated procurement processes and insight generation, HI provides the crucial context and guardrails needed to make sure decision-making is based on the soundest evidence possible. 

How to take a human-centric approach

When considering their pathway to implementation, CPOs should begin by identifying pain points and manual tasks that could be streamlined through AI. Simultaneously, they should evaluate which decisions demand heightened human oversight. Understanding these dynamics helps prioritise gen AI implementation where it will deliver the most value.

Organisational readiness is another critical factor. CPOs should assess their teams’ familiarity with gen AI, identify areas requiring upskilling, and start implementation in receptive areas before scaling. Organisations that yield the best value from gen AI tend to take a more iterative approach to implementing it – identifying and mitigating issues as they go, rather than rushing to adopt too much too soon.

By having a clear picture of their current realities – as well as future needs – leaders can better determine how gen AI may support teams, what training would be required, as well as the potential success rate it may have in different parts of the business. Just like any other transformation, the impact of gen AI adoption on procurement’s people, processes and other technology must be carefully considered. 

Unlocking gen AI’s potential

When powered by robust data and integrated with human intelligence, gen AI can transform procurement operations, driving unprecedented productivity and strategic value. As the procurement landscape grows increasingly complex, CPOs must shift the conversation from whether to implement Gen AI to how best to do so. By leveraging this technology effectively, leaders can position their teams to meet rising demands, navigate complexities, and deliver lasting business impact.

The incoming Trump Administration could be about to “impose tariffs at levels unseen since the 1930s”, potentially putting the squeeze on global supply chains.

The second inauguration of President Donald Trump will take place on January 20th. The incoming president and convicted felon has made a series of promises on the campaign trail regarding his plans for the start of his administration. 

Among other claims, Trump has said that, during the first 24 hours of his presidency, he will close the US’ southern border and reinstate travel bans, carry out mass deportations, pardon insurrectionists who took place in the attempted coup on January 6th 2021, roll back federal regulations on fossil fuels, and scupper the meagre steps the country took towards environmental legislation during the past four years. 

While it may trail Trump’s other promises in terms of potential to inflict human misery and economic disruption, organisations in the US have spent the past month scrambling to prepare for another of his threats: tariffs and a new trade war with China.

The president-elect promised back in November that planned to implement 25% tariffs on Mexico and Canada, as well as an additional 10% tariff on goods made in China, on his first day in office. Reports from December found that such measures would likely create sweeping supply chain disruptions, resulting in higher costs for customers and potentially destroying US businesses. 

Whatever happens, there’s no doubt the impact on procurement and supply chain sectors will be profound. 

How do tariffs work? (Spoiler Alert: Not the way Trump says they do)

Despite his claims that tariffs will help grow the US economy, raise tax revenues, and protect jobs, almost all economists have agreed that this rhetoric (including Trump’s statements that his tariffs were “not going to be a cost to you, it’s a cost to another country”) is misleading. 

In reality, a tariff is a domestic tax levied on your own country when businesses and individuals purchase goods from overseas. Government then leverages a percentage of the total value of the goods when they arrive on US soil. Then, the importer pays the tariff. Not the foreign entity. 

Essentially, if a US company wants to purchase $1,000,000 worth of consumer goods from China at a 30% tariff rate, the Chinese company still gets paid $1,000,000. When those goods arrive in the US, however, the US company taking receipt of the goods will be forced to pay the US government an additional $300,000. 

Over the course of 2023, the US imported approximately $3 trillion worth of goods, equivalent to roughly 11% of the country’s GDP. 

“During his first term, Trump often used the threat of tariffs as leverage in trade negotiations, but didn’t always follow through,” notes Rob Carlisle, Associate Partner at operations transformation consultancy Argon & Co

The higher price of protectionism

Carlisle argues that, “if we take Trump’s campaign rhetoric at face value, the United States may impose tariffs at levels unseen since the 1930s, having a seismic impact on trade relations as we know them today.” 

He adds that, with Trump potentially considering tariffs of 10-20% on all imports and a staggering 60% on goods from China, these measures “would likely hit electronics, apparel, and toys hardest – sectors heavily reliant on Chinese manufacturing.” 

Often, companies add the cost of any tariffs they pay to the price of the final product. This effectively turns them into a tax on consumers. However, Carlisle notes that, not only could tariffs cost American consumers and businesses money at a time when the cost of living is higher than ever, but cutting the US off from its neighbours and their supply chains could have even more disastrous long-term consequences. 

“From a sustainability perspective, Trump’s proposed tariffs could be shortsighted,” he says, noting that, during the previous Trump previous administration, tariffs imposed in an attempt to curb China’s dominance actually backfired. Trump inadvertently enabled China to take a leadership position in technologies critical for the green transition, according to Carlisle. Six years later, the International Energy Agency’s data shows that China currently controls more than 80% of the global solar value chain. “If these tariffs go ahead, they could further cement China’s position in green technology while increasing costs for U.S. manufacturers and consumers,” Carlisle warns. 

How likely is World (trade) War II? 

A prickly (and expensive) trade war with China was — among other things — one of the defining characteristics of the first Trump administration. 

Now, with Trump going into a second term on an even more right-wing platform than in 2016, Carlisle notes that a trade war is “certainly possible.”

If that were the case, the “policy and response from other countries could take many forms. During Trump’s first term, we saw ‘tit-for-tat’ responses from China and the EU, and this pattern will likely escalate further if he follows through on his campaign promises,” says Carlisle. “The scope of a trade war largely depends on how other nations respond. While superpowers like China may engage directly, it looks unlikely that smaller countries would enter into a tariff war with the US and are more likely to mitigate exposure to the impacts. For example, countries reliant on U.S. energy exports might shift to alternative sources, as China has done in its long-term pursuit of energy independence. Can the U.S. really afford the consequences of sustained trade conflicts? The answer may not just reshape its economy but redefine its role on the global stage.”

What can we do about tariffs and the trade war?

The threat of increased tariffs and a looming trade war has sprung up in just a few months. Donald Trump announces policy via his social media platform du jour as quickly as he can think them up (or, more accurately, copy them from Tucker Carlson). Given the speed of the emerging threat, the majority of procurement teams are still evaluating their options. Carlisle notes that organisations have a wide array of potential responses, including moving operations to avoid tariff barriers, likely accelerating the nearshoring trend that has come to establish itself since the pandemic. 

Product flows, Carlisle explains, are increasingly being “broken up into three ‘global zones’ – the Americas, Europe, and APAC – to mitigate risks associated with tariffs. The new tariffs will likely speed up this trend with companies managing their supply strategies in a regional network,” and bringing their suppliers closer to home. He adds that, “we may see Chinese firms potentially acquiring Mexican businesses to sidestep tariffs in the States.” 

In the short term, manufacturers may try to mitigate their risks by increasing inventory buffers, firmly putting the era of “just in time” supply chains to rest. “Some firms might also stockpile resources with high anticipated tariffs, while others may explore ways to automate and cut costs in their manufacturing base. While much is still to be firmed up surrounding Trump’s tariffs, firms should look to tread a careful balancing act of cost, efficiency, and resilience,” Carlisle reflects. 

Tom Mills, Head of Procurement at Bibby Financial Services, shares his predictions for procurement priorities in 2025.

In the years following the COVID-19 pandemic, procurement teams have found themselves increasingly at the centre of businesses’ efforts to tackle an environment of accelerating trends, more frequent disruptions, and changing consumer behaviours. Procurement has risen to these challenges by embracing new technologies (procurement is one of the leading areas where generative AI promises to have something approaching a genuine application) and developing new strategies. 

CPOs’ priorities have shifted from more traditional cost-containment goals towards more strategic objectives like resilience and sustainability. However, keeping spend low and creating savings is still at the heart of the function. Holding onto procurement’s core goal of cost containment while meeting new challenges and opening new avenues for value creation will see CPOs prioritise new goals in the year ahead, according to Tom Mills, Head of Procurement at Bibby Financial Services. We sat down with him to explore the four priorities defining procurement’s approach to the year ahead.

Supply chain resilience

2025 is shaping up to be a pivotal year for AI and procurement technology. Businesses and procurement leaders face increased pressure to tackle ongoing global instability and overcome supply chain disruptions that are constantly evolving. 

Now more than ever, it is crucial that procurement teams are aware of global political and economic conditions. A strong supply chain is essential for any business’ success, and understanding how geopolitical issues affect the supply of products will help businesses stay on the front foot of any emerging risks or challenges. Supply chain resilience will continue to be at the forefront of conversations in 2025 and being informed of the global landscape is the first step to building this resilience. 

AI as a resource

Building on the momentum of 2024, we will also see how AI can be a transformative tool for enhancing product and service availability and making supply chains more resilient than ever. Companies will be looking for ways to integrate AI with their current technology, and optimise their procurement strategy. 

It will be interesting to see how widely teams adopt these innovations and how they leverage them for efficiency. With AI automating many manual tasks, we will see the focus shift towards restructuring the capabilities of procurement teams to ensure that they deliver the most value to their business.  With the support of AI, strategic procurement teams can focus on high impact activity, rather than being bogged down in the details and limited by slow and lengthy processes. 

AI for efficiency

The evolving role of technology in procurement will enable teams to focus their efforts on larger investments where they can create the most value. For example, we will see more procurement teams establish a self-service framework that includes useful tools and templates and provides a list of preferred vendors that’s easily accessible for employees. Providing freedom within a framework will empower teams to buy with confidence.

In this way, AI has the potential to help procurement teams overcome the challenge of demonstrating the strategic importance of procurement, not just as a buying function, but as a tech savvy engine that drives growth across the business. 

In 2025, humans will interact more with AI, meaning that emotional intelligence will become a key differentiator in the market. Procurement leaders will need to think about how they can tap into the skills of their team such as sharp decision making, leadership and collaboration as these will be more important than ever.

Talent shortages

There is also a pressing need to tackle the talent shortage in procurement. Many young professionals are still hesitant to enter the field so businesses must work on attracting fresh talent in order to succeed. Looking ahead, businesses should consider what matters to Gen Z in order to attract new talent. 

The new Indirect Procurement report 2025 from RS and CIPS highlights challenges facing MRO procurement teams.

Newly released research by RS and the Chartered Institute of Procurement & Supply (CIPS) has highlighted some of the major trends and challenges teams responsible for the indirect procurement of maintenance, repair and operations (MRO) supplies. 

Respondents to the survey held procurement roles in sectors that include discrete and process manufacturing, public and private sector organisations, energy, facilities and intralogistics. Job roles included operational, managerial, tactical, professional and advanced professional levels. This relatively small segment of the procurement sector is, nonetheless, reflective of the larger whole — specifically, the pressures purchasing departments are feeling from multiple sides. 

The procurement balancing act 

Raj Patel, Managing Director for the UK&I at RS, notes that people working in procurement face some of the most challenging conditions the profession has ever seen. Not only must they wrestle with external factors such as inflation, geopolitical tensions and supply chain disruptions, but they’re also under increasing pressure to make a tangible contribution to organisations’ wider carbon-reduction efforts.” 

Of the procurement professionals surveyed, 60% reported having reduced operational budgets, while 51% felt pressure to drive more sustainable and ethical procurement practices. A significant proportion (40%) also described pressure to reduce their inventory costs. 

This pressure to reduce spend is creating what the report describes as a balancing act between cost and quality. 

Increasingly, businesses are asking procurement to do more with less. This is reflected, according to the report, by a growing number of day-to-day challenges professionals are facing. The report found that delivering annualised cost savings had become the biggest pressure for those involved in MRO purchasing. Almost half (40%) of respondents cited cost containment as their biggest pressure, compared with 29% in 2023. 

While procurement teams have always walked razor thin margins, Jane Lynch, Professor of Procurement at Cardiff Business School and Director of the Centre of Public Value Procurement, argues that “there comes a point at which you can’t take any further cost out before it starts to impact on quality. The challenge now is balancing lowest cost with highest quality, and that applies to both products and services in MRO procurement.”

Old and new 

Many of the challenges cited in the 2024 report are still a concern for procurement teams, although the report notes that the pressures they pose have intensified. Inflation and higher costs still present the biggest challenge, cited by 62% of respondents, doubling the response in 2024 which was 31%.

Managing risk in the supply chain is becoming more of a worry, up on last year’s figures of 31% to 47% this year. A higher number of respondents said they were worried about global political uncertainty (37%) than last year (20%). The issue of attracting and retaining talent remains, with 33% of respondents highlighting this versus 29% last year.

Mark Boswell, Director at management and technology consulting firm, BearingPoint, looks at the impact of technology on procurement’s transformation.

Technology is transforming procurement by adding value at every stage of the lifecycle. We can see this impact from supplier identification and selection to processing supplier payments. Beyond operational efficiencies, it empowers procurement teams with data-driven insights to realise greater cost savings, enhanced transparency to ensure compliance, and improved collaboration across the supply chain.

However, the implementation of new technology in any organisation is often a double-edged sword. The potential for increased efficiency, innovation, and competitive advantage is undeniable. Nevertheless, the challenges associated with organisational change can undermine these benefits. 

This article explores three key facets of change management: 

  • Building a change-ready culture
  • Managing resistance and driving adoption
  • Integrating change management with project management. 

Together, these elements create a framework for achieving sustainable success during technology implementations.

Building a Change-Ready Culture

Technology is only as effective as the procurement professionals who use it. Building a change-ready culture ensures that the team is prepared to embrace new systems and processes, rather than resist them. This cultural foundation is critical for successful technology adoption within the procurement function.

The first step for CPOs is to clearly articulate why the change is essential. Procurement professionals need to understand how the new technology aligns with strategic procurement goals, such as supplier diversity, cost optimisation, and risk management. For instance, communicating how an advanced analytics platform can uncover cost-saving opportunities or enhance supplier negotiations can make the case compelling.

Leadership within procurement plays a pivotal role in fostering this culture. CPOs and procurement managers must act as champions of the new technology, demonstrating their commitment through visible participation and consistent communication. 

Engaging procurement staff early in the process is equally vital. Involving category managers, sourcing specialists, and contract administrators in discussions about the technology ensures their perspectives are considered and their concerns addressed. Workshops and focus groups that tailor discussions to specific procurement roles can build buy-in and a sense of ownership. 

Also, a targeted training program is essential to equip procurement teams with the skills and confidence they need to use the technology effectively – tailoring training sessions to specific roles and learning styles maximises their impact.

Finally, establishing mechanisms for feedback ensures the organisation remains responsive to the needs of procurement staff. Surveys, one-on-one discussions, or regular team meetings provide valuable insights into potential pain points. Clear communication from the outset—including setting expectations and addressing concerns—builds trust and minimises uncertainty.

Managing Resistance and Driving Adoption

Resistance to change is a natural response, but it can significantly derail technology projects in procurement if not proactively managed. Understanding and addressing resistance is critical for driving adoption within procurement teams.

Resistance often stems from skepticism about the technology’s benefits, fear of job displacement, or concerns about added complexity in day-to-day tasks. For example, category managers might worry that automated systems will undermine their strategic decision-making capabilities. 

Addressing these concerns with targeted communication is vital: procurement leaders should emphasise how the technology complements their expertise, such as how predictive analytics can support more informed supplier negotiations.

Leveraging early adopters within the procurement team and recognising their efforts can accelerate technology adoption. 

Influential professionals who advocate for the system and share success stories, such as demonstrating how an e-sourcing tool streamlines supplier evaluation, can inspire peers. Simultaneously, rewarding teams or individuals for milestones like fully integrating supplier data into a new SRM platform reinforces positive behavior and highlights the organisation’s appreciation.

Integration of Change Management and Project Management

The integration of change management with project management ensures that the technical and human aspects of procurement technology implementation are addressed in tandem. 

This holistic approach minimises risks and maximises outcomes.

Procurement and change management teams must collaborate from the start to align their objectives. For instance, integrating timelines for e-procurement platform rollout with training schedules ensures that procurement staff are ready to use the system as soon as it goes live.

Phased implementation is particularly effective in procurement. Rolling out new technology in stages—such as starting with a pilot program in a single category before scaling—reduces disruption and provides opportunities for iterative learning. For example, implementing a spend analytics tool in the indirect spend category first can yield valuable lessons for broader adoption.

Engaging all procurement stakeholders—from sourcing specialists to CPOs—through regular updates and progress reports fosters alignment and consensus. Keeping communication channels open builds trust and ensures that potential issues are addressed promptly.

A comprehensive risk management plan should account for both technical challenges and human factors within the procurement function. 

Identifying potential roadblocks—such as integration issues with existing enterprise resource planning (ERP) systems or resistance from key suppliers—and developing mitigation strategies ensures smooth implementation.

Conclusion: How To Effectively Drive Change And Embrace Innovation

Change management is not a one-size-fits-all solution, nor is it a supplementary activity to technology implementation. 

It is a critical enabler of success that addresses the human dynamics of change. In doing so, it ensures the organisation is not only prepared for new technology but can also thrive because of it. By building a change-ready culture, managing resistance, and integrating change management with project management, organisations can unlock the full potential of their technology investments.

At BearingPoint, we have seen the transformative impact of prioritising change management. Organisations that invest in their people as much as their technology set themselves apart in an increasingly competitive, dynamic environment. After all, technology may drive efficiency, but it is people who drive change.

Saleem Rizvi, Senior Consultant, and Chris Taylor, Senior Manager at Efficio, share the seven steps to increase sustainability in the procurement process.

Despite a growing focus on ESG, sustainability in procurement has often struggled to progress beyond a box exercise, without realising its true value or potential. However, this is quickly changing. 

Sustainable procurement”, which incorporates sustainability into all procurement procedures and operations, is becoming the new standard rather than a subset. Organisations are facing increasing pressure from numerous directions to demonstrate their commitment to sustainability – stakeholders are seeking strong sustainability credentials, and legislative changes are increasing reporting obligations. Organisations must therefore change their tactics in order to achieve their sustainability goals, and with procurement sitting in a unique position to transform the supply chain, this is the perfect place to start. 

So, how can business and procurement leaders ensure they implement the correct sustainable procurement measures and head in the right direction regarding sustainability?

This all starts with a seven-step process:

1. Know your objectives

For businesses at the start of their sustainability journey, trying to tackle everything at once can be tempting. However, the best approach is quality rather than quantity. A targeted approach that is aligned with your organisation’s core issues will have a greater impact than tackling numerous problems superficially. For instance, an organisation heavily involved in the agricultural industry may prioritise water concerns, whilst a professional services firm will likely deliver a bigger impact by reducing business travel-related emissions.

It is important, therefore, to make sure you understand the business’s commitments and set priority objectives and actions in line with this. Order these according to their significance to the company and the potential for procurement to drive change – with the highest priority given to external obligations.

2. Connect with your organisation’s sustainability leads

Procurement and sustainability teams have traditionally had different objectives, and bringing these two teams together requires dismantling their compartmentalised methods of operation. 

Procurement teams can better understand where they can best support sustainability objectives and align with sustainability teams’ goals by spending regular face-to-face time with them. This helps teams match short-term goals (like annual procurement pipelines) with longer-term sustainability planning (such as for 2030 and 2050 goals) and create a two-way feedback channel. 

3. Empower your procurement team 

Procurement teams frequently lack the time, knowledge, and motivation to fully pursue the sustainability agenda, even though the intent is usually in the right place. Organisations frequently marginalise sustainability in procurement in favour of cost and service considerations when it comes to setting policies and procedures. 

To give Procurement the mandate needed to prioritise sustainability improvements, senior leaders should provide buy-in and clear objectives, such as a target number of suppliers with science-based targets (validated by the Science-Based Targets initiative, or SBTi). 

Training and upskilling must also be at the core of a sustainability transformation; make sure procurement professionals have the ability and know-how to adapt to a more sustainability-focused business as usual (BAU). Procurement teams must have the flexibility and aptitude to think creatively to leverage less frequently used levers, such as collaborating more closely with existing suppliers and pooling resources to facilitate sustainability improvements.

4. Embed sustainability in Procurement’s BAU activities

Once policies and methodologies are updated to reflect the organisation’s sustainability goals., Procurement will need to put these new ways of working into practice. This can be done in a variety of ways, such as collecting supplier-specific data or adding sustainability-focussed criteria into RFP evaluation methodologies and much more. Procurement teams will need some time to transition from a two-dimensional approach that focuses on cost and quality to a three-dimensional one that includes sustainability. However, if implemented correctly, sustainable procurement builds on, rather than completely overhauling, existing processes, which means the transition may be smoother than you expect.

5. Focus on Supplier Relationship Management (SRM)

Even under the best of circumstances, it can be challenging to understand your supply base; information and data are not always readily available. Since data and information are not always readily available, supplier fragmentation increases. This adds to the workload, and organisations sometimes respond by deprioritising supplier engagement in favour of more pressing matters. 

To help you focus your resources on the right suppliers, segment your suppliers based on a simple two-by-two matrix measuring their strategic importance to your business and their sustainability readiness. Create a customised supplier engagement strategy for each cluster in this matrix, giving important strategic suppliers with less sustainability maturity more guidance. By incorporating sustainability into SRM meetings, procurement leaders can show how important sustainability is to the business and better understand the difficulties faced by suppliers, and how the business can help. 

6. Don’t let the data stop you

Data is critical to understand current baselines and tracking changes. Nevertheless don’t let a lack of data stop you from taking steps to improve sustainability. Teams can run successful projects that are headed in the right direction without being derailed by an inability to measure sustainability improvements perfectly. Even if the emissions reduction cannot be precisely measured, starting with initiatives like implementing electric vehicle fleets can help build up the company’s sustainability success stories. 

Usually, the data landscape changes in line with the business’s maturity. Activity or supplier-specific data can eventually replace less granular emissions calculation methodologies, such as spend-based approaches. This enhanced data can then be used for tracking and reporting on KPIs – feeding back into the planning process – and teams will more quickly be able to identify their burning platforms.

7. For lasting impact, share your procurement team’s knowledge

A lack of knowledge sharing is a common issue when it comes to sustainability expertise. Often, organisations risk overlooking or forgetting excellent practices due to ineffective disribution of information or inadequate training. 

To overcome this, business leaders should encourage procurement teams to develop a “sustainable procurement playbook”, to act as a guide, centralising knowledge and making recommendations for the future. As with all the other actions in this seven-step process, this step must be iterative, not static. This means reviewing the document regularly to make sure it integrates new learnings and identifies areas to address next.

A new era for procurement: moving beyond cost and quality to sustainability

The two main goals of procurement have traditionally been to minimise costs and maximise quality. However, we need to shift to a three-dimensional model that incorporates sustainability as an additional procurement pillar as it becomes increasingly central to an organisation’s strategy. 

Without procurement, organisations cannot effectively advance the sustainability agenda, and procurement can no longer overlook its part in the sustainability shift. Businesses that prioritise sustainability in procurement will not only be able to adapt to emerging trends but also be in a strong position to capitalise on new opportunities.

Lior Delgo sees a profound opportunity for CPOs to elevate their roles and drive greater business value by partnering with AI.

Historically hard-to-procure spend areas that are complex and high-value, like indirect spend or sourcing of services, have proven an enduring bottleneck for technology. Machines struggled to comprehend nuanced requirements, leaving such tasks firmly in the hands of human expertise. However, the landscape is rapidly shifting. By 2025 and beyond, advancements in AI promise a revolutionary change. Procurement professionals could shed the burden of crafting exhaustive briefs. Instead, they could collaborate with AI systems honed by years of experience and vast datasets of procurement workflows.

These AI partners would provide immediate access to tailored insights and resources. This could enable procurement teams to launch efficient and highly customised sourcing strategies. This evolution not only optimises time and resources but also positions the CPO as a strategic leader within the organisation.

Synthesise in seconds to give accurate and data-driven answers

Customers describe this transformation as nothing short of game-changing.  A recent independent assessment into the benefits of the technology, conducted by analysts at global research and analysis firm HFS,  highlights just how transformative this technology is. It introduces an unprecedented level of transparency to procurement—something the industry has long strived for. Historically, bidding for complex services has meant painstakingly crafting lengthy, intricate RFPs. This has often made it challenging to fairly and thoroughly evaluate vendors’ solutions, pricing, and alignment with requirements like diversity, sustainability, and cultural fit.

Doing this repeatedly at scale is a Herculean task. But imagine a future where you can discuss every aspect of a sourcing brief with an AI partner. THat partner would be a tireless, infinitely patient system with flawless recall and meticulous attention to detail. These emerging AI systems are not just tools; they act as informed colleagues. They process and synthesise vast amounts of data in seconds, offering precise, data-driven insights.

Better still, they simplify the process of generating market-ready responses, ensuring alignment with your organisation’s policies on compliance, governance, and ethical sourcing. The result? Procurement teams are freed from 99% of the drudgery, empowered to focus on strategy and innovation, while achieving fairness and transparency at levels previously unattainable.

AI agents

By partnering with this new class of AI agents, buyers not only work smarter, they also enhance their reputation across the enterprise. After all, introducing new, data-driven processes that identify the best providers, proposals, and outcomes will lead to improved business metrics, enabling procurement to add more strategic value and help drive new growth. As the effectiveness of these processes becomes more visible, increasing numbers of stakeholders—including those typically a little suspicious of what they see as over-rigid procurement strictures—become engaged, bringing more spending under management.

However, it’s important to emphasise that, unlike other areas, in complex sourcing we’re not yet talking about machine-to-machine-only transactions. Complex purchasing decisions always involve relationships; buyers and sellers need to feel confident and trust each other. 

Developing synergistic partnerships with AI

To be honest, I can’t stress enough that relationships, both internal and external, will always be crucial in procurement. These will continue to be managed and led by people, while AI agents do the background work and the heavy-lifting and manual work that at the moment slows you down. In fact, a large part of B2B procurement will increasingly be driven and orchestrated by human experts working in productive and synergistic partnerships with AI.

My advice is to approach AI as you would any trusted colleague—by investing time and effort into building a strong partnership. The potential value lies in the prompts, strategies, and guidance you provide to unlock the power of machine learning, predictive analytics, and Agentic AI within your organisation. For example, you might ask, “Scan my spend portfolio to identify the top three categories with the most supplier fragmentation. Recommend which 15% of my supply base could manage the majority of my spend.”

Autonomous sourcing can then pinpoint categories like employee learning and development, cleaning services, and marketing events, which collectively involve over 2,000 suppliers. With sufficient data, it can instantly identify the 14 suppliers in each category capable of managing the majority of the volume. From there, it outlines three-panel sourcing projects, selecting the most suitable suppliers for each event and providing a clear, actionable framework for execution.

Applying lessons for your team’s benefit

Similarly, you could ask, “Who in my company has run a penetration testing services project in the last 18 months? What were the results, which suppliers bid, and what were the planned contract durations? Provide any insights I could benefit from.” The AI identifies three projects conducted in Europe, LATAM, and the US. Remarkably, it uncovers that one supplier was awarded two of these projects at different price points—something no one had realised.

Within seconds, the system also highlights that one project is performing better financially than any of the previous bids. It recommends consolidating all three projects into a single sourcing event to capitalise on efficiencies before the contracts expire. The AI then prompts the user: “Would you like to combine these volumes and create a new project?” The response? A resounding yes.

By the way, these are all queries you can make today, not tomorrow. So, my advice to the forward-thinking Chief Procurement Officer as we close out 2024 is to start thinking ahead. These are the kinds of prompts you should be exploring with your new AI partners in 2025. Now is the time to get familiar with how AI can reshape your procurement strategy and unlock unprecedented value.

The author is Co-Founder and President of Globality, Inc, the market leader in next-generation AI-driven autonomous sourcing. Delgo was previously a leader of Microsoft’s Xbox division. He also holds numerous technology patents.

From ESG to nearshoring, procurement is poised to undergo some radical changes in 2025. We spoke with Amy Worth, Director & General Manager of Amazon Business UK, to find out more about the priorities CPOs should focus on this year.

The past few years have been something of a renaissance for procurement. The department has moved firmly out of the back office — even getting a seat in the boardroom in some organisations. The purchasing function is no longer a purely tactical executor of purchase orders on a one-track mission to contain costs. 

Procurement — like IT and supply chain — is in an era of strategic transformation. This evolution is being underpinned by new technologies and operating models, as well as driven by market and environmental pressures. “2025 will no doubt present procurement teams with a fresh set of challenges and opportunities,” says Amy Worth, Director & General Manager of Amazon Business UK. “By focusing on supplier diversity and supply chain resilience, businesses can put themselves in the best position to proactively respond to these changes.”  

The fall of globalisation 

Although this trend has been unfolding for several years at this point, 2025 will be the year that efforts to de-globalise supply chains and source-to-pay streams start to take real shape. 

Efforts to do so are especially timely, with the recent readjustment of regulations between the UK and EU driving up costs for businesses trading across the channel, especially small and medium sized organisations. In the US, the incoming Trump administration has spent the past few months threatening larger and larger tariffs on imports from the country’s biggest trading partners. China, in particular, has been singled out, with President Trump claiming he will impose a 60% tariff on all Chinese goods at the point of entry to the US. 

In response, Worth notes that she expects buying departments to prioritise local procurement, as well as supplier diversity. “Supplier diversity will be a defining focus for the procurement industry,” she says, highlighting the impact it has on supply chain resilience. “By sourcing from a more diverse pool of suppliers, businesses can better manage supply chain disruptions and protect themselves from instabilities in the global supply network.” 

At the same time, she says, 2025 will see businesses reevaluate their supply chains, opting for a more local supplier base to cut down on transportation costs, as well as reducing carbon emissions — the other key trend Worth sees shaping procurement this year. 

The non-negotiability of ESG

Speaking of trends that have taken a decade or more to take shape, the need for Environmental, Social, and Governance (ESG) reform in the global supply chain has intensified along with the climate crisis and rising inequality around the world. 

Amazon (a company owned by the world’s second-richest man and shamed with an “F” grade by the Carbon Disclosure Project in 2022 for accounting for the carbon emissions of just 1% of the goods sold through its platform) conducted recent research that found the majority of people are already making changes to reduce their environmental impact. “By capitalising on employees’ natural values and interest in sustainability, businesses can use the procurement tools available to upskill staff and put ESG at the forefront of operations to drive change across the business,” says Worth. “Sustainable procurement will be a key priority for all businesses in 2025 as they look to meet tightening regulations and evolving consumer expectations… Procurement companies are responding to this trend and are now developing tools to help businesses more easily identify local suppliers and improve the diversity of their supply chain.”

AI will be big (because of course it will) 

Artificial intelligence (AI) continues to be a juggernaut of investment, hype, (carbon emissions), and controversy. The technology will continue to affect budget allocation, operations, and organisational strategy throughout 2025 and beyond — and the procurement function is no exception. 

“Procurement, like many sectors, is going through the process of evaluating how AI could be used effectively. Next year, we will see more procurement teams embrace AI, but particularly through the automation of routine tasks, increased spend visibility and the improvement of risk management,” Worth says. She adds that AI and machine learning have the potential to improve businesses’ decision-making capabilities with real-time analysis. “By providing procurement teams with a comprehensive view of budget allocation, as well as real-time updates on suppliers, inventory and supply chains, AI’s predictive power allows organisations to stay ahead of issues, ensuring smooth operations and better risk management,” she says. “As business buyers have an increasing interest in personalised experiences, procurement teams should also look to embrace tools such as natural language processing (NLP), pattern recognition, cognitive analytics, and large language models (LLMs) to further streamline processes, enhance decision-making, and optimise operations.”

Carmel Giblin, CEO and President of the Ethical Supply Chain Program, lays out the ways in which CPOs can be a source of ethical, sustainable practices within their organisation, and the supply chain at large.

Chief Procurement Officers are increasingly taking on responsibility for their organisation’s success in meeting environmental, social, and governance (ESG) goals. This is partly due to the intensification of the ESG regulatory landscape. The EU’s Corporate Sustainability Due Diligence Directive (CSDDD) is one instance, requiring larger companies to have oversight of their entire supply chain.

But regulation isn’t the only force driving the demand for greater transparency. Consumers and purchasing organisations want to buy from responsible companies. According to research from PWC, nearly half of consumers say that they buy more sustainable products as a way to reduce their impact on the environment. Then there’s the reputational impact to consider. Shein is an example of a company which faced a media storm earlier this year after instances of child labour in its supply chain were reported. 

With pressure growing from all directions, what steps can procurement teams take to ensure they are promoting strong ethical standards across their supply chain?

Facilitate communication 

The CSDDD ‘s requirement for companies to carry out due diligence throughout their supply chain is an opportunity to get to know suppliers better, and through this, to drive labour and environmental standards higher. 

Start by taking a look at the network of suppliers that exists in your supply chain. While you may have a direct relationship with your Tier 1 supplier for example, they will likely have dozens, if not hundreds of suppliers of their own – all related to your finished product or service in some way. 

To unlock a greater level of transparency, it’s vital to have open and honest conversations with suppliers about their own supply chains and how they are managed, clearly explaining why you need to know. Note that, for some, this may be a relatively new request, particularly when asking about compliance issues such as social / labour or environmental policies. It’s therefore important to take the time to explain why you need this visibility and reassure them by outlining how you can help them to gather the information. This may include looking at a self-assessment or verified assessment, costs of which are generally much lower than feared and easy to deploy, using technology.

Building collaborative relationships 

Change can’t happen overnight and working towards goals will take time. Setting achievable and realistic deadlines is vital and, in many cases, this will require a multi-year plan that outlines not only the goals, but the resources and processes needed at each stage. 

It’s also important to ensure this process isn’t bureaucratic – overall, it’s about creating a culture of collaboration which fosters a genuine willingness for suppliers to work with you. To support this, you might consider setting up a channel where suppliers can feed back on what’s working and highlight where they may need more support or training. This helps to keep things on track and ensure that if plans need to change, they can do so quickly and with minimal disruption.

By working collaboratively, procurement teams can build a secure, stable supply chain – and one that stands up to the scrutiny of customers, employees, investors, legislation and your wider stakeholders.

Keith McCabe, Managing Director at AVAM Solutions, breaks down the nearshoring trend reshaping the source-to-pay process in 2025.

When I started in procurement 25 years ago, global sourcing was the talk of the town. Or should that be the talk of several continents? 

In any case, it wasn’t just a trend—it was a genuine transformation. Companies were seduced by the promise of cost savings, driven by cheap labour and abundant raw materials in countries like China and India. Logistics had become so advanced that moving goods across the globe felt seamless, making this model irresistible. Lower production costs meant higher margins, and businesses scaled at unprecedented rates.

Fast forward to today, and the narrative is shifting. What was once considered the epitome of supply chain efficiency is now viewed with scepticism. Rising costs, global disruptions, ethical concerns, and evolving consumer expectations have exposed the cracks in this model. As we approach 2025, the business world is witnessing a remarkable shift back to local sourcing. As much as I dislike the phrases themselves, “re-shoring” and “nearshoring” are taking centre stage, with local sourcing making a remarkable comeback.

The Golden Age of Low-Cost Country Sourcing

In the early 2000s, globalisation was in full swing, and low-cost country sourcing (LCCS) became the standard for competitive supply chains. China, often called “the world’s factory,” was at the heart of it all. With supply chains stretching across continents, businesses enjoyed efficiencies that felt almost too good to be true. However, recent studies have highlighted the vulnerabilities in such extensive supply chains, especially in the face of global disruptions.

Yet, even at the time, there were some concerns. The narrative around LCCS always carried uncomfortable echoes of colonialism, with wealthier nations reaping benefits at the expense of developing ones. While many procurement teams worked to ensure their practices were ethical, these imbalances often lingered in the background.

But as procurement began to address ethical practices, the model gained even broader acceptance. For many, it was a golden age of procurement. Products became more affordable, margins were protected, and companies thrived on the economies of scale.

This strategy worked brilliantly—until it didn’t.

The Catalyst of COVID

For years, supply continuity was almost a given. The sophistication of global logistics ensured products arrived on time and in full, regardless of their origin. This reliability allowed procurement teams to focus almost exclusively on cost savings, with price reductions being the ultimate win.

Then COVID-19 arrived and punched everyone square in the jaw.

In a matter of weeks, global supply chains were paralysed. Delays, shortages, and uncertainty became the new reality. Companies that had relied on single regions for critical supplies were suddenly exposed to severe vulnerabilities. The pandemic underscored the fragility of global supply networks and the need for more resilient, localised sourcing strategies.

The impact of the pandemic forced procurement professionals to reassess their priorities. Cost took a backseat to availability and risk management. Businesses scrambled to secure inventory, often holding far more than they were used to, which added further costs. The realisation hit hard: over-dependence on specific regions was a serious liability. 

Resilience became the new goal.

The Perfect Storm

And it wasn’t just COVID-19. When sorrows come, they come not single spies. But in battalions.

Rising geopolitical tensions—think the US-China trade war, Brexit, and conflicts in Eastern Europe—added complexity to global trade. Extended supply chains reliant on politically unstable regions became untenable. Recent studies have shown that geopolitical disruptions significantly impact global supply chains, necessitating a re-evaluation of sourcing strategies .

Climate change compounded these challenges. Extreme weather events, from floods to wildfires, disrupted supply chains globally. With natural disasters becoming more frequent, long-haul transportation became riskier and less reliable.

To top it off, the financial benefits of global sourcing began to erode. Wages in traditionally low-cost countries have risen, as have raw material costs, transportation expenses, and tariffs. Suddenly, the cost savings that justified offshoring were no longer as compelling.

Consumer Expectations

The reasons for the shift in approach cannot purely be limited to supply-side factors. Consumer demand and behaviour have also played a very important role.

Over the past decade, people have become far more concerned about the ethical and environmental impacts of the products they buy. Customers now expect brands to align with their values, focusing on sustainability and fair treatment of workers. The carbon footprint of shipping goods across the globe doesn’t sit well with today’s environmentally conscious consumers.

There’s also the question of transparency. Global supply chains can make it difficult to verify that labour conditions meet ethical standards. When a company gets it wrong, the backlash can be brutal, potentially ruining years of carefully built brand loyalty. Local sourcing, by contrast, offers a more sustainable and transparent approach that resonates with modern consumers.

The benefits of local sourcing are becoming increasingly clear. Shorter supply chains reduce dependency on intermediaries and allow businesses to respond more quickly to unexpected events. This flexibility makes local supply chains more resilient, particularly in times of crisis. On the environmental front, sourcing locally slashes carbon emissions tied to transportation. It also creates opportunities for businesses to work more closely with suppliers to ensure compliance with ethical and sustainability standards, which helps build trust with consumers.

The Role of Technology

Another significant factor is the role of technology. Advances in automation, robotics, and additive manufacturing have made local production more economically viable. Smart factories equipped with cutting-edge technologies are allowing companies to achieve high productivity, even in regions where labour costs remain higher. The combination of efficiency and sustainability is proving irresistible for many businesses.

Challenges of Local Sourcing

Despite the clear advantages, the shift to local sourcing will not be without its challenges. 

Many regional suppliers lack the scale or expertise needed for large-scale production, requiring businesses to invest heavily in developing local supply networks. Transitioning operations closer to home also demands significant spending on infrastructure, training, and fostering supplier relationships. It’s a process that will take time, careful planning, and resources.

And for certain categories of spend, there is no realistic alternative to sourcing from a global market. The debate here is for those occasions when alternatives are credible.

Even so, the long-term benefits outweigh the initial hurdles. Local sourcing not only aligns with evolving consumer expectations but also supports circular economy principles like recycling, reuse, and waste reduction. Regional supply chains are better suited to these practices, further minimising environmental impact and promoting resource efficiency.

Conclusion

The dominance of low-cost country sourcing may have lasted decades, but its limitations have become impossible to ignore. In its place, local sourcing is emerging as a more resilient, sustainable, and efficient alternative. While the transition will require effort and investment, businesses that embrace this shift will be better equipped to navigate the complexities of a rapidly changing world.

Local sourcing isn’t just a passing trend. It’s a necessity for companies looking to build a sustainable future and meet the demands of modern consumers.

Ian Nethercot, MCIPS supply chain director at Probrand, takes a look at what challenges and opportunities the year ahead holds for IT procurement.

While 2024 was a more stable year for the global supply chain, it wasn’t without its challenges. From Houthi attacks in the Red Sea to port strikes in the U.S., IT buyers should know by now that they always need to be prepared for unpredictable supply issues. 

The IT supply chain will continue to be hugely volatile, but being aware of the ups and downs can make a huge difference as it will help buyers anticipate possible hurdles before they arrive. Here, Ian shares some of the market movements and trends that have the potential to impact IT buyers as we enter 2025: 

Supply chain movements to watch out for 

There are always a number of geopolitical and social factors that can impact supply chains. Trump’s imminent return to the White House and the escalation of tariffs is one such event. In the short-term, manufacturers and retailers may attempt to stockpile goods – while this will go some way in protecting profit margins, it’s only a matter of time before companies will have to make a call on whether to absorb additional costs or pass them on to the end user. 

Buyers should also be aware of factory closures during Chinese New Year which arrive even earlier on January 29th. Companies have had to scramble to get orders in before the holiday shutdown and this surge in demand has already created constriction with freight rates increasing by up to 30% in November. 

Data management 

A key focus in 2025 will be better data management with procurement departments as companies look to analyse spend. In part, this will help to reduce costs but it can also help to track supply chain purchases from both an ethical and sustainability perspective. For years, procurement teams have had to rely on rudimentary practices, such as Excel sheets, to record purchases. This approach is liable to human error and can lead to gaps and inconsistencies when organisations come back to examine spend. To tackle this, we’re seeing the adoption of digital procurement solutions that are providing access to previously unavailable data or bringing order to unstructured data sets. This is helping teams to more accurately analyse past spend, predict future costs and monitor their supply chain.

Sustainable IT 

Organisations are facing increased pressure to demonstrate responsibility through their supply chain. As well as helping companies monitor the ethicality of its suppliers, we’ll also see greater consideration given to the equipment itself and a surge in demand for re-manufactured devices. Unlike a refurbished device where the odd component is repaired or replaced, re-manufacturing devices involves taking the whole product apart and putting it back together again. This level of care and attention means they are like new – but with the added benefit of being more cost-effective and environmentally friendly.  

Staying one step ahead when it comes to IT procurement

By staying in regular conversation with suppliers, procurement teams can stay one step ahead of anything the supply chain may throw at them and feel confident that they are taking a proactive approach to purchasing IT goods and services in 2025.

Bradley Martin, Partner specialising in procurement at UK & Ireland law firm Browne Jacobson, breaks down the effects of UK procurement reform.

The Procurement Act 2023 represents the most significant overhaul of public procurement in the UK since leaving the European Union. 

Coming into effect on 24 February 2025, the Act introduces substantial changes that will affect how suppliers engage with public sector procurement across England, Wales, and Northern Ireland.

The Act unifies various procurement regimes under a single framework, encompassing public contracts, utilities, concessions, and defence and security procurement. 

It introduces a shift in procurement objectives, moving beyond the traditional focus on equal treatment and non-discrimination. Now, contracting authorities are mandated to deliver value for money, maximise public benefit and act with integrity throughout the procurement process.

A significant change is in how contracts are awarded. The “most advantageous tender” (MAT) criterion replaces the previous “most economically advantageous tender” (MEAT) approach.

This shift allows for a broader consideration of factors beyond price, including quality, innovation and environmental impact. In some cases, non-financial criteria can be the deciding factor in contract awards.

Greater flexibility and transparency among key changes in Procurement Act 2023

A new digital platform will serve as the central hub for contract notices and supplier registration, streamlining the process for businesses seeking public sector opportunities. 

This single registration system will grant suppliers access to opportunities across multiple contracting authorities, significantly reducing administrative burden.

The procurement procedures themselves have been dramatically simplified, moving from seven procedures to three:

  • Open: A single-stage procedure, similar to that in the current procurement regime
  • Direct award: Allows authorities to award contracts without competition. Again, similar to the process in the current procurement regime but will require publication of a transparency notice before the contract is executed.
  • Competitive flexible: A “build-your-own” procedure that allows contracting authorities to design the procurement process to suit the specific needs of a contract.

The introduction of the competitive flexible procedure particularly stands out as it offers greater flexibility in procurement design, allowing for more innovative approaches to tendering.

Transparency requirements have been substantially enhanced under the Act. For contracts exceeding £5m in England (but not in Wales), there’s a new obligation to publish at least three key performance indicators (KPIs) and regularly assess supplier performance against these metrics.

How can suppliers adapt? 

Suppliers will need to adapt to new requirements for publishing procurement documentation and contract performance data. There will be mandatory disclosure requirements for contract changes and modifications. Along with this, the Act also increases the emphasis on supply chain transparency throughout the procurement process.

The Act places particular emphasis on improving access for small businesses. The UK government has designed the simplified procedures to reduce barriers to entry. At the same time, the Act requires contracting authorities to consider breaking contracts into lots where appropriate. 

The reforms streamline the pre-qualification process, and new prompt payment provisions will ensure better cashflow throughout the supply chain.

A new exclusion framework has also been established, updating both mandatory and discretionary exclusion grounds. This includes the introduction of a centralised debarment list, alongside a clear process for self-cleaning and removal from exclusion lists. 

Enhanced due diligence requirements will affect how suppliers demonstrate their eligibility for public contracts.

How suppliers can prepare for implementation of the Procurement Act 2023

While contracts executed before this date are subject to existing rules under the Public Contracts Regulations 2015, full compliance with the Procurement Act 2023 will be required from 24 February 2025.

Implementation preparation requires significant attention from suppliers. Organisations will need to thoroughly review and update their internal processes to align with the new procedures. 

This includes preparing for registration on new digital platforms, developing enhanced reporting capabilities to meet transparency requirements and updating document management systems to handle new requirements.

Training and pre-market engagement

Training and development will be crucial during the preparation phase. Staff will need comprehensive training on the new procurement procedures, transparency requirements and digital platform usage. Bid writing and tender response processes should be updated to reflect the new requirements and opportunities presented by the Act.

Understanding the potential for multiple nuances and variations with the competitive flexible procedure is particularly important. The act encourages pre-market engagement. Therefore, suppliers should take advantage of the opportunity to provide input on how these procedures can better reflect local business practices.

Measuring performance and contract management 

There is an increased onus on contracting authorities to hit key performance indicators (KPIs), which means suppliers must also ensure they can realistically meet these, especially when linked to regional social or environmental priorities. The new regime will punish failure to meet KPIs, which could potentially damage future business prospects. 

Taking advantage of the detailed performance information published about competitors can assist with improving bid and performance strategies.

Supply chain checks

The central debarment list places greater attention on compliance considerations. Suppliers should conduct due diligence not only on their corporate structure, but also on their supply chains to ensure compliance with exclusion grounds. The act may result in buyers exclusing those that fail to meet environmental or specified standards from future procurement activities.

Having a team or process in place to quickly challenge or appeal any debarment decisions will be key, as exclusion from public procurement will have a long-term business impact.

Challenging decisions

The challenge process under the Act remains similar to the current regime, with suppliers required to issue challenges within 30 days of being aware of grounds to issue a claim. 

However, the Act introduces more stringent requirements for contracting authorities to provide feedback to unsuccessful bidders, giving them an opportunity to identify inconsistencies or errors.

Companies should flag commercially sensitive information in their bids to ensure they do not inadvertently disclose confidential business or bidding strategies. 

Opportunities and risks for businesses arising from procurement reform

The Act creates significant opportunities for suppliers to the public sector. Market access will be simplified through reduced administrative requirements and improved visibility of opportunities. 

The new flexible procurement procedure enables more innovative solutions and increases the opportunity for dialogue with buyers. Suppliers will have greater scope to demonstrate value beyond price considerations.

Commercial benefits include reduced bid costs through simplified procedures and better visibility of pipeline opportunities. The Act also introduces improved payment terms and conditions, along with enhanced supply chain opportunities for businesses of all sizes.

Compliance risks stem from new exclusion grounds and criteria, enhanced transparency requirements and increased supply chain due diligence obligations.

Contract performance reporting will require robust systems and processes. Operational risks include managing system and process changes, meeting training requirements, allocating resources effectively and adopting new technologies.

Suppliers should begin preparing immediately by reviewing their current procurement processes and assessing training needs. 

Organisations should prioritise planning for digital platform adoption and reviewing compliance procedures. 

Over the medium term, focus should shift to updating systems and processes, training staff and registering on new platforms. 

Long-term considerations include developing a strategic approach to public sector business development, building capabilities for new procedures, and strengthening supply chain and contract management capabilities.

Murray Matheson, Principal at Efficio, explores how CFOs can reduce expenditure through strategic procurement.

As business leaders prepare for the year ahead, reducing third-party costs remains high on the C-suite agenda. While the Finance and Procurement departments will manage the technical aspects of identifying and delivering on cost-cutting opportunities, it is often forgotten how important the CFO and their senior peers are in creating the right conditions for successful execution. 

Working with a wide variety of organisations, we find that the likelihood of a good outcome rises by 40% when senior leadership fully support and manage opportunity assessments.

Getting started: Ambition and preparation 

When approaching an opportunity assessment, senior business leaders should consider the critical actions below:

Define scope and targets

The focus of the opportunity assessment should be clearly defined. This is true whether addressing a full scope of spend, targeting specific areas like indirect procurement, or aiming for additional objectives like Working Capital. Establish clear parameters, including timelines and concrete targets with anticipated bottom-line impact and ROI. The assessment requires a  clear direction to yield meaningful results. 

Secure executive commitment

Gaining commitment from executive peers is essential. Executive buy-in and accountability are key to building the momentum needed for successful programmes. Sometimes, other pressing initiatives will limit their availability. In such cases, it may be wise to reassess the timing or scope of the assessment.

Encourage “blue sky” thinking

Foster an open-minded approach. Encourage the kind of atmosphere where all ideas are welcome. This includes revisiting previously rejected ideas and considering those that require investments to unlock savings. In the beginning, make room for thinking that isn’t constrained by existing capability or resources. Later on in the process, this can be refined.

Establish strong governance and decision-making processes

Implement robust governance to ensure opportunities are reviewed in an open forum, allowing decisions to be made based on a solid business case rather than prematurely dismissing options without proper assessment.

The right context and timing are critical to success

Certain scenarios can make opportunity assessment particularly valuable. These include:

  • Budget planning: Aligning the opportunity assessment with your budgeting process allows for the smooth integration of identified opportunities into financial planning. 
  • Market changes: Inflationary pressures may create additional reasons to revisit supplier relationships to maintain margins.
     
  • Company performance: If the cost base shows continued year-on-year growth, an opportunity assessment can help identify and address the underlying issue.
  • Company Changes: An opportunity assessment can help organisations prepare themselves for an acquisition, private sale or an IPO.

Harnessing data to maximise impact

Lack of spend visibility limits the organisational focus to a budget level, restricting the ability to consolidate cross-functional spending and maximise value. This is where CFOs can play a pivotal role by aligning stakeholders across the organisation and identifying synergies to maximise impact.

By creating a comprehensive, organisation-wide spend cube upfront, with clear visibility into costs across business units and spend categories, CFOs can ask the right questions and ground the assessment in a realistic view of current operations. 

Putting plans into action

Identifying opportunities is only the first step. To turn those findings into tangible results, CFOs and senior leaders must ensure that the right commitment, resources, and capabilities are in place. Key actions include:

Focus on key initiatives

Momentum is essential. Concentrate on core initiatives that align with available resource levels and organisational goals. It’s often better to build momentum through smaller focused efforts than launch too broad a programme.

Engage the wider executive team

Achieving stretch targets will require significant time investment from various parts of the organisation. Building executive awareness and securing senior sponsorship is key to realising savings. This may involve high-level executive discussions and aligning budget targets with the developed initiatives.

Assess Procurement’s ability to deliver sustained results

Evaluate whether the procurement function can deliver on the identified opportunities by asking the following:

Does Procurement’s remit cover the entire spend targeted by the programme?

  • Does Procurement have the skills and capacity to deliver results?
  • Is Procurement aligned with key company goals? 
  • Can existing employees be upskilled, or should temporary resources be brought in to meet a specific, time-bound need?
  • Should the business invest in more senior procurement resources to lead the transformation programme? 

Is now the right time for an opportunity assessment?

An opportunity assessment might be the key to bringing about significant change if your company is getting ready for a big transformation, facing cost pressures, or nearing a budgeting cycle. CFOs and senior leaders should ask themselves:

  • Do you think there might be cost savings available as a new budget cycle approaches, but you’re unsure where to begin? 
  • Is your organisation getting ready for a significant financial or strategic event?
  • Are you having to reevaluate your cost structure due to market pressures?

If you answered yes to any of these, now is the time to see how an opportunity assessment could assist your organisation in maximising value. 

Shannon Kirk Nakamoto, Global Director of Legal Industry Solutions at Icertis, explores how to inject resilience into the value chain with intelligent contracting.

Procurement leaders are navigating an increasingly volatile world where supply chain disruptions have become a constant threat. From geopolitical conflicts like the war in Ukraine and labour strikes on the US East Coast to extreme weather events driven by climate change, global trade is under immense pressure. These challenges cause delays, increased transportation costs, and inflationary impacts that threaten organisational performance. Consequently, the key question is no longer whether disruptions will happen, but how prepared procurement professionals are to handle them.

At the heart of these challenges are contracts. Once static documents, contracts have now become critical tools for mitigating risk and ensuring supply chain resilience. They are one of the most powerful resources at the procurement team’s fingertips. Yet, antiquated practices in contract management often undermine this potential, exposing businesses to unnecessary vulnerabilities. To remain competitive, procurement leaders must adopt a modernised, technology-driven approach to contracting. This approach must align commercial agreements with the complexities of today’s supply chains.

The Cost of Disruption

Supply chain disruptions impact industries differently, but their financial toll is widespread. For instance, UK exporters face slower, more expensive transportation, while US businesses grapple with material shortages and rising costs. According to World Commerce & Contracting, such inefficiencies lead to an average 9% revenue loss in every contract. This is a substantial financial impact for enterprises with thousands of agreements.

Contracts serve as the foundation of commerce, governing every transaction and acting as the single source of truth for business relationships with customers and suppliers. Sellers need clarity on their rights, and buyers need certainty about deliverables. Therefore, ensuring contract language addresses potential supply chain disruptions is critical to help enterprises navigate today’s complexities with greater agility.

Traditional approaches to managing contracts fail to account for the unpredictability of modern supply chains. Procurement teams must develop contracts that anticipate and respond to disruptions. Mechanisms like inflation-adjusted pricing, force majeure clauses, and renegotiation terms to maintain flexibility are all critical in this endeavour. Additionally, teams must automate the monitoring of such clauses to ensure they are properly enforced during turbulent times.

Leveraging AI for Smarter Contracting

Many organisations fail to fully leverage the true potential of contracts. Now, however, artificial intelligence (AI) is revolutionising contracting to help enterprises control costs, recapture revenue, and reinforce compliance across their organisations. Research from Icertis reveals that 90% of CEOs and 80% of CFOs struggle with effective contract negotiations, leading to significant revenue leakage. 

AI transforms contracts into data-rich resources, delivering real-time insights into bottom-line risks like cost escalations and upcoming renewal deadlines. These insights empower procurement leaders to make proactive decisions, such as renegotiating unfavourable terms or identifying alternative vendors if there are gaps in supply chains.

By digitising contracts and applying AI, organisations can enhance visibility, streamline processes, and position their procurement teams to make a notable impact on business outcomes. For example, AI can detect risks in supply chain routes and recommend backup suppliers to prevent delays from escalating into costly disruptions. When contract data is integrated with core procurement systems like SAP Ariba, AI can also flag unpaid supplier invoices or discount opportunities that enable enterprises to recapture lost revenue. 

Nearly half of Chief Procurement Officers have led AI adoption initiatives. However, AI’s full potential in contracting – also known as contract intelligence – still has substantial room for growth. AI has the power to free procurement teams from routine tasks, enabling them to focus on strategic initiatives and become effective change makers within their organisations. 

Negotiating for Resilience

To succeed, procurement leaders must take a proactive, technology-first approach to contract management. 

This requires treating contracts as living resources that address supply chain vulnerabilities and advance commercial goals. By centralising and analysing contract data through AI-driven platforms, companies can diversify their supplier base. Doing so reduces reliance on single sources, allowing them to better manage costs, and negotiate more favourable outcomes.

In today’s geopolitical environment, AI in contracting also supports compliance by helping to align agreements with changing regulations, reducing the risk of legal and financial penalties. With the right elements built into every contract, procurement teams can better anticipate risks and enhance their organisations’ longevity.

Contracts as Catalysts for Value

At its pinnacle, effective contract management drives value creation. Well-structured contracts improve supplier relationships by promoting transparency and trust. Procurement professionals can use AI-driven insights to make smarter decisions, secure better terms, and improve profit margins in every department of the business.

By treating contracts as powerful partners, procurement leaders can recover lost revenue, optimise supply chain performance, and capitalise on growth opportunities. This shift is essential for navigating the complexities of modern commerce and solidifying procurement’s central role in organisational success.

The Future of Procurement 

Procurement challenges demand a fundamental shift in how businesses view and manage contracts. In an era of uncertainty, relying on traditional, outdated methods – like saving signed PDFs in a forgotten shared folder – is no longer sufficient. 

Procurement leaders must embrace AI-powered contract intelligence to build resilience, control costs, and turn contracts into tools for transformation. In today’s financial climate, where every pound matters, the time to invest in AI is now.

The conversational AI aims to help procurement teams automate the supplier onboarding process.

Procurement software solutions provider Ivalua is the latest in a string of organisations to launch procurement automation tools using conversational artificial intelligence (AI). 

Increasingly, the legacy siloes that defined the procurement process are being broken down. The process has left the back office and, today, requires procurement teams to liaise with stakeholders throughout the business. Procurement teams must collaborate with Finance, IT, Facilities, Legal, HR, and Supply Chain teams to capture new value-creation opportunities. 

At the same time, the frequency and risk level of disruption is on the rise. From political tensions and changing regulatory frameworks to economic pressures, procurement teams are being forced to navigate a complex landscape. The daily challenges procurement professionals face range from lack of technology to supply chain delays, and the function’s increasing importance to the business as a whole leads to rising pressures and employee burnout

Pascal Bensoussan, Chief Product Officer (CPO) at Ivalua, identified this as a “persistent challenge in procurement: how to handle an increasing volume of intake requests at enterprise level, while ensuring transparency and compliance.” 

He notes that managing the many, varied requests from stakeholders is often overwhelming for procurement teams. Requests frequently arrive through different channels and often lack the necessary details. This, he explains, can lead to delays and inefficiencies. As procurement becomes a more integrated enterprise service, it needs a user friendly, intelligent front end where employees submit requests. At the same time, it also requires back-end automation to manage and fulfill those requests efficiently and transparently.

Natural language AI onboarding 

The AI-powered Intake Management solution, which launched this week, guides procurement professionals to “express their needs simply and efficiently while ensuring effortless compliance with procurement policies.” Using a built-in orchestration engine, the solution can fulfil each intake request across distributed systems, providing real-time updates on progress, status, and pending approvals. Ivalua claims the solution will foster “a new era of employee engagement, process scalability, and trust.”

Ivalua’s AI-powered Intake Management solution claims to bring “structure to this chaos.” Using AI, the tool provides a “conversational and collaborative experience” for procurement teams. By harnessing natural language processing capabilities, the tool enables procurement professionals to submit multiple types of request—whether related to suppliers, sourcing, contracts, purchases, or even cross-departmental needs like MRO or new employee onboarding—through one unified orchestration system and interface.

Key Capabilities of the Ivalua Intake Management Solution

The Ivalua Intake Management Solution has four main features that make it stand out:

  • AI Guidance Throughout the Process. An AI assistant guides employees through the process, helping them provide relevant information by extracting key details from documents. It also asks follow up questions, and offers suggestions when they are stuck.
  • Seamless Integration Across Systems. A robust event based integration layer to manage flows across Ivalua and third party applications.
  • Actionable & Collaborative Tracking Interface. A dashboard supports teams as they track the progress of requests and collaborate with stakeholders.
  • Flexible Configuration. Ivalua uses a no-code platform to help procurement teams set up and adjust intake forms and distributed orchestration workflows more easily.

“Our solution allows procurement leaders to scale up operations, by managing all intake requests efficiently, reducing risk, increasing their impact on company spending, and ultimately providing better service across the organisation,” Bensoussan adds. 

Mauro Cozzi, CEO and Co-founder at Emitwise, explores the role of accurate data in driving sustainability throughout the procurement process.

As we bring in the new year, 2030 emissions reduction targets are transitioning from long or mid-term to near-term. This increasing urgency to fulfil public commitments is increasing pressure to calculate, disclose, and reduce emissions. The complexity of Scope 3 emissions data that encompasses the entire value chain, continues to challenge organisations – many of which still rely on broad estimates to measure their carbon footprint. These inaccuracies hinder effective decision-making and limit the impact of sustainability initiatives. Given these challenges, procurement emerges as a pivotal starting point for reducing carbon emissions and achieving sustainability targets. 

By fostering partnerships with sustainable suppliers and prioritising accurate Scope 3 emissions data, companies can embed environmental accountability throughout their value chains, paving the way for more precise carbon tracking and impactful emissions reductions.

Tackling Transparency in Supply Chains

Supply chain complexity and inconsistent data practices make achieving emissions transparency particularly challenging. Traditional methods often inflate carbon footprints, complicating efforts to make informed sustainability decisions. According to recent research, one-third of procurement leaders cite data accuracy as a significant obstacle to measuring Scope 3 emissions.

Four methodologies are commonly used for calculating Scope 3 emissions:

  1. Spend-based: Relies on procurement spending data but risks overestimating emissions as expenditures rise, even when actual emissions remain unchanged.
  2. Average data: Bases calculations on the volume of goods or services consumed, offering better accuracy than spend-based methods but lacking the specificity required to capture supply chain intricacies.
  3. Supplier-specific data: Utilises primary data from suppliers for more precise calculations but demands significant engagement and collaboration.
  4. Hybrid methods: Combines primary and secondary data, striking a balance between accuracy and feasibility by leveraging supplier-specific data where possible and supplementing it with industry averages.

To enhance data accuracy, businesses should prioritise incorporating primary supplier data into their reporting processes. Though labour-intensive and requiring specialised skills, this approach delivers a clearer picture of supply chain emissions, bolstering decision-making and resilience.

Building Stronger Supplier Partnerships for Sustainability

Effective Scope 3 emissions management begins with embedding sustainability into procurement processes. From supplier selection to contract negotiation, prioritising partners committed to environmental responsibility and accurate data reporting can reduce overall emissions and foster collaborative relationships.

Segmenting suppliers by their data maturity and emissions capabilities allows businesses to allocate resources more effectively:

  • High-maturity suppliers: Capable of providing verified data across Scopes 1, 2, and 3, along with product carbon footprints (PCF).
  • Medium-maturity suppliers: May require support to meet emerging data standards.
  • Low-maturity suppliers: Benefit from training, educational resources, and incremental steps toward emissions tracking and reporting.

This targeted approach ensures advanced data requests are directed at capable suppliers while supporting others in their journey towards greater transparency.

Harnessing Collaborative Industry Initiatives

Sector-wide and cross-industry collaborations play a crucial role in standardising Scope 3 data practices. Initiatives like the Partnership for Carbon Transparency (PACT) provide shared reporting methodologies, simplifying the process for suppliers and procurement teams.

Sector-specific alliances, such as Together for Sustainability in the chemicals industry, help align Scope 3 standards, reducing discrepancies and enabling consistent supplier comparisons. These initiatives streamline reporting processes, enhance data quality, and drive systemic change aligned with global sustainability goals.

Decoding the Regulatory Landscape for Scope 3 Emissions

Global regulatory shifts demand precise, verifiable carbon emissions data, with Scope 3 emissions increasingly coming under scrutiny. The EU Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD), for instance, obligates large EU firms and their value chains to disclose detailed carbon data, including Scope 3 emissions. Non-EU companies are also feeling the ripple effects, as stakeholders worldwide demand heightened sustainability transparency.

This evolving regulatory environment leaves no room for estimated or incomplete data, making the need for precise Scope 3 reporting a critical factor for maintaining global market competitiveness.

The Strategic Value of Sustainable Procurement

Embedding Scope 3 data practices within procurement not only positions organisations to meet their near-term public commitments but also strengthens supplier relationships, mitigates climate risks, and bolsters organisational resilience in unstable economic conditions.

As primary data becomes central to achieving emissions reduction targets, procurement emerges as a strategic lever for driving the low-carbon transition, delivering environmental and long-term business benefits.

By making procurement a core tool for carbon management, businesses can foster accountability across supply chains, build robust partnerships, and ensure their sustainability efforts are both measurable and impactful.

In the pursuit of a sustainable future, procurement stands as the critical link between ambitious goals and actionable outcomes.

Organisations predict tariffs will pass higher costs onto customers, with many warning sweeping trade changes put them at “risk of collapse”.

Supply chain organisations and procurement leaders are bracing for a major crisis, as the incoming Trump administration promises sweeping tariffs in Q1 of 2025. A new report by spend management solutions firm Ivalua has revealed that half of organisations in the US and UK are preparing for changes in US trade policy, including rising tariffs. 

These changes, they believe, will create sweeping supply chain disruptions, resulting in higher costs for customers. Multiple organisations also warned that sweeping trade regulation changes could put them “at risk of collapse.”

Free trade agreements under threat 

Ivalua’s study of 200 US and UK supply chain and procurement decision-makers identified restrictions on exports of certain products and materials as their top concern (89%). The majority (84%) pressed worry about the overhaul or elimination of existing free trade agreements. A similarly overwhelming number (89%) also expressed concerns over broad tariffs on imports, while 84% fear high tariffs on goods imported from China. 

Sparked by President-elect Trump’s recent threats to hike tariffs on goods imported to the US from China, Canada and Mexico upon taking office, organisations’ fears could be realised as early as January when the new administration comes into power. 

“President Trump has been forthright in his position on tariffs, but the final details may vary based on negotiations with  certain countries and some categories of imports,” commented Alex Saric, a procurement expert at Ivalua. Uncertainty around how trade policies and tariffs will be implemented means companies won’t know how best to optimise supply chains to mitigate the impact until the last minute. At a minimum, organisations should start working with suppliers now to reconsider supply chain operations and identify ways to mitigate the impact of likely trade policy changes in the new year.”

The impact 

The impact, according to Ivalua, could be significant for US and UK businesses. Of the firms who anticipate more disruption from January:

  • 52% say they will need to completely reevaluate which suppliers they work with.
  • 51% say they will pass the cost onto customers – US organisations (65%) are more likely to do so than those in the UK (36%).
  • Almost half (48%) foresee rising supply chain costs that reduce profitability.
  • 45% warn rising supply chain costs will put their business at risk of collapse – with US organisations (52%) having a greater fear of collapse than those in the UK (36%).

“Organisations should prepare for the possibility of nearshoring or onshoring operations, factoring in evolving ‘made in USA’ thresholds and the impact increased tariffs will have on suppliers in China, Mexico, and Canada,” Saric added. “But the reality is that certain industries, especially those dependent on rare earth minerals or established manufacturing clusters, can’t easily shift away from China.”

Autonomous procurement agents powered by generative AI could play a major role in procurement’s efforts to tackle growing industry headwinds.

In 2025, all signs point to the ongoing convergence of geopolitical tensions, economic volatility, and sustainability that defined 2024. Increasingly, organisations are placing their procurement functions at the centre of organisations’ efforts to combat these challenges. Consequently, procurement leaders are searching for new ways to mitigate headwinds while transforming the function into a lever for strategic value creation. 

Industry experts widely agree that artificial intelligence (AI) is at the heart of technology-minded procurement leaders’ attempts to generate value and protect both operation and resilience. However, two years after the launch of OpenAI’s Chat-GPT, early adopters of AI tools are struggling to see a reasonable rate of return, and the blue sky promises made by AI advocates are failing to materialise. 

However, there are those who believe that AI — both generative and the more traditional versions — will to play a critical role in how procurement will tackle the obstacles that await in 2025 and beyond. 

While Sam Altman’s goal of an artificial general intelligence (AGI) seem like they’re hitting what people in silicon valley are increasingly calling “the wall”, some believe that 2025 will be the year that generative AI tools start to take on more autonomous, decision-making roles. 

2025 will be the year we see “AI agents” take over procurement

This year, “AI agents powered by Generative AI, aka Agentic AI, will become a reality, accelerating procurement from a transactional department into a strategic force for the business,” argues Vishal Patel, VP Product at Ivalua. According to Patel, “these sophisticated systems will be embedded into comprehensive spend management platforms, designed to perform complex tasks with minimal human intervention.”

Patel believes that the next generation of Large Language Models (LLMs) — the ones that need even more copyrighted data and stolen hollywood scripts or whatever it is they’re feeding them now, than the last generation — will finally have the processing power and diminished propensity to hallucinate fictitious nonsense necessary to “access and analyse data, evaluate options, make informed decisions, and take action. Operating within a multi-layered framework, agents will integrate enterprise and/or other data sources, orchestrate workflows, interact with users and much more.”

Patel notes that, “to date, Generative AI features have operated on a ‘one-and-done’ basis—delivering outputs that serve primarily as drafts or prototypes. However, advances in LLMs now enable multi-agent AI ecosystems that perform complex reasoning, validate outputs, and provide actionable insights.”  

Such a shift in generative AI’s potential would allow tools using the technology to use adaptive, real-time conversational AI capabilities to elevate procurement’s potential, Patel adds. As an example, he highlights the fact that “rather than relying on isolated AI features, smart source-to-pay platforms will leverage AI agents to manage tasks like spend analysis, RFP generation, and contract negotiation autonomously.” This, he continues, will allow procurement professionals “to focus on high-value decisions, driving productivity and strategic value. To leverage AI securely and reliably, organizations must ensure Agentic AI solutions rely on privacy-first multi-instance architecture to isolate sensitive data, utilise no-code tools to increase flexibility and rely on a unified data model to ensure outputs are accurate.”

Unstoppable evolution meets immovable regulation 

The other trend intersecting with procurement and its use of increasingly autonomous AI tools relates to the ways in which governments are working to regulate the technology.  

“2025 will be the year where AI regulation moves from theory to practice,” explains Patel, noting that the new EU AI Act will play a leading role in setting the regulatory pace for AI globally. “Unlike the slow rollout of sustainability regulations, the global nature of AI technology means requirements will cascade rapidly across multiple countries and regions,” he says. 

However, in 2025 Patel predicts that, regardless of regulation, businesses will put into place clear documentation and transparency around AI decision-making—whether required not by governing bodies. “While some organisations may view this as a constraint, these regulations will accelerate AI adoption by providing the governance framework many organisations have been waiting for,” he explains. “The key for businesses will be transforming these compliance measures into AI solutions from the ground up, rather than treating them as an afterthought. For procurement and IT teams, this means really understanding what AI is in the tech that is being purchased, what the data privacy and security policies are, how models are being trained and much more.”

Eldar Tuvey, CEO of Vertice, talks cost-containment, AI, single-suite platforms, and other trends set to define procurement in 2025.

In 2024, the procurement sector tangled with multiple headwinds that ranged from rising material and SaaS costs to mass layoffs in the tech industry and geopolitically-driven disruption. As we enter 2025, procurement leaders must make savvy decisions to avoid the ongoing challenges facing their discipline and capitalise on the opportunities presented by new legislation and emerging technologies like AI and automation. 

As the year draws to a close, we sat down with Eldar Tuvey, founder and CEO of Vertice, a procurement orchestration and SaaS saving platform, to hear his six predictions for procurement in 2025. 

1. Procurement continues shift from cost-cutting to ensuring value 

With Elon Musk appointed as the US’s “Secretary of Cost-Cutting,” the conversation around bold and occasionally brutal budget slashes is likely to dominate the news agenda and the way in which businesses consider their purchases. 

Yet procurement leaders are shifting from cost-cutting to evaluating investments by their broader value and impact – including efficiency, performance, risk mitigation and security. This risks becoming a point of contention in boardrooms if the importance of such evaluation is not well-communicated and proven out.  

2. Procurement workflows will finally be recognised as data workflows 

Procurement departments are seeing that despite traditional perceptions, they can be one of the most data-driven departments in the business.

The most advanced procurement teams are currently relying on streamlined, customizable, responsive workflows, well-integrated with the business’ wider technologies – especially project management and collaboration tools – and advanced analytics to assess and continually improve these workflows’ ongoing efficiency.

And it’s proving to be worth it — these businesses are achieving a 30% boost in speed to market, innovation, and efficiency. We know that in 2025, more and more procurement leaders are aiming to chase up with these early innovators.

3. Supplier Relationship Management will finally go ‘strategic’ 

With a greater determination to evaluate suppliers based on wider value rather than simply cost and SLA performance, Supplier Relationship Management will become more data-driven.

Organisations will rightly expect their procurement teams to be using real-time internal and external data to assess a relationship’s overall health. This may include price benchmarking, usage analytics, SLA performance, duplication, risk and more.  

4. AI adoption is accelerating.

Expect to see more native AI features within your SaaS products in 2025, and more dedicated AI tools being requested. Four of the top five fastest-growing SaaS vendors in 2024 are either AI platforms, or have integrated / native AI features within them.

But AI will still only support rather than replace human-led functions for the time being. Using AI would require a change of working behavior – something notoriously hard to achieve. It will be some considerable time before using – and trusting – AI as even a co-pilot becomes the norm, let alone handing over responsibilities.

5. Outcome-based pricing up to 4%

AI will accelerate a transformation in SaaS pricing models, pushing the industry toward usage or even outcome-based pricing – where customers pay for measurable success, such as performance improvements, cost savings or efficiency gains, not just access or usage. 

The shift in pricing models will be more gradual. Today, 49% of SaaS contracts are still priced per user, 29% on usage, and 22% are hybrid models – meaning traditional models still dominate the landscape. Of the 29% of contracts that charge based on usage, only 4% of these are outcome-based – demonstrating that we are a long way off from outcome-based pricing becoming the new normal, despite the hype. 

6. Single-suite platforms will finally overtake point solutions

Customers want simplicity and centralization from their SaaS in 2025, vendors will answer this with white-labelled point solution integrations.

Businesses have, on average, 128 live SaaS applications in 2024 – an 8.5% growth YoY. To reduce the complexities and cost that can come with managing so many tools, many businesses are switching their procurement strategy away from best-in-class point solutions towards more multi-feature platforms. As a case in point, all-in-one finance and CRM platform NetSuite – which has been aggressively broadening its capabilities recently – has been the tool with the highest renewal rate for the last two years.  

Many larger platforms may choose to integrate with the particularly successful point solutions – on a white labelled basis or otherwise – to save on development time and cost. But in 2025, the overall trend will be for a shift towards more muti-functional platforms to reduce the number of SaaS tools in use.

AI, protectionism, tariffs, and sustainability promise to create “turbulence ahead” for procurement leaders in 2025, according to a new report from GEP.

The past year was fraught with challenges for procurement and supply chain teams. From extreme weather events to more than one ongoing genocide, organisations’ buying and supply chain strategies have faced one challenge after another, and an environment of sustained instability. These challenges are unlikely to abate in 2025 as, according to a new report  by GEP, procurement teams should brace for “turbulence ahead.”   

GEP’s new Outlook 2025: Procurement & Supply Chain report was released earlier this week and identifies seven driving forces that will shape procurement and supply chains in 2025. 

“After several years of mitigating inflation, disruption, supply shocks, conflicts, and uncertainty, we are currently in a relative period of calm,” said John Piatek, vice president, GEP. “But it is very much the calm before the coming storm.” 

The storm breaks: Procurement headwinds set to define 2025 

GEP’s experts have, in response to the report’s findings, provided six key predictions and guidance for procurement and supply chain leaders in 2025:

1. Autonomous AI Agents Driving Procurement and Supply Chains 

Outlook: Advanced AI tools will automate sourcing and leverage external unstructured real time analytics for smarter decisions, among other tasks. AI agents will play a key role in demand forecasting, risk monitoring, and supply chain optimisation, shifting procurement’s mandate from tactical to strategic. 

Guidance: Invest in AI to streamline processes and enhance decision making. Pilot AI tools like orchestration platforms and agents in high-impact areas, backed by strong data governance and scalability planning. 

2. Expanded Value Metrics 

Outlook: Success will be measured by resilience, sustainability, and compliance alongside cost efficiency. 

Guidance: Develop KPIs for flexibility, carbon reduction, and supplier diversity. Communicate value beyond cost savings to stakeholders. 

3. Supply Chain Resilience Amid Regulatory Scrutiny 

Outlook: Increasing regulatory demands will necessitate heightened supply chain transparency and accountability. 

Guidance: Strengthen supplier audits, adopt ESG tracking tools, and integrate compliance into strategic procurement decisions. 

4. Widening Tariffs and Trade Restrictions 

Outlook: Nearshoring and friendshoring will balance resilience with cost in response to trade barriers and regional political tensions. 

Guidance: Reassess total cost of ownership (TCO) metrics to include geopolitical and environmental risks. Build regional supply networks for flexibility. 

5. Energy Market Volatility and Sustainability Imperatives 

Outlook: Rising energy costs and regulatory demands will accelerate the shift to sustainable operations. 

Guidance: Invest in renewable energy and redesign supply chains to align with ESG commitments and compliance requirements. 

6. Resurging Prices 

Outlook: The assumption that inflation is under control and interest rates will return to near zero levels, as seen from 2008 to 2022, overlooks the possibility that tariffs could drive prices higher. 

Guidance: Continue to secure cost savings as your primary responsibility and contribution to the success of your businesses and stakeholders. 

The new capability unifies market intelligence, organisational policies, and business context to help enterprises make smarter sourcing decisions and mitigate supply chain risk.

Tonkean, a process orchestration platform for enterprise internal service teams, together with Beroe, a procurement decision intelligence solution company, has today announced a new partnership and the launch of Market Intelligence-Infused Orchestration for procurement processes.

A new partnership

The new partnership brings real-time, actionable category and supplier intelligence directly into procurement workflows—starting from the earliest stages of intake—empowering enterprises to make more cost-effective, compliant sourcing decisions and proactively manage supply chain risk.

It also brings together Beroe’s trusted datasets and Tonkean’s intake and orchestration capabilities, enabling procurement teams to create and run internal processes that unify external market intelligence, organisational policies, and business context from the first moment of intent with orchestrated, AI-assisted workflows across the entire request lifecycle.

“Tonkean and Beroe’s new partnership changes the game for procurement teams, and further sets Tonkean apart from other intake solutions, which force requesters and procurement teams to look elsewhere for important data when they need it most,” said Tonkean co-founder and CEO Sagi Eliyahu. “Instead, we can now translate market intelligence into actionable guidance by deeply integrating it with workflows, empowering smarter, more compliant decision-making at every step.”

Vel Dhinagaravel, Founder and CEO at Beroe, said, “Our mission at Beroe is to empower procurement professionals to make informed business decisions using reliable data and insights. This integration with Tonkean’s process orchestration platform furthers our commitment to providing intelligence to our customers at the point of decision making and ensures that we fit seamlessly into their wider technology stack. Beroe’s unique approach fuses artificial intelligence and human ingenuity to ensure that market intelligence is curated and validated, and having such a reliable data foundation for various processes is key to improving business outcomes.”

New capabilities

The new combined capabilities improve a variety of key procurement processes, including:

  • Supplier selection: When requesters complete purchase request intakes and are prompted to select a supplier, Tonkean surfaces intelligence from Beroe and overlays it onto the context of the request, the project it is related to, and the company’s policies, to help the requester make more informed decisions. This helps guide the requester toward compliant, cost-effective suppliers, improving procurement efficiency and adherence to policy.
  • Aligning costs, budgets, and policies: When requesters complete purchase request intake for a commoditised good/service and are prompted to provide a budget for each line item, Tonkean surfaces cost benchmarks, including geography-specific benchmarks, from Beroe’s extensive datasets to help the requester properly file the request, give the procurement team a frame of reference for the sourcing process, and support policies that require purchases to be made within a given range of the cost benchmarks. 
  • Requester support: When requesters need high-level information on existing suppliers, cost and pricing benchmarks, etc., they can ask questions in natural language on the Tonkean AI Front Door portal, through Microsoft Teams, Slack, or email, and even within intake workflows, to get timely answers.
  • Supplier consolidation: Tonkean and Beroe can identify existing suppliers that meet company and project criteria and help procurement teams deflect unnecessary supplier onboarding. 
  • RFP/RFI generation: When requesters and/or procurement need to provide inputs for an RFP or RFI, Tonkean can insert recommended questions for the category from Beroe and automatically create the RFx in the S2P system.

In practice, leveraging these capabilities in key internal processes empowers procurement teams to create all kinds of new business value for their organisations. 

Faster, smarter procurement decision-making

By providing real-time insights on supplier options and compliance requirements at the point of request, Tonkean ensures requesters can make smarter, policy-aligned choices without delay. The integration of Beroe’s decision intelligence into all key processes helps procurement teams identify cost-saving opportunities, assess supplier risks proactively, and optimise spend management with data-driven decisions. 

Plus, with contextualised risk insights, teams can anticipate and mitigate supply chain disruptions, enhancing resilience and stability in procurement operations.

“Great internal process experiences that serve to truly move the needle in terms of improved operational performance rely fundamentally on both quality data and the ability to orchestrate across people, teams, and systems,” said Eliyahu. “This partnership delivers to procurement professionals the ability to execute precisely those kinds of processes consistently and at scale.”

Lucy Harding, Global Head of Odgers Berndtson’s Procurement and Supply Chain Practice explores six trends that will shape procurement leadership hiring in 2025.

In the face of evolving global challenges, procurement leadership in 2025 is poised to undergo a transformative shift. Leaders will be expected to adapt to more frequent global disruption by increasing resilience, technological expertise, and enterprise leadership into their core role. Below are six key hiring trends that will shape the future of procurement leadership.

1. Strategic Risk Management and Supply Chain Resilience

As geopolitical tensions continue to rise and the global economy becomes increasingly difficult to predict, procurement leaders must demonstrate exceptional risk management capabilities. A 2024 report by Economist Impact found that 44% of executives continue to focus on encouraging diversity in their supplier base – a trend likely to intensify amidst global trade tensions and proposed tariffs under the Trump administration.

Nearshoring, supplier diversification, and regional collaboration are becoming routine for procurement leaders. As a result, many are increasingly developing flexible and adaptable sourcing strategies. Scenario planning and risk management will also become essential components of modern procurement practices.

Leaders adept at identifying supply chain vulnerabilities, diversifying procurement sources, and fostering resilience will be invaluable in this environment. Boards will seek individuals who can proactively navigate uncertainties, ensuring operational continuity and minimise disruption in the face of challenges.

2. Emphasis on Digital Transformation and AI Integration

The integration of AI and digital technologies into procurement processes will dominate leadership priorities in 2025. Leaders with expertise in AI-driven analytics, automation, and digital procurement platforms will be sought to enhance decision-making and drive efficiency.

Balancing innovation with practicality, these leaders will manage the integration of AI while addressing the associated security risks. Boards will prioritise candidates capable of aligning these technological advancements with broader organisational goals. They will also favour those who can ensure robust yet adaptive supply chain systems.

Already, AI is being used in spend analysis, contract management, supplier risk assessment, demand forecasting, and even autonomous negotiations. Procurement sits at the confluence of huge quantities of data. The function is an untapped gold mine for predictive models and AI-driven analytics. Boards want procurement leaders who can tap into this and capitalise on it.

3. Enterprise Leadership: Business Leader First, Function Leader Second

Procurement leaders are increasingly expected to adopt an enterprise-wide perspective. Acting as business leaders first, they must align procurement strategies with overarching corporate objectives. This is often a mindset shift, and involves fostering cross-functional collaboration and contributing to organisational growth beyond the CPO’s functional remit.

This is a must-have skill for any procurement professional looking to step into the CPO role. Boards want their procurement leaders to translate supply chain and procurement nuance into the broader strategic framework. In doing so, they will position the function as a driver of innovation, cost-efficiency, and competitive advantage.

To achieve this, procurement professionals should ensure they understand the overarching business objectives. Common examples include revenue growth, market expansion, and sustainability. They should attempt to act as a bridge. Essentially, procurement initiatives should support and amplify the efforts of other functions to drive organisational goals. Finally, they should also influence at the executive level. Procurement should be presented as a strategic driver by communicating its impact on cost-efficiency, innovation, and competitive advantage.

4. Data-Driven Decision Making and Predictive Analytics

Predictive analytics is becoming a cornerstone of strategic procurement. Leaders proficient in data analysis will be able to anticipate market trends, refine sourcing strategies, and enhance supplier performance. This data centric approach provides organisations with a competitive edge that goes far beyond traditional cost, quality, and delivery metrics.

2024 McKinsey survey found that 22% of procurement employees in best in class companies now work in analytics roles. The trend demonstrates the growing emphasis on data literacy and the necessity for procurement leaders who can translate insights into actionable strategies.

Next year, this will become a key priority for procurement leaders with boards looking for those individuals who are both proficient in data analytics and who can overcome its associated challenges. These include, data quality issues, communicating the business case to the board, and embedding data analytics transformation into the rest of the business.

5. Talent Development and Multigenerational Workforce Management

With a diverse workforce that spans multiple generations, fostering an inclusive and adaptive culture in the organisation is essential. Leaders who can bridge generational gaps, promote continuous learning, and attract top talent will play a critical role in building dynamic procurement teams.

According to a 2024 McKinsey report, access to talent is a key priority for procurement leaders. Of course, we already know that most face shortages in traditional procurement skills. Not only that, but many lack the technical and analytical capabilities needed to deploy and run advanced digital technologies. Therefore, in 2025, successful procurement leaders will focus on creating environments that empower teams, drive innovation, and align individual growth with organisational goals to attract and retain the best talent.

6. Procurement as a Value Creation Lever in Private Equity

Private equity firms are increasingly recognising the strategic value of robust procurement and supply chain management as key drivers of operational improvement and portfolio-wide synergies. Therefore, in a macroeconomic climate marked by higher interest rates, inflation, extended deal cycles, and diminished exit values, traditional financial strategies alone are no longer sufficient to deliver expected returns.

As a result, procurement leaders who can align supply chain strategies with private equity objectives will be in high demand. These leaders must demonstrate the ability to identify cost saving opportunities, streamline operations, and foster collaboration across portfolio companies to leverage common areas of spend. Boards and investors will seek procurement professionals skilled at integrating operational excellence into the value creation process, making sure that procurement functions as a transformative lever in delivering measurable financial and operational outcomes.

In this environment, procurement leaders who can navigate the complexities of private equity backed organisations, balancing short-term results with long-term strategic improvements, will be highly important to driving portfolio success.

Pagabo’s head of procurement Shamayne Harris breaks down the process of preparing the public and private sectors for the new Procurement Act 2023.

The clock is ticking for the public and private sectors to prepare themselves for the Procurement Act 2023 to come into effect.

When and what to prepare for

The UK government developed the Procurement Act 2023 following Brexit, which consolidates four sets of existing regulations into one. 

There are four core objectives, which include creating a simple and more flexible purchasing system, opening up public procurement to new entrants such as small businesses and social enterprises, taking tougher action on underperforming suppliers, and embedding greater transparency through the commercial lifecycle. The objectives work together with the aim of making the new procurement regime better than the former system – maximising the huge opportunity to embrace flexibility and innovation.

The changes will come into effect from the revised date of 24 February 2025, instead of the original date in late October 2024, as announced by the Cabinet Office in September. The new Labour government recently opted to delay the commencement of the act. This is ostensibly to allow time for the government to produce a new National Procurement Policy Statement (NPPS), which is a statutory statement that allows the government to set and communicate wider policy objectives to which public procurements should consider. 

The proevious government laid out the current NPPS in parliament in May 2024. It therefore does not align with the new government’s strategic priorities for public procurement. And, as a result, the government has withdrawn it. The delay provides time for the government to produce a new NPPS, ensuring full alignment with the government’s strategy once the Procurement Act begins. Pagabo contributed to the survey for feedback that closed on 4 November.

The new NPPS

The Cabinet Office has stated the new NPPS will create a “mission-led procurement regime which builds on the transformative powers within the Act, and which meets the challenge of applying the full potential of public procurement to deliver value for money, economic growth, and social value.” This aligns with the objectives of the act: increased transparency, simplicity, and the move from Most Economically Advantageous Tender (MEAT) to Most Advantageous Tender (MAT). This will ensure that procurement functions will prioritise best value over lowest cost. 

The government will draft the new NPPS before putting it out for consultation. This will allow adequate time for contracting authorities to review the updated strategic priorities. Then it will undergo a 40-day passage in parliament – consistent with the process followed for the existing NPPS. 

In the meantime, work on the central digital procurement platform will continue – designed to host all the information required to support the transparency agenda and the Procurement Act’s new reporting obligations – with the Cabinet Office currently reviewing how to use the additional time for testing and deployment.

We can expect changing processes because of the act and new terminology to understand and use, but it is unrealistic to expect everyone to be procuring perfectly straight away. However, contracting authorities and suppliers should be ready to embrace the new procurement regime and its objectives – establishing lasting behavioural change. 

Contracting authorities should examine their procurement pipeline between now and March. A key thing for them to consider is whether to adjust their timings or continue as planned using a compliant framework.

The Act will, hopefully, improve the way suppliers engage with contracting authorities. Though the new processes will become clearer as they are implemented, there are several key changes to become familiar with. 

1. Notices 

Under the current regime, notices focus on the procurement process – including tender notice and contract award. From 24 February, there will be a noticeable shift meaning that notices are required throughout the full procurement and contract lifecycle – changing the number required from four to 14. This starts as early as the new mandatory pipeline notice, which sets out information about a contracting authority’s public procurement pipeline where the anticipated spend is more than £100m within a defined reporting period. The notice will set out information on each public contract with an estimated value of more than £2 million.

The new notices will drive transparency throughout the procurement lifecycle, increasing inclusion and enabling greater scrutiny of procurement decisions and contract performance to maintain high standards.

For suppliers and especially SMEs, it will mean greater opportunity to engage in upcoming procurements, while tracking progress and performance. It will also increase transparency of underperformance, which should be considered given that it could impact the ability to bid for future work. 

Contracting authorities will need to invest time into their procurement resources or engage with managing agents like Pagabo to deliver their frameworks, but increased administrative burden may be offset by the simpler system aiming to reduce duplication.

2. Procedures 

The act streamlines the procedures under the current regime from seven down to two competitive procedures – open, and the new competitive flexible procedure. The new mechanisms aim to create maximum flexibility for procurement solutions and reduce barriers to entry. 

Suppliers will need to undertake appropriate training to ensure bid teams are aware of the changes and where to access information. Suppliers are encouraged to engage with contracting authorities to contribute to pre-procurement planning stages to support the design of procurement solutions. Therefore, suppliers should allocate the appropriate resource and time to review published opportunities and raise clarifications with contracting authorities if the documents contain any ambiguities.

Contracting authorities are encouraged to utilise preliminary market engagement to determine the most appropriate route to market and ensure their internal policies and procedures align with the new mechanisms.

3. Exclusion and debarment 

The discretionary and mandatory exclusion grounds will remain very similar, targeting non-compliance and poor performance but the scope widens under the act. The act drives the transparency agenda with plans to launch a debarment register housed on a central digital platform and the mandatory issue of a new notice detailing any unsatisfactory performance or contract breaches. Contracting authorities will need to review and verify applications against the live debarment register and any notices detailing unsatisfactory performance for each procurement opportunity. 

There is some nervousness around this. However, there are several robust steps that precede a contractor finding themselves on the debarment register. This includes the contracting authority issuing notice to the government on the recommendation to place a contractor on the register, a thorough impartial investigation, and an eight-working day standstill period also applies to any debarment decision. 

Suppliers should review their supply chains to ensure no organisation poses unacceptable risk. Policies and procedures should also be subject to a levelling up exercise to ensure the correct governance is in place. 

Ultimately, the debarment list is there to prompt accountability, ensure compliance and protect the investments of those procuring works, providing ample incentive for suppliers to get things right and keep bidding for work into the future.

4. Performance 

Procurement performance is a core focus of the Procurement Act and therefore it formalises and strengthens some of the existing requirements. This includes the issuing of at least three mandated performance measures prior to entering into contracts with an estimate value above £5m, the publishing of payment compliance information and the social value tender commitments which will form a contractual commitment and KPI. 

There will be increasing analysis of the entire procurement lifecycle, from performance of frameworks through to individual contracts via the publishing of new notices, and suppliers will be assessed on whether things are performing as intended within bids. 

Greater access to information may increase scrutiny and the volume of challenges. It could potentially increase opportunity or damage chances depending on what performance data shows. Reputational damage is a risk if performance is below the expected standard, but the act aims to encourage collaboration in pre-procurement stages to ensure performance measures are suitable and support everyone involved in procurement to improve processes and benefit from attention to detail.

5. Challenges 

The provisions remain broadly the same, but there are some changes to the challenge process, including changing the standstill period to eight working days. Contracting authorities must provide all bidding organisations that have been assessed with feedback in the new assessment summary format. This drives transparency and will aid industry betterment by enabling suppliers to improve future bids. 

Contracting authorities must now provide all bidding organisations that they have assessed with feedback in the new assessment summary format. This also drives transparency and will aid industry betterment by enabling suppliers to improve bids.

There are two pieces of advice for suppliers. The first – and most obvious – is to thoroughly digest all feedback using the assessment summaries provided. The second is to flag confidential information within bids. This ensures no one shares the information with other bidding parties, reducing competitive edge. 

Where to go for further guidance

These are just some of the changes to be aware of ahead of February, and there are various free government resources available online to help prepare for a more successful and transparent future in procurement. 

Despite the recently announced delay, there is no impact on the availability of content or any of the official materials, which will continue to be available up to and after the new commencement date. The official line from the Cabinet Office is that if you plan onstarting any training in the new regime, or have booked a ‘Deep Dive’ session, you should continue as planned.

If all goes to plan, prolonged time to learn and become familiar with the upcoming changes will lead to greater levels of practical understanding and confidence within procurement teams once the act comes into force. 

For more information, please visit www.pagabo.co.uk or www.pagabo.co.uk/procurement-reform

Shamayne Harris is head of procurement at Pagabo.

Ian Nethercot, MCIPS, supply chain director at Probrand, discusses why old school IT procurement practices are no longer sufficient.

When it comes to appreciating the enabling powers of technology, few are quicker to see the benefits than an IT manager. New solutions are constantly helping them to speed up once lengthy processes and provide faster access to the crucial insights which empower IT leaders to take up more strategic roles. When it comes to embracing the digital solutions that are making it easier to buy technology however, IT managers have been slower on the uptake. 

Research shows that most are yet to adopt the digital procurement solutions available to them. The majority are instead still relying on manual processes that can prove costly, both financially and through the time wasted. 

For example, almost one-in-five say that every month they spend around one week of their time buying IT equipment. Here are three reasons why it’s time for IT managers to embrace digital procurement solutions that will free up time to spend on more strategic tasks.

1. It’s impossible to keep up 

Even if manual procurement methods were as efficient as possible, it would be impossible to keep up with the volume of price changes in the IT market. There are up to 30,000 price fluctuations every single day. When Probrand conducted research with IT buyers about their buying habits, it revealed that 75% were unaware of this constant state of flux. 

It happens so often that, in the time it takes to pick up the phone to purchase a laptop, an item could have gone up in price by as much as 60% or become eligible for discount. If buyers don’t have the visibility provided by digital solutions, they can often miss these price spikes, resulting in over-spend. 

It’s also true that even if the price they are seeing is still correct, this could become irrelevant if an item has gone out of stock. With digital procurement solutions, however, IT buyers can see live pricing and accurate stock levels in the supply chain at all times.  

2. Greater market transparency

As every vendor has their own pricing model and route to market, comparing several reseller supplier prices is the only way to ensure you are getting the best value for money. Nearly half of IT buyers (45%) now do manual price comparison research online, but it’s a time consuming process. And, while this can give greater reassurance that buyers are not getting ripped off, it still doesn’t provide true visibility of the markups that are actually being added by resellers above the trade price. 

Our research shows most aren’t getting the value they think they are with this manual price comparison process, some are paying one-off markups as high as 1,126%.   

During volatile times, such as during the Covid-19 lockdown period, it can be difficult to know if suppliers are inflating prices or not. Our research has shown that IT suppliers will routinely charge higher margins during these periods especially, often in excess of 50%. 

When armed with digital procurement tools, however, buyers quickly gain transparency over the market. They can scan thousands of options from a breadth of suppliers in an instant. Real-time pricing also allows buyers to benchmark and validate the exact margins that suppliers are charging, enabling them to make fully informed purchasing decisions. 

3. Allow IT teams to focus on their core responsibilities 

The latest data shows that the UK is among five countries currently struggling the most with a technology skills deficit. This shortage of talent at a national level means IT teams are being stretched thin. They are being asked to juggle multiple roles while businesses look to find new recruits to provide the support they need. 

When this is the case, organisations should aim to have their team members focus on their core role, be that a systems administrator, technical engineer or developer – rather than overburden them with additional duties such as procurement. When you consider that procuring technology is not in the job specification of 70% of people who end up buying software and hardware, this doesn’t make sense. 

While it’s true that technology can never replicate the ability of an individual to negotiate and apply judgement, what it can do is ease the burden on overstretched and overworked IT managers. The ability to embrace digital procurement systems will free up their time, allow them to focus on more strategic activities and provide organisations with better value for money. 

So it’s time for IT managers to challenge the norms of manual ways of buying IT and be innovators in adopting digital technology to unlock time and budget for more strategic tasks.  

The procurement is the largest ever undertaken by the Scottish national water utility, and will transform the country’s water and waste water infrastructure.

Scotland’s publicly-owned water supplier has announced a landmark new procurement. The sizeable program reportedly aims to transform the country’s national water and waste water infrastructure. With a potential value between £5 billion and £9 billion, the project is the largest ever undertaken by Scottish Water. It aims to both “keep taps flowing and protect the environment”.

The bid 

Firms are being invited to bid to be involved in the enterprise-style approach — a first for the utility — to enhance Scotland’s water and waste water infrastructure over the period 2027 to 2033, with a potential extension for another six years.

The overall value of the enterprise – known as Delivery Vehicle 4 – is between £5bn and £9bn and is the highest value venture put into place by Scottish Water. Scottish Water also anticipates that the total Scottish Water SR27 investment programme will support around 4000 jobs and create opportunities for 1500 young people.

Director of Capital Investment, Rob Mustard, said the programme would bring significant benefits to communities, the economy and the environment.

“DV4 is the most significant programme of investment and way of working we have ever implemented. It supports our goals of financial sustainability, service excellence, and going beyond net zero, all while contributing to a flourishing Scotland,” he commented. 

New models and advanced partnering 

DV4 will be replacing the current 12-year-old Delivery Vehicle 1 (DV1). DV4 will oversee asset investments and handle high-value and complex construction and engineering projects.

Mustard added that Scottish Water is “moving to an ‘advanced partnering’ model, shifting from traditional contracting to a more collaborative approach. This model brings partners together through agreed outcomes, ensuring we deliver value for our customers and innovation in every project.”

The procurement is being advertised as one contract notice in two parts. Successful participants will work closely with Scottish Water’s expert teams across the country. The collaborative effort is designed to boost efficient and effective project delivery.

A further network will also be created, providing opportunities for SMEs and micro-specialists to collaborate with the main partners. A regional framework will also be procured consisting of small and medium enterprises, supporting capital and operational requirements.

“This supply chain will support over 4000 jobs and create opportunities for over 1500 young people,” Mustard added. “This initiative is not just about economic growth; it’s about delivering real social value to our communities.”

New data projects that the US procurement software market is headed for a strong decade, nearing $5 billion by 2032.

The US procurement software market is exhibiting strong signs of growth driven by both technological innovation and increasingly common disruptions affecting the supply chain. New data projects that the US’ procurement software market will grow from around $2.24 billion last year to almost five ($4.97) billion by next decade. This represents a CAGR of 9.26% between 2024 to 2032. 

Software solutions to procurement’s thorniest problems 

Procurement software solutions are attracting investment as they aim to solve some of the procurement sector’s most pressing issues. Ten years ago, procurement was a largely reactive, tactical function — filling purchase orders in response to requests from other business departments. Today, in response to increasingly common disruptions to global supply chains, procurement teams are being forced to take a more strategic approach, and leveraging digital solutions is a key part of the function’s transformation.  

Most procurement software solutions automate and centralise several parts of the procurement process. Traditionally menial tasks that took place within siloed departments. For example, processing purchase orders, invoices, and supplier management and sourcing were all typically handled manually. This made them time consuming, expensive, inflexible, and prone to error. All are strong contenders for automation and consolidation within a single unified platform.

Organisations can increase the effectiveness, precision, and openness of their procurement processes by combining these tasks into a single platform. This, according to new data by Research and Markets, has wide-ranging applications in many different industries. Essentially, better digital procurement solutions give businesses a thorough understanding of a multitude of factors affecting their source-to-pay chain. This ranges from vendor performance and availability, to pricing, allowing them to manage their supplier relationships more effectively.

Investment signals sector-wide growth 

The more successful procurement software companies are already attracting significant investment. In October, AI-powered procurement orchestration platform Zip was the recipient of a $190 million funding round. The cash injection represents the largest single round of funding for a procurement technology company in over 20 years. It brings Zip’s valuation to $2.2 billion, a significant increase from the company’s $1.5 billion valuation in 2023. 

Procurement is broken,” said Rujul Zaparde, Co-founder and CEO of Zip in a recent press release. “Companies are wasting billions of dollars and countless hours navigating byzantine approval processes, dealing with security risks, and manually entering data. Zip has already proven that we can fix that, saving our customers billions of dollars and thousands of hours of time — and our new round of funding will allow us to continue to revolutionise business spending.”

Speaking with CPO Strategy at DWP 2024 in Amsterdam, Zaparde claimed that Zip has helped its customers save around $4.5bn of spend over the last two years. “One customer of ours, Snowflake, achieved over $300m in savings alone,” he added. “We’ve seen tangible benefits already. The way procurement is evolving isn’t a hypothetical thing – it’s really happening.”

AI, disruption, and digital transformation define the decade ahead 

There are several key factors driving the procurement software market’s growth. Among them are: the growing use of technology, the COVID-19 pandemic’s effects, a focus on cost optimisation, growing sustainability concerns, the rapidly growing e-commerce industry, the integration of AI and machine learning (ML), and supply chain disruptions. 

Research and Markets researchers note that many organisations are responding by pursuing digital transformation in procurement. These businesses aim to not only improve decision-making, but also decrease manual labor, and increase transparency. This, if done correctly, can lead to increased productivity and responsiveness. Making this change, they claim, is essential to being competitive in an ever-more-complex environment that moves faster than ever before.

Labour estimates curbing consultancy spending across the government could save over $1.2 billion by 2026.

The UK government has announced new controls on the public procurement of consultancy services by government bodies. The new restrictions are being introduced to cut “unnecessary spending” on consultancies in order to save the government £1.2 billion by 2026. Departments are already expected to save the £550 million committed to this financial year.

More oversight, less spend

The new controls, according to a government press release, will provide more oversight for any consultancy spend over £600,000. They will also affect contracts lasting more than nine months. Ministerial signatures will be required for such projects to go forward. Additionally, spending over £100,000, or lasting more than three months, will now require a signature by the relevant permanent secretary.

When combined with commercial agreements that are focused on value for money, the government expects these controls to drive a reduction in consultancy spend in Whitehall.

“We’re taking immediate action to stop all non-essential government consultancy spend in 2024-25 and halve government spending on consultancy in future years, saving the taxpayer over £1.2 billion by 2026,” commented Georgia Gould, Parliamentary Secretary at the Cabinet Office.  She added that the restrictions are part of the governments work to” make the Civil Service more efficient and effective.” She also hailed the government’s efforts to take “bold measures to improve skills and harness digital technology.” 

New framework agreement bidding announced

In conjunction with its announcement, the government has also invited companies to bid for a new framework agreement. The agreement’s purposeis to streamline the way the government uses consultants in the years to come. 

The goal is to create a single, centralised list of suppliers. These organisations, will have already been through a rigorous and competitive tendering process to gain a place on the agreement. As such, it will cut down the time spent by departments on the procurement process. Ultimately, the government believ es this will ensure better value for money and more competitive prices.

In line with its commitment to cut consultancy spend, plans are already in place to dramatically cut the framework’s value. The framework’s total value will fall, from £5.7 billion over four years as planned to £1.7 billion over two years.

The new agreement will be managed by the Crown Commercial Service (CCS), the UK’s biggest public procurement organisation and an executive agency of the Cabinet Office, which will play a coordinating role in consolidating the government’s consultancy spend as it delivers change for working people.

“Consultancy services are sometimes needed to support government to deliver for citizens, but taxpayers must get value for money,” said Sam Ulyatt, CEO of Crown Commercial Service. 

“This agreement will help to ensure a behavioural and cultural change of how consultancy is procured throughout the UK public sector.”

The new bid management system from Workrise aims to optimise the first step in energy’s source-to-pay lifecycle for both operators and suppliers.

Procurement software solution vendor Workrise has launched a new offering designed to improve the source-to-pay process for the energy industry. Workrise claims the solution, Workrise Bid Management, streamlines and optimises the bidding process on energy projects. This is something they believe will benefit both operators and their suppliers.    

The product launch follows the recent release of a national benchmark study by Workrise and Newton X. The study explores the state of source-to-pay in the energy industry. Among its findings: Industry leaders are being asked, on average, to reduce costs by an astonishing 40% to 60%. Competitive bidding represents a key opportunity for savings at a time when everyone in energy is feeling the cost crunch.

Bid management 

Bidding is the first step from sourcing new vendors to verifying and paying for completed work. Workrise argues that outdated, time-consuming procedures define the energy sector’s bidding process. Manual processes like creating, refining, editing, and exchanging emails, PDFs, Excel spreadsheets are common in the bidding procedure. So too is the “copious manual work” required to manage them all. These outmoded and inefficient processes, Workrise claims, strain resources and inhibit efficiency for energy companies and suppliers alike. 

“Bidding might seem like a small, or even insignificant, step in the source-to-pay lifecycle,” commented Jacob Gritte, General Manager, S2P Solutions at Workrise. “But we see it as a massive opportunity for the industry to get more out of every dollar it spends, and another tangible step on the road to helping operators, suppliers, and the talented men and women in the field work better, together, to meet the world’s increasing energy demands.”

“This is a powerful solution to a problem that has plagued the industry for decades,” said Praveen Kalamegham, Chief Technology Officer at Workrise. “For operators, this puts an end to the days of digging through emails and spreadsheets, centralises all RFQ-related information in one place, and provides access to a broader vendor network — potentially uncovering new, cost-effective options for projects. And it allows suppliers to submit more competitive bids and, ultimately, get more work.”

Organisations are supposedly “neglecting” artificial intelligence (AI) adoption and, according to a new report by Icertis, it’s hurting their contract…

Organisations are supposedly “neglecting” artificial intelligence (AI) adoption and, according to a new report by Icertis, it’s hurting their contract negotiation performance. Costly contract mistakes are a widespread pain point that the majority of C-suite executives believe can be solved with AI.

A new survey of C-Level executives by AI contract management tool provider Icertis found that as many as 90% of CEOs and 80% of CFOs are failing to negotiate contracts effectively. This major oversight is, Icertis claims, leaving millions of pounds on the table. It represents “vast amounts of money” that could be recouped with better pre-signature contract negotiations.

Everything runs on contracts 

Contracts define every business relationship and form the foundation of global commerce. In the current financial climate, every pound counts. Icertis’ report argues that contract mismanagement is a key pain point for organisations looking to prevent revenue losses. The report surveys 1,000 c-suite executives to illuminate how contract inefficiencies are causing severe revenue leakage within organisations. Industry experts have called the digital transformation of conteact management the next frontier for the procurement industry.

70% of CFOs stated that most revenue loss occurs from rising costs in their contracts due to inflation adjustments. These adjustments have largely gone unchecked or ignored in contract reviews. Also, a further 30% of business leaders point to revenue loss from unchecked auto-renewals.

Both issues which could be easily captured through AI-driven contract monitoring.

Icertis: “AI is being overlooked” 

Despite being complex, Icertis argues that AI-driven contract monitoring is now capable of capturing the reoccurring issues associated with contract value leakage. However the report also shows that CEOs are underestimating the role AI can play in addressing costly contract gaps within their legal departments – the hub for contract negotiations and agreement management across the enterprise.

When asked where AI would deliver the most business value by 2025, the legal function (23%) was ranked last. It came in behind finance (47%), marketing (46%), sales (35%), and several other business units. Icertis argues that the ranking indicates that many leaders are overlooking the transformative potential of AI in mitigating legal inefficiencies and boosting profitability.

“Millions of dollars flow in and out of the enterprise through commercial agreements with customers and suppliers. This survey from Icertis proves that c-suite leaders lack confidence when it comes to optimising those agreements and are unknowingly overlooking critical areas of value leakage in their business relationships,” said Rajat Bahri, Chief Financial Officer at Icertis. “Executives in all industries want to increase revenue and improve profit margins in 2025, no matter what the economic landscape looks like. Turning contracts into strategic assets with the right AI technology is key to recapture revenue and ultimately get ahead as global commerce continues to evolve.”   

Other Key Report Findings Include:

  1. CFOs are turning a blind eye to value leakage. CFOs cite late or outstanding customer payments, unused discount opportunities with suppliers among the top five sources of revenue leakage.
  2. Overconfidence is the biggest threat to regulatory compliance. 70% of c-suite leaders feel “very prepared” to demonstrate compliance in 2025’s rapidly shifting regulatory landscape. However, nearly half (44%) of businesses were fined for regulatory violations in the last five years.
  3. AI will trump macro-economic factors in shaping the 2035 business landscape. Executives believe advancements in AI will have the biggest effect on how their business evolves in the next 10 years. That’s even more of an impact than climate change, increased market competition, geopolitical shifts, and evolving supply chains.

 The research findings serve as a call to action for business leaders. Icertis argues that they need to urgently need to rethink how AI could play a vital role in contract management. AI can prevent costly errors and ensure more efficient negotiations throuh automated monitoring, inflation adjustments, and real-time insights.

Going forward, businesses will continue to face economic pressures. However, Icertis argues that those that adopt AI to tackle contract inefficiencies will likely see significant reductions in revenue leakage and unnecessary expenditures in the years to come.

Businesses must prove that ESG commitments are possible, profitable, and popular this COP29

The 29th Conference of the Parties (COP29) is approaching. This year, businesses face mounting pressure to demonstrate their sustainability efforts and prove the credibility of their environmental initiatives. The urgency is underscored by a 2023 study by the European Commission, which found that over 53% of environmental claims made by companies in the EU were potentially misleading or unsubstantiated. These claims were often characterised by vague, false, or exaggerated statements about their products’ environmental attributes. This troubling trend highlights the pressing need for organisations to shift from mere promises to verifiable actions. AI in contracting offers a potential path forward. It may enable businesses and their suppliers to uphold their commitment to ESG (environmental, social, and governance) obligations and policies.

The Greenwashing Problem  

The pressure to demonstrate genuine environmental responsibility has never been higher. For example, the UK’s commitment to achieving net zero by 2050 and the Financial Conduct Authority’s (FCA) new Sustainability Disclosure Requirements emphasise the need for businesses to deliver on their environmental promises and mandate demonstrable impact or risk hefty fines and reputational damage for greenwashing claims. 

The regulatory landscape is evolving rapidly. More and more, businesses must prove that their commitments are not merely superficial but deeply integrated into their operations. Scrutiny from regulators, investors, and consumers is increasing. Businesses that fail to meet these expectations risk being labelled as irresponsible or untrustworthy.

Navigating ESG with AI

Contracts are the backbone of financial transactions and obligations between businesses and their suppliers. Research indicates that 70% of executives see contract language as an effective tool for enforcing ESG standards. However, only 30% of businesses embed ESG language into their contracts. Many cite the complexity of managing these commitments at scale as the reason why. This gap presents a significant challenge for businesses aiming to navigate ESG pressures effectively. So, how can businesses successfully demonstrate their sustainability efforts? 

By structuring and connecting contract data with core systems across the enterprise, and applying AI, businesses can unlock insights and ensure that what’s agreed to in the contract is carried out in the real world. We call this contract intelligence. 

For example, AI can analyse thousands of contracts to capture which suppliers have agreed to carbon reduction targets, identify contracts that require updates to comply with new regulations, and pinpoint risks that may result in bottom-line impact. Through contract intelligence, organisations can make data-driven decisions that enhance their sustainability efforts. Suppose a supplier commits to a 20% reduction in carbon emissions. AI connects to core systems that monitor and track actual carbon emissions data. It can trigger alerts about missed milestones, and activate contract workflows if the data conflicts with the supplier’s contractual obligations. This positions businesses to remediate inaction or enforce penalties specified in the agreement. 

Key Benefits of AI-Powered Contract Intelligence for ESG

As environmental responsibility becomes non-negotiable, AI-powered contract intelligence will be the backbone of any serious sustainability strategy. This technology offers the transparency, accountability, and efficiency needed to turn COP29 pledges into measurable progress toward a more sustainable future. Key benefits include:

  1. Enhanced Compliance: AI-powered contract intelligence enables organisations to enforce standardised sustainability requirements across their entire supplier network, ensuring that all suppliers adhere to the same environmental criteria.
  2. Real-time Monitoring: Businesses can track progress toward sustainability goals in real-time through contract management and connected data. Through automated alerts for missed milestones, this level of oversight empowers businesses to meet their obligations and hold their suppliers accountable.
  3. Address Regulations: When new environmental standards take effect, AI in contracting can take compliance to the next level by analysing existing agreements and inserting standard ESG clauses that adhere to new mandates, making them contractually enforceable. 
  4. Report on ESG Goals: As scrutiny on environmental claims increases, AI uses contract data to streamline the process of tracking and reporting on ESG goals required by regulators, investors, and other stakeholders. This also helps businesses verify contractual responsibility.

A New Era of Environmental Accountability

The message for COP29 is clear. The era of unverifiable environmental claims is coming to an end and the stakes for businesses have never been higher. Organisations can no longer rely on vague ESG commitments. Instead, they must demonstrate genuine accountability through actionable data and robust compliance measures as expressed in contracts. Embracing AI-powered contract intelligence not only allows businesses to navigate the complex landscape of ESG obligations but also positions them as leaders in sustainability. 

By leveraging AI insights, businesses can effectively monitor compliance, enforce sustainability standards, and respond rapidly to regulatory changes. This proactive approach empowers companies to better manage their business relationships while driving a positive impact across their supply chains. As the demand for transparency and accountability grows, businesses that successfully implement contract intelligence will distinguish themselves in their industry, attracting customers and investors who prioritise sustainability.

Nicolas Walden of the Hackett Group asks: What’s the best way to integrate AI and Generative AI and other advanced technologies into your procurement function?

Most procurement executives agree that artificial intelligence and other advanced technologies will be transformational additions to their teams. Two-thirds see mastering artificial intelligence (AI) and generative AI (Gen AI) as the most critical issue they will face in the next few years, according to a recent survey by The Hackett Group.

They aren’t wrong. Our own forecasts suggest procurement process costs may fall by as much as 47%. We also predict that Gen AI will greatly enhance decision-making insights. However, this will only happen when the technology develops to a point where organisaitons can thoroughly integrate it into the supply chain. Nevertheless, those gains are only part of the potential.

The combination of AI, machine learning, advanced data analytics, and other digital advances will enable procurement to be much better informed about their supply base, giving teams the opportunity to play a much more proactive and strategic role in the business, and deliver on a range of other urgent priorities beyond cost to include supply innovation, sustainability, and third-party risk management.

Surveys, as well as feedback heard at The Hackett Group’s Gen AI Breakthrough conferences, confirms that organisations are in the exploratory stage with these new technologies. Procurement is lucky, with some great innovative tools including new capabilities already proven and commercially available. 

About a quarter of companies surveyed are piloting autonomous sourcing and/or negotiations, or contract lifecycle management. The same number again are further ahead with the implementation of supply analytics. 

Five best practices

If your company belongs to the uncertain majority, chances are good that you are still struggling to develop a strategy for integrating these new technologies into your ways of working. This can be overwhelming: with many systems to evaluate and priorities to rank, it’s not easy to know where to start. However, although every company is different, the experiences of the early adopters that are already piloting AI and other advanced technologies provide useful guidance to accelerate your own course for digital integration. 

Most of these companies belong to an elite group of top-quartile performers we call the Digital World Class®. Already market leaders because of the skill with which they have innovated their operating models to embed the latest best practices, Digital World Class® companies are undertaking this next stage of their journey in a very disciplined way. When we talk with them about what they have learned handling this transition, five lessons stand out: 

Don’t boil the ocean. 

Just because AI and Gen AI can be used in many contexts doesn’t mean you should try to do everything at once. Digital World Class procurement teams focus on specific use cases. They select suitable pilot partners. They find the data they need, make sure it’s digital and preferably structured, and back it up with whatever external sources are required. Where you should start will depend on your business, but in response to a multiple-choice question, procurement executives ranked supply market insights and analytics as the greatest opportunity (59%), followed by contract management (43%), and supply risk management (33%). 

Build the right team. 

Integrating these advanced tools demands much more than bolting on a new software package. To take full advantage, you will need an agile team of specific skillsets that understands both the business opportunity and technological development. Organised as a centre of expertise, this team will need to be savvy enough to build a bot, an analytical dashboard, or algorithm. Needless to say, they will need good change management skills. Without them, it’s unlikely they can adopt and ensure your pilot projects successfully.  

Own your data. 

Only use enterprise versions of Gen AI engines. Trying to save money by using the free version will put your data at major risk of leakage. Take care with your data. Amend contracts appropriately to ensure you remain secure and compliant.  

Keep it real, don’t hallucinate. 

Particularly with your first experiments, remember that Gen AI can confabulate details. Taking your bot at its word can lead to some serious mistakes: just ask the New York lawyer who was disciplined after submitting a court brief that cited imaginary cases. Context can also be a problem. (For example, if you direct your Gen AI to find a way to modify a pizza recipe to make sure the cheese doesn’t slide off, it might advise gluing it down!) Although organisations can mitigate such problems through using retrieval-augmented generation (RAG), an algorithm that gives your bot the virtual blinders it needs to focus on a specified data set, don’t assume that the machine is infallible.

Buy the right stuff. 

So far, much of the Gen AI technology development for procurement has focused on enhancing core source-to-pay tools, mainly category, sourcing, contracting, and purchasing operations tools. Using any of the modern CLM tools, for example, Gen AI can generate contract clauses, review and summarise contracts, flag non-compliant terms and associated risks, and guide on, or even negotiate, improved terms. Some of these technologies are advanced enough to make buying off the shelf better than building. In other areas, such as data or contract analytics, you’ll likely be better off building yourself, because you’ll want insights tailored to the specialties and greatest challenges facing your business. 

The road ahead

Even before Gen AI arrived on the scene, Digital World Class procurement organisations were already outperforming less tech-savvy colleagues. On average, they needed 32% fewer employees. This gave them the ability to redeploy significant resources into strategic procurement and helped position them to take the impressive leaps forward they are making today.

No one knows just how much further the Digital World Class organisations will get with this next generation of digital, data analytics and AI, but it’s clear that it will put more distance between the best and the rest – which is why you need to start following their lead now.  

Trust For London’s new report argues that the UK government’s procurement act could lift communities out of poverty and build a fairer economy.

The UK is at a crossroads in terms of how its economy serves — or doesn’t serve — the people who live here. The cost of living crisis saw prices rise sharply across the UK between 2021 and 2022, with the annual rate of inflation peaking at 11.1% in October 2022. Prices haven’t gone down in the two years since, and wages have barely risen to meet them. Similarly, the housing crisis continues to put affordable living spaces out of reach for more and more British citizens, as the poorest 20% of renters in the UK pay over half their income to landlords, and (in 2023) England had the highest proportion of homeless households in the OECD. 

With over £390 billion of public money spent every year, public procurement is one of the largest levers at the government’s disposal for redressing social inequalities, according to a recent report by the Trust for London

More than buying goods and services

The report, Public Procurement For Good argues that government purchasing can do more than buy goods and services. Public procurement used for the public good can, the report argues, lift communities out of poverty, promote fair wages, and build a stronger, fairer economy through better wages, working conditions, and legislation that fights discrimination in the labour market. 

Setting the Real Living Wage as a default condition of every public contract as a minimum will ensure that good employers are not undercut by the bad and will generate more money in local economies. 

Making “Good Jobs” a standard condition of very public contract will ensure public money isn’t wasted on employers who fail to guarantee their employees decent conditions at work. “Bad work” drags down local economies and leads to increased pressure on hard pressed public services. 

By rebuilding local economies to support Good Work organisations, authorities have the power to reserve contracts for organisations and programmes designed to tackle discrimination in the labour market. The report research shows that if the UK government directed just 1% of procurement spending towards such positive action employment programmes this would generate £3.9 billion of contracts — helping support local delivery and address economic inactivity.

The Government also recently issued a National Procurement Policy Statement Survey. Trust for London is urging individuals and organisations to support its recommendations through responding to the survey and making the case for:

  • Real Living Wages as a minimum for every public contract.
  • Good working conditions as a baseline standard.
  • Reserved contracts for social enterprises and local organisations that put communities first.

You can access the government survey here, which closes on 4 November. 

If you miss the deadline, you can still make your views known by emailing your MP or the transforming procurement team at procurement.reform@cabinetoffice.gov.uk. 

Stephen Carter, Director of Product at Ivalua, explores how defence firms can navigate growing complexity in their supply chains.

Defence supply chains are becoming more complex than ever. For many defence organisations, the number of suppliers and sub-tier suppliers they depend on has reached hundreds of thousands.

This complexity is becoming increasingly difficult to navigate. Especially as defence firms typically use traditional and outdated legacy technology that hampers supply chain visibility. For example, the UK Ministry of Defence (MoD) acknowledged long-standing issues with its many legacy systems earlier this year, which is harming its ability to make supply chain improvements. Key problems identified with legacy systems were limited functionality and fragmentation of the MoD’s inventory management.

Beyond defence, other industries such as manufacturing and automotive are facing increasingly convoluted supply chains that must accommodate rapidly changing risks. In fact, according to Gartner, 53% of supply chain leaders say supply chain complexity reduces their ability to implement change. To overcome this challenge, defence organisations need technology that enables transparency and is adaptable enough to manage growing complexity.

The challenges

For defence organisations with supply chains spanning numerous tiers, across different countries, and involving multiple moving parts, deep visibility is critical. Without deep visibility, defence firms are at risk of, for example, the slow delivery of critical materials and components needed for military operations and equipment production. However, rising supply chain complexity makes this extremely difficult. And without visibility and control of the entire supplier base, defence firms can’t react quickly to supply chain shocks or identify and onboard new suppliers at pace. 

Increased geopolitical instability means visibility has become even more important. Blockages caused by sanctions, war, and other geopolitical events are more frequent and unpredictable, requiring organisations to be agile in order to adapt. For example, shipping disruptions in the Red Sea following the “War” in Gaza have resulted in disruption to the flow of materials, parts and other goods that defence firms rely on.

However, many defence organisations are stuck in the past when it comes to managing risk, or even identifying opportunities to find savings and innovate. They rely on outdated manual processes and Excel spreadsheets, rigid ERP systems, and dispersed data, leading to gaps in visibility. The changing supply chain environment underpins exactly why defence firms must take a smarter and more flexible approach to procurement. In fact, with the Labour government voted in, defence spending will rise to 2.5% of GDP, giving the industry more incentive to modernise procurement technology. This will help shift attitudes away from cost-saving and into defence innovation.

Strategies for supply chain success

To achieve full visibility across highly complex supply chains, defence firms must equip themselves with the right tools to mitigate disruption, make better informed decisions, and identify areas to add value.

Technology like cloud-based Source-to-Pay (S2P) offers tremendous strategic value by providing a single source of truth, helping organisations manage all spend and suppliers. Effective S2P increases supply chain observability and improves collaboration with suppliers on mitigating risk, innovating and more. But not all S2P solutions are created equal. Outdated legacy technology is a challenge in most defence organisations. Such systems limit data quality and access, making it difficult to take quick, informed decisions and understand the trade-offs involved in specific supplier decisions. What’s more, cumbersome legacy technology can slow collaboration, making it difficult for stakeholders across multiple departments to work towards common goals and objectives.

As geopolitical uncertainty and disruptions continue, defence organisations stuck using poorly architected S2P technology will be affected by limited visibility. Being unable to swiftly adapt to disruption, means critical military equipment and resources may not arrive on time.

Defence organisations need smart procurement platforms that can pull in data and insights on the entire supply chain to identify dependencies and properly assess risk. These technologies must provide a single source of truth for all relevant information, from suppliers, internal sources and third-party information providers.

Platforms must also be flexible enough to expand data models and embrace emerging technology that can deepen observability into complex supply chains. For example, defence organisations should look to embedded AI solutions to reduce complexity and assist in contract management, supplier performance management and other critical processes to improve efficiency and decision-making within the sector.

Levelling up tomorrow’s defence

With advances in Generative AI, many vendors are now offering use cases for supply chain risk visibility. These will continue to expand, and defence leaders should be sure that solutions also support them refining and creating their own use cases to not be hundred by vendor roadmaps and R&D investment. To realise the true potential of Generative AI, leaders must think holistically and ensure they have an adequate data foundation and roadmap strategy.

Outdated, legacy processes and systems are unable to comprehend the complexity of modern defence supply chains. Only with modern platforms and systems can today’s defence industry companies make their supply chains simple, providing both transparency and a platform for organisations to adopt automated processes that save valuable time, mitigate risk, and increase agility. 

A smarter approach to procurement empowers defence organisations with a 360-degree view of all spend and supplier data in one place. With complete visibility into defence supply chains, procurement will be more able to predict risk, navigate uncertainty, and identify opportunities for future growth.

Olivia Matei, Procurement and Framework Coordinator at Lexica, argues for a more nuanced approach to sustainable procurement in the NHS.

In today’s rapidly evolving healthcare landscape, the estates and facilities profession face a complex array of challenges ranging from capability and capacity constraints to financial efficiency and the urgent need to reach net zero carbon emissions. As the NHS and public sector strive to deliver high-quality healthcare services amid these pressures, the NHS needs more than just a route to market. 

More than just a route to market

The size of the UK public health decarbonisation market has been estimated in the billions. The sector, however, requires a step change in terms of the support offered to public sector organisations to make and succeed in funding applications and private sector funding alternatives. The public sector needs more than just a route to market; it needs new ways of financing and delivering its net zero goals.

This means engaging more deeply with the clean technology procurements themselves — procurements of sustainable and energy-efficient solutions, such as LED lighting and solar PV, for example. We need to go beyond mere target-setting for climate mitigation to be able to effectively serve the NHS and the public sector. 

Buying green with procurement frameworks

Over £100 million of green technology transactions have been processed for UK public bodies since 2021. So far, procurement frameworks have enabled promising levels of access to fundamental clean technology upgrades. These include implementing smart LED lightning systems that adjust brightness based on the time of the day and occupancy as well as building upgrades for energy efficiency. Engaging early with procurement frameworks is a key action for estates and facilities teams to focus on, as this will significantly reduce the time and effort required to identify, evaluate, and implement green technologies.

The public sector and NHS are dealing with increasingly complex projects. From £20million solar farm installations through to nationwide LED deployments, these complex projects require specialised skills and funding. This is where procurement frameworks provide much needed structure for sourcing green technologies and act as a springboard to accelerate delivery, for example, public bodies can move from piloting LED rollout to scaling-up through a direct award. 

Estate and facilities managers can also seek support with contract development and agreement to ensure the project meets the requirements set within the direct award parameters defined as part of the framework. This will also help the NHS process projects promptly, as well as deliver savings. According to London Borough of Waltham Forest for instance, “the energy saving LED lightbulbs use less electricity than traditional incandescent light bulbs, with the improvements expected to shave off around 7% off the Council’s annual energy bills.”

Beyond strategic procurement

Looking beyond strategic procurement, addressing the current challenges of capability, capacity and efficiency will require workforce development, skills building and careful fiscal management. Through framework procurement we can unite supply chain experts with NHS client teams, for example, to jointly execute on clean technology projects. 

Only through a well thought-out and collaborative approach can we ensure the continued delivery of high-quality healthcare services while advancing sustainability objectives.

With the Budget expected October 30th and the new Procurement Act set to come into force in February 2025, it is a time of change for the public sector, its capital works programme and procurement processes. Amidst the change, we must not take our eyes off the prize. In the UK, the public sector provides the size and scale of energy and climate projects needed to boost British supply chains to make every UK home net zero. Better hospital, school and local authority buildings will mean better outcomes for us all.

Clean tech poses unique challenges 

Clean technology procurement is different from procuring stationery or purchasing digital and telecoms solutions. With informed procurement support from clean technology experts, our public health system can focus on doing what it does best: delivering high-quality healthcare services. Working together in this way, we can procure effectively for net zero.

Finally, the transition to net zero in the public sector also presents an opportunity for innovation and collaboration between various stakeholders. By fostering partnerships between public bodies, private sector companies, and research institutions, we can accelerate the development and implementation of novel clean technologies. These collaborations could lead to the creation of pilot projects that test cutting-edge solutions in real world settings, such as energy-positive buildings or advanced waste-to-energy systems. 

Moreover, such initiatives could serve as valuable case studies, providing insights and best practices that can be scaled across the entire public sector. This approach not only supports the UK’s decarbonisation goals but also positions the country as a global leader in sustainable public infrastructure, potentially opening up new export opportunities for UK green tech firms.

New features increase speed, insight, and Human-in-the-Loop (HITL) Capabilities for Beroe Live.ai Procurement Intelligence tools.

Procurement software developer Beroe has announced a suite of new features and upgrades to its procurement intelligence platform, Beroe Live.ai. According to the company, the enhanced features provide procurement professionals with unprecedented insights and support. Their platform reportedly excels at combining AI with expert human insight.

The new features include enhancements to Beroe Live.ai’s Category Watch and Risk Watch modules. Also Beroe has made upgrades to Abi, the company’s AI assistant. Beroe is also launching ‘Category Digest’, a groundbreaking AI-generated category podcast.

Data driven insights with human expertise 

A large part of the way Beroe approaches designing its procurement solutions is driven by the understanding that AI tools should exist to support human decision making. 

“Businesses deserve smarter, more powerful solutions combining reliable, data-driven insights with human expertise,” said Prerna Dhawan, Chief Product Officer at Beroe. “At Beroe, we believe there’s a different way to make procurement decisions, and the new features and updates we are announcing today reinforce our commitment to empowering procurement professionals to make confident choices every day, helping them to be in the know, always.”

The new and upgraded features coming to Beroe Live.ai include:
Category Health Score: One Metric for a Holistic View

With the introduction of ‘Category Health Score’, a unified weighted indicator that provides a quick and comprehensive signal of category performance, Beroe is enabling faster response times in a dynamic market.

Category Digest: AI-Generated Category Podcast Series

Initially for a limited set of categories, these AI-generated monthly podcasts powered by Beroe’s expert-curated data will provide a new way to catch up on significant developments and market dynamics wherever you are.

Supplier Disruption Monitoring

This new capability enables customers to gain real-time insights on global and local events impacting their suppliers. The soluton categorises insights for relevance, mapping them visually to enhance supply chain resilience and continuity.

Abi, Beroe’s AI Assistant, with enhanced HITL capabilities 

In addition to Abi’s multilingual features and industry-leading integration with enterprise collaboration tools such as Microsoft Teams, Slack and Zoom, Beroe has further strengthened its HITL (Human in-the-loop) capabilities, ensuring accurate and nuanced responses tailored to customers’ needs.

With this release, Beroe is expanding its tools’ category coverage. It now provides insights on 2,300 direct and indirect categories at global and regional levels. This is an increase from 1,500 at the start of 2024. Coverage of commodity price forecasts and other macro indicators has also increased from 8,000 region-grade combinations to more than 12,000.

“We understand that many procurement professionals are dealing with cognitive overload managing large amounts of data across disparate tools. To help address this, our product roadmap is focused on simplification and contextualisation, delivering not just reliable data but intelligent recommendations,” Dhawan added. “We will continue to expand our category coverage and strengthen ecosystem partnerships with leading procurement technology and solution providers to ensure our customers can make smarter, faster, better decisions.”

The new procure to pay solution from Spendesk promises to help facilitate better collaboration between stakeholders and streamline workflows.

Procurement spend management platform Spendesk has released a new procure-to-Pay solution. The solution reportedly positions Spendesk as the first European platform to fully integrate procurement and spend management for businesses of up to 1,000 employees. The launch comes six months after Spendesk’s acquisition of intake-to-procure (I2P) solution provider Okko.

SMBs struggling to handle supplier volume and complexity

According to a recent Spendesk report, the average SMB handles between 50 and 500 purchase requests a month and has a median of 800 suppliers on its books. 

With corporate purchasing becoming increasingly complex, Spendesk’s Procure-to-Pay tool reportedly helps organisations bring clarity and efficiency to procurement processes by supporting better collaboration between internal stakeholders and streamlines workflows. 

Spendesk customer Michael Stone, Procurement Director at Egg Events, commented: “Spendesk’s Procure-to-Pay solution will help us to optimise purchase management, which has been a key issue for our business. The automation of purchase orders and contract renewal alerts will enable us to gain efficiency and ensure that our spending policies and budget are respected. With purchase management and expense management all handled by the same platform, new workflows will be simple to implement while we now have full visibility of all spending.”

The solution also offers automation features that enable businesses to save time, reduce risk and increase spend control. Handling everything from intake to payment, the tool is easy to use and allows finance and procurement teams to easily put in place their procurement processes and have them widely adopted internally. 

Key features include:
  • Dynamic purchase request forms, tailored to the needs of the business. The solution guides requesters through the intake process so it can collect all necessary information.
  • Bespoke procurement processes with custom workflows. Reduce risk and increase clarity by ensuring you involve the right stakeholders at the right time.
  • Clear visibility for each stakeholder. All parties see every step in the process and have certainty on when to provide approvals and actions.
  • Contracts and renewals tracking: Alerts when renewal dates approach help businesses meet contract deadlines and avoid unwanted subscriptions being renewed
  • Efficient supplier management: Provides a centralised, detailed view of all suppliers enables organisations to identify dormant vendors and optimise supplier management
  • Automate accounts payable: Automatically generate purchase orders, record, approve and pay invoices directly from Spendesk
  • Payment flexibility: Issue virtual cards or pay bills directly from the Spendesk platform

Julien Chriqui, previously Co-Founder of Okko and now Procurement Product Lead at Spendesk, said: “Spendesk has always been at the cutting edge of innovation in spend management and the launch of the procurement platform signals our intention to keep developing solutions that match the needs of SMBs across all European territories, supporting smarter purchasing practices.”

Chriqui continues, “The procurement process is central to the smooth operation of a business but is traditionally a source of inefficiencies that can cause a great deal of frustration. Our Procure-to-Pay customers will be able to unify spend management and procurement in a single workflow, improving internal collaboration, and taking away the pain of procurement from individual employees and finance, procurement, legal, and IT teams. Through real-time visibility of the process, businesses will be able to make better and faster procurement decisions, streamline supplier management, and make significant cost savings.”

Achieve Partners bets on RiseNow’s plan to help the procurement industry tackle its skills shortage and growing appetite for tech.

Asset management and investment firm Achieve Partners is throwing its weight behind new boutique procurement and supply chain advisory firm RiseNow. The investment is part of Achieve’s broader project. The firm’s strategy is to identify high growth companies in fields facing severe talent shortages. Then, it builds apprenticeship programs to close those gaps and speed up growth. 

Dealing with disruption and disarray 

The COVID-19 pandemic threw the world’s supply chains into disarray from which they are still working to recover. Simultaneously, new sources of disruption continue to create major challenges for supply chain executives and purchasing departments. From extreme weather events and political conflict to the skills shortage, CPOs are facing myriad challenges. As a result, execs are looking for new solutions to the problems presented by this era of perpetual disruption. 

As a result, organisations are embracing technology at a remarkable rate. Ongoing challenges are driving the need for advanced SaaS platforms to support critical digital functions. However, according to RiseNow, many organisations adopted technology as a quick fix. As a result, they have overlooked critical process design and talent considerations needed for long-term success. Uniquely positioned to build the operating models and talent necessary to implement, configure, integrate, and manage these technologies at scale, the newly launched RiseNow is ensuring companies achieve sustainable outcomes in an increasingly complex landscape. 

Meet RiseNow

RiseNow was one of the first implementation partners of leading platforms like Coupa, JAGGAER, SAP Ariba, and Tecsys, and is currently investing in building an intake and orchestration practice. The organisation was a pioneer in inventory management, point-of-use, and warehouse management, especially in healthcare, so hospitals and clinicians have sustainable, reliable, and efficient access to what they need to provide the best patient care. 

Achieve’s investment will reportedly enhance and propel RiseNow’s capabilities in these already-established areas. 

“Procurement and supply chain are evolving at an unprecedented rate, which is both driving reliance on expert boutiques and exacerbating a longstanding talent shortage to manage next-gen software and processes that support these functions,” says RiseNow co-founder and CEO Matt Stewart. “Many companies rely on offshore talent, but we’re committed to creating opportunities for the next generation’s workforce here at home. I would not be here without those who apprenticed me, and this disruptive model is exactly what’s needed right now. So we’re delighted to announce the launch of RiseTalent, the first apprenticeship program for digital procurement and supply chain.” 

“RiseNow is bringing both domain expertise and innovative thinking to bear on addressing the unique challenges facing modern supply chains,” added Cassidy Leventhal, Principal at Achieve. “This investment goes beyond capital – we’re partnering with RiseNow to redefine how talent, technology, and processes intersect, ensuring their customers not only implement advanced systems but also have the people and operational frameworks to leverage them effectively.” 

The “native AI” procurement company is the latest procurement tech firm to raise significant cash in a successful Series D round.

AI-driven sourcing and procurement platform developer Globality is the latest procurement tech firm to rack up a sizable funding round headed into Q4. The company raised $47 million in a Series D-1 and Series D-2 preferred stock offering. The company’s existing preferred shareholders and new investors, including Rollins Capital, supported the roiund, bringing the total capital raised by Globality to $356 million.

Procurement looking for a better way

At a time when multiple headwinds are conspiring to disrupt global supply chains, organisations are increasingly on the lookout for new ways to reduce costs, increase resilience, and drive strategic wins. According to Joel Hyatt, Globality’s Co-Founder and CEO, “Procurement is the low-hanging fruit because it is an enormous business function directly impacting the bottom line that utilises decades-old analog processes and outdated technology.” 

Hyatt adds that more and more executives are turning to artificial intelligence (AI) to increase procurement efficiency, visibility, and strategic potential. “All CFOs are looking at how they can best deploy AI to lower costs and capture efficiencies,” he says, adding that “Procurement leaders recognize that Globality’s AI-driven software delivers immediate, material benefits, putting an end to unmanaged spend and enabling the function to become a stronger business partner.”

Enabling procurement with Globality AI 

Globality is one of the industry’s leading developers of AI-enabled solutions for procurement. Judges named the company best Technology Provider at this year’s World Procurement Awards and, earlier this month, was the only autonomous sourcing platform included in the prestigious Spend Matters 50 to Know list.

The company’s platform runs on proprietary domain-specific data, adaptive machine learning models tailored and continuously refined for procurement. It also uses Gen AI to guide the user through an intuitive, interactive experience. As a result, the company claims, businesses that deploy Globality’s platform reduce costs by 10% – 20% across all their spend, while capturing 60% – 90% operating efficiencies and achieving better business outcomes.

As a result, Globality has had a marked impact on the way that large companies manage spend, source suppliers, negotiate lower costs, and evaluate performance. Globality’s Fortune 500 customers include Fidelity, Santander, British Telecom, Tesco, IQVIA, T. Rowe Price, Invesco, Hewlett Packard, Dropbox, and Allegis Global Solutions.

“We are delighted with the market momentum for adopting state-of-the-art AI technology that enables companies to do more with less and empowers employees to perform better and add more strategic value,” added Hyatt. “And we are grateful for the continued support of our shareholders and stakeholders.”

The new AI-powered training tool could be a step towards plugging the procurement skills gap.

Contract negotiation is a cornerstone of the procurement process. Training procurement professionals to negotiate for lower costs and better outcomes has always been a critical part of the sector’s talent pipeline. However, a rising demand for procurement professionals, growing amounts of work, the changing nature of the job, and an industry-wide skills shortage threaten to undermine the ability for procurement teams to effectively train the next generation of talent on vital skills like negotiation. 

Organisations have had some luck plugging the skills gap with virtual training. One of the key issues, however, is that good negotiation training relies on a nuanced back and forth between teacher and student. In traditional in-person training workshops, learners would often rely on the ability to ask the trainer to elaborate on specific points. Virtual training, while efficient, lacks this level of interactivity.

LavenirAI, an artificial intelligence-powered procurement training platform operator, claims that its new feature, Ask Harini, is a step towards solving this problem. 

Ask Harini — Personalised, interactive procurement training 

Representing “a major leap forward” for interactive, on-demand learning, AskHarini is a tool available within the LavenirAI Procurement negotiation training platform. It allows learners to engage with Harini, an intelligent, photorealistic avatar, powered by AI, to ask questions at any point during their e-learning content. Whether seeking further explanation on complex concepts or additional insights on negotiation strategies, users can rely on Harini to offer instant and considered responses that deepen their understanding and enhance the overall learning experience. 

Ask Harini supposedly eliminates this pitfall, bringing the same level of engagement found in physical classrooms to the digital learning environment. Learners can now ask Harini questions in real time, just as they would with a live trainer, closing the knowledge gap and giving each learner an experience closer to 1-to-1 training with a human. 

“Ask Harini is a game changer for digital learning, not just in Procurement but across the learning sector as a whole,” said Clive R Heal, CEO of LavenirAI. “It’s like having a virtual mentor alongside you, ready to help whenever you need it. We believe this feature will significantly enhance the learning experience for our users, empowering them to gain deeper insights and truly engage with the material.” 

The $190 million investment in Zip is the largest single sum invested in procurement tech for over 20 years.

AI-powered procurement orchestration platform Zip is the recipient of a major new funding round. The cash injection represents the largest single round of funding for a procurement technology company in over 20 years. On Monday, the San Francisco-based company announced $190 million in Series D funding led by BOND. 

The investment brings Zip’s valuation to $2.2 billion, a significant increase from its $1.5 billion valuation in 2023. Additional participants in the round included new investors DST Global, Adams Street, and Alkeon. Existing investors Y Combinator and CRV also participated.

Fixing the “broken” procurement sector is a multi-billion dollar job 

Organisations around the world face mounting pressure on multiple fronts. From the climate crisis to economic instability and geopolitical pressures, procurement managers are increasingly struggling to optimise spend and mitigate risk. Procurement has become a critical function within the larger supply chain picture. Each year organisations spend “trillions” on everything from office supplies and software subscriptions to professional services and marketing agencies. Procurement represents the second largest area of business spend after payroll. However, despite its enormous financial impact, Zip argues that the purchasing process has remained stuck in the past. Procurement solutions remain “slow, complex, and riddled with inefficiencies.”

Procurement is broken,” said Rujul Zaparde, Co-founder and CEO of Zip. “Companies are wasting billions of dollars and countless hours navigating byzantine approval processes, dealing with security risks, and manually entering data. Zip has already proven that we can fix that, saving our customers billions of dollars and thousands of hours of time — and our new round of funding will allow us to continue to revolutionise business spending.”

Zip’s platform offers a stunningly intuitive, consumer-grade interface that “makes purchasing as easy as online shopping,” while ensuring compliance, efficiency, and cost control. 

Zip streamlines complex workflows across departments — from legal and IT to security and finance — seamlessly connecting all teams involved in the procurement lifecycle. This holistic approach has already transformed operations for industry giants like Snowflake, Discover, and Sephora, who have collectively saved over $4.4 billion in procurement spend through Zip’s platform in less than four years. To date, over $107 billion in customer spend has been processed through Zip, and Zip has achieved 3x growth across large enterprises just this year.

Where’s the money going? 

Planning on having an equally transformative effect on procurement as Salesforce had on CRM and Workday had on HR, Zip aims to redefine how businesses interact with suppliers and manage spending. This new funding will fuel several initiatives for Zip, including: 

Accelerate R&D efforts, doubling down on Zip’s approach to building best-in-class procurement software entirely in-house. This includes further development of Zip’s Procure-to-Pay (P2P) product line. The product has already seen strong growth and adoption by major enterprises like Northwestern Mutual, Toast, and Coinbase. The funding will also support expansion into new product lines to address evolving market needs.

Establish the Zip AI Lab to continue developing and deploying AI solutions that integrate with legacy enterprise systems. Zip’s existing AI suite has already dramatically improved procurement processes across legal, security, finance, and IT teams. 

Broaden global expansion with a particular focus on the EMEA region where Zip saw over 200% growth last year. Zip will leverage its new London office and expanded EMEA team to meet demand across the UK, Germany, and France. This expansion will solidify Zip’s position as the go-to procurement solution for large enterprises worldwide.

“Zip is one of those rare opportunities in enterprise software that doesn’t come along often,” said Jay Simons, General Partner at BOND, who previously served as President of Atlassian (NASDAQ: TEAM). “What sets Zip apart is its relentless focus on customer success and product innovation, which in today’s tough macro environment, is exactly what enterprises need to drive efficiency and rein in costs. The team has built a product so essential that it’s quickly becoming the go-to platform for the world’s biggest companies. We’re confident Zip is primed to be a staple in every Fortune 500 tech stack.”

New supply chain consultancy Kōse Advisory will provide actionable insights to organisations tackling the biggest problems facing the supply chain industry.

Koray Köse, futurist and expert in geopolitical risk, supply chain technology, and strategic advisory, has announced the launch of Kōse Advisory. Specialising in providing actionable insights, Kōse Advisory focuses on the convergence of people, processes, and technology to create tangible business impact for its clients.

Kōse Advisory: The Vision 

Kōse Advisory’s vision, according to its founder, is to inspire and empower technology companies, corporations, and investors to navigate an ever-evolving landscape by helping them strategise for visionary success, prioritise transformative initiatives, and elevate their operations through innovative technology and AI. The organisation has committed to managing the convergence of people, processes, and technology. It will do so with a focus on effectiveness, responsibility, and competitiveness. 

Sustainability is also central to its founder’s vision for the business. Kōse Advisory’s services also focus on ensuring the organisation’s comittment to a more resilient and responsible future.

Kōse Advisory will serve a wide range of clients, including:
  • Technology Firms (Startups & Scale-ups). Companies eager to advance in market presence, investor and analyst relations, and efforts to scale.
  • Corporations on a Journey. Enterprises seeking technologies to enhance their value and supply chains while becoming more sustainable and resilient.
  • Venture Capital & Private Equity Firms. Investors exploring their next supply chain technology investment or looking for industry expertise to support their current portfolio through mergers and acquisitions.
  • Events & Conferences: Organisers seeking cutting-edge, research-driven content, engaging public speakers, and dynamic panel discussions.
  • Research Organizations and Consultancies. Firms looking to collaborate on advancing their coverage in AI, advanced technologies, and supply chain risk management.

“In today’s interconnected world, sustainable supply chains are not just a competitive advantage; they are essential for long-term success. At Kōse Advisory’s, we empower organisations to harness the potential of AI and emerging technologies, transforming challenges into opportunities for growth and resilience,” said Köse. “We are dedicated to providing strategic insights that not only enhance operational effectiveness but also foster a responsible and sustainable future.”

Kōse Advisory’s mission is to deliver actionable strategies and cutting-edge insights to technology companies, corporations, and investors. Going forward, the company will focus on creating tailored strategic plans. These plans will prioritise key initiatives, and leverage advanced technology and AI to drive operational excellence. “Our research into technology, geopolitics, and economics informs our approach to enhancing global value chains and procurement. We guide clients through every phase of transformation—from strategy development to implementation—while integrating sustainability to achieve lasting benefits for businesses and the environment,” added the company in a press statement. 

A new report from Gartner reveals that supply disruption is the risk at the forefront of procurement leaders’ minds.

Looking back over the last few years, it’s no wonder that procurement leaders are worried. 

From geopolitical conflict and a pandemic to material shortages and inflation, the decade so far has been defined by disruption. It’s also re-defined supply chains, seeing nearshoring and protectionism start to supplant thirty years of globalisation. And none of this looks like it’s about to change any time soon. 

According to a new report from Gartner, supply disruption is currently sitting at the top of procurement leaders’ list of reasons to lose sleep. However, it’s far from the only challenge keeping the industry’s CPOs up at night. 

“CPOs’ concerns about supply disruptions reflect the often unpredictable nature and potentially existential impacts of these events,” Andrea Greenwald, Senior Director Analyst in Gartner’s Supply Chain practice, commented. “They are coming to understand that the reactive measures they have employed to manage risks over the past four years will not be sufficient for the next four.”

Competing anxieties

Gartner’s latest survey was conducted from June through July 2024, and interviewed 258 sourcing and procurement leaders. The data, Gartner claims, intends to help CPOs understand and prioritise the most significant risks that could impede procurement operations, as well as what actions can be taken to manage them effectively.

The responses revealed a strong tendency to worry about supply disruptions. Almost half (42%) of respondents listed it as the biggest risk procurement faces, including natural disasters and transportation issues. According to Gartner, this prioritisation is due to the unpredictability and speed of such disruptions as well as their magnitude. It’s worth noting that the findings are from the months before two severe hurricanes hit the United States. Since then, Helene and Milton threw millions of lives into disarray and severely disrupting supply chains across North America. With hindsight, the data feels almost prescient. 

After supply disruption, macroeconomic factors, including economic downturns, inflation, and other economic factors, rank as the second most significant risk. These factors, while easier to predict, can still have a major influence on long-term procurement strategies.

Geopolitical issues, including tariffs and regulatory changes, and compliance issues, including regulatory and contractual risks, tied for the third most significant risks. 

Responding to the risks 

Gartner’s report recommends that CPOs manage these risks by taking the following steps. 

  • Assess and prioritise risks: CPOs should evaluate the impact of all major risk factors. They should then prioritise them based on their likelihood, impact, and speed. This includes considering organisational maturity and industry-specific factors.
  • Develop and/or strengthen partnerships: Segment suppliers that provide critical goods and services to the organisation. Then they should implement techniques to proactively safeguard the organisation.
  • Navigate internal complexity: Collaborate with strategy, finance, and legal teams to address macroeconomic factors and compliance issues effectively.

After a successful pilot, NASA is relaunching the NASA Acquisition Innovation Launchpad (NAIL) to drive innovation and modernise its procurement process.

NASA has announced that, following a successful first year, the agency plans to relaunch the NASA Acquisition Innovation Launchpad (NAIL). 

NAIL was first launched in February 2023. The procurement innovation program aims to identify ideas and solutions to encourage innovation from diverse perspectives, improve reach, reduce barriers, and build an innovation-focused culture that can produce ideas from team members in the Office of Procurement or across the agency, as well as from industry. 

NASA’s Office of Procurement manages the NAIL program. The program was established to find ways of managing risk-taking and encouraging innovation. It does this through the submission, review, and approval of ideas from anyone who engages in the acquisition process. 

“The success of the NAIL inaugural year has laid a strong foundation for the future,” said Karla Smith Jackson, deputy chief acquisition officer and assistant administrator for the Office of Procurement. 

NASA procurement on the ropes 

NASA spends approximately $21 billion or 85% of its budget on acquiring goods and services. However, the agency needs to find new efficiencies and ways to innovate with regard to procurement, as some experts have described NASA’s funding as inadequate to perform the activities core to its mission. 

A report released in September 2024 by the National Academies, entitled “NASA at a Crossroads – Maintaining Workforce, Infrastructure, and Technology Preeminence in the Coming Decades” argued that, while NASA’s ability to pursue high-risk, long-lead science and technology challenges and opportunities in aeronautics, space science, Earth science, and space operations and exploration has arguably been the agency’s greatest value to the nation, the agency not only “faces internal and external pressures to prioritise short-term measures without adequate consideration of longer-term needs and implications”, but has a budget that “s often incompatible with the scope, complexity, and difficulty of its mission work.”

NAIL promises to achieve new procurement milestones

Over the past year, NASA spokespeople claim that NAIL has achieved numerous milestones. The program, NASA claims, has allowed it to approach various procurement challenges and implement diverse solutions. 

Key accomplishments reportedly include improving procurement processes and technological automations and developing an industry feedback forum. The program update will leverage industry’s feedback to continue fostering innovative solutions and optimise the agency’s procurement efforts.

NASA’s Office of Procurement will use information from the program’s pilot year to focus on the following priorities in 2025:

Providing additional engagement opportunities for the agency’s network of innovators

  • Enhancing the framework to improve internal outcomes for the agency
  • Promoting procurement success stories 
  • Investing in talent and technology

“We are incredibly proud of the program’s achievements and are even more excited about the opportunities ahead with the relaunch,” said Kameke Mitchell, NAIL chair and director for the Procurement Strategic Operations Division. “We encourage everyone to get involved and make fiscal year 2025 a standout year for innovation.”

Both companies bring over 15 years of expertise and “a proven track record of delivering exceptional results” to the merger.

Total global procurement spend totals more than $13 trillion annually. With so much money on the line, the need for procurement optimisation is critical. This substantial spending underscores the critical role procurement optimisation plays in improving efficiency and cost management for businesses around the world. Organisations are increasingly turning to digital solutions to improve visibility and control over their procurement processes, reportedly underscoring the significance of a new merger between Unimarket and VendorPanel.

Unimarket-VendorPanel merge

 Unimarket, a global technology provider of spend management and e-procurement solutions, recently announced an upcoming merger with VendorPanel, a source-to-contract procurement platform. The companies argue the union will combine the strengths of both organisations, allowing them “to deliver a more robust source-to-pay solution”. The merger will also help improve business processes and deliver tangible business outcomes for both companies’ customers worldwide. 

The combined company now serves nearly 450 customers across the United States, Australia, New Zealand, and Canada, in sectors such as corporate, education, healthcare, government, energy, facility management, transport, and utilities.

“Both companies bring over 15 years of expertise and a proven track record of delivering exceptional results,” said Phil Kenney, CEO of Unimarket. “This merger strengthens Unimarket’s ability to meet the evolving needs of our global customers, offering scalable solutions that capitalise on growing market opportunities.”

“Our merger with Unimarket provides an incredible opportunity to deliver even more value to our customers,” said James Leathem, CEO of VendorPanel. “Our combined platform delivers a comprehensive solution that enhances visibility and drives operational performance across the entire source-to-pay process.”

“This strategic merger marks a significant milestone for both Unimarket and VendorPanel, reinforcing their leadership in the procurement technology space,” said Phil Cunningham, Managing Director at Accel-KKR. “With their combined capabilities, these two companies are now poised to capitalise on global growth opportunities, delivering unmatched value to their customers while driving innovation and performance improvements across the source-to-pay ecosystem.”

Findings of a DPW survey point to AI adoption set to grow 187% in the next year, but just 20% of teams currently use AI at scale.

DPW Amsterdam, one of the procurement and supply chain sector’s leading events, has released the findings of its new 10X Procurement study. The study is a collaboration between DPW and Professor Remko van Hoek from the University of Arkansas. Its research draws insights from over 200 global procurement leaders, and claims to have found a “staggering disconnect” between the appetite for digital transformation among procurement teams and their ability to actually execute those transformations.

As businesses grapple with rapid changes in the market, the findings underscore the urgent need for procurement to evolve and drive meaningful change.

“Technology is advancing at the speed of light – but procurement leaders are struggling to drive change at the same rate,” said Matthias Gutzmann, Founder of DPW. “There’s a disconnect between the ambition to transform and the readiness to make it happen.” Gutzmann adds that the 10X Procurement study demonstrates that “while procurement is on the brink of something groundbreaking, teams are ill-equipped to harness that potential.” 

DPW: preparing procurement to capitalise on technological advancement

DPW aims to provide procurement teams with the insights, technology, and partnerships needed to “think and act ten times bigger than their current capacity.”

Key findings from the DPW 10X Procurement Study include:

1. Skills Gap Widens the Divide Between Vision and Execution

Procurement technology providers are sounding the alarm on a widening skills gap, citing a 30-35% shortfall in critical capabilities such as change management, openness to AI, and digital acumen, threatening the success of procurement’s digital transformation efforts.

2. Tech Adoption is Rising, But Underutilization Hampers Progress  

Despite AI making waves across industries, just 20% of respondents are adopting or scaling AI within their procurement functions, and procurement processes remain only 50% automated on average. This lack of adoption represents a significant missed opportunity to streamline operations and drive innovation, putting procurement at risk of falling behind on the digital transformation movement.

3. 2025 Set to Drive a Digital Revolution in Procurement

Looking ahead, respondents predict a dramatic 187% increase in AI adoption and scaling in 2025 across procurement processes and tech stacks. This points to a shift from operational technologies to more strategic, relationship-driven solutions.

4. Culture Lag Holding Back Digital Transformation Despite Clear Roadmaps

While many procurement teams boast clear roadmaps for digital transformation, DPW’s report finds that the culture required to embrace and sustain this change remains underdeveloped. Respondents rated their organisations’ readiness to drive the kind of sweeping transformations required to stay competitive as low.

5. New Playbook Requires Agility and Innovation Over Cost Savings

A large number of respondents were found to put cost savings before other objectives. In contrast, organisations that emphasise agility and resilience consistently see better results than their peers. This underscores the urgent need for procurement to redefine success metrics and shift away from rigid cost-saving goals toward more innovative, relationship-driven strategies that drive more resilience.

The findings of the study will be highlighted at the DPW Amsterdam 2024 conference currently underway in the Netherlands, featuring sessions led by industry experts designed to empower procurement teams and technology innovators in navigating the path toward 10X Procurement

Kelly Archer, Managing Partner and Joe Gibson, Head of Digital at 4C Associates, explore what sets good and bad AI apart in the procurement space.

Given the widespread consensus that the future is AI-driven, there’s one observation that never fails to amuse us. Time and again, people are still shocked by the idea that not all AI is created equal

AI is not new. Workflow automation has been around for decades. The technology dates back to when we first started tinkering with process flows at the turn of the century. The real change? AI has simply become accessible to the masses (thanks, ChatGPT!). More importantly, it’s found its voice, literally, through conversational models.

The current hype around AI barely scratches the surface of its potential, particularly when we compare generative AI to configured conversational AI. But this is just the tip of the iceberg. What many miss is that there are significant technical, procurement, and long-term delivery implications tied to the AI solutions you choose to invest in.

It seems like everyone is suddenly an AI “expert.” Practically overnight, the same technophobes who wouldn’t have touched a data model or architectural diagram with a ten-foot pole are now rebranding as digital innovators, hell-bent on revolutionising their industries with AI. It’s both fascinating and slightly ironic. In the case of Procurement and supply chain management professionals, the utilisation of AI capabilities is a real thing – advanced demand forecasting, optimising supplier selection and more recently, autonomously negotiating contracts, are all tangible examples.

Choosing the right path to AI  

But the real question is: where does your business start its AI journey? In our view, there are three primary paths to consider. 

First, we have AI extensions—enhancements to existing products, adding functionality without reinventing the wheel. Then there are AI solutions, typically targeted at specific industries or use cases. Finally, there are AI platforms, which act as an integration layer, connecting various workflows across your technical architecture. 

Each option has its pros and cons. Your choice will shape the costs of future innovation, the level of expertise your organisation will need, and, crucially, the longevity of your IT architecture, data security, and—most importantly—your organisational culture. 

With Gartner predicting at least 30% of GenAI projects will be abandoned after the proof-of-concept phase, organisations and more specifically, procurement and supply chain functions must recognise that AI is more than a tool. It’s the DNA of your business’s future.

AI everywhere, people-centricity nowhere

Businesses are mutating into organisms, industry convergence is everywhere, and corporate battlelines are being redrawn. However, very little emphasis has been given to human-centricity. Not in the workplace anyway. 

Procurement functions, for example, need to drive strategic value, manage both internal and external relationships, as well as sustainability. Yet, despite all this transformation, we’re still drowning in a sea of outdated procurement systems and rigid processes that treat people as cogs in a machine. There’s little thought given to how these tools affect the people using them. Procurement professionals need intuitive, user-friendly systems that let them focus on value creation rather than bureaucratic box-ticking

Whilst we have been busy teaching machines how to think, they’re teaching us to question everything. Cost-cutting, efficiency, data-governance, and the almighty bottom line. We are seeing a proliferation of new cultural norm data is no longer merely ‘collected’ or ‘feared’ — it’s now worshipped. 

Attitudes towards AI crystalise 

Data-cultures have become the norm. Cultures predicated on data are a collective mindset/practices within an organisation that define how data is handled, valued and leverage to drive decision making and innovation. 

 Are you on the right (Dovish): Do you align your company environment to Big Tech giants (Apple, Amazon, or IBM) who see data as an endless, extractive resource?

Or are you on the left (Hawkish): Do you lean into the push for data ethics (Salesforce), privacy (Motorola), and the emerging ethos of digital rights?

Gone are the days when AI was confined to optimising logistics or predicting consumer trends. Now, it’s a reflection of who we are—our biases, our ethics, and our societal hierarchies. 

Then again, that is the weird part: AI models carry the same prejudices we, as humans, can’t seem to shake. You’re not just buying a machine learning solution. In reality, you’re onboarding the assumptions and blind spots of an entire culture of developers, data scientists, and executives. And that is the crux of the problem today.

Our data shows that around 52% of software functionality in procurement and supply chain functions is never used. These are important statistics for commercial professionals looking to deploy AI and/or any software across the function. We cannot be the guardians of the bottom line if we cannot get our people to use the software we’re crying out for. 

AI success (or failure) is cultural, not technological 

If you don’t think about the cultural implications of the AI systems you’re integrating, you are profoundly at risk. Today, AI has a bit of a trust problem. Tomorrow, it will be embedding your future corporate values. And those values can make or break a company in this era where what you do with data can be as important as what you do with your product. For any sustainable competitive advantage, the birth of the inseparable triplet – Culture, data and AI is upon us, but the advantage will be with organisations that weigh them in that order. 

Remember, organisational culture is everyone’s and no one’s problem. In an age of AI-everywhere, without a robust, governed, and harmonised data-culture, people will become the problem and, honestly, AI won’t be the solution.

Jane Broberg, CHRO of Basware, examines the changing metrics for supply chain success and the role sustainability increasingly plays.

For CFOs, ESG is a new part of the currency for corporate success. In today’s rapidly evolving business landscape, the integration of Environmental, Social, and Governance (ESG) criteria into financial practices is not just a regulatory necessity but a crucial differentiator for sustainable and ethical operations. As the significance of ESG grows, environmentally-friendly procurement processes are emerging as a key driver of sustainable operations, enabling companies to align their practices with broader societal and sustainability goals

Evolving ESG regulations are making businesses and their respective supply chains more accountable to shareholders and customers. This new way of working is transforming supply chains into a catalyst for sustainable development, emphasising the social dimensions of ESG alongside environmental and governance aspects.

ESG Integration: Transforming Finance for Sustainable Operations

Companies are increasingly aligning their financial and accounting processes with sustainability initiatives to address stakeholder concerns, reduce emissions, manage risks more effectively, and contribute to societal wellbeing. 

This shift towards ESG in finance is driven by a growing recognition of its importance in corporate performance, with 71% of corporate leaders anticipating a larger role for ESG in the future. This highlights the need to incorporate ESG into everyday business activities, not just for compliance but also for social impact.

In financial services, upcoming regulations like the European Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS) and the SEC’s guidelines are pushing ESG to the forefront of business strategies. For instance, a survey with Forrester found that 90% of accounts payable decision-makers in the EU and 74% in the US prioritize improving their ESG footprint

Research indicates that the average enterprise still receives almost 50% of its invoices in paper format. An automated e-invoicing platform can reduce paper-based invoicing by 80%. This shift to digital invoicing helps businesses significantly cut their carbon emissions.

The environmental benefits of e-invoicing go beyond saving paper. Beyond the conservation of trees, it also decreases waste in landfills and eliminates the need for the energy-intensive processes involved in paper production and transportation, reducing methane emissions. Moreover, the streamlined electronic process saves office resources and reduces energy consumption for physical storage, contributing to more savings in energy conservation. Additionally, the adoption of digital solutions like e-invoicing can reduce the need for commuting to the office, as tasks can be completed remotely, further lowering carbon emissions associated with transportation.

Wider ESG: A Broader Social Dimension

This focus on ESG is not just about meeting regulatory requirements but also about being held accountable for social and environmental impact. By revamping financial reporting processes to prioritise ESG factors, finance departments can influence company policies across the supply chain, driving widespread positive change and contributing to broader societal goals which are increasingly becoming a priority.

The social dimension of ESG is increasingly becoming a priority. Companies are now recognizing that addressing social factors—such as labour rights, community impact, and ethical business practices—is essential for building trust with customers, partners and all stakeholders and ensuring long-term sustainability. By integrating these into CFO strategies, companies can enhance their social footprint and also mitigate risks associated with unethical practices in their supply chains. 

The social dimension of ESG is increasingly becoming a priority. Companies are now recognizing that addressing social factors—such as well-being, Diversity, Equity, Inclusion, and Belonging — is essential for building trust with customers, partners, and all stakeholders, and ensuring long-term sustainability. Additionally, community impact, labour rights, and ethical business practices, which are part of the Governance and Ethics dimension, play a crucial role. By integrating these elements into CFO strategies, companies can enhance their social footprint and also mitigate risks associated with unethical practices in their supply chains.

Additionally, according to ‘The 2023 State of Corporate Compliance’. 60% of companies are willing to invest in ESG to gain a competitive advantage which is pivotal in redefining procurement to meet sustainability goals. This investment is not just about improving environmental and social footprints, but also about standing out in the marketplace. Companies that lead in ESG integration are more likely to attract socially conscious consumers, investors, and great talent, therefore enhancing their brand reputation and market position.

Supplier Spotlight: Assessing ESG Compliance for Ethical Supply Chains

Companies are focusing on setting clear ESG criteria for their suppliers based on industry standards, conducting thorough audits and assessments, and fostering continuous improvement to promote compliance and sustainability. 

Effective strategies for maintaining high ESG standards in supply chains include:

  • Detailed due diligence processes
  • Robust supplier evaluation methods
  • Regular audits

These steps are critical for ensuring that suppliers adhere to ethical standards and contribute positively to society. 

For instance, companies are increasingly conducting comprehensive assessments to evaluate suppliers’ adherence to labour laws, health and safety standards, fair wage practices, as well as working environments that are inclusive, fair, and free from harassment and discrimination. This thorough approach helps identify potential risks and areas for improvement, fostering a culture of continuous improvement and accountability 

The emphasis on supplier compliance is highlighted by the fact that more than half (56%) of company leaders acknowledge the high value of ESG investment. This demonstrates the growing recognition that ethical supply chains are not only a moral imperative, but also a strategic advantage. By ensuring that suppliers meet high ESG standards, companies can mitigate risks, enhance their reputation, and build stronger, more resilient supply chains.

Innovating ESG Integration: Tech-Driven Transparency

Technology plays a significant role in driving transparency and efficiency in ESG integration within procurement and accounts payable (AP) practices. 

Innovations such as ESG analytics and automation are reshaping how companies measure, report, and act on ESG metrics, including social impacts. These technologies help track compliance, reduce complexities, and foster collaboration among stakeholders working towards shared sustainability and social goals. 

Given that 91% of companies use third-party solutions for ESG management, the impact of technology in this area is significant. It simplifies the process of measuring and acting on ESG metrics, making it easier for companies to integrate ESG processes effectively and transparently.

Technological advancements are enabling companies to gain deeper insights into their supply chains, enhancing transparency and accountability. For example, ESG analytics tools can provide real-time data on suppliers’ performance across various ESG criteria, allowing companies to identify potential issues and take proactive measures. 

The Path Forward towards Supply Chain Sustainability

Automation technologies streamline data collection and reporting processes, reducing administrative burdens and enabling companies to focus on strategic initiatives. Moreover, technology fosters collaboration among stakeholders by providing platforms for information sharing and engagement. 

Companies can collaborate on their ESG goals and progress with suppliers, customers, partners and investors, building trust and transparency. This approach is essential for driving collective action towards sustainability and social responsibility.

The integration of ESG criteria into financial practices and supply chain management is no longer optional—it’s imperative for long-term success. CFOs must lead this charge, leveraging technology and innovative strategies to transform supply chains into catalysts for sustainability. 

By prioritising ESG, companies can mitigate risks, enhance their reputation, and drive positive societal impact. The benefits extend beyond compliance, offering competitive advantages in attracting conscientious customers, partners and investors. The time has come for CFOs to embrace their crucial role in this transformation.

Mark Elkington, Delivery Director at Barkers, lays out 6 procurement strategies for carrying out successful software renewals.

As we approach the end of the calendar year, many organisations will experience the ritual of software licence renewal demands from their software providers. In many cases these may be expected, but in some cases not. 

For both these scenarios, it’s worth having a gameplan to hand. In this article we’ll take you through a systematic approach that will ensure you understand your organisational requirements, are cognisant with the current state-of-play and know what best-in-class looks like, to facilitate a successful renegotiation of your IT software contracts.

1. Check software usage

Check if the software is still used or if it is something that has been superseded since the last renewal. If it is still used, what are the licensing metrics (e.g. number of users, number of transactions) and what is the current count of those metrics? 

Looking forward, consider if the count of the licensing metrics is likely to go up or down. Understanding these things will enable you to decide if the renewal is required and if any true-ups or true-downs need to be negotiated.

2. Determine planned future use of software

Check with IT if this software forms part of a solution that will require review in the next 1 – 3 years. You may need to consider this at a software component level if the renewal is for multiple products. 

If the software will be used over a longer period then, in some cases, longer periods of renewal will yield either additional discounts or periods of extended price-hold. For longer periods of renewal, it may also be possible to negotiate staged annual payments. If the software is deemed as a potential divest technology, then a shorter renewal term with pre-negotiated extensions may be a consideration.

3. Review the terms of your software licence agreement

The licence agreement may be on-premise or SaaS where a renewed subscription is required. 

The licence agreement should be scrutinised for terms such as discount protection. Future renewals may have a guaranteed level of discount or a maximum level of increase. If there is discount protection in the licence agreement then this may be linked to a limited number of renewals after initial signing. 

In this case it may be worth considering a longer period of renewal to take advantage of this.

4. Ensure you are issued with line-level renewal quotes

When negotiating software agreements, pushing for commercial transparency is key to a successful negotiation. Renewal quotes are often summarised making it difficult to check pricing, benchmark and negotiate. Software providers will supply line-level quotes if requested, although not always willingly.

5. Benchmarking

Once you have a line-level quote, this should be benchmarked. Benchmarking a line-level quote for most popular software products is not as complicated or as expensive as often perceived. In a single source negotiation, with the absence of competitive tension from a competing supplier, the benchmarking insights will provide a firm and credible basis for the negotiation of the renewal amount.

6. Negotiation

Your company is now ready to negotiate. You know what metrics you have consumed and what the likely usage is going forward. You know how long the software will be used for, and any special renewal terms in your licensing agreement. Lastly you have a benchmarked line-level quote which will enable a credible basis of negotiation with the supplier. 

Through skilful use of these different levers, you will now be able to negotiate the best possible renewal deal for your business.

A new report blames a lack of UK government guidelines for AI procurement woes among struggling local authorities.

Despite vocal enthusiasm and “a proliferation of government guidance documents”, the UK government is failing to support local authorities when it comes to artificial intelligence procurement, claims a new report by the Ada Lovelace Institute

The independent research organisation’s findings were released on Tuesday. The report analyses 16 different pieces of guidance and legislation – published under the previous Government – relevant to AI procurement. They include newer AI technologies, such as generative AI, as well as data-driven technologies already widely used by local authorities, such as predictive analytics.

Neither clear, nor comprehensive, nor consistent 

The report found that local governments lack access to “a clear, comprehensive or consistent account of how to procure AI.”

The public sector procures the majority of AI technologies from the private sector. Therefore, the institute’s report argues that the procurement process can and should play an important role in assessing the effectiveness of potential solutions, anticipating and mitigating risks, and ensuring that any deployment is proportionate, legitimate and in line with broader public sector duties.

Imogen Parker, Associate Director at the Ada Lovelace Institute commented: “Procurement can and should be a key lever in ensuring that AI tools being used by local government are safe, effective, fair and in the public interest. Local authorities face the unenviable task of having to navigate unclear, overlapping and sometimes conflicting guidance.”

The Institute’s report includes a number of practical suggestions for improving procurement of AI and data-driven systems in local government. These include clearer guidance, definitions, success metrics and responsibilities. Specific examples include implementing governance mechanisms like the Algorithmic Transparency Recording Standard, piloting impact assessments and supporting public participation.

AI as the answer to a local governments in crisis? 

The report comes at a time when local authorities in the UK are facing severe pain points. Public services in the UK, including the National Health Service, are “stretched and struggling.” This year, a record number of local authorities declaring effective bankruptcy. This is largely the result of funding cuts by the central Government. The effect of these cuts has also been compounded by the strain of the COVID-19 pandemic. Lastly, increasing demand for local services due to economic pressures and an ageing population have also contributed.

In the face of these growing challenges, policymakers have touted AI as a potential “cure-all” solution. The technology could, politicians argue, help address societal problems such as the cost-of-living crisis. It could also, they argue, enable innovation or improve efficiency within government at all levels. However, we can’t determine whether or not using AI to fill in the massive funding gaps that plague the UK’s local governments is a viable solution until local authorities can implement AI tools. The Ada Lovelace Institute urges that “the use of AI in the public sector must be carefully assessed to ensure it is fit for purpose” and deployed for the public good. 

The first step, warns Parker, is “‘Embedding a robust, ethical procurement process in the context of reduced budgets”. She admits this represents a “significant challenge.” However, she also insists that “it is important to also consider the cost of not doing this, both financially and ethically, something demonstrated all too clearly by the Post Office’s Horizon scandal.” 

Adam Sanford, Operations Lead at Southern Construction Framework (SCF), explores the need for two stage building procurement in the UK.

The new Procurement Act, which will now come into effect early next year, introduces new regulatory standards for public sector higher education institutions, focusing on areas such as transparency, competitiveness, accountability and efficiency.

It has never been more important for higher education institutions to ensure the physical infrastructure of educational buildings is up to standard and equipped to drive quality education and research. Universities are facing unprecedented challenges including fluctuating enrolment numbers, leading to a need for sustainable and resilient infrastructure to attract students.

The new Procurement Act emphasises the importance of openness, requiring greater transparency when it comes to procurement in construction. This means decisions should be clearly justified and accessible to key stakeholders including students, the public and government bodies. 

Single stage or two stage?

When considering building procurement, higher education institutions must consider the method. In single stage procurement, a client issues a tender for a whole project and contractors compete for the project based on price. 

Two-stage procurement divides the project into pre-construction and construction phases. In the pre-construction phase, bidders compete via a mini competition for the contract based on their capacity, capability and experience. A client can review the approaches of bidding contractors and compare their rates for profit, fees, or overheads.

In the second stage, the contractor and their key supply chain members including designers, subcontractors, and manufacturers engage with the project as early as possible. They will fully scope the project and assess risks early on. This reduces any chance of unforeseen issues occurring later in the project that impact costs and deadlines.

A single stage procurement model with fixed outcomes alongside squeezed budgets runs the risk of putting the original design intent at risk and can force use of poorer-quality materials, risking quality and in turn the reputation of the university to stakeholders and students alike.

At a time of tightened public budgets and rising costs, collaborating with industry through a model such as two-stage, is key to facilitate innovation, while unlocking public value. 

The importance of two stage for considering non-price factors

The new Procurement Act is set to refocus the criteria for awarding contracts from the most economically advantageous tender (MEAT) to the most advantageous tender (MAT). This will enable contracting authorities to place more value on non-price factors, such as social value, environmental impact and innovation.

 This is becoming increasingly important for higher education institutions, with students expecting that their campuses, universities and schools are more sustainable and should showcase this through the learning and built environment. 

With a two-stage process, since the mini-competition involves pre-qualified suppliers who have already demonstrated their skills and experience, Higher Education Institutions can be assured that bidders will be able to meet high standards in areas such as functionality, compliance with educational requirements, leading to better overall outcomes. 

The competitive nature of the mini-competition phase also pushes suppliers to differentiate themselves through offering innovative designs, technologies or construction methods that add value in areas such as waste reduction, renewable energy, or operational standards.

This approach saw Bristol Humanities Hub achieve BREEAM Excellent through a decision to install natural ventilation, significantly reducing operational carbon usage. 

Early engagement is key

The mini-competition stage of two-stage procurement also ensures all parties can address potential issues early. This means higher education institutions have an opportunity to highlight and clarify any uncertainties in terms of project scope, timelines or technical requirements. 

Two-stage open book also gives higher-education the opportunity to tap directly into the supply chain when making early-stage choices in areas such as materials and methodologies, identifying and mitigating risks in both the design and cost plan. This helps avoid costly reworks later down the line, like unaddressed accessibility requirements for students, or incorrect sizing of HVAC systems including heating and ventilation for spaces such as laboratories or research centres which could result in rework. 

Early engagement is also key for bringing in the supply chain early, making early-stage choices in construction methodology and materials, and ironing out timelines to ensure the project can be delivered in a way that brings the most value to a higher education institution. With the Public Procurement Act encouraging public sector organisations to have a deep understanding of the market before issuing tenders, engaging the supply chain early through soft market testing via two-stage will ensure that higher education institutions have a thorough knowledge of supplier capabilities. 

Oxford Brooke’s new teaching and engineering facility on the Headington Hill campus showcased the importance of clients and contractors collaborating via two-stage open book to ensure the appropriate materials were available earlier on in the process. In doing so, the contractor Willmott Dixon, was able to phase the works to complete certain blocks earlier. This allowed international students to take residence in summer, allowing the university to have additional income to continue to provide a higher quality learning environment. 

Sustainable futures

The two-stage process also allows contractors to work with higher education institutions to embed sustainability, a key focus amid net zero targets. 

For example, The University of Hertfordshire’s Spectra Building saw the contractor Morgan Sindall working with its supply chain to source sustainable materials.  Timber was used for staircases as opposed to steel after early-stage conversations revealed the importance of these elements for meeting sustainability requirements.

It also emerged that operational carbon efficiency was at the top of the client’s agenda, so Morgan Sindall worked closely with the client team on the electrical side to ensure longevity in terms of maintenance, installing motion sensors that switch off when not in use.

To conclude, early engagement through a two-stage procurement process encourages market understanding and innovation while mitigating risks, ensuring value for money. 

This is increasingly important at a time when technological advancements and innovation are calling for specific requirements for space, technological integration and infrastructure, which can be challenging to address without early, specialist input from contractors and suppliers.

Globality claims new AI tools will extend scoping, workflow, and line item functionality to help blue-chip customers reduce company spend.

AI-powered spend management platform provider Globality has launched a suite of new tools to enhance the functionality of its offering. The upgrades reportedly add “game-changing Next-Gen AI-driven capabilities” to Globality’s platform.

AI-driven visibility from end-to-end 

Globality’s latest round of tools now deliver enhanced visibility across all organisational spend. This ranges from large, complex purchases to straightforward, unmanaged tail spend. It does this through enhanced features across key areas in the sourcing process:

  • Next-Gen AI-Based Scoping: The platform uses Generative AI, along with Globality’s AI and proprietary data, to quickly identify end-user needs. It can then define the scope of a purchase more accurately than ever before.
  • Workflow & Journey: Globality’s AI Agent, Glo, enables procurement to set oversight and approvals, and guides users through an optimal project journey that balances end-user efficiency and commercial outcomes.
  • Line Items: Users can quickly specify items, descriptions, quantities, and units of measure for tail spend and request for quote (RFQ) events. According to Globality, this not only saves organisational time but also improves precision and ensures more comprehensive pricing capture. 

“We’ve introduced powerful, dynamic functionality to the platform, enabling the most tailored journeys for every project type,” said Matt Malden, Chief Product Officer, Globality. “These updates reinforce our commitment to a technology platform that delivers next-generation AI-driven capabilities while creating an intuitive experience for all users.”

What the customers want 

Globality says it has developed the latest round of upgrades in direct response to feedback from large scale enterprise customers. These include UK telecom operator, BT. BT has been using Globality’s AI platform to boost the effectiveness of its procurement processes for over a year now. The platform is reportedly used to manage more than £2.5 billion of project spend within the company. Globaility’s AI tools allow procurement teams to delegate activities like bid writing and drafting statements of work to stakeholders. The savings this creates are a key part of BT’s plan to realise substantial cost reductions through digitalization by 2025. 

Other organisations consulted by Globality when developing the latest enhancements included Fidelity Investments, Santander, T. Rowe Price, Tesco and UCB Pharma. These companies reportedly use the platform to drive more value from the tens of billions of dollars they spend each year, reducing costs by up to 20%, increasing operating efficiencies by 70% and improving speed to market by 90%.

“Procurement is the lowest hanging fruit across the enterprise to reduce costs, capture efficiencies, and improve business operations,” said Lior Delgo, Co-Founder and President, Globality. “Globality is the only sourcing platform that modern global enterprises can depend on to manage critical spend, leveraging AI to save hundreds of millions of dollars, accelerate decision-making, and unlock new opportunities for investment and growth.” 

Comprehensive analysis of spend through digital twin analytics could help procurement teams get back on track in volatile times.

Since 2020, global supply chains have experienced higher levels of volatility. The COVID-19 pandemic, geopolitical conflict, economic tensions, and the worsening climate crisis conspired to drive sharp price increases in energy, metals, polymers, packaging materials, wood, and other raw materials in 2021 and 2022. Thankfully, prices have fallen over the last 18 months. However, purchasing organisations now “find themselves needing to adjust commodity and component prices back to a “fair price” level, based on actual raw material cost and energy price developments,” argues a new report by McKinsey. 

According to the report, advanced analytics in the form of “Spend Digital Twins” could be the answer. 

End-to-end spend visibility

McKinsey argues that, for purchasing organisations to achieve fair pricing, analytics are key. Powerful analytics tools will, they argue, provide the necessary transparency to understand the impact of changes to input cost drivers. Without end-to-end spend visibility, achieving fair pricing with suppliers is next to impossible, and can lead to loss of profitability. 

A spend digital twin is the tool to provide this transparency. The tool uses advanced analytics to build a digital copy of the entire spend cycle. This then enables organisations to more closely examine cost drivers at the category level. This in turn allows them to aassess the impact of their market development over time. And, finally, to establish a “robust fair price in relation to supplier’s price.” It’s the same approach taken with digital twins in manufacturing or warehouse management that allows organisations to drive efficiency, uncover the sources of pain points, and mitigate disruption. 

Doing it with procurement means, broadly speaking, modelling essential parts of the purchasing spend from the ground up. Organisations can do this based on input cost factors, which can be used to dynamically track fair price development over time.

Uses for a spend digital twin 

The procurement landscape is constantly changing, with current trends seeing a rise in sustainable sourcing, as well as nearshoring to increase resilience. Given the level of volatility,  the need for transparency and real-time insights is only going to grow. According to McKInsey’s report, spend digital twins can be valuable tools in several critical (and common) procurement contexts.  

Identifying negotiation potentials

Spend digital twins compare the fair market price index with actual price progression. By doing so, they can help a procurement buyer know when price changes have deviated from fair market price. Once identified, these deviations can be used as the starting point of a negotiation. 

Preparing for supplier negotiations

Once deviations in price have been identified, procurement teams can use a spend digital twin to prepare for negotiations with suppliers. The tool can help calculate the difference between the fair market index and the supplier price. This can help determine fair price adjustments at the current market level.

Deriving indexation contracts

A spend digital twin can also support purchasing departments trying to derive indexation strategies. Analysing the price development of previous years relative to a fair market index helps with understanding patterns. For example, if cost increases are immediately passed through by suppliers on a regular basis while cost decreases come with a delay, this may be a motivation to implement indexed contracts.

Procurement platform operator Zip has launched a suite of new innovations and given its platform a new look.

Industry leading intake and procurement orchestration platform, Zip has unveiled its new, dramatic brand transformation. The announcement took place at the company’s second annual Zip Forward conference in San Francisco. The transformation involves a complete visual overhaul of Zip’s platform. Additionally, Zip has introduced a suite of powerful new innovations that “push the boundaries of what’s possible with enterprise purchasing.” 

Zip was recently named a leader in the IDC MarketScape: Worldwide SaaS and Cloud-Enabled Spend Orchestration 2024 Vendor Assessment. Now, Zip intends become the global standard for business spend. The company’s tools and services aim to empower every organisation to seamlessly access the resources they need for peak performance.

“Zip gives us the flexibility to scale with Arm’s evolving needs and ensures we’re prepared for whatever the future holds,” said Sean Park, vice president of Procurement Transformation, Arm, speaking from the stage at Zip Forward.

Zip Forward 

More than 400 finance and procurement executives from industry leaders like Prudential, Arm, and Reddit entered SF JAZZ this morning. There, they found every inch of Zip’s visual presentation had been reimagined. 

Zip’s design talent pools was drawn from companies like Nike, Airbnb, and Google. The revamp sought to further elevate Zip with a cutting-edge, consumer-grade experience that embodies the company’s core philosophy. Namely, that when businesses achieve ‘flow’ in their work, they unlock their ‘peak’ potential. In short: creating value that elevates the entire business ecosystem.

“In today’s interconnected business world, companies thrive by focusing on their core strengths and leveraging the expertise of suppliers for everything else. This makes procurement one of the most critical processes in business, yet it’s often a fragmented, bureaucratic mess,” said Rujul Zaparde, Zip Co-founder and CEO. “Zip is changing this paradigm by reimagining how businesses connect with other businesses — enabling them to build on each other’s strengths to maximise their impact. When a hospital quickly accesses life-saving equipment, a manufacturer effortlessly sources sustainable materials, or a retailer swiftly stocks seasonal products—that’s Zip in action.”

Un-zipping the new innovations 

From the Zip Forward keynote stage, in addition to the brand reveal, Zip also unveiled several disruptive product innovations, including:

Preferred supplier purchasing

A new suite of capabilities that helps employees fast track purchasing from existing suppliers in a single, unified catalogue experience. By streamlining the vendor selection process, Zip saves employees thousands of hours of manual searching across catalogues. It also helps to reduce vendor sprawl by encouraging employees to spend with existing suppliers. Ultimately, this also reduces risk and maximises procurement savings across the organisation.

AI invoice coding

A revolutionary new way for accounting teams to reduce manual work and process invoices faster. This solution leverages artificial intelligence to determine the appropriate invoice line structure and automatically code invoice lines.

Unlike other solutions on the market, Zip AI analyses how invoices have historically been coded within the organisation. This allows it to make more accurate suggestions. Not only this, but the solution eliminates the need for accounting teams to manually review dozens of individual invoice lines.

Budget integration with Workday Adaptive Planning

A strategic integration that provides real-time budget visibility within Zip’s interface. This allows teams to make informed purchasing decisions based on current financial data. This seamless connection enables organizations to enhance spend control, improve financial predictability, and manage complex budgets across multiple regions more effectively.

“As an engineering, product, and design-led company, we’ve made it our mission to continuously push the boundaries of what’s possible in procurement,” noted Zip CTO Lu Cheng. This commitment is evident in Zip’s significant R&D investment and rapid innovation pace. In the past year alone, Zip completed 500 feature requests, implemented 20,000 code changes, and introduced several groundbreaking products — including Zip Premier, Zip’s Integration Platform, and powerful Zip AI enhancements like an AI assistant and AI intake automation. The result? Over $4.4 billion in procurement savings for Zip’s customers in less than four years.

At the forefront of this procurement transformation are Zip’s customers, who are setting new standards for operational excellence and forging paths to sustainable success. “Through our collaboration with Zip we are transforming our procurement process,” said Sean Park, vice president of Procurement Transformation, Arm, from the stage at Zip Forward. “The powerful Zip platform gives us the flexibility to scale with Arm’s evolving needs and ensures we’re prepared for whatever the future holds.”

Anthony Marshall, Procurement Specialist at Barkers, breaks down how to address indirect technology spend.

We live in an increasingly digital world. The vast majority of organisations out there – regardless of their size – are now underpinned by technology. Technology spend is often the largest indirect spending category, and will only continue to grow as companies invest in digital tools to keep up with their consumers’ digital preferences and maintain their competitive advantage

However, this huge spending category is often ignored due to a priority focus on more visible expenses and organisational objectives. This can obviously have a detrimental impact on an organisation’s financial health if technology spend begins to spiral. However, neglecting technology spend also means negelecting a significant opportunity for cost savings.

What does addressing spend really mean? 

What it shouldn’t mean is simply renewing contracts shortly before their renewal date with light touch tactical negotiation. This is transactional procurement and offers little value to the organisation beyond keeping the lights on. Procurement can do more. It can be more to the organisation.

Addressing spend should mean optimising through strategic procurement activity, such as tendering, benchmarking, and strategic negotiation. To enable the time required to conduct strategic procurement activities, a proactive and strategic outlook is required. A detailed understanding of the cost make-up of technology services and solutions and business strategy and objectives is necessary. Once armed with this intelligence, opportunities to optimise may be explored. These can inlude rationalising suppliers, strategically approaching a contract renewal or displacing current technologies with cost-effective alternatives.

But why does it matter so much that addressing technology spend is done properly? Here are 10 reasons why it’s important to strategically address indirect technology spend.

1. Avoid cost increases

Technology is often difficult, complicated and costly to change when compared to other categories. A simple example of this is a software platform embedded into an organisation. It takes a lot of effort to remove and replace this, especially the longer it’s been in place. 

If contracts aren’t proactively addressed ahead of time, then – in a best-case scenario – you’ll likely see annual “inflationary” increases. In a worst-case scenario, suppliers could exploit their position – knowing that you require time and resources to exit the relationship – and impose significant cost increases.

It’s important to understand your pipeline of contracts and when these are due to renew. Make sure you give yourself enough time to address them, and to understand the alternative options out there. Once you do, you can leverage this in your negotiations. 

2. Ensure that cost-saving opportunities are realised

It’s highly unlikely that suppliers will proactively offer a cost reduction for a contract renewal, even if their underlying costs to deliver have reduced. This can often be the case in technology categories, such as traditional telecoms connectivity networks, where the supplier’s underlying assets to deliver the service have fully depreciated, and more generally where improved processes and technology means that it costs a supplier less to deliver the same service. 

There may also be situations where similar services are being provided by multiple providers. These can be consolidated into fewer services from fewer providers, or even consolidated to a single provider. Also, the specific requirements could be reduced with the proper scrutiny and challenge leading to further savings. 

Material cost savings are only likely to be achieved through strategic initiatives. These include RFPs or introducing commercial pressure through benchmarking initiatives in order to leverage better negotiation with suppliers.

3. Maximise value from the supply base

Transactional and reactive engagements with key suppliers are unlikely to deliver optimal commercial outcomes. Not only that, but they’re also unlikely to deliver additional value. For example, a transactional engagement is less likely to see you getting the best value out of a product or service. Likewise, you’re unlikely to get better value services such as improved SLAs, consultancy, and training, not to mention general goodwill and collaboration.

Spending more time engaging with incumbent suppliers through proactive engagement will lead to better, more transparent and more fruitful supplier relationships. Not only that, but regularly engaging with the market will ensure ongoing competitive tension and the introduction of new suppliers where appropriate.  

4. Keep pace with the market

Technology moves fast, so it’s important to be motivated to keep up with innovation and developments. 

A key focus for businesses should be to minimise technical debt wherever possible. This is where outdated technology incurs a large cost to run and maintain. Not only that, but it also inclurs a large cost when it inevitably runs its course. The further behind you fall, the more it’ll inevitably cost you to catch up. 

There’s also the impact that lagging behind can have on attracting top technology talent to your businesses. Engineers are leaving university trained on modern technologies, not legacy technology that was in its prime 20 years ago. The more reliant you are on a dwindling resource, the more difficult and expensive the resource becomes to hire. 

5. Manage risk

Proactively addressing your spend will help you to identify risks early on. These can then be managed and mitigated by reducing your reliance on a certain supplier. You can do this by introducing a second supplier to reduce dependency, for example. 

There are different kinds of risks that you might be facing. These could include a concentration risk with a particular supplier, or a commercial risk due to a lack of price protection at the end of your current agreement. This is why it is key to start negotiations early.

Putting proactive measures in place – such as exploring alternative suppliers, other ways of delivering a particular service, or planning a strategic negotiation to improve contractual protections – are solid ways to negate these risks. 

6. Ensure appropriate due diligence and challenge

Approaching your technology spend ahead of time ensures that all relevant parties have ample opportunity to review and contribute. This could include data privacy, cybersecurity, resilience, and other disciplines. All of these departments will have priorities to be taken into consideration when deciding on a new product or service.

This point is particularly important as organisations increasingly look to outsource technology platforms to the cloud, and the resultant data considerations that this brings. 

As more organisations move to Software as a Service (SaaS), the hosting and management that would have traditionally been done in-house is outsourced to the SaaS provider. Where this happens, it’s essential that appropriate due diligence takes place. This ensures that the right purchasing decision is made and that effective controls are in place to mitigate potential risks. 

Equally important to carry out appropriate due diligence is a collaborative challenge to requirements. 

Often a business’s wish list of requirements can outweigh its capacity for change. Therefore, it’s important to challenge associated requirements and the scale of perceived implementation for example. It needs to be a risk-based decision made with all parties fully informed. All all options and alternatives need to be carefully considered.

7. Create better internal alignment and business collaboration

Proactive efforts to address spend will lead to more collaborative and beneficial internal stakeholder engagements, ensuring that all SME knowledge is taken into account. 

In order to strategically address spend, procurement will need a thorough understanding of business strategy and objectives, along with different departments’ subject matter expertise in order to effectively offer commercial advice. 

A more collaborative approach will also lead to an improved perception of the procurement department all around, being viewed as a strategic partner and part of the decision-making process, rather than simply the team that fulfils an already defined outcome and requirement. 

The ultimate outcome should then be that procurement is in a position to put in place more commercially fit-for-purpose solutions that align to longer-term business objectives.

8. Ensure contract terms are addressed  

If current contracts are being addressed reactively shortly before renewal, it’s unlikely that key legal terms will be negotiated and appropriately updated; adequate time and leverage is required to do this. Particularly within regulated industries, contracts may no longer be compliant with current regulations or legislation; for example, there are now many more requirements in place surrounding data protection that suppliers will need to adhere to.

These discussions can take a lot of time but can often represent significant value to the business in terms of protecting against operational and commercial risks.

9. Make sure that evolving business requirements are considered

Proactively approaching contract renewals will provide the perfect opportunity to ensure that new and evolving business priorities can be discussed with suppliers. 

For example, ESG (Environmental, Social and Governance) is becoming a more important consideration for businesses across all sectors, and as such there is a requirement for organisations to push these obligations through to suppliers. 

This can be done through the introduction of ESG clauses with the purpose of encouraging or requiring suppliers to operate to defined standards. 

10. Create financial capacity to reinvest

Technology is continually evolving, as are business service offerings and requirements – both of which require continuous reinvestment. 

Strategically addressing technology spend will help to create capacity in a business’s budget to spend that money on the organisation’s offerings and objectives, whether it is an improved digital offering, or keeping up with new competitors. 

Financial capacity can be created in a number of ways, many of which have been discussed above. There is no one right answer, but organisations will find different approaches to save money and become more efficient in their technology spend if a proactive and strategic approach is adopted.

A final thought

Most – if not all – organisations are underpinned by technology, which makes it a necessary spend line to service business requirements. It can’t be eliminated, but it can be optimised. 

Managing indirect technology spend is about spending money optimally and creating the capacity to reinvest where possible, whilst also using that process to manage the inevitable risks that are associated with third-party suppliers.

Tim Mawhood, Executive Director, GHD Advisory, answers our questions on supply chain sustainability and procurement’s role in driving ESG transformation.

Despite growing regulatory and public pressure to decarbonise global supply chains, many companies’ efforts appear to have stalled. Despite widespread pledges to become carbon neutral, climate positive, and reach net zero, often by 2030, the last year and a half have seen many companies walk back or go silent on their sustainability commitments. Whether that’s due to a rise in the environmental impact of technologies like AI, geopolitical tensions, fossil fuel industry lobbying, increasingly undeniable ties between the electronics components industry and slavery in the Congo and other mineral rich nations, or any number of other factors, the end result is that the global push to clean up supply chains has lost steam. 

Green messaging may have been a staple of corporate public relations for close to a decade now, but missed targets, greenwashing, and backpedalling have increased consumer cynicism and risk normalising this kind of failure, letting companies off the hook for falling short of their climate goals. 

We sat down with Tim Mawhood, Executive Director at GHD Advisory, to dig a little deeper into the pain points preventing sustainability reform in the supply chain, and what GHD’s new research says about how organisations can address them. 

What are some of the most prevalent pain points preventing companies from making their supply chains more sustainable?  

Surveying 500 global industry leaders to examine the state of corporate sustainability, our research, the Sustainability Monitor 2024, has shown there’s a growing realisation that true integration of sustainability into overall strategies demands a greater level of stakeholder engagement and change management than exists today.

Tim Mawhood, Executive Director, GHD Advisory

One major pain point is the complexity of engaging all stakeholders across the supply chain. Modern supply chains often involve numerous tiers of suppliers, making it challenging to track emissions and evaluate the sustainability performance of each supplier. This complexity makes it difficult to pinpoint high-emitting suppliers and implement consistent sustainability practices across the entire chain.

Another significant issue is the difficulty in  integrating sustainability into the mindset and culture of an organisation. For sustainability to be truly effective, it must be at the forefront, rather than as an afterthought or “bolt-on” addition.

This shift requires better communication and a cultural change that helps everyone involved – from top executives to frontline employees – understand how sustainability impacts their day-to-day roles.

How can organisations overcome those pain points? Are you seeing any unintended consequences or unexpected as a result of organisations tackling sustainability?

Addressing these pain points involves a multi-faceted approach. This involves creating a well-established and proven framework that helps to educate and incentivise a sustainability mindset across external stakeholders that promotes participation and accountability, including tier two, three, and four suppliers. Establishing a solid strategy, risk identification and mitigation planning for the supply chain is critical. Supply chain-related ESG activities should cover material indicators and disclosure practices, with reliable baseline data and updated metrics to inform ongoing measurable performance targets. Organisations must address the integrity of their supply chain sustainability practices upfront ahead of any detrimental hits to their brand or bottom line.

For organisation who do drive sustainability into their supply chain there can be consequences similar to any change, increased complexity, increased costs at least initially, reputation risks if an organisations sustainable claims are not met. Generally these can be overcome through green procurement practices, deeper collaboration and a move to action to achieve targets. 

On the flip side, there are often unexpected benefits to driving supply chain sustainability, firstly making a material difference to our environment, more engaged staff and clients, attracting new business, brand building and alike. These benefits are material and lasting. 

What kind of role can technologies like AI, big data analytics, IoT, and digital twins play in meeting these challenges?

Supply chain by their nature are complex and require organisations to forecast demand accurately to maximise commercial outcomes and optimise  delivery, the predictive analysis that AI  can bring to this  is very powerful. AI can also drive enhanced automation outcomes and much improved materials usage for manufacturing which can result in significant commercial gain. 

Big Data is a fact of life now – the quality of that data, it’s integration and the power of analytical tools is very important. We are working with clients to really get actional tactical and strategic insight from their data, once again helping with optimisation, supply chain visibility and better sustainable outcomes through accurate and timely decision making. 

Real time monitoring through IoT devices can really improve sustainable outcomes, issues can be detected and tackled early, assets can be maintained effectively to minimise emissions footprints for example and the data from these devices is game changing for decision making (with good analytics).

In particular, digital twin stands out as a transformative tool, GHD’s Digital Twin Offering (DTO) is a perfect example of this innovative solution. In a nutshell, our tool leverages advanced technology to replicate virtual models of physical assets, thereby enabling real-time monitoring, analysis, and simulation of performance. By providing detailed insights into asset performance and operational efficiency, digital twins could potentially help organisations identify opportunities to reduce energy consumption and lower their environmental impact. For example, by optimising equipment and infrastructure, companies can decrease energy use and minimise waste, contributing to their sustainability goals.

Obviously, there’s some debate as to whether the recent revelations of forced child labour in Shein’s supply chain resulted from wilful negligence or a lack of transparency. If the latter is true, how can organisations gain the necessary transparency to keep forced labour, polluters, and other unsustainable practices out of their value chain? If the former is true, how do we create an industry where we incentivise ethical behaviour more strongly than child slavery in service of cost containment?  

While the debate surrounding Shein’s supply chain has reignited the debate, critical questions about transparency and ethical behaviour in global supply chains have remained constant. An investigation this year by the Swiss-based nonprofit group Public Eye highlighted various issues with its supply chain, suggesting that the company’s low-cost production model might involve unethical practices. Incentivising ethical behaviour and encouraging transparency are essential to eradicating bad practices.

Steps organisations can take to gain necessary transparency includes the implementation of comprehensive supply chain audits. These audits should be conducted regularly and should cover all tiers of suppliers to identify and address issues related to forced labour, pollution, and other unsustainable practices. Further to this, there is a need for accountability from suppliers at all tiers of the supply chain – refreshed or new contracting methods including green or sustainable principles are required – these can hold consequences for non-compliant organisations.. Whilst this is more stick than carrot, it is necessary to start bringing a change in behaviours. On the “carrot side”, training, awareness and where required practical hands-on support for suppliers should be provided. Just pointing at the issue doesn’t change it, everyone needs to be accountable and move to action. 

Organisations should also establish clear standards and codes of conduct that outline expectations for ethical behaviour and sustainability. These codes should be communicated to all suppliers and integrated into contractual agreements, with regular reviews to ensure compliance. Additionally, engaging suppliers in training and building their capacity to adhere to these standards is vital. It requires an ongoing commitment to weed out poor performers and promote awareness and understanding of labour rights and environmental practices.

Would you agree that unsustainable practice in the supply chain (whether that’s irresponsible treatment of the environment or mistreatment of workers) only worsens the conditions within the supply chain, exacerbating pain points in the future? How do we make long term sustainability more appealing than short term profit-seeking?

Certainly, I would agree that unsustainable practices are not tolerable, but we need to be realistic that they exist. Where these issues surface, the accountability to act positively to mitigate the risks is critical. Major brands are feeling this now and it will drive much-needed change. 

Whilst bad practices may provide short-term gains, they will result in long-term pain leading to disruptions in the supply chain, such as resource depletion, reputational damage, regulatory penalties, and increased operational risks. The negative impacts tend to accumulate, resulting in a cycle where the supply chain becomes increasingly fragile and less resilient, ultimately threatening the very profitability that short-term profit-seeking aims to secure.

To make long-term sustainability more appealing than short-term profit-seeking, a shift in perspective and incentives is essential. Our Sustainability Monitor 2024 research has revealed that that people increasingly view commercial value through the lens of relationships – with customers, suppliers, employees, investors, and the broader community. This suggests that action on sustainability is not just a moral or environmental imperative; it is also becoming a critical differentiator in a highly competitive marketplace.

What do the next few years look like to you with regard to evolving discussions and practice around supply chain sustainability?  

The next few years are likely to bring significant advancements in both the discussions and practices surrounding supply chain sustainability. The momentum we’re currently witnessing in the adoption of sustainable practices across supply chains suggests a promising future, with several key trends expected to shape the landscape.

Firstly, there will be an increased focus on sustainability, particularly in how procurement can drive organisations towards achieving their ESG goals. As companies recognise the critical role that procurement plays in shaping supply chains, there will be a greater emphasis on integrating sustainable practices at every level. This means that procurement functions will not only need to source responsibly but also ensure that their suppliers adhere to stringent sustainability standards.

In addition to sustainability, the use of predictive and prescriptive analytics in procurement will continue to grow. These advanced analytics tools will enable better forecasting, allowing companies to anticipate and respond to supply chain disruptions more effectively. This shift towards data-driven decision-making will help organisations optimise their supply chains, reduce waste, and minimise environmental impact, all while improving efficiency.

We can also expect a broader adoption of digital transformation within procurement functions. Organisations will increasingly hire tech-savvy procurement teams and build internal stakeholder groups that are capable of integrating e-procurement systems into their ecosystems. This digital transformation will be crucial for enhancing the transparency and efficiency of supply chains, making it easier to monitor and manage sustainability initiatives.

Olivier Berrouiguet, CEO at Synertrade, looks at the procurement function’s role in long-term reputation management.

Reputation management is crucial for long-term success, enabling companies to improve credibility, market value and stakeholder relationships. A strong reputation can take years to create and can significantly transform public perception. However, a business’s reputation can also be negatively impacted instantly. This can prove costly and attempting to reverse the damage isn’t always guaranteed.

The core of this challenge lies within an organisation’s procurement function. With every new partnership gained through a procurement team, there is an added risk when it comes to the new supplier’s reputation. We live in a world where businesses’ ESG credentials are seemingly always under a microscope. As such, partnering with credible suppliers is paramount and can foster business growth.

Leveraging Data 

The availability of good data is rising rapidly and lies at the core of the digital ecosystem. The continual collection, storage and processing of information creates limitless opportunities for organisations. For procurement teams, data can enhance strategic sourcing and supply chain management through comprehensive supplier databases and advanced analytics tools.

By leveraging supplier databases, organisations can access a wealth of information about existing and prospective suppliers. This data can include historical performance metrics, financial stability and sustainability credentials. By using this information, businesses can make well-informed decisions, selecting partners who are compliant with regulatory needs and align with the company’s values and long-term goals. 

Focusing Strategy

Data creates enormous potential for organisations at all levels. However, one area where its impact shines is refining and focusing on corporate strategy. The business landscape is evolving faster than ever before, with the race to remain competitive leading businesses to search for innovative and creative ways to leverage an edge in a crowded marketplace. 

Acquiring access to real-time data permits businesses to combine a proactive and reactive approach to their operations – allowing procurement teams to create long-term plans while having the flexibility to capitalise on short-term changes in the market. 

By continuously analysing market trends, changing customer behaviours and ongoing disruption to global supply chains, procurement teams can react to emerging threats or opportunities as they happen, minimising the impact caused by rigid and outdated planning. A 2023 Deloitte report found that only 25% of firms could identify and predict supply chain disruptions. These findings highligh how additional work, such as regular quality audits, is still required to address this.

Regular Quality Assessments 

To maintain a strong reputation, businesses must implement effective Supplier Relationship Management (SRM) practices. A key component of SRM is conducting regular audits and assessments of supplier performance. These evaluations ensure that suppliers consistently meet the business’s standards and adhere to relevant regulations, adapting operations to align with changing legislation. 

Regular audits provide a structured approach to evaluating a supplier’s performance, including the quality and delivery of products produced, scalability of services and compliance with industry standards. By continually monitoring suppliers, procurement departments can proactively identify risks, addressing them before they escalate into significant issues that could harm the company’s reputation. 

Frequent operational reviews encourage transparency and trust between an organisation and its suppliers. Supply chain partners establish open lines of communication, providing full operational visibility and enabling continuous improvement and collaboration. Suppliers are more likely to invest in their processes and quality when they see a commitment to partnership from the business, leading to mutual growth and success.

The Benefits of Reputation Management

In today’s marketplace, consumers – whether B2B or B2C, are more environmentally aware and informed than ever. They typically gravitate towards businesses that actively demonstrate honesty, reliability and a commitment to their ESG practices. A strong business reputation generates trust, which in turn encourages customers to become loyal. In turn, customer loyalty is the foundation of sustainable, long-term business success. 

Companies with a positive reputation can leverage it to gain a competitive edge, improving relationships and trust between customers and suppliers alike. This is hugely advantageous for the current business landscape and long-term planning.

Not working on these topics can leave your company open to negative press, lost business and even objections. Ignoring your supply chain visibility is not an option.

Driving an Effective Procurement Strategy

An effective procurement strategy is crucial for developing strong relationships within the supply chain. A well-developed strategy allows procurement teams to be adaptable, continually thinking and testing different approaches to enter new markets, deliver higher customer value and reduce excess spending. 

In a highly competitive world, businesses combine reactive and proactive elements to reap future rewards. There are always risks that need to be navigated. However, prioritising innovation and clear communication channels allow proactive teams with the tools required to build strong relationships. And, in doing so, maximise operational efficiency. 

Ian Thompson, VP Northern Europe at Ivalua, explores the road to supply chain recovery, starting with procurement’s source-to-pay process.

Repeated supply chain disruptions have put an immense strain on businesses over recent years. Global conflicts have interrupted critical supply routes such as the Red Sea. Geopolitical tensions are leading to additional tariffs on companies doing business with the likes of China, Russia, and Iran. Add the harsh realities of lingering inflation and higher energy costs to the mix, and businesses have their work cut out navigating an increasingly complex and volatile global landscape.

The UK is taking action, with the 2024 supply chain strategy. This legislation aims to boost collaboration between businesses and the government to help relieve pressure and resolve disruptions quickly. 

However, procurement leaders can’t afford to wait for these initiatives to come in. Disruptions can stop a business in its tracks. A serious event can prevent a business from providing goods or services. It can raise costs and damage customer relationships. To avoid them, procurement leaders must act to restructure their supply chains and increase their resilience.

Completing the transition to the supply chain of the future necessitates building agility and resilience into businesses’ supply networks. But what steps can they take to achieve this?

Ensuring supplier diversity

Firstly, businesses need to change the makeup of their supply chains, ensuring they have a diverse portfolio of suppliers to mitigate the impact of geopolitical, regulatory, and environmental risks. This approach may require adopting tactics such as on-shoring and near-shoring to bring suppliers closer to home. 

Recent research has shown that 46% of businesses have switched to on-shore and near-shoring methods to minimise the impact of disruptions.

However, while bringing suppliers close to home can reduce risk from far afield, businesses must be wary of placing too many eggs in one basket. If disruption hits a region where most of their suppliers are located, operations will grind to a halt.

Kickstarting supply chain recovery

To foster agility and resilience in the supply chain, it is essential to build a better understanding of pre-existing suppliers. Businesses must learn from previous disruptions, putting the right processes in place to identify future risks and be able to spot potential suppliers that would be affected by disruptions – including tier 2 and 3 suppliers, where the risk is highest.

Businesses also need the flexibility to identify and onboard alternative suppliers for critical goods and services, should an existing supplier fail. This means implementing supplier contingency plans which include identifying alternative suppliers, so firms are not forced to scramble when disruptions occur.

Visibility for supply chain stability

By using cloud-based solutions to gather supplier data into a single, Source-to-Pay platform, businesses can make procurement smarter, enabling them to map suppliers, identify areas of risk, and ultimately gain a 360-degree view of the supply chain. 

Increased visibility will ensure a single source of truth for all supplier information, including performance, risk, orders and much more.

Businesses can use this information to streamline two-way communication with suppliers, as well as other internal stakeholders. This is essential for more strategic collaboration. For example, buyers can notify suppliers of planned orders or forecasts ahead of the actual purchase. This will help suppliers to prepare for larger orders or reduce their unnecessary inventory. 

On the other hand, suppliers can share information from their side too, notifying buyers of any advance or delayed shipments. And increasing data sharing between the business, suppliers, and stakeholders will also produce benefits elsewhere. For example, sharing data can drive improvements in ESG and offering the ability to co-innovate on new products and services.

Businesses can also bolster their supplier visibility and communication efforts by utilising the latest advances in Generative AI (GenAI). GenAI tools can further the procurement function’s ability to derive actionable insights and free up time from operational activities to focus on analysis and relationships. 

For example, GenAI can be used to assess existing supplier performance and draft improvement plans, draft communications to suppliers to speed up information sharing, or identify alternative suppliers that meet specific requirements.

Supply change

Ultimately, to avoid disruption and bolster resilience, organisations must transform their spend management. Businesses who fail to digitalise their spend management will miss out on the ability to continually assess risk exposure and build a complete view of the supplier ecosystem, falling foul of the next unexpected black swan event. 

On the other hand, those who can build a more resilient supply chain will set themselves up to swerve future disruptions, build stronger supplier relationships, and overtake the competition. 

Effective contract management is a key part of eliminating risk and ensuring compliance that procurement managers can’t afford to ignore.

Contract management could be the next area where procurement’s transformation from a legacy purchasing function to a strategic value creator has the potential to meaningfully support the business as a whole. 

Procurement has been on a journey over the past few years. The function has gone from tactical back office department to a key driver of resillience and strategic wins. Contract management is increasingly looking like the next stage in that evolution. 

In the public procurement sphere, the UK government’s Procurement Act 2023 will likely elevate the importance of contract management. The act is due to come into effect in early 2025 (after a recently announced delay). Under the new law, the public sector will need to more closely monitor supplier performance. Companies will do this through Key Performance Indicators (KPIs). Organisations tendering contracts worth £5 million and above will need to assess performance using three different KPIs.  

As the public sector reforms its approach to contract management, private sector firms can expect to start investing greater time, attention, and resources into the process as well. 

Beware of contract drift

Plenty of businesses have found out the hard way that finalising a contract with a vendor and implementing the terms of that contract over its entire life cycle are very different things. Over the course of a contract, hard-fought terms can end up being forgotten, ignored or misinterpreted. This is broadly referred to as “drift”. 

Contract drift can lead to increased spend, logistical failures, loss of liquidity, and supplier disputes. Not only that, but potential breaches of compliance can result in massive financial and reputational damage. Effective contract management can help negate these risks. 

What is contract management? 

Contract management refers to the process of managing a contract after the participating companies sign it. Handling contract management refers to all the activities that are required at different stages of the contract lifecycle. These start with the drafting, signature and mobilisation and progress through exit and termination. 

Effective contract management can help your business drive positive results. Done correctly, businesses can use a holistic view of supplier performance to ensure that all parties are adhering to the terms of the contract. 

Without an effective, holistic approach to managing contracts, businesses run the risk of having siloed data across disparate repositories, setting teams up for failure. Lower visibility makes compliance more challenging and audits unnecessarily complex. In turn, businessses can lose revenue if untracked spending and unused contract entitlements go unnoticed. 

Organisations can avoid these risks by investing in proper contract management. Doing so will, in turn, create further value from the supply chain and create competitive advantage for the business.

Done right, contract management takes a holistic view of the supplier ecosystem, tracking everything from delivery, finance, and quality to risk and relationships. Digital tools like centralised contract management software can integrate into the source-to-pay process, and provide a wide range of benefits, from preventing siloed data to allowing more collaborative contract authoring between different business departments. 

Until now, contract management has played second fiddle to other aspects of procurement like sourcing. However, a shift is taking place throughout the sector. Businesses are starting to recognise the value of contract management and its potential to drive value, improving their bottom line. 

A new report found evidence of systemic bias, opaque accounting and uncontrolled pricing in the former UK government’s handling of COVID-19 procurement.

The most in depth investigation of COVID-19 pandemic medical materials procurement under the Conservative government to-date has found evidence of corruption. After an analysis of over 5000 contracts across 400 public bodies, the report released by Transparency.org found several glaring issues. 

Researchers from Transparency.org analysed a wide array of date. This included publicly available data on UK public contracting, official reports, litigation in the courts, and public interest journalism. They identified 135 high risk contracts with a value of £15.3 billion with three or more corruption red flags

“The scale of corruption risk in the former government’s approach to spending public money during the years of the COVID pandemic was profound. That we find multiple red flags in more than £15 billion of contacts amounting to a third of all such spending points to more than coincidence or incompetence,” said Daniel Bruce, Chief Executive, Transparency International UK. 

Four key issues identified

The report’s analysis of the government’s procurement contracts uncovered four key issues with how the conservative government handled the pandemic. Over 230,000 British citizens are estimated to have died due to COVID-19.  

The report has identified billions of pounds of potentially mismanaged public contracts. This mismanagement may have resulted in lower quality healthcare and preventative measures in response to the pandemic.

  • Political connections: at least 28 contracts worth £4.1 billion went to those with known political connections to government. This amounts to almost one in ten pounds spent on the pandemic response
  • VIP Lane for PPE: 51 contracts worth a total of £4 billion went through the unlawful ‘VIP lane’, of which
    • The government awarded 15 contracts worth £1.7 billion to politically connected suppliers
    • Politicians in office at the time referred 24 contracts worth £1.7 billion.
  • New inexperienced suppliers: eight contracts worth a total of £500 million went to suppliers no more than 100 days old.
  • Uncompetitive procurement: the UK government awarded over £30.7 billion in high-value contracts lacking competition. THis is equivalent to almost two-thirds of all COVID-19 contracts by value.

Systemic issues and what to do next 

The report amounts to a shocking indictment of public procurement under the previous Conservative government. 

Bruce noted that the UK’s COVID procurement response had several serious problems. He added that political choices were made that allowed cronyism to thrive, all enabled by woefully inadequate public transparency. “As far as we can ascertain, no other country used a system like the UK’s VIP lane in their Covid response,” he added. “The cost to the public purse has already become increasingly clear with huge sums lost to unusable PPE from ill-qualified suppliers. We strongly urge the Covid-19 inquiries and planned Covid Corruption Commissioner to ensure full accountability and for the new government to swiftly implement lessons learned.”

New data from Ivalua found that 47% of UK businesses experienced a supply chain disruption in the last 12 months.

Disruption has become a new and abiding fact of life for supply chain managers and procurement functions in the UK. New research from spend management firm Ivalua has found that nearly half of UK businesses (47%) have experienced an increase in supply chain disruption in the last 12 months. In the last year alone, a significant portion of UK businesses experienced disruption. High inflation (79%), high energy/fuel costs (75%), the war in Ukraine (53%), and the Red Sea conflict (44%) all affected UK businesses’ ability to procure goods and manage their supply chains.

The study of 300 supply chain and procurement decision-makers in the UK found that over the next 12 months, 45% anticipate that supply chain disruption will increase. In fact, 60% of UK businesses agree that after years of disruption, their supply chains feel more fragile than ever.

Beating the trend — effective disruption mitigation strategies   

As supply chains and procurement teams battle a growing ambient likelihood of disruption, UK businesses highlighted several strategies that they said had been effective at mitigating the impact of disruption to their value chains. 

Improving the geographical diversity of their supplier base (64%), finding alternative suppliers for critical goods and services (64%), increased nearshoring (63%), and increased onshoring (61%) were all highlighted as increasing supply chain and source-to-pay process resilience

“Supply chain disruption continues to have a significant impact on business operations due to repeated, unpredictable ‘Black Swan’ events,” comments Ian Thompson, VP Northern Europe at Ivalua. “These major disruptions used to be rare, but now feel like a fact of life. This has meant global supply chains have become more fragile than ever, causing delays, shortages, and increased costs as factories shut down and transportation networks fall victim to delays. Consequently, UK businesses feel like they’re stuck in a loop of constant disruption, unable to fully recover after each event.”

Preparing for disruption amid uncertainty  

The increasing number of supply chain disruptions have prompted organisations to re-evaluate supply chain strategies to insulate themselves from supply chain shocks. However, 46% say they don’t have enough sufficient visibility. This lack of visibility makes it hard to understand which suppliers are impacted by supply chain disruption. At the same time, 43% of organisations say they can’t adapt quick enough.

To deal with ongoing uncertainty, UK businesses are focusing on adopting the right tools and processes. Over half (58%) of organisations said investing in technology to improve supply chain visibility has been very effective at helping to mitigate the impact of supply chain disruption, while 58% said the same for collaborating with suppliers to share more risk data. A further 71% said implementing AI to automate supplier risk management has been effective at reducing the effect of supply chain disruptions.

“Four-in-ten UK businesses agree that their supply chain recovery is moving at a snail’s pace, so it’s vital they take proactive measures to minimise the impact of disruptions,” continues Thompson. “This means arming procurement teams with the right tools to improve supply chain transparency and collaboration.”

CEOs in the UK, Europe, and the US lack confidence in their sourcing and supply chain functions, according to a new report.

The increasing complexity of procurement and supply chain management is eroding the C-suite’s confidence. According to a new report by supply chain consultancy Proxima, 86% of CEOs see resiliency issues in their supply chain. 

Proxima’s annual 2024 Supply Chain Barometer report found that CEOs are attempting to address these concerns by reorganising critical supply chains and leveraging technologies like AI. However, significant challenges persist. 

“It’s fair to say that the complexities of global supply chains continue to have CEOs around the world scratching their heads. The results of this year’s Barometer show that business leaders are spending more and more time tackling supply chain challenges, reflecting the multiple challenges to address,” Simon Geale, Executive Vice President and Chief Procurement Officer at Proxima, commented.  

Regionalisation, AI, and capex

Proxima’s report is based on a survey of 3,000 CEOs in the UK, Europe and the US. The survey explores how business leaders are responding to geopolitical, economic and environmental supply chain issues. This year’s results reveal that complex supply chains continue to be redesigned and reconfigured. Increasingly, globalisation continues to give way to regional, “friendly” trading zones.

Large organisations were found to be focusing more on offshoring. Notably, they were focusing less on onshoring (25% below overall). CEOs in Europe were more likely to be looking at onshoring supply chains than those in the UK and US.

AI adoption remains a major source of investment, attention and, for many organisations, frustration. Functionally all (over 99% of) CEOs are considering the technology for their supply chains. An overwhelming majority (82%) also said they are planning new AI initiatives this year. However, the staggering amount of money being spent on AI isn’t expected to start delivering returns immediately. Just 22% of CEOs said they expect significant impact within the immediate future. Instead, they indicated that there is significant “hype” around the technology but limited adoption in real terms. Nevertheless, the money keeps coming. 

More generally — whether because of their uncertainty or in spite of it — CEOs said they would be paying more attention to supply chains this year. Despite easing inflation and stable markets, 96% of CEOs are dedicating equal or more time to supply chain issues in 2024, compared with 2023. Geopolitical tensions are pushing leaders to navigate uncharted global dynamics with no end in sight.

Human rights and the climate crisis cast a shadow over supply chains 

In a continuation from last year, over two thirds of CEOs (70%) said they are concerned about the potential for human or labour rights issues in their supply chain. This comes just a few weeks after child labour was found in the supply chain of fast fashion giant SHEIN. 

Concern was found to be highest among the utilities (78.2%), manufacturing (77.1%) and retail (75.4%) sectors. 

There was also a consensus among the CEOs surveyed (99%) that there are barriers to decarbonizing supply chains. However, a consensus does not exist on which barrier is biggest. The largest barrier remains the complexity of the work (29%). However, the other response options carry nearly the same weight for CEOs. These included cost, access to skills, and access to data). The leading barrier in larger organisations is the lack of access to required data, at 30% in contrast to the 22% average for all organisations.

Geale added that it was “Perhaps most worrying… that concerns around human rights issues persist, but the findings also shine a light on just how multifaceted the decarbonization conundrum is. What is for sure is that amongst other priorities like right-shoring, and investing in AI, there is a very definite focus on cost reduction in the 12 months ahead.”

A new report by Vertice argues that just 18% of businesses have the budget and mandate to “optimise” their procurement processes.

Optimising your procurement process could support innovation and reduce time to market. However, just one-in-six businesses are providing the necessary tools, funding, and support to optimise their procurement, according to a new report by procurement SaaS provider Vertice

“Clear correlation” between procurement maturity and overall commercial performance

Vertice’s study surveyed 300 global procurement leaders, asking them to rate their business’ purchasing processes and also their business performance across 8 key metrics. These ranged from cost control and budgeting to the ability to maintain compliance. According to the report, a clear correlation emerged between businesses with a mature procurement function and those with a healthier overall commercial performance. 

Of course, there’s a possibility that a number of other factors that contribute to a business’ success could also be at play, and that those factors could also encourage investment in better procurement processes, rather than better procurement being the root cause. Investment in procurement is not a guarantee of overall business improvement. 

The problem is reportedly worse in the US than the UK, where Vertice’s report found that almost half of businesses (44%) are in the lowest maturity levels, in comparison to the UK where two-thirds of businesses (67%) are in the more advanced stages of procurement maturity with more reliance on automation, AI and integrations.

Procurement underappreciated in the “race to innovate” 

Just under 40% of procurement leaders blamed their struggles to evolve and improve on the overall business’ “poor perception of procurement’s strategic value.” Vertice’s research identified what they call a “procurement innovation gap”, where companies who have invested the most heavily in advanced procurement capabilities are also the fastest to innovate. 

These companies are seizing the competitive advantage by being 32% more able to implement new initiatives and 29% faster in bringing new products and services to market. Not only that, but the more mature a procurement organisation is, the better prepared it is to tackle complexities and disruption.

Businesses with the most mature departments were found to be faster to put innovation into practice than other companies, but only 1 in 6 businesses have reached this level. Meanwhile the remaining 82% of businesses — whose procurement teams rely instead on decentralised, reactive and manual procurement processes — all perform worse. By comparison, companies with the most advanced purchasing were found to experience a 27% jump in efficiency and ease of collaboration, a 22% improvement in budget control, and a 20% increase in an business’ ability to maintain IT and security compliance.

“Procurement is an important catalyst to business innovation; the secret weapon that often goes unnoticed. Quick, intelligent, integrated processes can equip teams faster, with safe and compliant tools, accelerating overall project timelines. But most procurement departments have been unable to mature their outdated, manual processes, throttling the business’ progress and reinforcing an unnecessary negative perception,” said Eldar Tuvey, CEO and founder of Vertice

Tony Mannix, Strategic Advisor – Retail Logistics at GXO, take a closer look at the rise of pre-loved fashion and how retailers can respond with procurement.

The rise of ‘pre-loved’ fashion has been undeniable in recent years. Second-hand purchases in the UK reached £1.2 billion and Vinted has grown to a third of the size of Asos. This trend is driven by the increasing demand for sustainable choices among consumers and businesses. This is further encouraged by the cost-of-living crisis prompting individuals to reconsider their wardrobe expenditures.

Platforms like eBay, Vestiaire, and Vinted have become dominant players in the eCommerce space. These second hand platforms have emerged as go-to destinations for consumers seeking to add new pieces to their wardrobes. In addition to these platforms, initiatives and trends like the “Rule of five”, started by fashion consultant Tiffanie Darke, challenge consumers to buy no more than five new items a year.

While this shift promotes sustainability, it creates a market that traditional retailers are not directly part of. This leads to challenges for the industry. Revenue loss is obvious. However, companies also have less control over the quality of items being sold bearing their brand name.

However, with the right partnership, retailers have the opportunity to establish their own pre-owned fashion channels. These are driving revenue, attracting new customers, and strengthening relationships with existing ones. This approach is particularly crucial in light of impending legislation encouraging businesses to take more responsibility for pre-owned fashion.

The Challenges of Unregulated Peer-to-Peer Commerce

The growth of peer-to-peer commerce is forcing established retailers to try and find ways to positively partake in this movement, even though many of the products being sold on the current platforms do not go back in their supply chain directly.

Brands lack control over the provenance of products listed on peer-to-peer marketplaces. This can pose risks in the form of counterfeit goods tarnishing their reputation, with sub-par quality associated with their label. This issue was highlighted when a US jury found that luxury reseller ‘What Goes Around Comes Around’ had sold counterfeit goods and falsely implied its affiliation with Chanel.

The overall sustainability of the brand is also an important factor. The fashion industry is under immense pressure to reduce the number of garments going to landfill. No matter where the consumer buys their product, the responsibility will continue to be on the brands to proactively think about their own sustainability commitments.

Seizing the Opportunity

To evolve with customer desires, participating in the second-hand movement is crucial for brands. Research from ThredUp shows that over half of Gen Z prefer brands that offer both new and used items.

Yet how can retailers retain control over their brand and the products being resold?

Partnering with the right experts can help retailers to embed sustainability into their brand, create new revenue streams, and extend the lifecycle of clothing through the resale of pre-loved items. This strategy, combined with repair, cleaning, and restoration capabilities, attracts new customers and underscores the value of buying directly from the brand.

In 2022, GXO collaborated with the luxury children’s clothing brand Polarn O. Pyret (PO.P) to develop an integrated pre-loved solution. Customers can register trade-ins online, send unwanted items to the distribution centre, and receive vouchers for new or pre-loved stock. The extensive rejuvenation service ensures items are in prime condition for resale, maximising their value and preventing disappointing their customers.

PO.P offers pre-loved items with new season stock on its website, offering customers a seamless shopping experience. This approach has been well-received, with demand exceeding expectations and expanding PO.P’s customer base, as 35% of pre-loved shoppers were new to the brand. 

The integration of new and preloved within the same webstore offers more choice for the consumer but equally importantly does not differentiate between customers who may be seeking either option, This creation of a single channel for the brand has proved powerful as it treats all customers in the same manner and offers the same brand experience. It is now common for customer orders to feature both new & preloved items.

Collaborating for Growth

PO.P’s approach not only capitalised on the demand for pre-loved clothing but also enhanced customer loyalty and brand connection. This strategy is vital for retailers in a competitive market, as diverse services appeal to various audience groups.

With external factors like the cost-of-living crisis and environmentally conscious shoppers driving the second-hand market, there are no signs of this trend slowing down. Retailers must define a strategy to offer the experiences and products customers seek elsewhere. Doing so will add value to the brand and promote sustainability. Adapting to these changes is essential to avoid losing out to competitors.

GXO’s solution set allows for rapid deployment, enabling brands to swiftly enter the pre-loved market with sector leading capabilities The Polarn O.Pyret experience has demonstrated that when approached in the right manner, with a partner with expertise, Preloved can offer a commercially viable solution that is brand enhancing and delights customers.

Awareness of greenwashing, greenwishing, and greenhushing in the procurement process and supply chain is growing among consumers.

Green messaging has been a ubiquitous part of corporate strategies for close to a decade now. From reusable shopping bags and paper straws to renewable energy and electric vehicles, consumers and regulators alike are driving organisations in every industry to operate more sustainably and create products that are more aligned with a more modern, sustainability-conscious public. However, new research points to a growing trend. Consumers are becoming more cynical when it comes to corporate sustainability claims. A growing awareness of greenwashing, greenwishing, and greenhushing is driving the trend, accoding to industry experts.

“Green and conscious consumer demand is rising, but there is growing scepticism about the accuracy and completeness of sustainability claims,” the report released by professional services consultancy Alvarez & Marsal notes. 

Greenwashing

The practice of making misleading or flat out false claims about a company’s sustainability actions. For example, inflating or obfuscating emissions data to make a company or product appear to be “net zero”. Also, greenwashing companies apply legally unprotected terms like “climate friendly” and “eco” to products or services that are no more environmentally friendly than those sold by their direct competitors. The term can also refer to companies making bold, long-term commitments to reducing their environmental impact without concrete plans. Declaring plans to be “net zero” or “climate positive” by 2030 without an action plan, for example, is a common example of greenwashing. 

Greenwishing 

When a company publicly expresses the desire or intention to address its environmental impact, but fails to make any serious, meaningful steps towards becoming more sustainable. Referred to by KPMG analysts as “unintentional greenwashing” greenwishing occurs when “a company hopes to meet certain sustainability commitments but simply does not have the wherewithal to do so.” 

Greenhushing 

One of the most common ways a company can work against not only its own green reporting but its whole industry. Greenhushing refers to a company’s refusal to publish its ESG information, hiding emissions data and other key details that might result in a loss of public trust and pressure from its shareholders or board to make changes. KPMG notes that, while greenhushing isn’t fundamentally dishonest, it also “limits the quantity and quality of publicly available information. Without this transparency, it becomes challenging to analyse corporate climate targets, share best practices on decarbonization and calculate Scope 3 emissions, which by definition require widespread reporting.”

Growing scepticism 

Awareness of the practices of greenwashing, greenwishing, and greenhushing is growing among consumers, creating a sense of cynicism that threatens to also undermine genuine sustainability efforts made by some firms, as disillusioned consumers dismiss these attempts as intentionally misleading. 

“Awareness of terms such as greenwashing, greenwishing, and greenhushing is increasing, along with criticism of claims about carbon neutrality and the integrity of carbon credits,” notes the Alvarez & Marsal report. “To gain credibility with consumers, regulators, and investors, companies are urged to make genuine and verifiable improvements in their sustainability practices. Overstating progress or making unrealistic forecasts that may not be achieved economically can be risky in today’s environment.”

James Stirk, CEO at Tradeshift, lays out how procurement can move faster and be more strategic with a more digital approach.

Procurement professionals often express frustration that the value they deliver, the complexity of their role, and the difficulty of getting it right are not fully understood or appreciated. 

For years, Procurement has been considered a back-office function – necessary, of course, but not a strategic function. However, this perception is now shifting. Driving this sea change is a state of near-constant disruption that has come to define the global economy.

The New Imperatives for Procurement

The post-pandemic landscape has introduced new pressures on organisations, requiring agile decision-making in response to rapidly changing conditions. A more complex and fragmented macroeconomic environment now offers Procurement the ideal opportunity to demonstrate its strategic value.

From cost management and risk mitigation to regulatory compliance and sustainability efforts, procurement is increasingly central to executive-level priorities. Eliminating latency and friction from the procurement process has become imperative, whether sourcing alternative suppliers or adjusting production based on real-time insights. 

Additionally, procurement teams are tasked with controlling spending across a growing array of indirect spending categories due to a growing reliance on third-party providers for goods and services.

Challenges in Scaling Procurement Processes

Managing a diverse and multifaceted supplier base presents significant challenges. Procurement leaders frequently see their teams become overwhelmed by an expanding array of business-critical tasks. Stories of burnout are rising across the profession. 

A major hurdle lies in integrating procurement and finance systems, which are essential for managing relationships with an extensive supplier network. Traditional procurement tools, bogged down by outdated methods and manual processes, fail to meet modern business demands. Research indicates that more than half of all procurement processes are still conducted manually, leaving professionals burdened by inefficient systems. Experienced professionals spend days each month doing drudgery that could easily be automated. This represents a sad waste of human potential, especially when so many of today’s challenges require creative thinking and a renewed focus on human relationships between buyers and suppliers. 

This challenge is particularly pronounced for mid-market organisations, where growth often leads to a patchwork of disparate software and processes struggling to keep pace with expanding needs. A recent study found that 84% of mid-market organisations have outgrown their existing processes. A full 75% stated that their technology is not suited to their current business size.

Regulatory Pressures Driving Digital Adoption

As procurement teams navigate these operational challenges, they are also facing new regulatory pressures, such as the rising trend of e-invoicing mandates worldwide. These mandates, designed to enhance tax compliance and reduce fraud, require procurement professionals to swiftly adapt their systems and processes. However, this regulatory change should also serve as a catalyst for broader digital transformation efforts across the procure-to-pay process. 

Non-compliance with regulations can result in significant business and financial harm, including administrative fines, protracted audits, and loss of VAT rights. By contrast, those who adopt a joined-up, cross-border approach to meeting evolving regulations worldwide will reap the benefits of cost reduction opportunities and efficiency gains that stem from embedding digital at the core of every business transaction.

Ignoring this shift is not just a missed opportunity—it’s a risk that no forward-thinking business can afford. Companies that fail to act swiftly and strategically may find themselves outpaced by competitors in an increasingly complex and interconnected regulatory environment. 

Bridging the gap between Procurement and AP 

A pervasive challenge for many organisations is the disconnect between Procurement and AP. Ideally, these departments should work in tandem, yet they are frequently hindered by outdated, disparate systems that prevent effective collaboration.

The lack of an integrated P2P process forces Procurement and accounts payable (AP) teams to constantly play catch-up, managing an increasing workload with inadequate tools. Delays in invoice approvals, miscommunications, and lack of transparency lead to higher costs and increased compliance risks. Supplier relationships suffer due to missed invoices and payment delays, while employees become frustrated by cumbersome systems that take weeks for approvals, even on small purchases.

The financial impact of these disjointed systems is substantial. Errors such as missed invoices or duplicate payments disrupt cash flow and undermine financial accuracy. Studies have shown that manual processes can significantly extend transaction cycles, adding days or even weeks to invoice approvals. This affects supplier relations and leads to missed cost-saving opportunities, such as early payment discounts.

The Strategic Shift to Fully Digital P2P Systems

Adopting fully digital P2P systems provides a strategic solution, seamlessly integrating procurement and finance functions. These platforms automate routine tasks, improve visibility, and accelerate transaction cycles, reducing errors and inconsistencies.

Digital P2P systems break down silos between Procurement and AP, enabling more effective collaboration. With a unified system, procurement can track purchase orders, monitor supplier performance, and ensure timely payments. AP benefits from streamlined invoice processing, automated invoice matching, and better cash flow management.

Transforming Procurement Through Digital Integration

As Procurement and Accounts Payable integrate digitally, the benefits extend beyond operational efficiencies. The relationship evolves into a strategic partnership, aligning both departments toward common goals. Real-time data and analytics provide comprehensive insights into procurement activities, spending patterns, and supplier performance. As a result, they enable informed decisions and better anticipation of disruptions.

Integrated P2P systems also ensure timely payments, which help maintain strong supplier relationships and provide more opportunities to negotiate better payment terms, driving cost savings across the organisation. Moreover, these systems help ensure compliance with procurement policies and regulatory requirements, reducing the risk of fraud and legal issues.

A Call to Action for Strategic Digital Transformation

Investing in advanced P2P technologies will drive efficiency, foster innovation, and build resilience, positioning organisations for future success. Mid-market organisations that may view this level of sophistication as the preserve of large enterprises are benefiting from the emergence of a new breed of unified, cross-business procure-to-pay platforms. These platforms deliver the flexibility and scalability to meet their evolving capability needs while integrating seamlessly with their existing systems. 

Transitioning to fully digital P2P systems is not just a technological upgrade but a strategic necessity. Businesses need to integrate processes, break down silos, and utilise real-time data. By doing to, organisations can eliminate inefficiencies, increase agility, and make more informed decisions. 

Businesses’ struggle to adapt to recent disruptions in global trade has put the Procurement function front and centre. No longer a business backwater, the C-Suite is beginning to appreciate the role Procurement plays in the wider organisation. The new breed of all-digital P2P technologies are essential tools for saving time and reducing friction. Not only that, but they are the platform on which procurement can further build its reputation as a driver of business growth. 

Anthony Marshall, Procurement Specialist at Barkers, on how IT procurement can add real value to financial services firms.

IT Procurement within financial services (FS) represents a complex mix of functions. There are many requirements, stakeholders, and suppliers to tackle. This is not to mention the need for regulatory compliance as well as third party risk management and operational resilience.

In addition, the nature of the market, particularly within the banking sector, is changing significantly. The demand for branches and ATMs has significantly decreasedm with much more appetite for on-demand digital services. This shift has created an opportunity for new agile, digital-centric banks to enter and quickly steal market share. These challenger entities are doing so largely through highly tailored and slick customer offerings. These digital offerings allow for rapid adaptability. They enable offerings to be quickly changed or configured in order to rapidly adapt to external market factors. For example: interest rate changes.

By contrast, traditional banking institutions still operate ‘mainframes’ and complicated legacy architecture. This is complex and costly to change and update.

Compliance and governance should be seen as a critical part of procurement’s purpose. However, it is imperative that it is not allowed to dominate thinking, neglecting the broader value of IT procurement. It’s crucial now more than ever that IT procurement proactively seeks to redefine its role. It must focus on being more than just a function that enforces compliance and process. Rather, it must be a valued thought partner to the IT function that guides and enables transformation and drives greater efficiencies.

Below are some of the key challenges that IT procurement professionals may face within financial services:

Complexity requirements

There is a broad range of evolving services in FS. In turn, this results in wide ranging requirements for technology to deliver. This is invariably coupled with a broad and diverse set of stakeholders with competing objectives and agendas. These stakeholders can often be in conflict with each other. This can lead to two key issues. Firstly, a long list of suppliers who provide the same or very similar core capabilities. Secondly, the over adoption of some platforms and deploying the wrong technology for the wrong reasons. Both outcomes will result in a higher cost base. And, in the latter instance particularly, sub-optimal performance and a high supplier concentration risk.

Processes, policies and regulations

Tight process and governance is a must-have in all FS organisations; regulators such as the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) in the UK exist to protect individuals, businesses and the economy, and organisations need to evidence compliance. There is a risk, however, that processes and policies become a dominant focus of IT procurement. This, in turn, can lead to a negative perception or the function being seen as a barrier to transformation.

Suppliers

Suppliers can always be challenging regardless of the sector. In particular, however, there’s often a heightened level of incumbent supplier dependency within FS. This makes them especially tricky to manage. This supplier dependency is largely driven by complex legacy architecture and integration. Unchecked, it creates a scenario where suppliers understand that it would take years to move away and a resultant position of higher leverage for the supplier. Add to this diverse and competing stakeholders and requirements, as well as the perception of FS organisations being “cash rich”, and suppliers will often see the opportunity to increase their revenue via expanding their product offerings, or applying increases to cost on current contracts.

To that end, below are five essential tips for any financial services IT department to help manage this challenging environment.

1. Align with technical categories

Due to the large and diverse nature of FS organisations, it’s highly beneficial to align spend by category technology type. It’s important not to purely align to stakeholders as this will

significantly reduce consolidation and rationalisation opportunities. Aligning by technology also presents further opportunities for procurement to leverage organisational scale and build up SME knowledge within each category. For each category, understand what your renewal pipeline is and ensure that you align this with the technology roadmap and strategy. This will enable key priorities and a strategic sourcing approach to be defined.

Given the digital transformation challenge that many FS organisations face, a long-term

view is critical to avoid running into contract renewals with embedded suppliers with little

leverage and opportunity to influence. Appropriate planning and strategy (and time to do so) is key to ultimately ensuring successful negotiations that strike the right balance of long-term commercial protection vs unlocking value.

2. Build relationships and be willing to flex

It’s imperative that collaborative relationships are established with both ‘on the ground’ stakeholders and decision makers. This is about understanding the organisational objectives but also being proactive in presenting opportunities, risks and potential actions to address. What is particularly important and valued within FS is the ability to flex and work with stakeholders to approach each situation in the best way possible, acknowledging that in many circumstances market tenders may often be of little value. This doesn’t mean that formal tenders are redundant, far from it, but where long-term cost certainty of a current platform is the priority, it is essential to consider other ways of approaching the negotiation and generating leverage.

The ability to offer alternative approaches such as benchmarking and understanding how to leverage this alongside supplier organisation objectives are key to ensuring that IT procurement is seen as a solution-based enabler, even in challenging unavoidable single source scenarios.

3. Understand and objectively challenge requirements

Given the complexity of the technology landscape within FS, there will often be a gap between aspiration and reality, which can lead to over-buying or shelfware. Given this, it’s critical that requirements receive appropriate challenges and are objectively pushed back on. This is not a case of simply saying no, but rather providing a commercial interpretation of the situation and playing back potential options or approaches. It’s important to remember that this area of thinking often won’t be the priority or core competency of a given IT function who will predominantly be focussed on fulfilling a business requirement in the best way possible. It is therefore IT procurement’s responsibility to provide healthy and collaborative challenges.

4. Own the negotiation and know how to do it

Given the complex nature of infrastructure within FS organisations, IT is rarely negotiated in circumstances where an incumbent solution can be easily and cheaply swapped out. Incumbent technology platforms are often deeply embedded whilst investment in new technology is usually seen as critical to digital transformation (with a specific technology often pre-determined or highly favoured).

When considering negotiation approaches in this context, an essential starting point is establishing a minimum baseline of requirements and focussing on this as a priority – noting the often misalignment between aspiration and reality. Only once you have achieved an appropriate outcome on your baseline requirements should further conversations be entertained with suppliers. Given the often-complex nature of potential requirements, suppliers will often present over-scoped proposals based on what they see as the opportunity, badged as client requirements. It’s critical to not let suppliers drive the requirements but rather start from a minimum baseline of established requirements, whilst also starting to build a good understanding of the suppliers’ objectives.

Finally, whilst IT procurement should own the negotiation, this doesn’t mean going it

alone. Senior stakeholder relationships should be leveraged appropriately to arrive at the desired outcome, influenced by clear, insightful and influential briefings from IT procurement. This ensures that key messaging is delivered consistently.

5. Master the art of effective communication

To effectively act as a strategic thought partner to the IT function, it’s key that all of the great work and due diligence undertaken by IT procurement is communicated in a clear and concise manner. This may be done verbally. Often, when it comes to senior executives and decision makers, mastering the art of compelling written communication is key. This is the case both in terms of encouraging a decision to move in a particular direction or seeking support.

Rather than providing rigid bullet point summaries outlining key terms, benefits and risks, it’s important that IT procurement has the ability to clearly articulate the scenario, the practical options that are available, and most importantly an informed and objectively considered recommendation.

Final thoughts

In conclusion, now more than ever, the value that a high-functioning IT procurement can add cannot be undervalued. 

In a sector with ever evolving regulatory requirements and highly digital agendas, it’s essential for FS organisations that procurement acts as the commercial interpreter and advisor, guiding IT leaders through the process and helping to foster a collective focus on unlocking value and driving optimal outcomes.

Mark Reddy, Global Director of Growth – Finance, Spend, and Governance at OneAdvanced, explores how to boost procurement productivity.

Productivity is a national issue. According to a recent Gallup poll, as much as 90% of the UK workforce is currently disengaged and under-productive. This costs the UK 11% of its GDP each year – equivalent to around £257bn. That’s a massive problem for the country as a whole, but also for every single organisation that seeks to achieve growth, secure market share, and remain competitive as it pursues its business goals.

Increasing productivity is, therefore, the key to unlocking success for individual organisations and the UK at large. There are lots of areas where organisations need to make productivity gains. However, procurement is undoubtedly one of the most important places to start. When an organisation can identify and implement ways to reduce spend and increase efficiency, this can lead to improved return on investment (ROI) and optimises every penny spent. 

More effective procurement processes can therefore achieve more for less. By doing this, procurement frees up budgets. This means the company can spend money in other functions and benefit the overall organisation. These may include attracting and training high-quality talent, upgrading technology, or investing in their R&D for a more innovative, attractive product base. Without money, none of these strategies can be properly initiated.

One of the biggest challenges for organisations seeking to achieve higher productivity in procurement is that they are being held back by existing legacy systems. These stifle any attempts to grow, ensuring the organisation can’t adapt to rapidly-changing environments and will struggle to remain competitive.

Identifying legacy technology

The basic definition of legacy is outdated technology that still serves an important role for the business. That doesn’t necessarily relate to age as some older IT is still very much fit for purpose while certain newer solutions may already be obsolete. To identify legacy technology, look for technology that the vendor no longer supports or which is no longer available to purchase. This means any issues that arise will not be easy to fix, potentially disabling procurement processes and costing the organisation dearly.

Also, legacy technology may be incompatible with other, more recently acquired solutions, negating the value of investing in them. Identifying whether it’s time to upgrade comes down to assessing efficiency. And if competitors are using more efficient procurement tools, they will be forging ahead with increased productivity.

Choose suitable upgrades


If increasing productivity is the objective, then in an ideal world, organisations would be managing all their functions, including procurement, using the latest, most powerful digital solutions.

But many businesses are not in position to implement a wholesale upgrade of all their technology architecture. Instead, many choose to explore ways to evolve and transition from their legacy systems by phasing in next-generation solutions. This may help with budget, as well as reducing downtime and disruption, although best in class providers can enable the transition with little or no interruption to business as usual. These vendors will work with their legacy technology, integrating updated IT with a staged approach that best meets budget and other requirements.

One approach involves organisations identifying the most crucial processes in the procurement function first – whether that be sourcing, contract management, or supplier management, and successively implementing the solutions and seeing the greatest benefits most quickly.

Managing the deployment of new technology

Having found a procurement solutions provider that understands the specific needs and requirements of your organisation, its experts should work with your procurement team, ensuring that everything is in best order before beginning the transition.

It is absolutely crucial that this includes getting organisational data into a good state. Data is arguably an organisation’s most important asset, next to or on a par with talent and it must work effectively for the organisation. If not managed correctly, poor quality data will slow everything down.

The processes include checking accuracy, identifying missing data, establishing ways to sort, categorise, standardise, and validate the data while ensuring compliance with data protection law. 

Supporting the fight for talent

The procurement talent shortage is well documented and the battle to secure the best people is an ongoing one. Technology empowers already overstretched teams. However, it’s also a powerful tool for attracting new talent into your organisation. 

Many businesses are waking up to the importance of the employee value proposition and the need to offer a full package comprising more than just financial remuneration. The chance to work within a tech-first team and advance personal knowledge and skills in data, automation and AI is far more appealing for candidates than a paper-based procurement system.

The cost of inaction

It’s not necessarily a technology’s age that defines it as being “legacy.” It’s likely that legacy technology will be primarily on-premises, implemented prior to widespread cloud adoption. Of course, some on-premise technology is highly effective and appropriate to the organisation, but in many cases it is out of date and holding organisations back from achieving their productivity goals. On-premise technology can be very expensive to run and maintain, and often hampers attempts to scale, strangling any growth ambitions. 

Increasingly, organisations are seeing the real value in taking subscription-based cloud technology, that is scalable, secure, and accessible. Cloud-based procurement solutions help professionals do their jobs more easily, with greater flexibility and enhanced security standards which are crucial for protecting valuable data. Their inherent scalability provides for more future-proof strategies, and helps maintain connectivity with other forward-thinking supplier and customer businesses.

Procurement is a business-critical function, where failure to effectively manage and control spend can make or break an organisation’s financial health. Effective procurement has other impacts too, including helping to elevate (or not) reputation, driving sustainability by using more local and ethical suppliers. Powerful procurement solutions enable organisations to pivot quickly when disruptions happen in the supply chain, so they can continue to serve their customers reliably, thus they can potentially transform the customer experience, driving greater satisfaction, leading to increased sales.

From legacy to the next generation 

When embarking on the transition from legacy to next-generation solutions, it is crucial that organisations put in the hard yards with their data to create a powerful dataset. This can provide procurement professionals with important, actionable insights, and accurate data analytics that drive decisions around trends, forecasting and more. 

These will reduce spend, save resources (including valuable employee time), and drive increased productivity. Budgets may be tight, and while some productivity gains often come in a series of small changes, effective digital transformation in procurement can very quickly bring big wins, powering the organisation forward towards success.

The Danish toymaker has committed to using more eco-friendly materials, phasing fossil fuels out of its plastic bricks by 2032.

Lego has announced plans to remove all fossil fuels from its bricks by 2032, sourcing its plastic from renewable or recycled sources instead. The announcement comes just over a year after the company axed plans to make its bricks from recycled plastic bottles, saying that the process of sourcing, recycling, and remanufacturing the bottles did not reduce its carbon footprint

The Danish toy maker currently makes its plastic blocks from an oil-based material called ABS, which the BBC reported recently is not biodegradable, in addition to posing challenges for the recycling process. 

This is the latest development in the company’s attempts to decarbonise its products, despite making them from plastic. Currently, Lego manufactures its resin using a “mass balance approach”, which combines “both virgin fossil and renewable and recycled raw materials, such as used cooking or plant oils,” to create its bricks, according to the company’s website.

Lego announced that it procured approximately 22% of the plastic used in its bricks in H1 2024 from renewable and recycled sources. This reportedly represents a 12% increase year on year. 

“By doing this, the company aims to help accelerate the industry’s transition to more sustainable, high-quality materials,” stated a press release from the company.

Lego manufactures approximately 70 billion elements per year.
Lego manufactures approximately 70 billion plastic blocks, or elements, per year.

A blueprint for better procurement?

Around the world, organisations looking to switch their materials procurement out for more sustainable options have struggled to find ways to balance an increased emphasis on ESG with the ongoing need for revenue and profit growth. Lego — one of the world’s simultaneously profitable and plastic-dependent companies — may provide an example of how to move forward. 

Despite highlighting that its goal of eliminating fossil fuels from its bricks will raise the cost of procuring resin by 70%, Lego has said it will absorb the cost without passing it on to its customers. Lego products will remain the same price, despite the more eco-friendly materials increasing spend further up the value chain. 

“With a family-owner committed to sustainability, it’s a privilege that we can pay extra for the raw materials without having to charge customers extra,” Lego CEO Niels Christiansen told Reuters. He added that he hoped the decision to procure more sustainable materials that make the (approximately) 70 billion pieces Lego sells every year will “help accelerate the industry’s transition to more sustainable, high-quality materials.”

A Collective Fashion Justice report finds British fashion brands are woefully underperforming in the fight to reduce emissions in their value chain.

Just two weeks ahead of London Fashion Week, a new report from industry ethics advocacy group Collective Fashion Justice (CFJ) has highlighted a troubling lack of progress in the British fashion industry’s decarbonisation efforts. 

As the report notes, the “window of time left to curb total climate catastrophe is quickly closing” and, while there is “no doubt” that the fashion industry is a major contributor to the climate crisis, the CFJ’s argues that brands in the UK aren’t doing enough to curb their impact on a planet already feeling the effects of the climate crisis. 

Fashion Council brands falling short of science based targets

The CFJ found that less than 4% of British Fashion Council member brands have published any public climate targets whatsoever. Even fewer of those targets align with the science-based targets set out by the Paris Agreement. 

Science-based targets are those that align a business’ sustainability efforts with goals and benchmarks laid out in the Paris Agreement in 2016 — a legally binding agreement between 195 nations to keep global heating beneath 2 degrees Celsius. The scientific community has highlighted the fact that the agreement is not aggressive enough to curtail global heating. Despite the widespread agreement from the scientific community that the Paris Agreement’s science-based targets fall short of what is necessary to effectively combat climate change, over 96% of the British Fashion Council’s member brands have failed to take the necessary steps to align themselves with them. 

Of the 206 BFC member designers and brands assessed just 7 have a published climate target (less than 4%). Only 5 have a science based target aligned with the Paris Agreement (2.4%). The industry has, the CFJ argues, failed to meaningfully invest in combating its environmental impact, adding that government policy has failed to necessitate that investment.

“This finding is an embarrassment for an industry that considers itself one of the most creative and innovative in the world.” — Collective Fashion Justice

Degrowth, materials, and decarbonisation: Solutions to fashion’s carbon disaster

The report proposes three solutions to the issue: a combination of degrowth, decarbonisation, and a new approach to responsible materials production. The CFJ notes that scientific data ties 38% of industry greenhouse gas emissions to irresponsible raw material production, “particularly those derived from ruminant animals and fossil fuels.” 

A dramatic reduction in animal-derived materials like leather and cashmere would, the CFJ argues, result in a substantial reduction of greenhouse gas emissions — specifically methane. They also note, however, that fossil fuel-derived materials also have their consumption reduced, according to the UN’s Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change. 

“Animal-derived materials must not continue to be green-washed and ignored,” argues the CFJ, but rather have their usage reduced according to science-based targets. The CFJ advocates for responsibly replacing animal-derived materials with bio-innovation. The report emphasises that the rearing of animals for both food and fashion is the leading driver of anthropogenic methane (32%) and responsible for 16.5% of total greenhouse gas emissions.

Greenhouse gases in spring? How original

According to Vishal Patel, VP of Product at cloud-based procurement software vendor Ivalua, “The pressure is on fashion brands to implement and track sustainable practices across the clothing production process, from converting raw materials in factories to finished products on the shopfloor.” 

He acknowledges that, with major fashion brands potentially dealing with as many as 50,000 suppliers across hundreds of different regions, it’s “extremely difficult to accurately track their suppliers’ green practices and near impossible to track beyond tier 1 and 2 suppliers.” Considering Scope 3 emissions are largely responsible for an organisation’s carbon footprint, this is a major challenge that lies ahead of the fashion industry, but it’s not one that it can afford to avoid, argues the CFJ. 

“This isn’t a question of whether or not brands want or feel morally obligated to act. There is no future of fashion on a dead planet: no supply chain remains untouched by the effects of climate change,” admonishes the report. “If the British fashion industry wants to be taken seriously it needs to set and follow through on science-based targets that prevent climate catastrophe, aligned with the Paris Agreement and ensuring a net-zero 2050, with substantial progress made in the coming years.” 

Patel adds: “To help keep track of emissions and hit ESG targets, fashion brands need to take a smarter approach to procurement to carefully select suppliers, effectively assess their environmental impact, and identify opportunities to work with suppliers to meet sustainability requirements.”

Venki Subramanian, Senior Vice President of Product Management at Reltio, explores how CPOs can restore trust in fragmented ESG data.

Today’s Chief Procurement Officers (CPOs) are under unprecedented pressure to ensure their organisations meet increasingly stringent environmental, social, and governance (ESG) reporting requirements

As global regulations tighten and stakeholders demand greater transparency, the quality and integrity of ESG data have become critical. However, many CPOs grapple with a significant obstacle: fragmented data scattered across disparate systems. 

This data disarray threatens the accuracy of ESG reporting and poses substantial risks to compliance and reputation. To rise to the challenge, CPOs must take decisive action. They need to find ways to unify and streamline their data management processes, transforming fragmented ESG data into a trusted, strategic asset that drives sustainable business practices and builds stakeholder trust.

The stakes are high. Failure to do so could lead to serious repercussions including potential fines and reputational risk in the marketplace.

The urgency of ESG compliance for CPOs

CPOs are acutely aware of the growing impact of ESG regulations on their operations. The rapid increase of regulatory frameworks, especially for businesses that source supplies and operate internationally, has reached a critical point. The EU’s Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD), which became law in early 2023, exemplifies this trend. It mandates that all major and listed companies—including EU subsidiaries of non-EU enterprises—must disclose detailed information about their ESG impacts. The clock is ticking: CSRD will apply to reports published in 2025 for the 2024 fiscal year. This new reality intensifies the need for full transparency into supply chains. Achieving this means ensuring robust data management to support the accurate ESG assessment of suppliers.

The challenge of fragmented data in supplier and procurement systems

The problem, however, lies within the vast troves of enterprise data. Siloed, fragmented and generally untrustworthy, the information that CPOs need to generate ESG reports is in disarray.

Fragmented data across supplier and procurement systems is a pervasive challenge that hampers enterprise operations’ efficiency, accuracy, and effectiveness. As organisations increasingly prioritise ESG reporting, the consequences of fragmented data have become more pronounced. It is not just a luxury anymore; having trusted data is crucial to meeting the needs of the growing complexity of regulatory risk. The average enterprise uses 446 applications that are largely disconnected from one another, resulting in data silos and multiple versions of the truth, according to Gartner. 

One of the most immediate consequences of fragmented data is the lack of comprehensive visibility into the supply chain. Limited visibility into supplier performance is a major challenge, primarily due to data being dispersed across multiple, unconnected systems. The lack of visibility hinders decision-making as procurement teams struggle to access reliable, up-to-date information on supplier compliance, risks, and performance metrics.

Navigating the complexities of ESG reporting

As CPOs refine their procurement processes, they must tackle supply chain data management simultaneously. ESG regulations demand new types of data about suppliers maintained to a higher standard of accuracy and completeness. 

Unfortunately, too much supplier data is currently siloed, inaccurate, or incomplete, which jeopardises the ability to measure ESG compliance effectively. The ultimate goal of advancing sustainability and good governance within procurement processes is admirable, but the workload is immense. 

CPOs and their teams must identify which suppliers have advanced CSRD practices while assisting others in improving their processes. This cannot be a mere checkbox exercise; it requires ongoing collaboration, guidance, and assessments to embed CSRD principles into contracts and continuously evaluate the risks within the supply chain—whether related to child labour, environmental damage, or other critical issues.

The urgent need for modern data unification

The case for data unification and management across supplier and procurement systems is clear. By consolidating data into a single, coherent system—such as through Master Data Management (MDM) solutions or with targeted data products—organisations can achieve a unified view of their supply chains. 

This improves visibility and decision-making and ensures that ESG reporting is accurate and comprehensive, reducing the risk of non-compliance.

Given the need for agility and effectiveness in CSRD reporting, the choice of data management and unification solutions is critical. Modern, cloud-based solutions offer distinct advantages. These include open application programming interfaces (APIs) that simplify and accelerate the integration of internal and external systems. CPOs should also seek MDM platforms that leverage AI and machine learning to automate data quality checks. Doing so will further streamline the process.

To get a 360-degree view of the supply chain, supplier data must be enriched with ESG and compliance data from third-party sources such as Dun & Bradstreet, OneTrust, Bloomberg, and others. 

That is why CPOs should seek out cutting-edge 360 solutions that offer out-of-the-box integrations to third-party data providers and pre-packaged, industry-specific data models and configurations that are highly tailored to supplier data with the goal of quickly getting results. 

These solutions can dramatically reduce implementation time and accelerate time-to-value for organisations. CPOs should also look for data unification platforms that offer easy low-code integrations with upstream systems, such as supplier onboarding portals and downstream systems for payment and risk management, to have a fully integrated solution to manage their supply chain.

The benefits (beyond ESG reporting)

The benefits of having a single source of data truth extend beyond ESG reporting. Accurate and consistent data in supplier and procurement systems can streamline new supplier onboarding and enhance product pricing and production planning. 

Whether driven by ESG requirements or not, unifying supply chain data will provide CPOs with the clarity needed to make their supply chains more efficient, cost-effective, and resilient.

Shannon Kirk, Global Director of Legal Industry Solutions at Icertis, explores how tackling supply chain disruption can be mitigated with contract intelligence.

The spring and summer months mark a time of high alert around the world. In the U.S., East coast states have just entered the dreaded hurricane season, while the West Coast is deep into fire season (currently, there are over 70 active wildfires across the U.S.). Not even Europe can escape the weather; with record high temperatures wreaking havoc, experts estimate the economic impact to be upwards of $10 billion. 

Weather-related events have lasting impacts on all aspects of our day-to-day lives, whether it be school closures, power outages, insurance claims, or even supply chain disruptions. In fact, early predictions expect supply chain disruptions to cost companies as much as $100 billion globally this year alone.

Each year, these events serve as a stark reminder of the critical role supply chains play in modern business and how far-reaching these disruptions can be on a global level. 

Despite best efforts, supply chain disruptions happen all the time; whether through natural disasters, geopolitics, shifting regulations, or economic instability, the supply chain is sensitive to change. Therefore, businesses must have a modernised contracting solution in place to help mitigate risk. 

Managing supply chain disruption begins with contracts

Every supplier relationship is governed by a contract, making contracts one of the most powerful data sources to gain visibility and insights into potential supply chain weaknesses. 

When disruptions occur, the impact can vary across industries. Airlines may experience grounded flights; retail might face disruptions at the point of sale; and manufacturing could see production lines come to a halt due to delayed delivery of critical components, resulting in costly downtime and potential revenue loss.

So, who actually bears the cost of lost revenue when a disruption occurs? Well, the answer should be found in the contract. 

Contracts are the foundation of commerce, governing every dollar flowing in and out of an enterprise and acting as the single source of truth for business relationships. No matter what side of the transaction, sellers need to know what they’re entitled to, and buyers need to know what to expect. That’s why ensuring contract language, such as required terms and clauses that respond to supply chain disruption, is critical. 

The complexity of modern supply chains

Modern supply chains consist of hundreds of suppliers across a range of geographies. This complexity results in the management of hundreds of thousands of contracts, likely written in different languages, adhering to local regulations, and stored in clunky and disjointed systems as PDFs. 

The sheer volume of these contracts makes it increasingly challenging for businesses to map the full ecosystem of relationships and ensure that the intent of their commercial agreements is fully realised. 

Poor contract management can cost companies nearly 9% of their bottom line. This is a significant loss that AI-powered contract management solutions can help prevent. In a recent survey, 44% of CPOs reported leading AI adoption efforts, recognizing the increasing importance of AI in the procurement function.

The power of contract intelligence 

Contract Lifecycle Management (CLM) is one key area where CPOs see the value of AI. Traditionally, procurement teams managed contracts manually in disparate, disconnected systems, hindering agility and quick responses to disruption. However, by digitising these data goldmines and applying AI, automation, and machine learning, organisations can enhance visibility, standardise processes, and unlock insights across their hundreds of suppliers.

Contract intelligence, a modern approach to CLM, not only helps businesses respond to crises but can also enable proactive measures within contracts to help maintain continuity. For example, if a particular supply chain route is at risk due to a natural disaster, AI can help quickly detect potential supply chain failures and identify tertiary suppliers as alternatives, ultimately mitigating potential delays. 

For example, the semiconductor shortage attributed to the pandemic and exacerbated by extreme weather and the Russian invasion of Ukraine highlights the vulnerabilities within complex global supply chains. Although the chip supply chain has largely stabilised, the lingering effects underscore the challenges inherent in relying on specialised suppliers. 

This situation emphasises the need for businesses to diversify their suppliers and turn to contracts as critical sources to manage risks effectively. Implementing AI-powered contract intelligence can provide better visibility into their supply chain dependencies, proactively secure alternative sources, and help maintain business continuity.

The future of CLM

As recently as a decade ago, CLM was nothing more than a repository of scanned documents. Today, AI has completely revolutionised the CLM space, transforming contracts into dynamic resources that guide how businesses operate with their suppliers. Gone are the days of signing a contract and just forgetting about it. Now, contracts serve as a living data source to mitigate risk and manage compliance. 

By connecting millions of contracts and infusing their data into core operations, businesses can create rich pools of AI-powered insights to inform better decision-making, increasing the pace of business, and positioning the company to thrive despite supply chain challenges.

Gemma Thompson, Senior Consultant for Strategy and Growth at Proxima, answers our questions on the evolving state of risk and resilience in the procurement sector.

2024 is proving to be a challenging time for the procurement and sourcing sector. Despite the fading effects of the COVID-19, a new era of seemingly “perpetual disruption” offers no respite for CPOs and their teams. 

Proxima is a global procurement and supply chain consultancy based in London. One of their senior consultants, Gemma Thompson, writes regularly about the ways in which CPOs can prepare to meet the constantly unfolding challenges facing their industry. We sat down with her to ask some of our most pressing questions about risk, resilience, and the future of procurement. 

In the wake of the pandemic and the end of the drought in Panama, what are the major threats to procurement and sourcing resilience affecting the world right now? 

Although many organisations are still navigating the ongoing impacts of the pandemic and the Panama drought, headlines are waning. In their wake is a mass of geopolitical uncertainty and trade disruptions.

We’re in the midst of the biggest election year globally in history, and the ripple effects are far felt. Ongoing tensions between major powers like the US, China, and Taiwan threaten unpredictable sanctions regimes that could place supply chains at risk of disruption and inflated costs.

Trade wars of tariffs and taxes fuel uncertainty for business leaders trying to build resilience into their supply chains.

Building true resilience in today’s supply landscape requires organisations to think broader and consider more than ever before. So, the greatest of all threats would be ignorance, or inertia— Gemma Thompson

Further uncertainty can be attributed to ongoing conflict around the world. As supply networks pull parts of the globalised world closer together, regional conflicts present a risk far wider reaching than the originating countries.

Proven by Russia’s invasion of Ukraine and the impact on food and energy, exacerbated by the attacks on the Red Sea and the targeting of commercial ships in response to the ongoing conflict in the Gaza Strip.

Six months on, Maersk reported that the ripple effects on maritime shipping and global supply chains have intensified, highlighting that these threats will impact procurement strategies and sourcing resilience for a while to come.

Increased transit times through rerouting trade, increased associated costs and resources required, and capacity shortages all significantly impact decision-making.

In a cliché of a perfect storm, geopolitics and conflict are not the only threats to procurement and sourcing resilience, though. Organisations face a series of balances to strike—the transition to low-carbon to achieve a net zero future while protecting costs involved in navigating natural disasters, investing in technology innovation while protecting against increasingly sophisticated cyberattacks and vulnerabilities, and managing costs and margins while facing labour shortages from production through to delivery.

Building true resilience in today’s supply landscape requires organisations to think broader and consider more than ever before. So, the greatest of all threats would be ignorance, or inertia.  

Some industry experts believe we’ve entered an age of “perpetual disruption.” Are they right? 

They’re not wrong. The reality is that a whole network of supply chain vulnerabilities was bubbling away under the surface, and the pandemic was the boiling point.

What’s happened since is an inability to get the lid to stay back on, because now that we see those vulnerabilities, we must deal with them. Yet at the same time, we are faced with an era-defining reconfiguration of global trade driven by serious geopolitical events. With no crystal ball for knowing where the jigsaw pieces will land, “perpetual disruption” seems appropriate.

The other contributing factor is that even if organisations are not directly involved in an event themselves—be it trade wars, conflict, natural disasters, or other—they will likely be impacted by the ripple effects. Port congestion, logistical delays, material shortages, and economic volatility continue to evolve as events play out.

However, as with most market trends, the focus and impact will ebb and flow. While it’s a little early to imagine a stable global market, pockets of resilience at a regional level, as organisations look to onshore or nearshore operations, could start to pave the way forward.

There is a philosophical debate to be had around the concept of perpetual disruption or if this is just an evolution of normalised trading conditions. Whatever the outcome (of that debate), the reality is that in seeking sufficient levels of control, business leaders must take a proactive, strategic approach to sourcing resilience.

How are risk and resilience models being used to drive organisational growth?  

Integrating resilience into their long-term strategies enables organisations to weather more storms with minimal impact on profitability and operations. Building response capabilities to unforeseen circumstances in advance and enabling faster, data-informed decision-making helps organisations adapt to change quickly and seize new opportunities.

By embedding these practices, effectively managing risk, and investing in resilience through robust sourcing strategies, appropriately skilled teams, and technology, the organisation feeds into its competitive advantage—positioning itself ahead of others that might not be as mature in the risk and resilience realm.

At a more practical level, building resilience allows you to deliver the best to your customers. Be the organisation that follows through on your SLAs and promises like the next-day delivery, not the one that sends an apologetic email due to delays. Sometimes, it’s unavoidable, but your best bet for organisational growth is to ensure you’re as prepared for those instances as possible.

Are there any technological solutions that promise to help ease these pain points? 

Some technologies that have been around for some time are now having their moment in the spotlight, like Blockchain, automation and robotics, artificial intelligence, and machine learning, as practical use cases become more apparent throughout supply chain management. Namely through providing transparency and security, increasing productivity, optimising demand forecasting and route planning, and enhancing quality control and predictive maintenance.

At its broadest level, the next-generation supply chain will be architected using many proven, new, and emerging technologies to deliver the transparency and agility that we have been speaking about for some time now.

Revolution or evolution? It doesn’t really matter; this is simply how things will be done from this moment forward, and tech firms are starting to see the demand, which enables investment on their side.

For example, a game-changing innovation for visibility and predictability is Digital Twins. Creating virtual replicas of supply chains allows organisations to simulate and analyse different procurement and sourcing strategies to test resilience before implementing and committing significant costs and resources. We’ve seen pioneers do this, and soon will come the time for the mass market.

“Business leaders must consider the appropriate technology for their strategy and budget and leverage its functionality to ease their specific pain points” — Gemma Thompson

At a more detailed level, if we look at how to use technology to improve how risk is managed in your supply network, the options available will depend on your organisational risk appetite and the risks at play.

Some providers use blockchain technology to automate and streamline risk management during onboarding processes by scraping the market for compliance information. Other technologies specialise in certain supplies or categories that can scan for specific vulnerabilities, such as cybersecurity within IT or regulatory compliance within HR.

Across the end-to-end supply chain, emerging technology enables the tracking of products from origin through to customer, as mentioned above. This can be at a component or finished goods level as programs mature, but it is that technology that can predict risks and alert buyers to pivot supply arrangements.  

Business leaders must consider the appropriate technology for their strategy and budget and leverage its functionality to ease their specific pain points. 

Anything else you’d like to add? 

Often, risk gets a bad rap. The context of conflict and crises frames risk in a negative light, yet knowing your risks can drive positive results. 

Business leaders should see risk as a golden thread running through operations to protect and improve resilience and profitability. Significant financial and operational impacts can be avoided when managed effectively and by leveraging the right tools and technology.

Rising demand for a “wave” of AI-enabled devices slated to hit the market in Q3 could make it challenging for IT procurement teams to secure the devices they need.

Surging demand for artificial intelligence-enabled devices could pose a major challenge for procurement teams in the second half of 2024. According to a new report by Probrand, the launch of the next generation of AI computers is one of several factors likely to trigger higher than typical levels of sales.

IT device demand surges

Probrand identified several contributing factors that could make it more difficult for procurement teams to secure the IT equipment they need. These include replacement purchases due to the loss of support for Windows 10 products in October 2025; periodic product refreshes to replace emergency purchases made during the Covid-19 pandemic; the heavy discounting on old market stock by vendors wanting to clear a path for new stock; and an increased supply of AI-powered devices, including Microsoft’s Copilot+. 

Ian Nethercot, supply chain director at Probrand, commented: “As more AI-powered devices enter the market there is going to be a surge in supply, which will create increased competition between vendors, who will be under pressure to shift their existing stock. In the last week alone, we’ve seen additional discounts of between 5 and 10% in certain categories, including laptops.”

He added: “The supply chain is also showing more signs of improved stability, which is building confidence in the market. It’s encouraging vendors to be more transparent with buyers over what deals are available, and offer more flexibility in the way they can purchase stock. For example, many vendors are now giving organisations the option to ringfence and reserve products in advance. This means IT buyers can be more strategic. They can seize the deals available to them now and acquire stock for future deployment.’’

Probrand advises that, as the market transitions to the next-generation of PC, there will be a short window of opportunity that will allow buyers to stretch their IT budgets further – if they can be strategic in their purchasing behaviour.

The AI computer era

Microsoft, along with other computer manufacturers, has spent the past year pushing the introduction of new computer hardware that’s compatible with running AI applications, like Copilot, locally. The idea is that, rather than rely on the internet and massive, power-intensive data centres to execute generative AI commands, local AI-enabled PCs will be able to execute more AI commands within the laptop itself. 

According to data gathered by Canalys, electronics manufacturers shipped 8.8 million AI-capable PCs in Q2 of 2024. Defined as desktops and notebooks that include a chipset or block for dedicated AI workloads, such as an NPU, these devices made up around 14% of all PCs shipped in the quarter. Canalys’ research expects that figure to rise to 18% of all shipments for the whole of 2024. With all major processor vendors’ AI-capable PC roadmaps now well underway, Canalys notes that the stage is set for a significant ramp-up in device availability and end-user adoption in the second half of 2024 and beyond, in line with Probrand’s predictions. 

“The wider availability of AI-accelerating silicon in personal computing will be transformative, leading to over 150 million AI-capable PCs shipping through to the end of 2025,” said Ishan Dutt, Principal Analyst at Canalys.

However, the integration of AI hardware into personal computers (or any devices, for that matter) has not been seamless. Delays, obsolete devices under a year old, and doubts cast over the functionality of AI-powered applications like Copilot have all raised questions over whether massive spending on generative AI is justified yet — or even whether it ever will be.  

“Rose-tinted predictions for artificial intelligence’s grand achievements will be swept aside by underwhelming performance and dangerous results,” Darren Acemoglu warned in a recent article for WIRED

Private equity firm Vista Equity Partners has acquired Jaggaer, a procurement automation software organisaition.

The procurement sector continues to face the twin challenges of an increasingly volatile supply chain landscape and a widespread shortage of skilled professionals. In order to close the existing skills gap and increase efficiency, investors are turning more and more to technology and cutting edge solutions.

Organizations can spend more than 70% of their total revenue on procurement, making it important to use developing technologies to increase efficiency, cost savings and competitive advantage. As a result, procurement platforms that bring new levels of oversight, automation, and analysis to the source-to-pay process are drawing in an increasing amount of capital investment.

Procurement automation aims to remove the need for the kind of slow manual tasks usually associated with the spend management process. Not only can it save teams time by reducing menial work, but it can also reduce costs, saving companies money while providing more accurate insights and happier suppliers. 

Vista acquires Jaggaer

Today, private equity investment firm Vista Equity Partners, which focuses on enterprise software, data and technology focused businesses, announced the acquisition of Jaggaer, an enterprise procurement and supplier collaboration software, from its owner, UK-based private equity firm Cinven. Neither Vista nor Jaggaer confirmed the exact terms of the deal. However, Reuters reported in May on rumours that the deal could be worth as much as $3 billion.

Jaggaer provides configurable source to pay and collaboration software for direct and indirect procurement processes through a single, unified platform. The company’s current model provides cloud-based procurement automation technology to large pharmaceutical corporations, including AstraZeneca, Unilever, and Merck KGaA. It also serves customers in other industries including large industrials firms and insurers, according to Reuters.

Jaggaer’s AI-enabled solutions help make purchasing more cost effective, better organised, and its digital tools help companies automate sourcing, spend management, contracting, eProcurement, invoicing and supply chain visibility for a diversified group of more than 1,400 customers around the world.

Executive reflections

“This new partnership with Vista underscores Jaggaer’s strong momentum and the compelling value our intelligent software delivers by helping our customers manage and automate complex processes while enabling a highly resilient, responsible and integrated supplier base,” said Andy Hovancik, CEO of Jaggaer.

Michael Fosnaugh, Co-Head of Vista’s Flagship Fund and Senior Managing Director, explains that Vista’s decision to acquire Jaggaer was rooted in the fact that “Jaggaer provides a mission critical platform that enables its customers and partners to streamline global supply chain and procurement processes, lower costs and improve visibility.” He added that Jaggaer’s products “serve a large addressable market benefiting from durable growth tailwinds, including customers’ increasing desire to unify direct and indirect spend management and realise the benefits of AI. Jaggaer is well-positioned to capitalise on these demand trends given its leading capabilities across source-to-pay workflows.”

“Jaggaer’s comprehensive solution enables customers to manage all procurement activities from an intuitive platform that harmonises and optimises disparate spend data,” said Sam Payton, Senior Vice President at Vista. He also pointed to the quality of Jaggaer’s “high performing leadership team,” whose “demonstrated commitment to operational excellence” was a big part of why Vista purchased the company, and spoke to “a bright vision for the future of AI-powered spend management.” He added: “We’re excited to support an organisation that cares deeply about their customers, partners and mission.”

Mark Boswell, Director at BearingPoint, delves into procurement’s role as a driver of sustainability within the organisation.

Sustainabiliy is becoming a bigger part of business’ agendas. Increasingly, organisations are focusingon how to deliver and accelerate their environmental, social, and governance objectives.  There are many dimensions to sustainability. Tackling climate change is just one piece of the puzzle. It also includes ending poverty and addressing social needs like education, health, and equality. 

Organisations must address all aspects of sustainability, rather than focusing solely on their immediate impacts on sustainability and climate change. Achieving these goals and objectives is crucial, with procurement playing a pivotal role in this success.

Sustainability agreements and summits

The UN’s 17 Sustainable Development Goals are a good guideline for what sustainability encompasses. The last one of these is “Partnerships for the Goals”, which focuses on how governments can work together with the private sector and civil society. The yearly UN Climate Change conferences demonstrate how important collaboration is to delivering on the Paris Agreement

The COP summits are examples of collaboration on a macroeconomic level, but there is also a benefit to businesses having a strategy for collaborating on sustainability on a smaller scale, within their own networks of suppliers and partners

Scope 3 Emissions

According to the UN Global Compact, Scope 3 emissions* comprise more than 70% of a business’ carbon footprint. Organisations must collaborate with suppliers throughout the value chain to ensure an accurate understanding of Scope 3 emissions. They must then ensure appropriate actions are implemented which will reduce Scope 3 emissions, helping to achieve sustainability targets.

Influence 

Businesses can promote sustainability with their supply base through the same criteria they use to evaluate tenders, such as requesting ESG certifications. This approach fosters a sense of urgency around sustainability and compels suppliers to consider their environmental and social impacts. By embedding sustainability criteria into the tender evaluation process, businesses set a clear expectation that suppliers must meet high environmental and social standards.

Procurement has the ability to have a great deal of impact on supplier selection through the creation of purchasing strategies. These strategies, when developed in collaboration with internal stakeholders, ensure that purchasing decisions are aligned with the organisation’s sustainability and climate goals. Engaging with suppliers to drive positive change and promoting innovation and transparency throughout the supply chain further amplifies this impact. By doing so, procurement helps mitigate the risks associated with missing regulatory obligations and shareholder commitments.

To effectively implement these strategies, it is essential for procurement to work closely with departments such as Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR), Legal, Finance, and Operations. This cross-functional collaboration ensures a cohesive approach towards sustainability goals, aligning procurement decisions with the organisation’s broader sustainability and climate objectives. Such integration enables a unified effort in achieving sustainability targets, ensuring that all departments are working towards the same goals.

Moreover, procurement can play a pivotal role in encouraging suppliers to be more transparent about their sustainability practices. By fostering a culture of transparency and requiring suppliers to report on their sustainability practices and progress, procurement not only promotes accountability but also enables the organisation to track and report on its own sustainability achievements. This transparency is crucial for building trust and demonstrating the company’s commitment to sustainability to all stakeholders.

Helping suppliers gain visibility and reduce emissions 

In addition to promoting transparency, procurement can also support suppliers in gaining visibility of their CO2 emissions and collaborate with them to reduce these emissions. By working together, procurement and suppliers can identify and implement strategies to lower their carbon footprints. Ensuring suppliers are respectful of the environment is further reinforced by gathering their environmental certifications and policy documentation. This verification process ensures that suppliers adhere to recognised environmental standards and practices.

Procurement teams play a crucial role in supporting suppliers’ sustainability transition. They can support bringing in external experts, particularly in start-ups and SMEs, to offer advice, benchmarks, and new technology to help deliver sustainability objectives. This cross collaboration supports suppliers in achieving their sustainability objectives and ensuring compliance with legislation.

By integrating these later practices, procurement departments can significantly contribute to the sustainability objectives of their organisations. Through strategic supplier selection, fostering transparency, and supporting emission reduction efforts, procurement drives positive environmental, social, and economic outcomes, ultimately helping the organisation achieve its sustainability goals.

Direct materials

In the manufacturing or consumer goods sectors, procurement teams can play an additional role, working with suppliers to provide direct materials to design more sustainable finished products.

To collaborate successfully with suppliers on sustainability, businesses need a clear strategy, which should address questions like which processes and tools to use, and which suppliers to focus on. Once the strategy is defined, any sustainability initiatives will also need to be project managed.

Final thoughts

Sustainability is only going to become more important in the coming years. Taking carbon emissions as an example, the 2023 UN Emissions Gap Report concluded a large possibility global warming will exceed a 2°C or even 3°C temperature rise by the end of the century, well above the 1.5°C target. Delivering on sustainability goals is not something businesses can do in isolation, and procurement will be key to success.

Martin Walsham, director of AMR CyberSecurity, examines the importance of the Shared Responsibility Model (SRM) in cloud security and its implications for procurement processes.

The Shared Responsibility Model (SRM) is crucial for cloud security, delineating the roles and responsibilities between cloud service providers and their customers. In the procurement sector, understanding and implementing SRM is essential for ensuring security and compliance when selecting cloud services.

The Need for Shared Responsibility in Cloud Security

SRM suggests that cloud providers are responsible for the security of the cloud infrastructure, while customers must secure their applications and data within that infrastructure. This clear division of responsibilities helps manage risks and ensures both parties are accountable for their specific roles.

For procurement professionals, SRM is vital in evaluating and selecting cloud services. It provides a framework to assess which security measures are managed by the provider and which must be handled internally. This clarity is essential for mitigating risks and ensuring comprehensive security coverage.

SRM delineates the security obligations between cloud service providers and their customers. It ensures there are no gaps in security responsibilities, which can otherwise lead to vulnerabilities.

And of course, by delegating certain security responsibilities to cloud providers, organisations can reduce the costs associated with managing and maintaining their own security infrastructure. Procurement teams can negotiate service agreements that include robust security measures, ensuring more cost-effective and efficient security management.

Background  

Cloud-hosted IT systems provide numerous advantages, enabling organisations to scale quickly, without the upfront costs of data centres and hardware infrastructure. They also deliver access to a wide variety of turnkey services and applications.  

Historically, an organisation was responsible for all of its data centre security – including the physical security of the data centre and the room, management and security of physical servers and networking devices, along with the operating systems and applications that reside on them and user administration.  

In a cloud environment, a shared responsibility model is developed so the cloud provider is responsible for some things, the customer is responsible for others, and they share responsibility for other aspects.  

SRM is fast becoming a foundational concept in cloud security management practices, growing in importance as organisations increasingly migrate their workloads, data, and applications to the cloud. It is a recognition of the need for a clearer understanding of who is responsible for securing the various components of a cloud environment. This understanding is crucial for an organisation’s effective risk management, compliance with regulatory requirements and trust in cloud services.  

Where does responsibility sit? 

The exact demarcation of responsibility will depend on the cloud services used by the organisation and the cloud hosting service provider.  

Depending on the type of cloud service (such as SaaS, PaaS, or IaaS), the provider and the customer may have distinct levels of responsibility for different aspects of the cloud environment, such as hardware, infrastructure, data, applications and settings.   

The general principle is that the customer should delegate as much security responsibility as possible to the trusted cloud provider, which has the expertise and resources to effectively manage security. However, an organisation should always retain some responsibility for their data, endpoints, accounts and access management.  

Advantages of SRM in Cloud Security

SRM defines the security roles of both providers and customers, reducing the risk of misunderstandings that could lead to security gaps. Procurement teams can use SRM to ensure that all necessary security controls are in place and that responsibilities are clearly outlined in service agreements.

SRM allows organisations to adapt their security strategies as they scale cloud deployments or adopt new services. This flexibility is crucial for maintaining robust security as business needs and technologies evolve.

Note that before procuring cloud services, it is essential to conduct thorough risk assessments. Understand the potential impacts of data breaches and identify the controls needed to mitigate these risks. Ensure that you clearly define both the cloud provider’s and your organisation’s responsibilities.

Evaluate the cloud provider’s security measures through due diligence. Verify that the provider effectively implements the controls they are responsible for. Additionally, ensure your organisation has robust processes to manage the controls it is responsible for.

By clearly defining roles and responsibilities, SRM fosters a collaborative approach to security. Procurement can leverage the expertise of cloud providers while maintaining control over critical data and applications.

Benefits of SRM for Compliance and Innovation

SRM also helps organisations align with regulatory requirements and industry standards by providing clear guidelines for security practices. This alignment not only ensures compliance but also builds trust with customers and partners.

And by focusing on securing data and applications rather than managing infrastructure, organisations can take a more proactive approach to security. This shift supports business objectives, enabling innovation and growth within a secure cloud environment.

Incorporating the Shared Responsibility Model into procurement processes is essential for robust cloud security. It ensures clarity, accountability and flexibility, allowing organisations to effectively manage risks and comply with regulations. By leveraging SRM, procurement professionals can enhance their organisation’s security posture and support business innovation.

By adopting SRM, organisations can confidently navigate the complexities of cloud security, ensuring their digital assets are protected in a collaborative and compliant manner.

Martin Walsham is director of AMR CyberSecurity.

Kim Russell, Head of Procurement Transformation at OCS UK, explores how supplier codes of conduct can do more than just demonstrate compliance.

The integrity and sustainability of supply chains are under increased scrutiny in today’s global marketplace. According to McKinsey, 70% of companies believe a supplier code of conduct significantly improves their risk management and compliance efforts.

Although this is undeniably important, these codes and practices are not just about following compliance. At their heart, they are about demonstrating ethical, sustainable and socially responsible practices across every facet of the supply chain. 

How have supplier codes of conduct evolved?

The nature of the supplier code of conduct has evolved significantly over the past decade. This evolution has been driven by changes in ESG reporting requirements and legislation. Today, businesses must take these requirements into consideration if they are to foster ethical and sustainable partnerships. For example, the introduction of the 17 Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) in 2015 marked a pivotal shift. The SDGs brought increased focus to measures intended to address the climate crisis, social inequality, and promoting ethical economic growth. 

Much of this change has been driven by a number of government-backed legislation. These include the Companies Act 2006 (Strategic Report and Directors’ Report), Regulations 2013 and the EU’s Non-Financial Reporting Directive, which was brought into UK law in 2016. These regulatory changes have urged businesses to develop or re-develop their supplier codes of conduct to ensure continued compliance throughout the supply chain.

What are the key components of an effective supplier code of conduct

Changes in government-backed legislation have driven businesses to rethink their supplier codes of conduct. So, in the current regulatory climate, what makes for an effective one?

Businesses must ensure their supply codes of conduct demonstrate a commitment to ethical, safe and sustainable practices. Not only that, but they must establish that suppliers are equally committed. Essentially, the foundations of what makes an effective supplier code of conduct is built around five core pillars: 

  • Protection of planet and people: The code must prioritise ethical, safe, and sustainable practices to ensure that both internal and external stakeholders are safeguarded. 
  • Clarity and completeness: The code must be clear, concise and comprehensive – covering areas such as ethics, anti-bribery, conflicts of interest, legal compliance, data protection, human rights, labour practices, health and safety, environmental laws, and sustainability.
  • Consistent with international standards: Aligning with standards like the ETI Base Code, ILO’s International Labour Standards, or the UN Global Compact can ensure that expectations are consistent and manageable for suppliers. 
  • Effective communication: Organisaitons must effectively communicate codes of conduct clearly to all suppliers and require them to communicate upstream.
  • Enforceability: Backed by corresponding policies, codes of conduct should provide assurance that suppliers can and will adhere to the code, making it enforceable through non-negotiable contractual obligations. 

Sustainability is a vital cog in the supplier code of conduct machine

Sustainability considerations that sit within the supplier code of conduct are no longer optional. With businesses under the spotlight regarding their societal obligations, incorporating environmental and societal impact into their supply chains is crucial. Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) initiatives, which includes sustainability, are vital for building trust and loyalty among customers.

For instance, the UK government’s pledge to be Net Zero by 2050 underlines the importance of sustainability in procurement. By fostering supplier partnerships that support Environmental, Social, and Governance (ESG) goals, businesses can demonstrate continuous action and commitment to meeting these targets.

Leveraging technology to continuously improve

Technology is becoming an increasingly important and heavily utilised tool to ensure ethical and supplier practices are followed. Organisations can use technology, such as analytical and performance tracking software. This technology allows them to monitor and track suppliers’ performance against the principle laid out in the code of conduct. 

Additionally, leveraging automation of data capture and collection processes reduces time and human-induced errors associated with manual data processing. Not only that, but it can allow for real-time alerts to flag any compliance violations or risks as they arise. This then allows for the swift resolution of compliance issues. Research from the CIPS revealed that 58% of UK manufacturers experienced a supply chain disruption in the past 12 months. By leveraging technology to identify and mitigate risks against the supplier code of conduct, businesses can continue working to ensure their suppliers are following ethical and sustainable practices. 

What does the future hold?

Looking ahead, supplier codes of conduct must adapt to regulatory demands and mandatory disclosures in order to advance the ESG agenda. Transparency, compulsory ESG and sustainability ratings, and visibility into the origins of materials will become increasingly important in the years ahead. Future supplier codes of conduct must be more collaborative and they must focus on responsible, ethical, and sustainable procurement. 

Kim Russell leads on Procurement Transformation and Integration for OCS UK&I. She has 25 years’ experience delivering procurement strategy, process improvement, strategic sourcing, and stakeholder management. Kim is passionate about breaking down barriers to sustainable procurement, driving efficiency, improving supplier relationships, and simplifying procurement for all.

Despite moving in the right direction, the British Chamber of Commerce has warned that too few public procurement contracts find their way into the hands of SMEs.

The UK’s public procurement sector is starting to address the lack of contracts awarded to small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs). However, a new report from the British Chambers of Commerce (BCC) and data provider Tussell argues that progress is too slow, causing small businesses in the UK to miss out on the majority of almost £200 billion in annual spending. 

The 2024 BCC’s SME Procurement Tracker

According to the BCC’s SME Procurement Tracker for 2024, only 20% of direct procurement spend from the wider public sector (including the central government) went to SMEs in 2023.

The BCC’s SME Procurement Tracker powered by Tussell – now in its second year – is the market’s benchmark source for reporting on how well the government is supporting small businesses by doing business with them.

The report reveals that while absolute public spending directly with SMEs has grown over the past 6 years, SMEs only accounted for about a fifth of overall spending last year. The figure remained unchanged compared with 2022 (20%) and only increased slightly over 2018 (18%).

Based on open procurement expenditure data published by public bodies for transparency purposes and then analysed by Tussell, the value of reported procurement expenditure by the UK Government in 2023, was £194.8bn.

Local government leads the way in working with SMEs

Local governments had the highest procurement spend directly with SMEs last year, both as a share of total procurement spend (34%) and in absolute terms (£24.1bn). Public sector spending with SMEs varies across different sectors. The Health and Social Care sector earned £11.9bn in direct public sector revenue in 2023, with this accounting for 34% of total public spend in the sector, up from 29% in 2018. £4.0bn was spent on public sector spending with SMEs in education, training and recruitment.

Within the central government, the Department for Culture, Media and Sport spent the highest proportion of its procurement spend directly with SMEs in 2023. DCMS spent 29% of its procurement total (equivalent to £256m). The Department for Education spent the highest absolute amount directly with SMEs, amounting to £2.0bn in 2023, or 25% of its total procurement spend.

Jonny Haseldine, Policy Manager at the British Chambers of Commerce said:

“While it’s welcome the value of SME procurement contracts is continuing to increase, government deals remain out of reach for too many businesses. It is vital that public bodies always consider SMEs when tendering contracts. Central government can learn lessons from local authorities who are consistently spending more on SMEs deals. We’d welcome further devolution of decision making to allow more procurement contracts to be awarded at a local level.”

Energy-focused SaaS company Enervus believes their BidOut acquisition will help customers streamline the RFx creation process.

Texas-based energy industry software-as-a-service (SaaS) platform provider Enverus has announced the acquisition of BidOut, a Houston-based startup that uses generative artificial intelligence (AI) to automate elements of the request for anything (RFx) process. 

It’s the latest in a long line of procurement and supply chain organisations looking to integrate generative AI into the procurement process for its potential to automate significant portions of the procurement professional’s workflow. 

However, the announcement comes at a fraught time for the sector as hype gives way to trepidation. AI chip-maker NVIDIA’s share price continues to slide, and investors in Google, Microsoft, and OpenAI have begun to question the viability of sharply rising Cap-Ex over the coming years with no profitable practical applications in sight. Nevertheless, AI spending still continues to be considerable.

What is BidOut and what does it do? 

Enverus has described BidOut as “the industry’s premier AI-powered procurement platform”. The company’s press team has also called the acquisition marked “a significant milestone” for Envervus’ business automation offerings. 

BigOut’s generative AI-powered offerings help procurement teams to more easily and quickly source bids from multiple suppliers. Traditionally a labour-intensive process, Enverus claims that, by using AI, BidOut’s solutions dramatically accelerate the request process. BidOut was founded by 2020 and is backed by capital investment from Ascent Energy Ventures & Leazar Capital among others. Since launching, BidOut has rapidly expanded its customer base, leading to their recent acquisition. 

What is RFx? 

In procurement, RFx means “Request for anything”. The exact nature of what’s being requested can vary dramatically throughout the lifecycle of a procurement project. 

An RFx refers to a formal and structured process executed in a document form. It’s used by organisations and businesses to acquire information, proposals, quotes, and bids from various potential suppliers. It could refer to a request for proposal (RFP), request for quotation (RFQ), request for information (RFI), or something else.  

Procurement SaaS synergy 

Enverus pointed to the synergy between BidOut’s RFx platform and Enverus’ existing Source-to-Pay solution. It argued that the purchase presents “an exciting opportunity” for the energy industry. By bringing together BidOut’s buying capabilities with Enverus’ solutions, users can now manage their entire procurement process in a single Source-to-Pay platform, they say. The integrated offering will also reputedly enhance decision-making, save costs and time. Enverus added it will also improve compliance and supplier management, ultimately making the procurement process better and enhancing supplier relationships.

“The acquisition of BidOut marks a transformative milestone in accelerating Enverus’ vision to become the foremost end-to-end provider of business automation solutions for the energy industry,” stated Manuj Nikhanj, CEO of Enverus. “Currently, Enverus partners with more than 450 buyers and 40,000 suppliers, facilitating more than $250 billion annually in digital invoicing for our customers. By integrating BidOut’s cutting-edge technology into our expansive network, we will immediately enhance value for our clients with our complete Source-to-Pay solution. This strategic acquisition underscores Enverus’ commitment to driving efficiency and technological advancements across the energy sector.

“As Enverus integrates BidOut’s products and services into our existing suite, we anticipate customers across all the verticals we serve will truly benefit. This investment will not only accelerate product development and innovation, but these enhanced offerings will help define some of our customers’ futures,” said Jeff White, general manager of Business Automation at Enverus. White will lead the integration of BidOut into Enverus’ platform.

Lucy Harding, Global Head of Odgers Berndtson’s Procurement and Supply Chain Practice outlines the critical concerns boards want their CPOs to address.

The COVID-19 pandemic brought unprecedented levels of supply chain disruption, fundamentally altering the procurement landscape. As companies grapple with these disruptions, the role of the CPO has never been more important. Beyond managing supply chain chaos, procurement is now seen as a key enabler of growth, a mitigator of inflationary pressures, and a driver of significant value creation.

As we move into the latter half of 2024, CPOs are faced with a number of new pressures that compound the already challenging market conditions of recent years. These conditions have not only persisted but have, in some cases, intensified. Topics like ESG standards, DEI initiatives, and right shoring strategies remain key concerns. But in addition, boardroom conversations increasingly pivot to cost management, strong relationships, and digital capability within the supply chain.

Below, I explain what boards are demanding from their CPOs in this dynamic and challenging era.

1. Driving down costs

In an environment where most businesses face no or low growth, cost has become a strategic concern for boards. They expect their CPOs to prioritise cost reduction while maintaining supply chain reliability.

This means identifying efficiencies and negotiating better terms without jeopardising the stability and resilience of supply chains. Boards are looking for CPOs who can deliver significant cost savings as part of their strategic mandate.

2. Cultural and objective alignment

Boards seek CPOs who align with the company’s culture and strategic objectives. This involves fostering strong internal and external relationships to drive value creation and achieve business goals.

A CPO who understands the broader business context and leverages this insight to create impactful change is highly valued. Boards want leaders who can integrate seamlessly with the company’s ethos while steering procurement toward strategic success. Findings from Deloitte’s recent CPO Survey, produced in partnership with Odgers Berndtson, show this type of collaboration is currently the number one strategy for delivering value.

3. Leveraging advanced technology

Boards expect CPOs to utilise advanced analytics and AI to optimise procurement processes. By harnessing data-driven insights, CPOs can make better decisions and drive performance improvements. A key aspect of this technological leverage is enhancing traceability across the supply chain, ensuring greater visibility and accountability.

Boards want tech-savvy leaders who can integrate cutting-edge tools to elevate procurement efficiency and effectiveness. Many CPOs are well underway, with Gartner reporting 58% of procurement leaders are implementing, or plan to implement, AI in the next 12 months.

4. Ensuring supply chain resilience

Given the persistent supply chain disruptions, boards expect CPOs to manage risks effectively and enhance supply chain resilience. This requires regularly assessing global sourcing strategies and maintaining robust supplier relationships.

While supply chain disruption has eased since its height in the pandemic, Deloitte’s analysis shows an upward trajectory in disruption across supply chain, logistics and raw material costs from the beginning of 2024. This therefore remains a front-of-mind challenge for boards, who seek CPOs who can proactively address risks and ensure the continuity and reliability of supply chains in the face of ongoing challenges.

5. Integrating ESG initiatives

ESG considerations are now integral to procurement strategies. Boards look for CPOs who can incorporate sustainable practices and manage Scope 3 emissions, aligning procurement goals with broader ESG targets.

Sustainability regulation has also increased more broadly this year with the ISSB’s global disclosure standards and the EU’s Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive, mandating detailed sustainability reporting from companies. As a result, sustainability competence has become non-negotiable when hiring new CPOs, reflecting its critical importance in today’s business environment.

Essential capabilities for modern CPOs

To effectively address the multifaceted demands of their role, CPOs must master several key capabilities. These include reducing costs while maintaining supply chain resilience, aligning procurement strategies with the company’s broader cultural and strategic goals, and utilising advanced technology for enhanced decision-making and supply chain visibility. Additionally, CPOs need to bolster supply chain resilience through proactive risk management and embed ESG initiatives into procurement processes to meet sustainability objectives.

Ultimately, the business is looking for outcomes, which means CPOs need to be business first, procurement second. Boards prioritise financial performance, and successful CPOs understand this. They see themselves as part of the business leadership and feel empowered and motivated to solve whatever the business problems are at the time.

As a CPO, this requires alignment, adaptability and owning the status of leader – traits that are crucial for strategic success and highly sought after by boards.

Olivier Berrouiguet, CEO at Synertrade, explores the potential for procurement to be a driver of sustainable practice within the organisation.

As businesses across the globe strive to become more sustainable, it is clear that ESG practices are no longer a luxury; they are a societal obligation. At the core of the transition to ethical and environmentally positive operations is supply chain visibility and responsible sourcing. This shift is driven by a growing recognition that long-term success relies on transparent business practices.

A 2023 Bloomberg survey revealed that 92% of respondents planned to increase their ESG data spending by at least 10%, with 18% planning an increase of 50% or more throughout the year. In addition, 44% of respondents also shared that their ESG data strategy was centred around acquiring a competitive advantage. 

Procurement teams play a crucial role in this transformation. By leveraging ESG data, they can make informed decisions that enhance sustainability, reduce unnecessary waste and drive innovation throughout the business. As data availability continues to rise, its value will increase in tandem, presenting procurement departments with enormous opportunities for growth they must capitalise on.

Ensuring Environmental Excellence

For organisations monitoring their environmental impact, regular audits should be conducted on internal and external operations. These checks are carried out to ensure compliance with changing environmental standards and to identify opportunities to reduce carbon emissions and waste at each stage of the product life cycle, from material extraction to production and distribution.

Evaluating sustainability extends beyond the core business, including partner and supplier selection. Establish criteria incorporating variables such as energy efficiency, carbon footprint and the usage of renewable energy to compare organisations, guaranteeing relationships formed with companies with aligned values. 

Organisations should strive to futureproof sustainable procurement and investments by implementing scalable policies that increase long-term viability. These strategies should address potential supply chain disruptions, the development of products and services, and changing consumer preferences. Operating with these practices in mind enables organisations to work far more efficiently while limiting their environmental impact.

Streamlining Social Strategies

Integrating ethical considerations into social strategies is essential for building a responsible and inclusive business. Procurement teams should ensure suppliers and partners uphold high corporate social responsibility standards. This involves assessing suppliers for their adherence to fair labour practices and commitment to diversity, equity and inclusion. 

Social strategies extend to procurement teams supporting employees and the wider organisational community. Partnering with suppliers who have strong social values, such as a local community focus or employment opportunities for minority groups, can have a large impact on staff and other internal stakeholders. Procurement teams can leverage these initiatives to elevate their social values as a business. 

Ethical procurement has gained significant traction in recent years. Increasingly, areas such as inclusive hiring practices, supportive working environments and growth opportunities have become more valuable within the business. If procurement teams don’t prioritise these factors, it can damage business reputation and hinder organisational development.

Global Governance Guidelines

Governance encompasses a company’s internal policies and decision-making processes, requiring accurate and responsible procurement practices. As regulations evolve, procurement teams face the challenge of staying compliant amidst shifting legislation; Supplier Relationship Management (SRM) plays a key role in supporting this. 

By providing real-time insights, SRM software helps procurement teams navigate and adhere to these changes. It streamlines compliance by automating documentation, tracking regulatory changes, and ensuring procurement practices align with the latest legal standards.

Governmental guidance includes several different business areas, such as the management of personal data, inventory levels, supplier contracts and more. To ensure compliance with legal bodies and maintain organisational integrity, procurement teams must regularly review and evaluate these guidelines. SRM software facilitates this ongoing evaluation by providing regular reports that enable procurement teams to stay ahead of the changing initiatives. 

Embracing Sustainable Procurement

The responsibility for incorporating ESG into business operations doesn’t fall to a single individual or department. Increasingly, it is a collective effort that requires the active participation of stakeholders inside and outside the organisation.

Ultimately, incorporating sustainable procurement calls for continuous collaboration across all business areas.

Looking ahead, it is clear that the integration of ESG principles will continue to shape the future of procurement. Companies that embrace this approach will significantly improve their reputation. This in turn will result in business growth and long-term success, while also contributing to creating a greener, more sustainable future for all.

The GCC procures 85% of its food requirements from overseas, making food security a key challenge in a time of worsening climate disasters.

Three quarters of a billion people struggle with food insecurity and hunger. A grim new report from the United Nations on the State of Food Security and Nutrition in the World argues that the global fight against hunger and malnutrition has stagnated in recent years.

Malnutrition rates are worse than they were 15 years ago. One in 11 people faced a situation last year when they could afford or access food. In Africa, that figure becomes one in five. 

The production, procurement, and distribution of food is a global, humanist issue. And some parts of the world are better prepared to face it than others. 

A newly released new report from CZ Advise lays out the challenges facing food procurement in the Gulf. It also presents some potential ways forward for GCC states in a world where supply chain disruption is increasingly the norm, rather than the exception.  

Food (in)security in the Gulf 

Thanks to vast reserves of oil wealth, Gulf Cooperation Council countries (Bahrain, Kuwait, Oman, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, and the United Arab Emirates) are generally counted among the more food-secure nations by the Global Food Security Index. The index creates its ranking based on the availability, affordability, quality, and safety of food supplies in a country. 

However, the region lacks control over its food production, remaining highly dependent on imported foods from beyond its borders.

Approximately 85% of GCC countries’ food is imported. This proportion rises to 90% for cereals, and almost 100% of rice is imported. This overdependence on foreign production creates significant vulnerabilities in the CGG nations’ food supply chains. The vulnerability of these systems was conveniently demonstrated during the COVID-19 pandemic just a few years ago. 

Food security in the GCC is largely an artificial construct. This is especially pertinent considering the populations of GCC nations largely comprise migrant workers. The dramatic social and economic inequality that permeates many Gulf states means that disruptions to food supply chains can and will impact the GCC’s most vulnerable populations, who exist with few rights and little semblance of a social safety net. 

The GCC’s most vulnerable populations are the most at risk 

Supply chain disruptions, price fluctuations, and geopolitical tensions in exporting nations all have the potential to hurt the Gulf and its most vulnerable. 

While CZ’s report is quick to note that “There is no such thing as a country which is entirely food secure,” some nations, like those in the GCC are more at risk than others. More poignantly, that risk is only going to increase over the decades ahead, as the worsening climate crisis disrupts agricultural yields, threatens biodiversity, and throws supply chains into disarray. 

Ironically, the crisis has been exacerbated by the burning of fossil fuels largely extracted from the GCC states. But, again, it won’t be the wealthy native citizens of the GCC that suffer; in the UAE specifically, Human Rights Watch notes that migrant workers make up 88% of the country’s population — a subset of UAE residents who face systemic exploitation and abuse. These abuses of UAE-based migrant workers have also been linked more broadly by Human Rights Watch to climate-related harm.

In recent years, the GCC nations have made decent strides towards enhancing their food security. This has been achieved through a combination of factors. They include augmenting port operational capacities, bolstering food storage, and beneficial government subsidies for food enterprises. However, CZ notes that “Achieving food security domestic production is improbable for the GCC. Therefore, the GCC countries must undoubtedly continue to rely on diversified global food import strategies to ensure food security.” 

Looking to Southeast Asia and Brazil to meet food needs 

CZ argues that food imports from Southeast Asia and Brazil will play a crucial role in GCC food security. Shifting where the GCC’s food comes from, they argue, will diversify the region’s food supply chains away from single-supplier systems. For example, the overwhelming majority of rice imported by GCC states is grown in India. That nation is currently battling its own agricultural woes as a result of climate change. 

Southeast Asia, CZ’s report points out, “is a significant producer of various agricultural products such as rice, fruits, vegetables, and seafood.” The proximity of Southeast Asia to the GCC, coupled with established trade routes, allows for timely and cost-effective transportation of fresh and processed food products.

The report adds that Brazil, “as one of the world’s largest agricultural exporters, is another vital partner. Brazil’s vast and productive farmlands yield substantial quantities of grains, meat, poultry, and sugar.”

A new report from the SBTi has called the majority of carbon credit schemes “ineffective” as a way of tackling Scope 3 emissions.

Achieving corporate emissions reduction targets throughout the supply chain could become significantly harder thanks to a new stance by the Science Based Targets initiative (SBTi) on the use of carbon credits. 

The SBTi is the world’s de facto authority on sustainability regulations. The organisation develops standards, tools and guidance which allow companies to set greenhouse gas emissions reductions targets. These targets intend to keep global emissions “in line with what is needed to keep global heating below catastrophic levels.” If the targets are adhered to, the world should theoretically be on track to reach net-zero by 2050 at worst.

Despite earlier announcing support for the expansion of carbon credits, the SBTi has called the practice largely ineffective in a new review of third-party studies.

The review, published at the end of July — a month which contained the hottest week in recorded history, and China’s hottest ever month — noted that “various types of carbon credits are ineffective in delivering their intended mitigation outcomes.” Not only that, but widespread use of carbon credits by corporate entities had the potential to actively stall other, more concrete, sustainability reform

U-turning on carbon offsets

This represents a significant about-face from earlier this year, when the SBTi announced plans to allow the expansion of environmental attribute certificates, such as emissions reduction credits, as a way of tackling scope 3 emissions in corporate supply chains. 

The announcement drew widespread criticism, both from outside the organisation and from scientists working within it. 

Climate finance campaigner Paul Schreiber publicly threatened to resign from the SBTi’s technical advisory group in April unless the board reversed its position, saying that“I will not be part of a standard-setting process that is a potential cover for a greenwashing operation,” he said in a statement. The SBTi’s staff issued an open letter, expressing deep concern with the plans, and reportedly calling for the resignation of the organisation’s CEO and board members. Last month, SBTi CEO Luiz Amaral resigned from the SBTi, citing personal reasons.

The problem with climate offsetting schemes — like those that allow companies that emit fewer greenhouse gases to sell their carbon credits to polluters, allowing those corporations with dirtier supply chains to claim lower emissions, or even carbon neutrality — is that they provide a smokescreen for organisations’ failure to meaningfully address emissions. 

The organisation’s latest review appears to be at least partially in line with offsetting sceptics’ assessment of the practice at last. The SBTi’s U-turn on carbon credits isn’t complete by any means, though. Alberto Carrillo Pineda, Chief Technical Officer, SBTi said in an interview with Bloomberg that he hopes the review will bring “a more nuanced approach” to the debate. He adds that people on either side of the debate currently have “very entrenched, very polarised positions.”

What does this mean for tackling Scope 3 emissions in the supply chain?

Scope 3 emissions account for, on average, 75% of a company’s carbon footprint. However, because the supply chain lies outside organisations’ direct control, finding ways to reduce carbon emissions is a challenging prospect. However, despite presenting a “major challenge when it comes to corporate decarbonization,”  according to the SBTi, they also represent “the greatest opportunity.” 

The scope 3 discussion paper explores three scenarios. These scenarios simulate ways in which environmental attribute certificates, including carbon credits, could be useful to meeting science-based target. However, the three scenarios it outlines related to carbon credits “do not include offsetting emissions… the priority remains the direct decarbonization of the value chain.” They add that carbon credits cannot be an effective substitute for emissions reduction.

Sue Jenny Ehr, Interim CEO of the SBTi said in a statement that “Targets are the first step to decarbonization and it is important that the SBTi conducts a comprehensive process to revise the Standard to help companies take the lead on climate action and drive down emissions.”

Hyper over generative AI in the procurement sector is at an all time high, and could mean real productivity gains in as little as two years.

Generative artificial intelligence (AI) is unquestionably the technology most loudly and obviously impacting the procurement sector (indeed, many sectors) in 2024. 

AI powered by large language models (LLMs) has been touted by McKinsey as the secret to new forms of value. It will supposedly empower content generation, enabled synthesis, augmented engagement, and accelerated software planning. Of course, many leaders in the procurement sector (and out of it) are skeptical. They argue that generative AI might be “a great toy” that’s “good to play with”. However, they also say their day-to-day work remains unchanged. 

Is generative AI the once-in-a-lifetime technological disruption people selling it claim it to be? Or, is it a flash in the pan headed the way of dinosaurs, crypto scams, and the metaverse? 

The peak of the hyper cycle 

Unintuitively, the closer you get to the peak of a hype cycle, the harder it is to see where you’re going to land. The more generative AI dominates the conversation, the more money gets spent on it. The waters get muddier. It gets harder to see if we’re headed for a bubble bursting or a gentle glide into sustainability. 

Gartner, however, remains optimistic. ”GenAI can already enhance many different workflows in procurement and 73% of procurement leaders at the start of the year expected to adopt the technology by the end 2024,” says Gartner’s Kaitlynn Sommers, “this  level of adoption, along with promising use cases, such as contract management, means GenAI will rapidly move through the Hype Cycle and reach the Plateau of Productivity at a faster rate than is typical for most emerging technologies in procurement.”

In the last 12 months, use cases for generative AI have rapidly expanded, as has the availability of generative AI tools. More capabilities are being added by vendors across the sourcing and procurement landscape every month, according to Gartner. 

Early examples of procurement and sourcing applications include contract management, sourcing, and supplier management. Down the road, Gartner also expects use cases to include supporting supplier performance management, P2P and analytics.

Third party LLMs support adoption

Of course, a major barrier to generative AI adoption is a potentially high cost of entry. However, as time goes on, procurement technology vendors are integrating third-party LLMs into their offerings. These can provide more affordable access to GenAI capabilities in line with digital process support. Third party LLMs can adapt to provide recommendations and support based on organisations’ data and an individual’s procurement role, such as category manager or buyer.

“The window for building competitive advantage through early adoption of GenAI in procurement is narrowing,” said Sommers. “Despite this, procurement technology leaders should remain aware of the obstacles to successful implementations, notably in the areas of data quality and integration of GenAI with their current systems.”

Burges Salmon’s new research argues that businesses must with their procurement processes and supply chain to meet compliance targets.

Scope 3 emissions are quickly emerging as the defining challenge for organisations looking to achieve meaningful sustainability goals. Now, new data gathered by UK law firm Burges Salmon suggests that compliance failures within the supply chain are threatening to undermine efforts to tackle accurate Scope 3 emissions reporting, and therefore wider efforts to decarbonise companies’ value chains.

Scope 3 emissions disclosure

Scope 3 refers to emissions resulting from assets not owned or controlled by the reporting organisation, but that the organisation’s value chain affects. This type of emissions are, according to the US EPA, more than 11 times higher than a company’s operational emissions, and usually equate to more than 90% of its greenhouse gas emissions. 

Driven by increasingly strict legislation, companies are working to develop more stringent and accurate protocols for tracking and disclosing their Scope 3 emissions. 

While many companies are working to develop the application of robust ESG standards into everyday operations, Burges Salmon’s report warns that, across the Energy and Utilities, Technology, Built Environment, Transport and Healthcare sectors, exists a level of unpreparedness that could spell serious problems for the country’s green ambitions. According to the report, 32% of all businesses surveyed are completely unprepared to meet their ESG supply chain disclosure obligations. Among those, only 29%, fewer than 3 in 10, believe their organisation fully understands the legislative and regulatory landscape governing ESG corporate disclosure.

Disclosure is an essential first step toward supply chain decarbonisation

Michael Barlow, partner and Head of ESG at Burges Salmon, commented: “UK companies must first prove their commitment to ESG by complying with a range of mandatory disclosure obligations. Ensuring business partners meet ESG standards requires investment, resources and constant monitoring, and it is clear from our research that most companies still have some way to go.”

Specifically, it seems that larger organisations are the ones struggling to report the environmental impact of their purchasing and supply chain operations. Burges Salmon’s report found that only 45% of large organisations confirmed that they have a dedicated team that deals with ESG related matters. Similarly, only 43% of respondents in those companies reported that their organisation fully understands the legislative and regulatory ESG risks their supply chain may give rise to.

By contrast, evidence from the research shines a light on small and medium sized businesses as those able to provide greater levels of influence in successfully meeting their ESG compliance obligations, with 75% of respondents from this group claiming their organisation fully understands the legislative landscape.

“A small organisation might have more limited disclosure obligations and can be quite on top of it. For large organisations, obligations are more complicated, particularly if they operate across different jurisdictions. What’s more, if ESG teams are too remote from day-to-day operations, there is a danger that ESG remains on the periphery of business priorities” adds Barlow.

The UK NAO has criticised government public procurement, calling for a crackdown on the way public money is spent.

A new report by the National Audit Office (NAO) has criticised the “decentralised” structure of Britain’s public procurement process. 

Public procurement in the UK dominated by framework agreements 

According to the report, entitled Efficiency in government procurement of common goods and services, the UK government is missing out on opportunities to get better value for the money it spends. It contends that the government could “significantly improve” the value for money it gets when purchasing goods and services.

The report, released earlier this week, highlighted the rise in use of framework agreements throughout UK public sector procurement. 

Under the current system, public and private sector organisations bid against one another to secure government contracts. Thousands of these agreements are competed over each year. The winners receive contracts for everything from road repair to providing critical medical supplies. Many of these frameworks are hosted by small contracting authorities like health trusts or academy schools. However, they are operated by private companies. Consequently, the NAO report calls into question the ability for a privatised public procurement sector to create real value for money for the government. It warns that the UK government is experiencing a “missed opportunity for greater efficiency”. 

A framework agreement comprises a preapproved list of suppliers that locks in some of the compliance-related details in advance. The logic behind using them is that it relatively easily allows work to be awarded to trusted suppliers, or facilitates a short bidding session between listed companies. 

The use of procurement frameworks has risen to dominate UK public spending, with between 8,000 and 12,000 public authorities spending around £125 billion per year through them. UK ministers reportedly lack oversight of the frameworks or their providers. 

These providers also charge fees for their services, leading to the government spending £25 billion on Crown Commercial Service (the largest provider, which manages over 200 frameworks for the government) alone in the 2022-23 financial year.  

Procurement is “fragmented” 

According to the NAO, the current system is fragmented, which prevents the government from acting as a single buyer. This, the report warns, “resulting in duplication of effort and increasing bidding costs for suppliers.”

Josh Elster, CFO of YardLink, explores the need for a new way to approach credit risk in procurement for the construction sector.

The UK construction sector finds itself in a difficult position. Data from the Insolvency Service reveals that construction firms accounted for 17.3% of all insolvencies in England and Wales in April 2024.

This has created a perfect storm that’s rocking the entire construction supply chain. The instability has placed the relationship between procurement teams, contractors, and suppliers at a critical juncture. 

While trust, based on legacy relationships, might once have been valuable currency, that isn’t the norm today. Cash flow has regained its throne as king — and managing credit risk is imperative to those navigating this storm. 

The trouble starts with legacy communication methods

Historic relationships have been the lifeblood of the construction sector since its inception. The relationships between contractors’ procurement teams and their supplier networks run deep. Yet, even the most solid bonds are straining under the weight of the current economic climate. As cash flow constricts, evaluating credit risk more stringently is essential.

By objectively assessing the creditworthiness of potential partners, contractors can start identifying (and avoiding) potential partners at high risk of defaulting on payments. This evaluation reduces the risk of bad debt and inconsistent cash flow. Getting this wrong can be a critical error.

Yet, this evaluation is difficult to carry out manually. Legacy relationships have created overreliance on manual communication methods such as phone calls, text messages, and emails. When it comes to accurate and efficient credit risk evaluations, these outdated processes give rise to human error through misheard details over the phone, typos or lost paperwork, leading to inaccurate credit risk assessments. Furthermore, chasing down financial information, verifying it with multiple sources, and keeping everyone informed consumes valuable time and resources and delays engaging with potential trade. When business processes are too long-winded and inefficient, shortcuts are made, and with that, poor decision-making.

It’s time for change.

Embracing digitisation as the solution

Research is essential when evaluating the credit risk of potential partners. In construction, oftentimes, procurement managers are speaking to different entities that fall under a larger company. At the most basic level, contractors must understand which entity they are invoicing and therefore bear the credit risk. While the group might be well-funded, it can collapse specific entities. This makes it difficult to receive payment, which potentially leaves procurement managers with a bad debt write-off. 

But the research doesn’t end there. Contractors should also look at financial statements, paying close attention to the Balance Sheet. It’s also worth looking at up-to-date Companies House filings as well as the background of the Directors at the entities they are considering working with, particularly when working with SME or micro-size entities. This is where using online credit referencing agencies becomes essential. They integrate with financial institutions to provide access to real-time financial information, eliminating delays or inaccuracies caused by outdated or self-reported data. 

Tightening their credit risk criteria and processes is the next step. By standardising the credit application process and ensuring it includes financial statements, bank references, and trade references, companies can access a clearer picture of the financial health of potential partners. While this sounds like a lot of paperwork, the more this information can be transferred and stored digitally, the less burdensome it is. 

Making more informed decisions reduces the risk of payments defaulting later down the line, bad debt and inconsistent cash flow. 

Internal credit and better understanding of risk

Companies might also consider implementing an internal credit scoring system based on financial health indicators. Such measures could help to streamline the evaluation process and remove subjectivity from decision-making. Digitised credit risk services and tools can help monitor and assess risk continuously. In a rapidly changing landscape, it pays to be ahead of the game when you might need to collect payments from a failing business.

Making accurate credit data more accessible drives efficiencies throughout the business, too. This can expedite approvals for credit lines, streamlining the onboarding process and reducing delays in project execution. 

By better understanding credit risk, contractors can negotiate better payment terms and manage their cash flow more effectively. The more confidence and trust that can be built with a supplier through smooth financial operations and reliable cash flow, the more likely you are to see extended credit terms. 

Entering a new era 

We can navigate the current storm by acknowledging the detrimental impact of outdated processes and manual communication on construction industry procurement. 

Automating credit risk data and evaluation, and embracing technology to gain transparency over the supply chain, are essential steps in revitalising the industry. Through prioritising cash flow, implementing digital solutions, and fostering collaboration, suppliers and contractors can pave the way for a more resilient future.

Jack Macfarlane, Founder and CEO of DeepStream, explores the challenges to developing a sustainable procurement strategy.

Research shows that some consumers are willing to spend 9.7 percent more on sustainably sourced or produced products.

This significant and growing consumer awareness about sustainability makes sustainable practices not only crucial but a baseline standard for any business wishing to gain and maintain customer loyalty. 

But achieving sustainability is complex, especially when balancing the diverse needs of customers, suppliers and regulatory bodies.  

The imperative of sustainable procurement  

Sustainability is transforming from a moral imperative to a strategic requirement for business success. As a result, procurement teams must seamlessly integrate environmental, social and ethical factors into their purchasing decisions and overall supply chain management tactics.   

Sustainable procurement considers the entire lifecycle of products and services, from sourcing and manufacturing to distribution and disposal. Nestlé’s procurement strategy exemplifies this approach, achieving a 13.5% reduction in greenhouse gas emissions since 2018. 

Through supplier collaboration and regenerative agriculture, focusing on diverse cropping, biodiversity, collective actions, soil health, and water security Nestle has also achieved a 15.3% cut in methane emissions.  

[Editor’s note. We feel it is important to highlight that Nestle was named among the world’s worst plastic polluters in 2020. It was then named among the world’s top three plastic polluters in 2022. And again this year when the company was found to account for approximately 3% of Earth’s plastic waste.]

By 2023, 15.2% of raw materials were from regenerative practices, aiming for 20% by 2025. Additionally, the company’s renewable energy use in operations has risen to 91.9%.  

This holistic strategy minimises environmental impact, supports fair labour practices, and ensures transparency and accountability. 

The challenges and benefits 

While 97% of supply chain professionals value sustainable procurement, only 67% have successfully weaved it into their operations.

This indicates that significant challenges must be addressed. These include the complexity of assessing suppliers, the higher upfront costs of sustainable options, and the necessity for detailed data to inform decision-making. 

Challenge no. 1 — Complex supply chains 

Large multinational corporations often have intricate and established supply chains. This makes it difficult to ensure consistent sustainability practices across diverse regions. Different regulations and standards and cultural attitudes to sustainable issues create inconsistencies among suppliers. This makes implementation and compliance across the board a considerable challenge requiring careful diligence.  

In addressing these challenges, procurement teams are best equipped when they employ robust monitoring tactics, prioritise transparency and maintain compliance with all regulatory requirements. If successfully implemented, these strategies will ensure sustainability goals are met and no aspect of the supply chain is overlooked.  

Challenge no. 2 — Initial cost investment  

The transition to a sustainable supply chain often involves significant expenses. These include including retraining staff, modifying production lines and ensuring compliance with environmental regulations and certifications as they evolve. Investing in research and development to find or pioneer sustainable alternatives adds to the financial burden. 

Generally, smaller businesses struggle with the high upfront costs often associated with more sustainable options. By contrast, larger corporations can more easily afford these investments.  

However, technological advancements are gradually making sustainable alternatives more accessible and cost-effective. Innovations like enzymatic recycling, although initially expensive, have promising potential to reduce costs in the long term as the supply of recycled materials becomes a self-sustaining feedstock for the circular economy on which it is built.    

Challenge no.3 Stakeholder buy-in and employee satisfaction  

Securing stakeholder support for sustainable practices can be challenging, as some stakeholders may prefer familiar methods and be wary of the higher initial costs or upfront investment costs and the short-term financial impact these can have on a business. 

However, research shows one in five workers would reject a job at a company with poor sustainability credentials, highlighting the importance of sustainability in not only meeting environmental goals but also in maintaining a competitive edge in the labour market by attracting and retaining motivated, environmentally conscious employees. 

Furthermore, Skills Dynamic reports that 99% of supply chain professionals worry about high employee turnover. This is primarily due to pressurised working conditions and nearly a quarter of junior procurement professionals plan to leave their positions. 

Businesses that don’t invest in sustainability practices will be less favourable in the eyes of prospective employees, further exacerbating the ongoing issues of burnout and high employee turnover plaguing procurement today.  

Strategies for effective sustainable procurement  

To successfully integrate sustainability into procurement, organisations need comprehensive strategies that embed sustainability into every aspect of their operations.  

1.  Develop sustainability-focused policies  

Creating robust, sustainability-focused policies is crucial. These policies should outline clear sustainability goals and standards for prospective suppliers, including reducing carbon emissions, minimising waste and ensuring ethical labour practices.  

Additionally, organisations should consider nearshoring and reshoring policies to modify current supply chains to accommodate the reduction of carbon footprints and increase resilience in the face of increasingly common geo-political disruption. 

Effective policies also involve monitoring and auditing existing suppliers to ensure compliance, driving consistent sustainability practices across the organisation’s supply chain.   

2. Implement transparent processes 

Digitalisation is an effective way to facilitate transparency throughout the procurement process. Using digital software and centralised systems to log and review all activities, contracts and transactions promotes accountability and helps detect discrepancies between sustainability policies and real-time actions or identify unethical practices.  

Enhanced transparency allows a business to cultivate a culture of trust and integrity. This culture permeates both the organisation and relationships with external stakeholders. This reinforces its commitment to sustainability goals and claims. 

3. Pre-evaluate suppliers 

Incorporating sustainability criteria into supplier evaluations ensures alignment with organisational sustainability goals. Evaluations should assess suppliers based on their environmental impact, ethical labour practices, and overall sustainability performance.  

A structured pre-qualification process helps identify suppliers that meet both technical and financial criteria, supporting the organisation’s sustainability objectives. 

The procurement function’s influence over the business continues to grow, but tension with stakeholders remains.

Over the past four years, the relationship between procurement and the rest of the business has changed. Procurement teams have faced a series of increasingly common complex challenges, starting with the COVID-19 pandemic and progressing to armed conflict, genocide, droughts, rising energy prices, and runaway inflation. Now, a pivotal year in many democratic countries threatens to rewrite the core tenets governing global trade. 

Maintaining cost containment and supply chain continuity in the face of these challenges, and more, is changing the role of procurement within the wider business, according to a new report from SAP and Economist Impact.

“Historically, procurement teams have not been granted the same access to strategic decision-making as other departments,” writes SAP’s Baber Farooq. “They’ve been limited within the scope of the supply chain and forced to make choices based on company policy. That is finally shifting as procurement executives have more input in long-term company planning.”

Indispensable procurement

CPOs are having to contend with an environment of “permanent crisis”, as dirsuption becoems the norm rather than the exception. As a result, procurement teams are increasingly being seen as a “key value function” as opposed to a “simple support function”, according to Klaus Staubitzer, CPO and head of supply chain at Siemens.

A key indicator of procurement’s increasing importance as a business enabler is the function’s ongoing shift from the finance department and into the purview of the COO. 

CPO reporting is pivoting towards COOs. This year, 44% of the procurement teams surveyed by Economist Impact resported to their company’s COO. This is compared with just 26% in 2023 and 34% in 2022. Just 23% still report to the company’s CFO. 

Friction with stakeholders

Procurement is generally becoming more strategic in the way it relates to and works with stakeholders. However, the report argues that procurement teams have “considerable room to improve” when collaborating with other departments. Three quarters of executives agreed that procurement collaborates effectively with the business on issues of strategic importance. This is a 53% jump over last year. However, a much smaller portion of those surveyed (18%) have high confidence in procurement doing so — a 10% drop. Just 14% had high levels of confidence in the application of procurement insights across the organisation. “Procurement has yet to gain the full trust of stakeholders in this area,” the report notes. 

“Procurement has often operated in this bubble that was in service of its own goals as opposed to in service of the goals of the wider business,” Philip Ideson, founder of Art of Procurement, told Economist Impact, adding that he believes this is one of the biggest issues preventing procurement from bringing more value to the organisation.

While large scale organisations have traditionally had the upper hand in procurement, new data from McKinsey suggests that technology may be levelling the playing field.

Technology may be changing conventional wisdom surrounding the way that organisational scale relates to procurement. Traditionally, larger functions working for larger organisations, buying larger amounts of goods and services with bigger budgets, had an easier time of it. 

That’s not to say that size doesn’t matter. However, new data from McKinsey highlights a developing trend. McKinsey found that smaller organisations are leveraging smart procurement strategies and new technology to keep up with, and in some cases outperform, organisations with economies of scale on their side. 

Better procurement means better business outcomes 

According to McKinsey’s procurement benchmarking survey, the last two decades of data draw a clear line between greater procurement maturity and better business performance. Procurement has always been good for the bottom line. “That link still holds today,” write the report authors. 

Despite a climate of intensified disruption, McKinsey’s latest dataset indicates that “companies with top-quartile procurement maturity have EBITDA margins at least five percentage points higher than their less mature peers.” 

Continuing, the reports authors note that smaller organisations with higher levels of procurement maturity — strongly linked to higher levels of digitalisation — are outperforming their larger rivals. 

Does size still matter?

The report notes that, because sectors like car manufacturing and consumer products have been focused on procurement reform for longer, they have a higher percentage of companies with strategic, mature procurement functions that have spent years leveraging sourcing as a source of competitive advantage. “Over the years, however, we have found high-performing procurement organisations in almost every industry,” they add.

They admit that while, across multiple sectors, “the highest-performing companies in our benchmarks tend to be large organisations, where the volume of purchases makes it easier to justify investments in advanced digital infrastructure and specialised capabilities,” recent “changes in the technology landscape are eroding the advantages traditionally enjoyed by larger organisations.” 

They identify the fact that “sophisticated analytics tools and data platforms” have become cheaper and more accessible through cloud based or modular deployments. “This makes it faster, cheaper, and easier for organisations of all sizes to access the digital capabilities they need,” they add. “For the small businesses in our data set, this shift could be transformative. Improving their data analytics engine would reduce the number of procurement laggards in this group by 8%.”

The rising importance of procurement is boosting industry-wide demand for software platforms that can support decision-making and operations.

The nature of procurement is changing. Increasingly, business leaders are recognising the potential for procurement to be more than a dated back office function. Procurement functions are being recognised for their potential to deliver resilience and strategic wins for the business

“Supply chain disruptions have made the business landscape far more complex and risky in the last few years,” observes Robert Stapleton, partner and Business Outsourcing Services lead for ISG. “Companies need an effective procurement system to navigate these changes.” 

However, according to a new report by Information Services Group (ISG), the evolution of procurement into a more strategic capability is changing the ways that chief procurement officers (CPOs) and other procurement leaders think about software. Increasingly, the ISG found, procurement leaders are “seeking platforms that enhance procurement efficiency, adaptability and data-driven insights.” 

Procurement software needs are evolving 

According to Stapleton, procurement teams need more capable management platforms than have so far been provided. A more complex procurement function demands a “solid, holistic procurement software platform,” he explains. 

Procurement teams need to find ways to make more strategic decisions in increasingly challenging conditions, the ISG found. 

Ongoing economic uncertainty is driving enterprises to prioritise cost containment across the entire organisation. As a result, features like spend consolidation, automated negotiation tools and the ability to optimise supplier performance are increasingly prized by CPOs looking to invest in digital transformation. Companies are also reportedly prioritising tools that help streamline workflows, reduce administrative overhead and demonstrably deliver a quick return on investment.

The increasing complexity of procurement processes, combined with  growing volumes of procurement data are creating more demand for automation. According to the ISG, software that automates repetitive tasks is particularly sought after. Automation can reduce the chance of human error. It can also give procurement experts more time to focus on strategic initiatives, the report finds. 

Naturally, interest in the potential of artificial intelligence (AI) is widespread in the procurement sector. “The next logical step is autonomic decision-making by procurement software itself, especially given the shortage of skilled labour in this field,” said Jan Erik Aase, partner and global leader, ISG Provider Lens Research. “This could be the greatest disruptor that emerges from AI.” 

Almost 80% of UK businesses have or are planning to implement generative AI in their procurement and supplier management processes.

The potential for generative artificial intelligence (AI) to unlock new efficiencies and capabilities for procurement teams is a matter of widespread enthusiasm in the industry. However, challenges like poor data quality and inadequate governance may be holding back adoption. 

A new study by Ivalua found that the majority of the UK’s businesses are exploring generative AI’s potential to transform procurement and supplier management. Just under a quarter (24%) of businesses have deployed Generative AI tools in the last 12 months, and another 55% are either in the process of implementing or are considering implementing generative AI over the coming year. Just 19% of companies surveyed said they had no plans to adopt. 

The study also found that organisations that have adopted generative AI tools saw a 44% reduction in manual processes across the procurement and supply chain function. Organisations are most commonly applying the technology for task automation (69%), internet research (67%), document analysis (59%), and content creation (48%).

“Generative AI represents huge productivity gains and resource unlock for procurement,” Vishal Patel, VP of Product at Ivalua, commented. “But to succeed, careful change management and education are required to show employees Generative AI will enhance their role rather than replace it. With employees on board, businesses can focus on harnessing Generative AI to eliminate routine and time-consuming tasks while focusing on higher-value activities. But another key barrier remains – addressing a lack of progress on digitisation.”

Digital transformation hurdles slow Generative AI adoption 

Despite widespread enthusiasm for generative AI, adoption in the procurement sector faces some significant hurdles. Specifically, digital transformation has progressed slower in procurement than in other fields. This, according to Ivalua’s research, is hampering generative AI adoption in procurement. 

On average, organisations say they’ve digitalised 48% of procurement processes, compared to 45% in 2019. The report holds up the following as key reasons behind this lack of digital transformation initiative that’s impacting generative AI adoption.  

  • Poor data quality: 22% of procurement leaders cited poor data quality as a challenge to adopting Gen AI in the procurement and supply chain function.
  • Lower technical skills among teams: More than a quarter (28%) of procurement leaders say user resistance is a top challenge to adopting Gen AI, which suggests a lack of digital skills or technical confidence will hinder progress.
  • Lack of guardrails and processes: One-third (33%) of procurement leaders are concerned their team is using Gen AI tools without their knowledge, which is why nearly seven-in-ten (68%) agree they need to put more guardrails in place to ensure the accuracy of Gen AI outputs.

“Businesses need a solid data foundation for procurement and supply chain teams to effectively harness AI to improve efficiency and contribute to effective and timely decision making. But the lack of progress in digitisation and common data challenges suggest there is a significant gap to be bridged before Gen AI can deliver more strategic value,” added Patel. “Most procurement leaders agree that if their organisation doesn’t embrace Gen AI in procurement, they will lose out on cost savings and broader value creation opportunities. So, businesses must act now to digitalise and close the technology and data gaps in their procurement function. If not, they will struggle to measure up against AI-powered competitors, potentially losing customers and market share.” 

Decarbonisation regulations are contributing to a generational reorganisation of the ways in which supply chains and the procurement process works.

There are many reasons why organisations everywhere are taking a long, hard look at reorganising their approach to procurement. Overly complex supply chains, increased geopolitical risk in certain parts of the world, and the increasing instability created by the worsening climate crisis are all among the forces pushing chief procurement officers (CPOs) and supply chain managers (SCMs) to rethink the shape and scope of their value chains. 

Of course, to some degree, supply chains exist in a constant state of self reinvention. However, the changes we’re seeing in the industry now suggest that a more profound, generational reorganisation is taking place.  

Supply chain unpredictability was expected to fade along with the effects of the pandemic. However, even going into 2022, SCMs were preparing themselves for “extremely unpredictable supply chains” with “very long” lead times. 

Nearshoring, protectionism, and environmental resilience 

In 2024, it’s becoming remarkably clear that the problems facing procurement and supply chain teams aren’t going away. There’s a difference between a few years ago and today, however. Today, CPOs and supply chain leaders are increasingly taking steps towards implementing “fundamental, structural change”. This change, however, will demand “significant capital investment and subsequent corporate restructuring.” 

In particular, shifts in the regulatory landscape around emissions are driving a rise in nearshoring for procurement. Moving the procurement process closer to home is increasing in popularity. Nearshoring like this is a way to “reduce significant risks like long lead times, tariffs, and exposure to geopolitical tensions.” 

In Europe, for example, the European Union’s Carbon Border Adjustment Mechanism (CBAM) is disrupting long-standing practices  where companies based in the EU move carbon-intensive production to regions with more lax climate policies. Significant new taxes on imports are prompting organisations to bring the more carbon-intensive elements of their supply chains closer to home where there are fewer regulatory blind spots in which to hide. 

“Climate change is a global phenomenon whose impacts get propagated throughout the economy,” argues Ivan Rudik, an associate professor at the Dyson School of Applied Economics and Management at Cornell University. “If supply chains don’t get reshaped as a way to deal with global warming, the impacts on the economy will be much worse.”

This combination of increased climate risk and stricter regulations is driving the structural, far-reaching reorganisation of supply chains. As a result, higher volumes of trade in localised areas will become more common. Procurement will undoubtedly look very different in a few years from now compared with the state of the sector just a few years ago, as the sector undergoes a “reversal of the multi-decade journey to globalisation” that defined the pre-COVID economy. 

Barter has been used throughout history when traditional procurement breaks down, but does it still have a place in modern purchasing?

When economies falter, and customary systems of trade start to collapse, public and private organisations can find themselves cut off from vital goods and services. In these circumstances, these organisations sometimes turn to barter as a replacement for currency-based purchasing. 

But how effective could bartering be as a tool for modern procurement teams? 

When financial systems break down… 

Of course, it’s worth mentioning that modern discourse on the nature of barter and its place in economic history has largely moved on from the fantastical conceptions of a pre-coinage barter economy imagined by economics textbooks.   

“Historically, [economics textbooks] note, we know that there was a time when there was no money. What must it have been like? Well, let us imagine an economy something like today’s, except with no money. That would have been decidedly inconvenient! Surely, people must have invented money for the sake of efficiency,” writes David Graeber in Debt: The First 5,000 Years. “The story of money for economists always begins with a fantasy world of barter.”

Pre-money societies, Graeber posits, functioned in a much less rigorous this-for-that way than modern economic systems. People with a surplus of, say, shoes, wouldn’t go out and try to use shoes to barter for their bread, milk, and farm equipment. Instead, people in a community would share surplus production freely, under the assumption that other members of the community would share their own surplus production and care for one another. 

However, while barter economies that recreate modern economic systems — minus the money  — never existed historically, that doesn’t mean that there aren’t persistent examples of bartering in historical and modern procurement ecosystems. 

Bartering and economic instability 

While the current economic landscape isn’t facing anything like the meltdown experienced during the Great Depression of the 1930s, disruption is more common than ever. Geopolitical tensions, the looming climate crisis, and economic pressures have the potential to conspire to undermine the ability for organisations to procure the goods and services they require. 

Under such circumstances — skyrocketing inflation, loss of access to credit, etc. — the mechanisms underpinning global finance become (even more) disconnected from the physical assets and services they represent. At times like these, new (old) systems historically step into the gap, as people look to exchange goods and labour for the things they need to survive. 

Individuals and organisations adoptb artering systems when financial systems of money and debt fail. 

While this happens more readily at the individual or community level, there are historical and modern examples of this happening at the national level. As public procurement professionals in challenging times, today’s CPOs could consider the potential for bartering to bridge economic gaps that money can’t cross. 

Global and local barter economies in the Great Depression 

“Reversions to simpler types of economic organisation are not uncommon in times of economic stress,” notes an article published in Nature in 1933 at the height of the Great Depression. 

During the Depression, when systems of credit collapsed and money wasn’t readily available, barter economies developed at both the global and local levels. In 1931, Nature notes that a “small exchange was opened in Salt Lake City to facilitate the barter of unemployed labour for surplus farm produce.” Money had functionally become disconnected from the value of labour and goods, and the replacement system spread rapidly to many parts of the country, covering “a wide range of trades and professions” just two years later. Individual labour markets based on a barter system (although this was quickly replaced by an ad hoc system of promissory notes called “scrips”) weren’t confined to the small scale. The Depression was a global event that left nations, not just individuals, unable to participate in finance (or procurement) in the traditional sense. 

In September of 1932, the Wall Street Journal reported that, “Following the lead of the United States and Brazil, which traded wheat and coffee, Germany has begun to obtain coffee in exchange for coal, Danish cattle for agricultural implements, and Russian petroleum for electrical machinery.” Additionally, Bloomberg notes that Argentina bought railway equipment from Spain with foodstuffs, Turkey bought guns with figs, and the UK sent coal to Finland in exchange for cut timber. Germany dye manufacturers accepted  720 carloads of wheat as payment for longstanding debt from the government of Hungary. 

This is public procurement on a national scale using the barter system. And the practice hasn’t ended, even in the 21st century. 

Public procurement bartering in the 21st century 

Embracing a barter system might seem antiquated or foolish in a modern economy defined by international currencies and global supply chains. Modern economies are so interconnected and complex, economists argue, that finding the necessary “double coincidence of wants” to facilitate a barter is nigh impossible compared to the less sophisticated economies of the past. 

Nevertheless, the past twenty years are full of examples of public procurement teams wheeling and dealing when financial systems failed to serve as a medium of exchange. 

In 2005, Thailand and China reached a trade deal that saw the former swap 100,000 tonnes of dried Thai longan fruit for Chinese armoured vehicles and weapons. This wasn’t first time the Thai government tried to buy weapons with agricultural produce. The previous year, during visits to Stockholm and Moscow, then-president Thaksin suggested trading Thai chicken for Russian or Swedish fighter jets, saying “They both have wings and they can both fly.” 

The Thai government is still doing this. Earlier this year, the country’s defence minister was reportedly eyeing up a deal to use 150,000 tonnes of rice to partially fund the purchase of a frigate from the Chinese navy

Just last year, Egypt’s government announced plans to enter into a barter agreement with Kenya to maintain the importation of Kenyan tea amid a dollar shortage in Egypt’s federal reserve. Under the arrangement, Egypt’s government procures Kenyan tea, while has the freedom to choose what it wants to import from Egypt. This year, Iran and Sri Lanka reportedly started trading crude oil for tea

When does bartering make sense for public procurement? 

While bartering on a large scale seems like an easier, simpler method of exchange, compliance issues and the need for a double coincidence of wants makes it a niche solution—especially as major companies and governments are unlikely to enter into the kind of surplus economy that actually pre-dated currency-based financial systems. However, in times of economic uncertainty, barter-based procurement is an option that procurement professionals would be foolish to discount altogether. 

“Given increasing pressures to contain costs, purchasing personnel need to be creative and find new ways to aggressively control costs,” argued researchers in the International Journal of Purchasing and Materials Management in 1994. They add that domestic barter provides a unique alternative approach to cost recovery and that “purchasing and materials management professionals can utilise domestic barter as part of their cost containment initiatives and simultaneously add value to their companies’ product or service offerings.” 

According to an article in Mint, new digital tools could be unlocking a new age of bartering. “Today, bartering has made a comeback using techniques that are more sophisticated to aid in trading, for instance, the internet.” Digital tools are overcoming many of the traditional limitations of bartering, like geography and market size. “Today, bartering is global,” Mint notes, adding that this sort of trading usually takes place in online auctions and swap markets.

Given the rise in platforms and digital marketplaces for procurement (both public and private), could it be time to reevaluate the potential for bartering to evolve into a larger part of modern procurement? 

The ability to quickly change workflows without input from IT staff could make low and no-code programming a powerful procurement tool.

Procurement teams are operating in a landscape defined by rising costs and increasingly common disruption. In this climate, CPOs are still facing pressure to not only contain cost, but unlock the strategic potential of their procurement departments

Increasingly short-staffed procurement teams need to find a way to provide their organisations with the resilience and agility needed to thrive in the current market. Procurement professionals need to be able to see more of their value chains than ever before. Not only that, but they need to be able to act on that visibility, and act quickly. 

One tool emerging as a potential solution is low code (or no-code) programming.  

Breaking free of the IT department with low and no-code 

In a recent survey, an overwhelming percentage of experts (97%) said that putting the ability to build or adjust workflows in the hands of non-technical end users would have a positive effect on their efforts to modernise the supply chain and procurement process. 

Conducted by GEP, the survey and subsequent report found that low and no-code development allowed organisations to “integrate citizen developers who drive change in a cost-effective and agile way,” into their efforts to digitally transform procurement. 

Low-code and no-code development has gained significant momentum recently. While the trend was gathering momentum already, the COVID-19 pandemic accelerated adoption. The strategy is crucial across multiple industries, as it allows individuals with domain expertise but no software engineering background to enhance business agility. 

Low-code and no-code solutions allow procurement professionals without coding or UX design skills to build a platform that can collect quotations from vendors and suppliers, compare offers, seek internal approvals, and award purchase orders based on customisable metrics. 

“Low code does not aim to replace traditional coding,” GEP’s report stresses. However it can leverage the expertise of “a broader range of people.” As a result, procurement organisations can “adapt and iterate quickly in response to external changes and competitive demands.” 

Low-code and no-code solutions are becoming increasingly popular. The global market for no-code development platforms was worth approximately $12 billion in 2020. Thanks in part to the pandemic, the market is forecast to grow to around $65 billion by 2027.

Cities and governments are underutilised the potential for public procurement to drive innovation and promote competition.

City governments have the potential to be catalysts for innovation, which would benefit their citizens. 

There is fairly widespread awareness of the failure of public procurement to cultivate and attract innovation. According to the OECD, 81% of OECD countries have developed strategies or policies to support innovative goods and services through public procurement. However, public perception and traditionally risk averse behaviour limit the engagement of innovative firms in public sector tendering. 

According to Sam Markey and Andrew Watkins in a blog post for the World Economic Forum, “this is bad news for taxpayers who miss out on potential improvements to public services.” However, there are opportunities for public sector procurement departments to redress this lack of innovation in public procurement. 

Public procurement lacks competition and innovation

Annual city government procurement budgets account for more than $6 trillion around the world. In total, 8% of the world’s GDP is spent by public procurement teams buying from private sector suppliers.  

Public spending has the potential to be a huge force for innovation. Governments have the potential to push private sector companies to invest and invent new solutions to social, environmental, and logistical problems. 

For example, in Norway, ferries are a large part of the country’s transport infrastructure. Therefore, they are largely operated as public services. A regional government initiative required that all new ferry contracts favour low-emission technologies over traditional diesel engines. As a result, electric-powered ferries are commonplace and the sector’s emissions have been reduced by 95%. Simultaneously, costs have also been slashed by 80%.

By leveraging the scale of public procurement, governments can drive the private sector to innovate. As such, it can be a force for the betterment of citizens’ lives. 

Public procurement of innovative solutions 

According to the European Commission, the public sector is wasting its potential to use its purchasing power to act as an early adopter of innovative solutions which are not yet available on a large scale commercial basis.

This public procurement of innovative solutions, when implemented, provides a large enough demand to incentivise industry act. Private sector firms invest in commercialising the solutions at the quality and price needed for mass market deployment. 

This enables the public sector to be a modernising force. It can make public services better, deliver better value for money solutions and provide growth opportunities for companies in the private sector.

Jack Macfarlane, Founder and CEO of DeepStream, highlights the significance of financial efficiency in procurement, the difficulties associated with manual cost optimisation and how digital solutions can effectively tackle these challenges.

Procurement teams are always on the lookout for innovative strategies to streamline their operations and boost financial efficiency and outcomes. 

However, this task can be challenging due to the inherent inefficiencies that often exist in long-established manual processes. A straightforward remedy to these issues lies in controlling expenditures via e-procurement tools. 

Utilising digital platforms allows procurement specialists to enhance their cost-saving abilities and streamline processes. 

The importance of financial efficiency 

Procurement is a fundamentally important function of any business. Its aim is to procure goods and services in the most cost-efficient manner. Done properly, this ensures business expenditure aligns with the overarching financial goals. Ideally this results in the company’s longevity and success. 

Economic pressures shed a stark light on the importance of cost-efficiency for businesses. With inflation currently standing at 3%, it makes sense that procurement teams are prioritising cost optimisation in 2024. A recent survey revealed that 65% of procurement teams in the UK consider cost control their most crucial focus. 

It is the ongoing economic uncertainty that is further driving the need for financial efficiency, as global fluctuations and geo-political unrest force businesses to maximise savings and optimise resources to maintain supply chain resilience and stay competitive in a demanding global market. 

Experienced chief procurement officers know that maintaining profit margins can be a make-or-break scenario for any business, big and small. This is evidenced by the findings of The Hacket Group’s 2024 Global Business Services Key Issues report. The report states that 82% of procurement leaders rate “margin improvement and protection” as a critical business objective for 2024.

Digital solutions to beat procurement pain points

To ensure these goals and objectives are achieved, procurement teams are increasingly adopting digital solutions. These solutions are supposed to streamline processes, ensuring greater cost-savings and financial efficiency. By 2027, 70% of procurement teams will have implemented digital procurement solutions. 

These technologies help streamline processes, reduce inefficiencies and cut costs. Pandemic-induced supply chain disruptions, along with global geo-political instability, have highlighted the importance of building agile and resilient supply chains. These disruptions have prompted procurement teams to further prioritise risk mitigation in protecting financial efficiency and profit margins for the sake of business continuity.

Pressure from stakeholders such as investors, customers and regulatory bodies, demands that companies demonstrate fiscal intelligence and caution to enhance efficiency, ensure suitability for partnerships and meet sustainability expectations. 

The challenge associated with traditional cost-reduction techniques

Manual processes are time-consuming and demand significant administrative effort, diverting focus from strategic activities. Tracking and analysing spending patterns manually can be cumbersome, hindering the quick identification and response to trends or discrepancies. This inefficiency also affects transparency. It can lead to inconsistencies in vendor selection and contract management. Not only this, but it can heighten the risk of non-compliance with policies and regulations or, indeed, fraudulent activity.

Human error is a significant challenge, resulting in inaccurate data entry, miscalculations, and missed opportunities for cost reductions. These errors undermine data reliability and lead to poor decision-making.

Relying on manual processes for financial optimisation is outdated and fraught with issues that impede organisational efficiency and hinder cost-reduction strategies in procurement because the absence of a centralised system complicates the consolidation of procurement data across departments

Digital and centralised systems help procurement teams accurately account for all associated costs beyond the initial purchase price and predict demand with precision to avoid overstock or stockouts.

How e-procurement streamlines financial efficiency

E-procurement platforms and software offer substantial benefits for enhancing financial efficiency within organisations. One of the primary advantages is the automation of data, which significantly reduces the risk of human errors and ensures that procurement decisions are based on accurate and reliable real-time data. Beyond this, the move to digitalisation brings multiple additional benefits.

E-procurement tools feature multi-stage response capabilities, allowing users to request new offers at various stages of supplier negotiation. This flexibility enables procurement teams to negotiate better prices and terms, such as delivery dates and lead times, uncovering real-time cost-saving opportunities throughout the procurement process. 

Automated e-auctions simplify the negotiation process, minimising the time spent on back-and-forth communications with suppliers. This efficiency allows teams to secure competitive prices quickly, freeing up time for other critical responsibilities and improving supplier relationship management.

Procurement software offers an efficient and accurate tracking system, providing users with enhanced visibility over their spending. This capability allows organisations to monitor savings achieved from multiple contracts and partnerships, ensuring comprehensive cost-saving measures. General reporting dashboards in e-procurement software provide an overview of request spending and savings analytics. These tools enable users to track data, identify where savings are being maximised, and make informed decisions to further enhance financial efficiency.

E-procurement’s proactive approach includes features like customisable workflows and automated reminders, ensuring timely and accurate processing of procurement activities. This approach streamlines the overall procurement process, driving efficiency and cost-effectiveness. By leveraging these capabilities, e-procurement platforms help organisations streamline operations, reduce inefficiencies, and achieve sustainable cost optimisation. 

Through automation and advanced tools, procurement teams can enhance their decision-making processes, negotiate better deals, and maintain a high level of financial control and transparency.

Data analytics are poised to revolutionise the procurement process, but many CPOs aren’t ready for a data-driven transformation.

The role of procurement has changed. Spurred by an ever more complex supply chain landscape, procurement departments are shifting away from traditional cost containment and purchasing. Now procurement teams are moving towards being strategic relationship managers, sustainability champions, and drivers of technological maturity. 

Procurement increasingly relies on technological solutions to combat its challenges. THese difficulties range from geopolitical disruption to price volatility and a worsening climate crisis. At the same time, helping the business remain cost competitive is still a necessary goal for the function. 

Using analytics, CPOs can revolutionise traditional elements of the procurement process like spend analytics, demand forecasting, and significant portions of the supplier relationship management process. However, in order to effect this procurement revolution, CPOs need to trust their data. 

The procurement revolution runs on data

Procurement is the membranous layer between the internal organisation and its external supplier ecosystem. As such, procurement has access to huge amounts of data. In the procurement function, internal data like demand patterns, spending, budgets, and specifications, meets external information like supplier spend, market insights, and contextual data ranging from weather forecasts to crop reports. 

In order to harness the full potential of procurement, CPOs must tap into their rich reserves of data. Appropriately armed, they can better, more informed decisions that unlock strategic wins for the business. Data—along with the application of AI—can help procurement teams optimise spend and predict demand. In more predictable industries with fairly stable parameters, some experts even believe that bots could replace humans entirely. “For standardised items with highly competitive markets such as transportations or temporary labour, buyers would not need to interfere, leaving bots to make trade decisions autonomously based on predefined objective functions,” McKinsey analysts wrote in a report earlier this year.  

However, there are serious hurdles that organisations looking to leverage data in their procurement processes face. 

CPOs might expect data analytics and the technologies they power to revolutionise every aspect of their procurement function by the end of the decade, but respondents to McKinsey’s survey readily admit that their data infrastructure isn’t ready to support this ambition. Over 20% of procurement leaders said their data suffers from silos and a lack of maturity, with less than 70% of spend data stored in one place. Even those leaders whose systems give them a single source of truth for all spending data admitted that their data wasn’t not cleaned and categorised effectively. 

Before it can revolutionise the procurement process, procurement’s data is in desperate need of improvement. 

Data analytics drive the AI procurement revolution 

By leveraging AI, CPOs can automate significant portions of their category management processes. Demand forecasting and optimisation can become more accurate, which makes sourcing and supply chain management more effective. Supposedly, AI interfaces will allow procurement teams to analyse spending and market data, answering questions about spend exposure created by specific events, cost increases due to oil price fluctuations, or alternative sources for suppliers experiencing difficulties. 

Generative AI may soon be able to automate contract generation and generate data used for risk management training—vital in an increasingly disrupted world. 

The decarbonisation of our economy is a daunting, complex task, and the procurement process is one of the best places to effect meaningful change.

The worsening climate crisis not only poses an existential threat to humanity, but is proving increasingly disruptive to the ongoing operations of global supply chains. Extreme weather events are increasing in frequency. Food insecurity, resource scarcity, and economic pressures all threaten to destabilise global economies

In response to the deteriorating climate, regulatory bodies have introduced increasingly stringent measures to ensure sustainable behaviour. As a result, organisations’ business success is more and more closely reliant on achieving meaningful decarbonisation. “Businesses are now putting sustainability and decarbonisation at the core of their strategy,” notes a new report by Capgemini

Beyond scope 1 & 2 emissions 

Decarbonising a business is a complex process. The greenhouse gases an organisation emits are broadly divided into three categories: Scope 1, 2, and 3. 

  • Scope 1 refers to direct emissions from owned or controlled sources.  
  • Scope 2 relates to indirect emissions—those generated by the purchase and use of electricity, steam, heating and cooling. By using the energy, an organisation is indirectly responsible for the release of any emissions tied to its generation.  
  • Scope 3 includes all other indirect emissions that occur in the upstream and downstream activities of an organisation.

Regulators are increasingly requiring companies to address the impact of Scope 3 emissions. Since an organisation’s Scope 1 and 2 emissions only represent 25% of the whole, while 75% of the total is related to emissions coming from Scope 3, tackling emissions within the supply chain as a whole is a complicated and challenging process. 

Sustainable procurement and scope 3 emissions

A lack of visibility into the procurement process and supplier ecosystem is an overwhelmingly common driver of Scope 3 emissions. According to the Capgemini Research Institute, only 23% of organisations know which suppliers account for most of their Scope 3 emissions. 

In order to redress this problem and drive widespread decarbonisation throughout the supply chain, Capgemini’s report advocates for the implementation of sustainable procurement practices. Sustainable procurement takes a holistic approach to the environmental, social, and governance (ESG) aspects for Scope 3 emissions. 

“Environmental includes the accounting of carbon emissions but also aspects such as biodiversity, natural resources, and pollution. Social looks after ethical, safe, and fair practices. Finally, governance embraces corporate transparency, diversity, and compliance with regulations,” Capgemini notes. “Taking a methodical, small steps approach that embeds key principles of sustainability into the main areas of the procurement workflow – policy, sourcing, contract management, and supplier management – will ensure a robust and achievable operational roadmap to get you there.” 

To meet the growing need for decarbonisation in the procurement value chain, here are four steps that CPOs can use to shape their journey.

The procurement process is increasingly being recognised for its potential to drive carbon emissions reductions with the larger organisation. However, the process is complex and, for many CPOs, there’s no easy way forward. 

This is due to the fact that reducing Scope 3 emissions is particularly difficult. 

Scope 3 emissions account for approximately 75% of companies’ emissions on average. This is according to data gathered by the Carbon Discolosure Project. However, not only do Scope 3 emissions account for the majority of the value chain’s environmental impact, but they are also the most difficult emissions to measure and reduce. The difficulty stems from a lack of trustworthy data. Not only that, but value chain activities lie outside of the organisation’s direct control. 

Despite the challenges, pressure on procurement teams to decarbonise their procurement process has increased over the past few years. There has been mounting pressure to accurately measure emissions in order to submit and validate science-based reduction targets. This presure is driving companies to direct more focus toward Scope 3 emissions, according to Mark Weick, managing director of EY’s Climate Change and Sustainability Services. Nevertheless, he adds, many businesses still find themselves in a “Scope 3 dilemma.”

In order to make meaningful progress towards decarbonising their procurement process, CPOs and business leaders should engage with the following four steps. 

1. Accurately measure the impact 

The first step towards decarbonising the procurement process is accurately calculating your emissions. 

Creating visibility within the value chain is challenging, but implementing reporting standards for your supplier ecosystem, in combination with the right digital tools can help deliver an accurate carbon footprint calculation. 

Once the calculation has been made, the figures must be regularly updated in order to remain valuable.  

2. Triage to minimise severe contributors 

Once the extent of your Scope 3 emissions has been accurately measured, the next step should be to identify and target the most emissions-heavy categories in your value chain. 

The Pareto Principle is a flawed analytical guideline, but provides a good starting point. It is likely that 20% of your value chain is producing 80% of the emissions. Therefore, by identifying the suppliers, materials, processes, and products that make the biggest contributions to your emissions, you can make the largest impact in the shortest amount of time. 

3. Find and pull carbon reduction triggers 

The next step is finding the areas where changes will have the greatest effect. Find the factors in your organisation and ecosystem that trigger the biggest swings in carbon emissions. Volume of product, supplier selection, type of product, and nature of service can all trigger emissions reductions (or increases). 

Examples of triggers could include rewriting an IT policy to repair and refurbish old equipment in order to reduce e-waste. It could pull that trigger even further by ensuring refurbished equipment is then sold or donated. It could also involve purchasing equipment with longer lifespans. Or requiring suppliers to comply with certain sustainability standards within their own operations. 

4. Monitor, iterate, improve 

The final step is to accurately monitor and assess the efficacy of your carbon reduction steps. Then, experiment with new approaches, explore new strategies, and analyse the results. Digital monitoring tools are a useful element of this process, as long as they are updated and leveraged throughout future iterations of the cycle.  

Over time, you will be able to iterate and improve your environmental impact reduction strategy and track your progress towards an ultimate goal like carbon neutrality. This is not a one-time project, however, and it is vital that carbon reduction is conceptualised as a central aspect of your procurement function’s strategy going forward. 

A new report from KPMG identifies predictive analytics, generative AI, supply chain disruption, and ESG criteria as the factors shaping procurement’s future.

It’s a time of radical change for the procurement sector. Not only is procurement itself transforming to become a more strategic part of the overall business, but industry trends are changing the shape of the sector from the outside as well. 

A new report from KPMG breaks down the “numerous forces” that are conspiring to change the “future trajectory of procurement.” WIth procurement teams facing uncertainty on multiple fronts, the report argues that procurement teams should “brace themselves for a myriad of potential scenarios.”

Primarily, the trends shaping the future of the procurement sector, according to KPMG include: the heightened risk of supply disruption, the impact of technologies like predictive analytics and generative artificial intelligence (AI), and increasing ESG and regulatory demands. 

Disruption is the new normal

KPMG’s report, which surveyed 400 senior procurement professionals from a range of industries, found that concern over the increased likelihood of supply chain disruption is becoming an increasingly common fear. Of the executives surveyed, 77 % told KPMG that risk of supply disruption is a critical external challenge.

Geopolitical tensions are mounting in multiple regions. As a result, a retreat from globalisation, and conflict in certain parts of the world are impacting food markets and energy prices and deterring trade routes. 

According to KPMG’s report, these disruptive pressures are putting a strain on supply chain resilience. As a result, many organisations are being forced to rethink their sourcing strategies as they try to reduce the risk of shortages and rising prices. Strategies like nearshoring and China-plus-one are expected to significantly reshape supply chains in Asia and beyond over the coming years. 

AI, analytics, and digitised supply chains 

According to the executives surveyed, predictive analytics and generative AI are the two technologies most likely to have a major impact on procurement functions over next year and a half. Robotic process automation was a distant third. 

However, despite widespread consensus that AI and analytics are essential to the next phase of procurement’s evolution, many executives also cited limited data and insights as their top internal challenge. KPMG’s report argues that this indicates an urgent need to invest in this area.

Sustainability, ESG, and tightening regulations 

Increasingly, procurement is emerging as one of the key areas for sustainability reform as the conversation shifts towards Scope 3 emissions. Companies in Europe, in particular, are facing stringent regulatory and reporting requirements, with just under two-thirds of KPMG’s respondents arguing that increased regulatory and ESG demands will heavily influence strategic sourcing in the next 3–5 years. 

According to KPMG, businesses must demonstrate that their manufacturing and supply chains are not only low-carbon and environmentally friendly, but also provide adequate pay and conditions for workers. 

Steve Green, Business Development Manager at Genetec investigates hidden risks in the supply chain and how to avoid them.

Technology is advancing at an exponential rate. Now, advances in AI and analytics mean devices will likely expand their functionality and capabilities well beyond the date of their original procurement. 

That means that for any IT-related investment, it’s not enough to focus solely on traditional factors such as the legality, functionality, suitability, and cost of the product itself at the point of purchase. It’s just as important to understand the viability, trustworthiness and any likely risks that could result from association with its manufacturer and suppliers for the entire predicted lifetime of that product.  

This is particularly relevant to the realms of video surveillance and the Internet of Things (IoT). Increasingly, governments are tightening regulationsto prevent the ongoing use of devices associated with human rights abuses or that present an unacceptable level of cybersecurity threat

Supply chain blind spots

According to the Cyber Security Breaches Survey 2024, commissioned by UK cyber resilience to align with the National Cyber Strategy, just 11% of businesses assess the risks posed by their immediate suppliers. In a predominantly digital age, that is deeply concerning. 

It suggests there is not enough emphasis on the origin of devices responsible for the breaches or manufacturers who made them. Without this, how can any organisation ever hope to demonstrate compliance with its own commitments to uphold the highest standards of cybersecurity and ethics in procurement? 

If they don’t appropriately audit and document these issues, how can organisations possible identify the technical, financial and reputational risks of selecting one manufacturer over another?

Risk management in procurement

Risk can never be reduced to zero, so it must constantly be reassessed based on an organisation’s activities, sensitivities, and risk tolerance. These risks will manifest in several different forms, some of which the procurement function can actively control and others which it can only react to. With the appropriate forethought, however, organisations can idenitify many of the most likely risks in advance. They can therefore take steps to reduce, mitigate or transfer the risks before disruption strikes. 

For example, when evaluating any IoT related ‘smart’ device or solution, cybersecurity must be a key consideration. Organisations could reduce risk by stipulating that they will only consider working alongside suppliers who have achieved relevant accreditations and who submit themselves to regular third-party penetration testing. 

They could then look to mitigate this further by doing their own due diligence of the cybersecurity track record for each tender response. Finally, they may choose to transfer some of the remaining risks by revisiting the organisation’s cyber insurance coverage. 

Building bridges between IT & procurement 

As outlined above, a growing threat is that of scheduled upgrades increasingly leading to the adoption of ‘smart’ IP connected devices, requested and managed by departments other than IT. These devices no doubt provide valuable new functionality. However, they also come with additional responsibility for their on-going management that organisations need to consider.  

Responsible procurement professionals have a duty to ensure they bring in the right individuals from across the business to ensure their appropriate evaluation. This is where the proactive involvement of the IT department becomes so vital. It brings much needed familiarity and expertise with the process of ensuring a product is viable. With the involvement of the IT team, it’s much easier to determine if a product can be securely and cost-effectively adopted over a multi-year period. It therefore puts procurement professionals in the best position to take an informed view of which of the presented options are in the best long-term financial interests of the business. 

‘Digital asbestos’ & CCTV blind spots

Technology used for video surveillance and physical security is many organisations’ biggest blind spot. This is because these cameras typically make up the largest software system deployed within a business not managed by IT. Internally, man organisations still think of security cameras as the “closed-circuit” analogue devices that were in circulation 20 years ago. 

Consequently, as a society we have witnessed, and continue to see, the widespread adoption of insecure cameras and other IoT devices. These devices are manufactured by state-owned companies with strategic interest in exfiltrating data, intelligence or intellectual property from rival governments, private businesses, and individuals. This is especially true when the country and the companies in question have a widely demonstrated and well-documented set of cyber risks associated with them. 

In the UK, the Central Government has banned devices manufactured by Chinese state-controlled companies on national security grounds. And yet, organisations across the public and private sectors continue to deploy these devices at scale. That isn’t sustainable or wise.  

Of course, we shouldn’t blame procurement professionals for the purchasing decisions taken before these risks became widely known. It’s the same as asbestos several decades ago. Today, however, the risks are known and documented. Procurement professionals have a duty to stop adding to the problem and take steps to mitigate the risks. As with asbestos, the first step once the dangers were clear, was to no longer add to the problem. The second was to put plans in place to deal with what had been put in place by an earlier generation. 

Final thoughts

No procurement leader wants to be the person who ignored the warning signs and forced the organisation into “buying cheap, buying twice”. Or even worse, exposed the organisation to damage from which it was unable to recover. Price is of course an important factor, but the true goal should be to achieve value. 

The Procurement function has never been more important in terms of building the culture, people and processes needed to ensure buying decisions are taken that are in the best long-term interests of the business. For procurement professionals, and those sat around the boardroom table, it all comes down to understanding the risks, accepting responsibility and having the determination to invest

Gender equality in public procurement is currently a missed opportunity with the potential to improve living standards for all genders.

A report from the European Institute for Gender Equality (EIGE) asserts that current public procurement spending represents “a missed opportunity.” 

According to the EIGE’s new study, public procurement has the potential to leverage public spending in a way that results in a fairer allocation of economic resources between genders. Effectively implementing such a policy would, the report argues, improve living standards for both women and men. 

Public procurement and gender equality 

Public procurement in the European Union (EU) is a massive economic phenomenon. Authorities in the EU spend roughly 14% of the bloc’s GDP on public procurement. This amounts to approximately €2 trillion per year. 

According to the EIGE, the sheer size of public procurement in the EU means the process is “of high economic importance.” New regulation could, the EIGE suggest, take advantage of public procurement’s status as a “powerful instrument for influencing market relations and competitiveness.” 

Until now, however, regulators have largely seen and treated public procurement and gender equality as two distinct issues. This is especially true of industries where the public sector is the market’s principle buyer. These include energy, transport, waste management, defence, information technology, and health and education services.

The EIGE report notes, however, that links between the two issues are absent at almost every level, from national governments to the EU as a whole. They believe this represents a missed opportunity for the EU, as public procurement has the potential to be “an important transformative lever for social issues and in particular gender equality.” Not only this, but a lack of gender parity in public procurement is an economic pain point for the EU.  

The case for gender-responsive public procurement

The EIGE argue that the extent to which businesses owned and operated by women are under-represented in tender competitions and contract awards means that public bodies are missing out on a large segment of the market that may offer value for money and innovation in public service delivery. 

Gender-responsive public procurement (GRPP) is a gender mainstreaming tool advocated by the EIGE that promotes gender equality through public procurement. “GRPP is procurement that promotes gender equality through the goods, services or works being purchased,” explains the report. 

Gender equality has strong, positive impacts on GDP per capita, which increase over time. Therefore, economists argue that gender equality is a relevant lever for catalysing economic growth. Increased gender equality, the EIGE estimates, could lead to an increase in EU GDP per capita of 6.1–9.6 % by 2050, amounting to EUR 1.95–3.15 trillion. GRPP could contribute a significant part of this, as it helps to tackle structural inequalities at both a national and pan-EU level.

From Scope 3 emissions to data quality, here are some of the biggest challenges procurement teams will face as the decade continues.

The nature of the procurement function is undergoing a radical transformation. Additionally, the ways in which procurement is being perceived from outside the department are also changing. More and more leadership teams are looking to procurement to solve increasingly challenging problems. 

CPOs are finding themselves a valuable part of the C-Suite, important decision-makers within the corporate hierarchy. Hervé Le Faou, CPO of Heineken, said late last year that “Fundamentally, the CPO is evolving into a ‘chief value officer,’ a partner and co-leader to the CEO who is able to generate value through business partnering, digital and technology, and sustainability, which are new sources of profitable growth in a shift toward a future-proof business model.”

Procurement teams are expected to be sources of strategic value creation, drivers of digital transformation, and the first line of defence against disruption in an increasingly volatile world. It’s a far cry from the somewhat transactional, cost-conscious back office role the function performed just a few years ago. And, with responsibility and importance, comes a raft of new challenges. 

According to data gathered by KPMG in April, the current procurement landscape faces a diverse array of challenges, from tightening ESG restrictions to the uncertain (but undeniable) impact of generative AI. These trends are already creating new headwinds for procurement teams, and they’re likely to develop further as the decade wears on, not to mention be joined by others that are only now starting to emerge. 

1. Risk management 

The profound disruption to the global supply chain caused by the COVID-19 pandemic has receded, but it has left behind a world obsessed less with the idea of “just-in-time” than “just-in-case”. 

Market fluctuations resulting in cost-spikes, material shortages, and delays, are all going to be front of mind for procurement teams this year. However, internal issues like siloed departments, inefficiencies, and fraud also have the potential to prevent procurement from living up to its potential. Procurement’s role in managing third party risk is going to increasingly place the function at the heart of organisations’ response to potential threats. Leadership teams will expect CPOs to find answers and ways around these dangers. 

2. Transparency and data quality

Whether from an ESG perspective or simply a desire to shock-proof your value-chain, attaining good, plentiful data about your supplier ecosystem and the market forces that affect them is a high priority and a daunting challenge for procurement teams. 

The consequences of poor quality internal data trickle down into the decision-making process, and could cause the business to lose out on crucial opportunities. Likewise, a poor understanding of your suppliers and their activities could cause Scope 3 emissions to skyrocket, and even involve organisations in practices that damage brand reputation or result in the purchase of inferior quality products. 

KPMG’s industry survey found that implementing data analytics procurement leaders view implementing data analytics as the single most important activity they would engage in the next 12–18 months. However, respondents also cited limited data and insights as their top internal challenge, “indicating an urgent need to invest in this area.”

Organisations are awash in a sea of disorganised data, and the growing influence of generative AI looks ready to make this problem worse before it gets better. 

Generative AI has rapidly become the most widely-discussed (not to mention heavily invested in) technology in multiple industries. While many organisations are keen to explore the potential for generative AI to automate functions, create new sources of value, and do any number of other things, the technology has the potential to have just as many negative effects on the industry as good ones. 

3. Regulation, compliance, and Scope 3 Emissions  

Whether tied to sustainability reporting or the movement of goods across international borders, the global regulatory landscape is becoming more stringent, and the penalties for violation more severe. 

Procurement teams need to stay abreast of fast moving compliance landscapes, ensuring they (and their suppliers) are up to date with changing requirements lest they have their operations disrupted and potentially face costly fines. Automation and AI have a role to play in this process, potentially monitoring, analysing, and completing compliance documentation without the need for tedious manual work. 

Many organisations, especially in Europe, face increasingly strict regulatory and reporting standards regarding ESG. KPMG’s survey found that 66% of respondents believed that these growing regulatory and ESG demands would heavily influence strategic sourcing decisions over the next 3-5 years. 

Businesses must increasingly demonstrate that their production and supply chains are low-carbon, environmentally friendly, and ensure fair wages and good working conditions. This trend spans various industries, with financial services and government sectors facing intense scrutiny. 

Supply chain disruptions are the new normal, and finding ways to add resilience to the procurement process is every CPO’s priority.

Over the last several years, it’s undeniable that the pace and impact of disruptions felt by global supply chains has increased. From the COVID-19 pandemic, a looming recession, and the increasing severity of the climate crisis to war in Ukraine and genocide in Gaza, disruption feels more like the norm than the exception. 

In the 2023 Gartner Balancing Sustainability and Resilience Survey, researchers found that 53% of supply chain and procurement leaders reported their supply chains were facing disruptions half of the time or more often.

Procurement plays a more vital role than ever in helping organisations combat disruption, but risks can’t be avoided if they can’t be identified. In this article we have organised the 9 most common causes of disruption procurement faces today.

1.  Human Error

Procurement requires a great deal of repetitive, error-prone work. Human errors in manual processes can lead to purchasing mistakes such as incorrect factory orders, resulting in unnecessary costs. In addition to delays and increased costs, human error can incur additional penalties as the result of breaches in compliance, not to mention the long term potential reputational damages. Repeated mistakes amplify the financial impact, emphasising the need for accuracy in purchasing, logistics, and inventory management processes. Upgrading to technologies with built-in automation can minimise such errors and associated expenses.

2. Economic, political, and environmental factors

Global events like armed conflicts or economic sanctions can affect supply chains. In just the last few years, the number of disruptions to agriculture and manufacturing from climate crisis-related events has risen, in addition to geopolitical conflicts. Diversifying suppliers, nearshoring supplier ecosystems, and scenario planning can help businesses respond to such challenges.

3. Lack of contingency plans

Companies must plan for worst-case scenarios by monitoring suppliers’ financial performance to identify those at risk of going out of business and reducing dependence on them. Diversifying supplier pools and reducing reliance on politically unstable countries can help mitigate supply chain risks. Additionally, taking care over the quality of internal and external data, as well as implementing a vendor management system, can help mitigate this risk. 

4. Security Threats and Corruption

Cyberattacks like ransomware can cripple procurement operations just like any other part of the company. Procurement, as a highly porous department with lots of contact with outside entities and potentially tens of thousands of interactions per day, is particularly vulnerable. Investing in information security solutions and cyber insurance can mitigate this risk. Procurement is also one of the most common breeding grounds for corruption and fraud. Ensuring rigorous oversight of the procurement process with mechanisms for independent auditing, as well as centralised data management practices to encourage transparency can help reduce the risk of fraud.

5. Flawed forecasting

Inaccurate demand plans can lead to underproduction or overproduction due to stale data, potentially resulting in unsold inventory, product markdowns, and reduced profit margins. Manual forecasting processes without sophisticated demand planning applications may contribute to overestimation of demand.

6. Internal business changes

Reorganisations or key personnel departures can lead to the loss of institutional knowledge, disrupting procurement’s ability to function efficiently. Also, a great deal of deal-making and supplier management still relies on interpersonal connections, which can be severely damaged by staffing challenges. Standardising procurement processes and automating tasks can mitigate disruptions caused by upheaval and turnover.

7. External business changes

Acquisitions or workforce shortages at supplier companies can disrupt the procurement process. Diversifying supplier pools and adding alternative sources can help mitigate disruptions.

8. Pricing fluctuations

Raw material shortages, demand spikes, or natural disasters can lead to price increases. While procurement can’t control these factors, they can plan for them. Stockpiling, diversifying supplier networks, and chasing efficiencies wherever possible can cushion the blow when prices skyrocket.

9. Transportation delays

Delays in transportation due to weather, labour strikes, or breakdowns can disrupt supply chains. Although transport problems have eased compared to previous years, delays remain common.

Jon Gill, VP EMEA at Spinnaker Support, analyses the changing nature of the CPO role, and explores how procurement leaders can beat the odds in an increasingly challenging field.

Being a procurement manager has never been more challenging. You’ve had to become the ultimate multitasker: securing the best prices, finding reliable suppliers, and now steering the strategic decisions that will define your organisation’s future.

So, what sparked this shift in your role? You have Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) systems—Oracle and SAP – to thank.

Transforming ERP is a generational challenge

These systems are vital for integrating and managing core business processes, yet their inflexibility and high maintenance costs present novel challenges to corporate IT everywhere. As businesses strive for greater agility and efficiency, procurement teams are central to transforming ERP systems from static, costly burdens into dynamic assets that boost business growth and operational efficiency.

As a procurement manager, you’re at the heart of transforming these ERP systems into flexible, valuable assets that not only support growth but also adapt to changing business landscapes. Your mission? To ensure these critical systems don’t become financial sinkholes, while ensuring that your systems keep pace with necessary innovation initiatives and evolving business demands. Every pound saved or cleverly renegotiated is funnelled back into your company, fuelling innovation and sharpening your competitive edge.

Navigating the complexities of ERP systems, you’ve likely considered third-party software support as a game-changer. It’s the buzz in the industry—a strategic move that promises innovation, functionality, and substantial cost savings. Partnering with a tech-savvy ally who intimately understands your systems and is dedicated to your company’s growth sounds like a winning formula, right?

But here’s the reality check: some businesses aren’t jumping on board with the idea of taking their ERP support and maintenance away from the vendor’s contract. And to make matters worse, ERP vendors themselves are actively discouraging it. They paint a bleak picture, highlighting concerns about security, compliance, and access to cutting-edge products.

So, when you’re advocating for third-party software support to drive innovation, save money, and ensure the stability, security, and compliance of your ERP systems, you need to be armed with the facts.

Managing risks while driving innovation

As a procurement manager, your role increasingly involves bridging the gap between IT departments and strategic business needs. IT teams often lean towards the safer route, preferring the predictability and stability of established ERP vendors like SAP and Oracle. Their concerns? Potential disruptions, security risks, and the upheaval of adopting a new support model.

However, this reliance on traditional vendor support introduces hidden dangers. It locks your organisation into the vendor’s ecosystem—tied to their upgrade schedules and captive to their pricing strategies—restricting your ability to innovate and adapt. This can divert your business from pursuing avenues that better align with its strategic ambitions.

Consider the situation with Birmingham City Council. The cost of the council’s move to a new Oracle ERP system was initially projected at £20 million but escalated to around £100 million due to unforeseen complexities and the need for a highly specialised software instance that ultimately could not be delivered effectively. This example highlights the significant risks and costs that can accrue when projects are not carefully managed and tailored to the specific needs of an organisation.

Adapt, don’t start over

More importantly, this case teaches us an important lesson: migration and large-scale projects are not the only paths to innovation. Sometimes, the key to adding strategic value lies in supporting and improving current systems rather than replacing them entirely. This approach not only avoids the risks of vendor lock-in but also enhances operational flexibility, allowing organisations to adapt more dynamically to changing needs.

How can your business achieve this? With third-party software support. This alternative doesn’t just mitigate risks—it propels innovation. Third-party providers maintain and optimise both current and legacy systems more effectively. This prevents the disruptive upgrade cycles imposed by traditional vendors. They specialise in custom solutions tailored to the unique needs of your business. By doing so, they enhance system performance, and ensuring ERP systems are responsive to your strategic goals.

Moreover, third-party support addresses interoperability issues and customisations often overlooked by standard vendor support. This reduces operational disruptions and offers a more stable transition experience during system upgrades. Financially, opting for third-party support results in substantial cost savings in both the short and longer terms as these services come at a more competitive price than traditional vendor support contracts, and also allow your organisation to avoid costly, non-essential upgrades and migrations especially as systems age. These savings can be redirected towards strategic initiatives, enhancing your competitive edge.

Convincing your C-suite to transition to third-party support involves shifting the narrative around risk. It’s about highlighting that the real danger lies in sticking with a roadmap from a vendor which might not match the company’s direction – or ambitions. The potential for stifling innovation and operational agility is a significant threat.

Tackling security and compliance as a CPO

Security and compliance are critical, and they are often cited as reasons to remain with a vendor’s in-house support. Yet as vendors shift focus to newer software, support for older systems diminishes. This exposes businesses to increased cybersecurity risks and regulatory compliance challenges. Third-party software support can help with this, too.

Third-party providers are not limited by a product lifecycle. Their priority is to secure and maintain the ERP systems you rely on, regardless of their age. This proactive approach ensures that your systems stay up to date with the latest security measures. Not only that, but is also aligns them with evolving compliance standards without forcing costly upgrades.

By choosing third-party support, you ensure your ERP systems are secure, compliant, and perfectly aligned with both current regulatory demands and your organisation’s long-term strategic objectives.

For procurement managers ready to advocate for third-party software support, the key is demonstrating how this option turns perceived risks into strategic advantages.

This move can safeguard your company’s future, ensuring that your ERP systems evolve in line with your business needs. Not just according to a vendor’s agenda. 

AI chatbots and other supposedly “easy wins” for procurement could be about to cost the sector billions in misallocated funding.

Generative artificial intelligence (AI) exploded into the public consciousness in early 2023. Since then, the technology has attracted vast amounts of media attention, controversy and, crucially, investment. Now, tech companies are struggling to bridge the gap between hype and reality. Between the billions upon billions of dollars spent to bring AI to market and the reality that it may not be the game-changer it’s being sold as. Increasingly, it appears as though it might be a very expensive, complicated, ethically flawed, and environmentally disastrous solution in desperate search of a problem.

“AI chatbots and image generators are making headlines and fortunes, but a year and a half into their revolution, it remains tough to say exactly why we should all start using them,” observed Scott Rosenberg, managing editor of technology at Axios, in April. 

Nevertheless, Generative AI is seeing huge investment across virtually all sectors. In the procurement market, the technology is on track for substantial growth. Market projections estimate the value of AI in procurement to soar to more than $2.2 billion by 2032. 

Can we use AI for procurement?  

In January, Gartner found that 43% of procurement leaders were planning to implement the technology within the next 12 months. It’s worth noting that this investment in generative AI lags slightly behind the supply chain function in general. However, it’s still close to half of alll CPOs planning to buy an AI tool. Maybe a slower approach for the industry as a whole wouldn’t be such a bad thing. 

It’s likely that AI will have applications that are worth the price of admission. One day. 

Its problems will be resolved in time. They have to be; the world’s biggest tech companies have spent too much money for it not to work. Nevertheless, using “AI” as a magic password to unlock unlimited portions of the budget feels like asking for trouble. 

As Mehul Nagrani, managing director for North America at InMoment, notes in a recent op-ed, “the technology of the moment is AI and anything remotely associated with it. Large language models (LLMs): They are AI. Machine learning (ML): That’s AI. That project you’re told there’s no funding for every year — call it AI and try again.” Nagrani warns that “Billions of dollars will be wasted on AI over the next decade”. Applying AI to any process, including procurement, without more than the general notion that it will magically create efficiencies and unlock new capabilities carries significant risk. 

Tom Whittaker, director at independent UK law firm Burges Salmon, warns that “Use of AI in procurement requires clear purpose. Purpose drives the design, development and deployment of an AI system, how it will be incorporated into existing systems and processes, and how those responsible for the AI system measure performance and legal compliance.” 

Without clear intention and thoughtful execution, AI risks becoming a multi-million pound albatross around a procurement department’s neck. 

The problem with AI chatbots and other “low hanging fruit” 

According to GEP, AI represents a broad array of “low hanging” fruit for the procurement sector. These low hanging druit include “automating invoice processing, optimising spend with AI and augmenting capabilities through AI chatbots.” Companies looking to drive quick value from AI can supposedly exploit these options to save money and easily increase efficiencies. 

But is that true? 

Let’s talk about chatbots. The technology has struggled to perform as a replacement for human customer service reps.

In the UK, a disgruntled DPD customer—after a generative AI chatbot failed to answer his query—was able to make the courier company’s chatbot use the F-word and compose a poem about how bad DPD was. 

In the US, owners of a car dealership were horrified when their AI chatbot started selling cars for $1.

After Chris Bakke, who perpetrated the exploit, received over 20 million views on his post, the car company announced that it would not be honouring the deal made by the chatbot. It argued that, because the chatbot wasn’t an official representative of their dealership, it didn’t have the authority to offer discounts. 

Evangelists for the rapid mass deployment of AI to the procurement sector seem all too ready to hand over vital processes like contract negotiation to AI that can, without much difficulty it seems, be convinced to sell items worth tens of thousands of dollars for roughly the cost of a chocolate bar.

Set to come into effect in October 2024, will the Procurement Act succeed in making the procurement process more flexible for UK businesses.

UK procurement leaders face pain points ranging from rising costs to geopolitical uncertainty. The ability to be agile and adaptable is separating successful organisations from those in danger of failing. 

 “More than ever, CPOs require agile procurement processes and enabling systems to adapt to changing market conditions,” says Tom Whittaker, director at independent UK law firm Burges Salmon

However, the current regulatory framework surrounding procurement in the Uk creates headwinds for procurement teams. “More than ever, CPOs require agile procurement processes and enabling systems to adapt to changing market conditions,” says Whittaker. According to him, this is something the Procurement Act 2023 seeks to facilitate. The Act will ‘go live’ in October this year and will likely have a significant impact on UK procurement.

Will the Procurement Act increase agility for UK organisations? 

The Procurement Act 2023 aims to reshape the regulatory landscape underpinning the UK’s procurement sector in several major ways. These range from reworking supplier selection to changing the ways that tendering works. The aim, reportedly, is to open up public procurement to new entrants such as small businesses and social enterprises. Ideally, this would allow them to compete for and win more public contracts.

According to Whittaker, “A key challenge for CPOs under the existing regime is the ability to design agile procurements that can adapt to changing stakeholder requirements.” He admits that the Procurement Act will still maintain some limitations. However, Whittaker notes that the new legislation will provide a clear framework for such changes during the procurement process

“Conditions of participation (previously selection criteria), tender requirements and award criteria can all be amended or refined at various points under the new regime,” he says. “There will be significantly more scope under the new regime to design a procurement process that fits the specific nature and scope of an organisation’s requirements.” In essence, companies have more leeway to adapt their tender process as circumstances shange around them.

However, while he advises a more agile approach and amending selection criteria in the face of changing circumstances, Whittaker says the process “must always be managed with care.” He argues that “the value this can potentially deliver will depend significantly on the skills and understanding of the procurement professionals responsible for delivering the change.”

Laura Wisdom, partner at independent UK law firm Burges Salmon explores the legal ramifications of the Procurement Act.

This is a time of significant change for public procurement in the UK. The Procurement Act 2023 (“PA23”) is due to “go live” on 28 October 2024. The legislation represents the most significant transformation to purchasing law for decades. Through it, the UK Government seeks to break away from the current European law-based procurement regime. The act, they hope, will “speed up and simplify public procurement processes” and meet a variety of other domestic objectives. The PA23 intends to consolidate and streamline the current regulatory framework, which is currently based on legacy EU law. In doing so, it will simplify the procurement process to better meet the UK’s needs.

This is part of a series of deep dives into the new procurement lifecycle. It focuses on the selection stage of a procurement and the introduction of a new ”debarment” regime.

Conditions of participation

The PA23 introduces a change in terminology by replacing selection questions with “conditions of participation”. Unlike under the current regime, the inclusion of conditions of participation by a contracting authority is not mandatory.

A contracting authority may only set conditions of participation in relation to the award of a public contract if it is satisfied that the conditions are a proportionate means of ensuring that suppliers have the legal and financial ability or the technical ability to perform the contract. Whether a condition is proportionate depends on to the nature, complexity and cost of the public contract.

There remains some ambiguity in the PA23. It isunclear whether a contracting authority must or may disregard any tender from a supplier that does not satisfy the conditions of participation. Further guidance is required to resolve this point. 

Excluded and excludable suppliers

Before permitting a supplier to participate in a competitive flexible procedure, the contracting authority must assess whether a supplier is an “excluded” supplier or an “excludable” supplier. If a mandatory exclusion ground applies, the authority must exclude the supplier. The applicability of a discretionary ground for exclusion will render the supplier ”excludable”. This means the contractor may exclude the supplier if they choose. 

The Act also introduces provisions which permit the exclusion of suppliers by reference to their sub-contractors or where an “associated supplier” is excluded or excludable.

The mandatory and discretionary grounds for exclusion are based upon the grounds under the existing regime, but with some changes. Both contracting authorities and bidders should familiarise themselves with these grounds. It’s important they note the introduction of a discretionary exclusion ground for breach of contract and poor performance. This allows a contracting authority to exclude a supplier in situations where:

  • the supplier has breached a contract and the breach was ‘sufficiently serious’
  • the supplier has not performed the contract to the authority’s satisfaction. They have also failed to do so when given the opportunity to improve
  • a Contract Performance Notice has been published by a contracting authority evidencing either a breach of contract or poor performance.

What happens when a contract is breached?

A breach of contract will be “sufficiently serious” for these purposes if it results in meaningful consequences. These include partial/full termination of a contract, the award of damages or a settlement agreement.

It will be interesting to see how this new discretionary exclusion ground operates in practice. It’s worth noting that poor performance is typically managed on a commercial level by the parties. Failure to improve performance does not consider circumstances beyond a supplier’s control. The occurrence of a force majeure event, for example, would not count against supplier performance.

The risk to suppliers may be mitigated by the requirement for a contracting authority to “have regard to” procurement objectives. These include an obligation to act with integrity. However, it is unclear how this will in itself apply.

The debarment regime: What is it?

The Act introduces a new debarment regime, which allows a controlling authority to add excluded suppliers to a central, publicly available debarment list. Addition of a supplier to this list must be preceded by an investigation in the first instance and has the potential to automatically exclude that supplier from all future procurements for up to five years.

What kind of impact will the new debarment regime have?

The debarment regime is likely to be significant for both contracting authorities and bidders. We anticipate the contents of debarment notices will be closely scrutinised.

If a contracting authority decides to exclude a bidder from a procurement, the contracting authority must notify the Cabinet Office of the exclusion within 30 days.

Exclusion in itself does not mean a bidder will be added to the debarment list. It is possible that, following investigation, the relevant Minister (likely acting through Cabinet Office) decides whilst it is correct for the bidder to be excluded from that particular procurement process, the bidder does not need to be added to the debarment list.

However, if it is determined that debarment is appropriate, the supplier’s name will be added to a list. The list will be central and publicly available. The entry will also confirm the applicable exclusion ground, and whether it is mandatory or discretionary. It will also include the date on which it is expected the exclusion ground will cease to apply. This will help contracting authorities identify suppliers that must or may be excluded from a procurement process. Also, with contracting authorities now permitted to apply exclusion grounds to “associated persons” (including subcontractors), should also help identify risks within the wider supply chain.

The supplier will be notified of the intention to add it to the debarment list. Then, once a debarment notice has been issued, a “debarment standstill period” will commence. This will prevent the supplier’s name from being entered on the debarment list until eight working days have passed. A supplier cannot be added to the list if there is an outstanding application for interim relief.

Challenging debarment

The PA23 provides three ways in which a supplier can challenge the decision to be entered on the debarment list:

  • Application for interim relief: A supplier may apply to the High Court for suspension of the Minister’s decision to enter the supplier’s name on the debarment list. The application must be made within the debarment standstill period.
  • Application for removal or revision of the entry: A supplier may apply to the Cabinet Office at any time for the removal or revision of an entry on the debarment list. The Minister is only required to consider the application if, “in the opinion of the Minister, there has been a material change of circumstances” since the entry was made or last revised. The PA23 provides no guidance as to what constitutes a “material change” – we expect secondary legislation or guidance will follow. Once the application has been determined, the Minister is required to notify the supplier of the outcome in writing.
  • Appeal: A supplier may appeal to the High Court against the decision to enter the supplier’s name on the debarment list. The supplier must be able to demonstrate that the Minister made a material mistake of law which resulted in their exclusion. Applications to appeal must be made within 30 days of the date on which the supplier first knew, or ought to have known, about the decision the supplier seeks to challenge. If successful, the Court may set aside the decision and/or make an order requiring the Cabinet Office to compensate the supplier for any bid costs incurred prior to exclusion. 

Building more sustainable, transparent supply chains is critical ahead of 2030 net zero commitments, and procurement is essential to that process.

The procurement sector is at a pivotal crossroads. As political pressures, inflation, and new technology work in tandem to place unprecedented strain on global supply chains, procurement teams are increasingly finding themselves in the driving seat as their organisations seek to meet strategic objectives. 

More than anything, however, it’s sustainability that appears to be the key driver of procurement’s move into the driving seat. 

Sustainability putting procurement in the driver’s seat 

A new report by KPMG looking at the trends shaping the future of procurement found that the changing nature of the procurement sector means that “Procurement leaders have a real opportunity to recast their functions as strategic influencers, enabled by generative AI and automation, to drive high-performing, sustainable purchasing activity.” 

The survey of 400 senior procurement professionals from a range of industries found that 66 % of procurement executives believe increased regulatory and ESG demands will heavily influence strategic sourcing in the next 3–5 years. 

Just over half (52%) of executives had a roadmap to guide investment in a sustainable supply chain over 1–3 years. The idea, according to KPMG’s report, is that by becoming more responsible and transparent, procurement functions can address increasing regulatory and market pressures to engage in more sustainable sourcing. 

The report stresses that “ESG also provides a chance for procurement to play a bigger strategic role,” in organisations. 

Procurement’s role is likely to shift towards being a coordinator of major organisational initiatives, including ESG and third-party-risk-management (TPRM), This will also mean procurement needs to collaborate more closely with other functions in the business. For example: risk, compliance, legal, sustainability, and supply chain. 

Scope 3 remains a daunting challenge

As scope 3 emissions are increasingly brought into the focus of regulators and public scrutiny, 

TPRM is becoming even more central to assessing ESG risks to the supply chain. “It’s likely that new TPRM policies will be necessary, with a need to vet suppliers for carbon footprint, circularity, labour practices and, ultimately, consolidating the supplier base according to its ESG/circular credentials,” say KPMG’s report authors.

Nevertheless, tackling scope 3 emissions remains a serious and, for some, seemingly insurmountable challenge for many organisations. According to a survey conducted in the UK by Lloyds Banks and Make UK, over three-quarters of small and medium-sized manufacturing firms are facing increasingly strict requirements from their customers relating to ESG topics. However, half of these businesses reported lacking the resources required to meet them.

Three in four (74%) of these manufacturers reported building ESG-related conditions into supplier contracts as part of revamped procurement strategies. 

Lloyds Bank’s head of manufacturing and industrials Huw Howells commented that it is “important for manufacturers to work with their supply chains to ensure that ESG strategies are a sustainable collective achievement and a force for future growth.”

Lucy Ruck leads Business Disability Forum’s Technology Taskforce. These are her eight steps towards more inclusive tech procurement.

Procuring the right technology that works for everyone and drives value can be challenging. Here are eight steps to consider. 

Introducing accessible and inclusive technology can deliver huge benefits for your organisation and for your disabled staff and customers. These include improved employee and customer retention, greater productivity and innovation, a positive brand reputation and improved compliance. 

Yet, with so many new and emerging technologies on the market, how can you be sure that you are procuring tech that meets the needs of everyone?

Making the case for inclusive tech

Developing an inclusive procurement strategy, whether for tech or any other aspect of your organisation always begins at the same point – the need to understand and make the case for inclusion. 1 in 4 people in the UK has a disability, with the majority of disabilities being not immediately visible. This means that many of your customers and employees will no doubt be living with one or more disabilities. Therefore, purchasing tech that improves the experiences of disabled people rather than creating additional barriers is vital. 

However, when budgets are stretched and procurement teams are facing competing demands, it is often the cost argument that can be the most persuasive. By law, organisations are legally responsible for ensuring the accessibility of any technology they procure and distribute to their employees and customers. If this has not been considered then an organisation may be discriminating against disabled people without even realising it. An example could be a new website that is incompatible with screen reader technology often used by people who are blind or who have sight loss.

If accessible alternatives were not built in from the outset, then some costly retrofitting may be needed. With the cost of retrofitting estimated to be up to 100 times more than building in accessibility from the beginning, the cost argument is clear. Obviously, fixes and patches will still be needed for technology that you introduced in the past but, whenever possible, it makes more sense to start with technology that is inclusive by design. 

Inclusive technology procurement 

So, how do you now turn your commitment to inclusive tech procurement into a workable strategy? Here are some steps to consider. 

1. Consider signing up to the Accessible Technology Charter

This affirms your organisation’s commitment to accessible technology. Commitment 9 covers procurement and states: “We will require, help and encourage our technology supply partners to develop and deliver accessible products and services. We will formally consider accessibility in all our procurement decisions. We will purchase solutions which are as accessible as possible.”

2. Commit to accessible procurement

Make a formal public commitment to procure accessible technology through an executive declaration. This will help to establish commitment and persuade any reluctant colleagues about the importance of accessible technology in the organisation. It will also give procurement teams the authority to prioritise inclusion in their purchasing decisions. 

3. Establish your needs

Establish your needs around assistive technology through consultation with employees and customers. This can involve surveys, focus groups made up of members from your disability network, feedback on the implementation of any workplace adjustments, as well as feedback from training and recruitment processes and user testing. 

4. Detailed, specific information for suppliers

Create a detailed specification for suppliers. Be specific with suppliers from the beginning about how the technology needs to work for disabled users. Terms like ‘accessible’ and ‘inclusive’ can mean different things to different people, so define what you mean by detailing what functionality is needed from any tech solution. 

5. Ask the right questions. 

Business Disability Forum has created a basic list of questions to ask suppliers when purchasing technology. As you gain greater levels of understanding as to the needs of your organisation and its disabled users, you can expand on these questions, tailoring them to suit your circumstances.

6. Partner with the right stakeholders

Involve the right people in the selection process. Get colleagues with knowledge of digital accessibility involved in analysing and awarding bids. 

7. Test appropriately 

User test for accessibility. Make sure disabled users test any technology throughout the procurement process. Testing with the appropriate users will much more effectively uncover problems or pain pain points than not.

8. Check on performance

Continue to monitor products to make sure they are meeting the accessibility standards agreed with the supplier. If they are not, work with the supplier to help them improve their knowledge and to develop a solution. You may want to put contracts on hold while this happens or even consider terminating a contract if the issue cannot be fixed.

Through cooperative purchasing, smaller nation states can redress the imbalance in access and pricing that exists when procuring medicine and other critical supplies.

Public procurement of medical equipment has, in the last few years especially, emerged as a complex, vital, and controversial topic. Now, small nations are experimenting with collective procurement in order to redress the inequalities that defined the COVID-19 pandemic response. 

COVID-19 vaccine procurement highlighted medical procurement inequality

The vaccines developed to inoculate against the coronavirus were the fastest-developed vaccines in history. In many ways, the speed and scale at which the vaccine rollout took place should be celbrated. WHO Regional Director For Africa, Dr Matshidiso Moeti, described it as the “largest and most complex vaccine rollout in history.” Today, more than 13.5 billion doses have been administered worldwide. In many respects, a triumph.

However, from the earliest days of the vaccine rollout, distribution efforts faced criticism. Who recieved vacciens and when highlighted the unequal access to medical supplies that persists between ex-coloniser states in the Global North and their former colonies. In September 2021, WHO Director General, Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, said that, while more than 5.7 billion doses have been administered globally, only 2% were administered in Africa.

Three years later, more than 70% of people around the world have received at least one dose of the vaccine. However, the vaccinated portion of the population in low-income countries is just 32.7%. 

COVID-19 vaccines were the rule, not the exception  

COVID-19 vaccines are a unique (one hopes) case in many ways. But the glaring disparity between the ability for low-income countries in Africa and Latin America to procure doses of the vaccine and wealthy nations in Europe and North America is not unique to Pfizer and Moderna. 

In a 2023 article by researchers at Debre Markos University in Ethiopia, authors Anderaw Yanet et al argue that “the availability and affordability of safe, effective, accessible, and high-quality essential medicines” represents a “critical benchmark” in measuring population health. Their conclusion: that in Africa, the availability and affordability of essential medicines face numerous challenges. Chief among them, they highlight “unaffordable prices and non-availability of medicines” for many people throughout the continent.  

If larger nations like Ethiopia, Uganda, and Ghana all experience systemic struggles when it comes to procuring medical supplies from overseas, the issue is compounded for smaller nations with significantly less buying power. 

Collective buying for small African islands states

In May, a pooled procurement program comprising Cabo Verde, Comoros, Guinea-Bissau, Mauritius, Sao Tome & Principe and Seychelles, that form the Small Island Developing States (SIDS) from Africa elected Mauritius as host. The decision, reports the WHO, is a critical step towards launching “joint operations for increased access to affordable, quality-assured and safe medicines and medical supplies.”

The program aims to coordinate the purchase of selected medicines and medical products affordably. It will also harmonise medicines management systems, improve supplier performance, and reduce procurement workload.

“As a collective we have come together to explore different ways of working so we can make our voices heard… Even if we don’t always have the capacity on our own, through SIDS we can do it. We may be small, but we can be big in our actions,” said Hon Peggy Vidot, Seychelles’ Minister of Health. 

One of procurement’s biggest pain points is disorganised data. Making this data accessible should be at the heart of procurement digital transformation efforts.

Procurement teams face an array of pain points, from supplier relationship management to pricing volatility and sustainability goals. One of the critical issues preventing many procurement teams from overcoming these pain points, however, is visibility

The value chain is often long, winding, and frustratingly opaque. Gathering data on Scope 3 emissions has proven especially challenging in recent years, but the reliability of non-ESG information has proven to be a stumbling block as well. Even within the business itself, procurement teams can struggle to access data and make use of the information available to them. 

A report from SpendHQ found that, last year, 75% of procurement leaders said they doubted the accuracy of their data. As a result, 79% of non-procurement executives lacked the confidence to use procurement’s data to make strategic decisions. 

Digital procurement drives data quality 

Procurement departments in many organisations are aiming to meet increasingly complex demands and pain points with digital transformation initiatives.

According to researchers at Deloitte, digital procurement solutions have the potential to drive better decision making and improve efficiency. They do this by improving the quality of data inputs used to direct procurement strategy. 

Procurement leaders should be prioritising digital solutions that provide access to previously unavailable data, or that bring order to massive (but unstructured) data sets

For example, most procurement departments have thousands of contracts, purchase orders, and other files in hardcopy or PDF form. These formats aren’t easy to pull information from, which prevents procurement teams from easily accessing the critical data they contain. As a result procurement lacks rapid access to detailed specs, negotiated T&Cs, indexed pricing, and breach of compliance penalties. 

Deloitte highlights that “an intelligent content extraction solution enabled by machine learning will convert static documents into data points for review and action.”  

In organisations struggling with unstructured and disparate sources of spend information, generative artificial intelligence and machine learning-powered tools can read, interpret, and recognise the information procurement professionals require. Procurement teams can then extract this information and use it to build a centralised, consistently maintained source of supplier spend. 

Lastly, digital procurement solutions can also leverage AI to integrate third-party information like supplier data, commodity trends, social media insights, local media reports, duties and tariffs updates, as well as assessments of country and sociopolitical risks, into existing datasets. Many of these tools further enhance procurement’s own data with third-party datasets to support more sophisticated decision making. 

Procurement can realise significant cost reductions for the business by executing the following mixture of short and long-term goals.

Cost containment has always been a top priority for procurement leaders. In recent years, as procurement’s role within the business has become more strategic, expectations that chief procurement officers (CPOs) reduce outgoings while also increasing resilience, championing sustainability, improving customer experiences, and driving digital transformation have grown. 

As a result, cost containment increasingly feels like a balancing act between multiple competing strategic goals. Finding ways to bring down costs while executing strategic objectives and dealing with an increasingly complex and unforgiving procurement landscape is what separates successful CPOs from those in danger of being left behind. Increasingly, economic anxieties dominate the conversation. Business leaders in 2024 are primarily worried about inflation, interest rates, and the risk of a global recession. Almost half of executives (46%) expect labour and skill shortages to disrupt business during the year ahead. 

As a result, cost containment is once again on top of (but not dominating) CPOs’ priorities lists. Research from the Hackett Group found that cost containment has replaced supply chain continuity as CPOs’ number one goal in early 2024. 

Here are three ways for CPOs to reduce costs without sacrificing their ability to be strategic.   

1. Bundle spend with competitive suppliers 

The benefits of bundling your spending with a select group of competitive suppliers extend beyond mere cost savings. When you consolidate your procurement with fewer suppliers, you streamline the purchasing process, reducing both complexity and time spent performing routine tasks. 

Consolidating orders also provides the opportunity to negotiate improved terms for your organisations that go beyond price. These can include favourable payment terms or more convenient delivery schedules.

Say your organisation works with 10 or more different suppliers, each offering a similar product. Your annual spending can be significantly reduced by consolidating your orders with 2-4 suppliers instead. Doing this cuts down on administrative load, as well as purchasing costs. Not only that, but it puts you in a better position to negotiate lower prices due to ordering in bulk. 

2. Evaluate and review uncompetitive suppliers 

As a continuation of the previous point, accurately evaluating which suppliers to keep working with and which ones to replace is a vital step in reducing costs.  

When you benchmark your existing contracts, it can often reveal suppliers in your database that aren’t offering competitive rates, or are otherwise underperforming. You can engage with these suppliers to negotiate better prices in line with market standards. If they’re unwilling to adjust their pricing, you can reallocate your spending to more competitive suppliers.

3. Eliminate dark purchasing 

Maverick spending, or dark purchasing, refers to procurement that takes place outside of existing contracts. If left unchecked, dark purchasing can drive up spending without procurement’s knowledge, or ability to do anything about it. 

By creating a more centralised procure-to-pay process and implementing better oversight and approval procedures, you can eliminate a large amount of dark purchasing. However, maverick spending is often as much a cultural issue as an organisational one, and communicating effectively with other stakeholders is vital. Procurement shouldn’t approach these scenarios as an enforcer, necessarily, but rather as an enabler. If you can figure out why spending is happening outside the procurement function, you can potentially create official mechanisms that remove the impetus for maverick spending.

Corporations must evolve their procurement strategies to reflect a more socially conscious, caring world, and create business wins in the process.

Ann Summerhayes is CEO of Inside Job Productions, a film production company and social enterprise who invest profits into training and employment projects supporting people with lived experience of mental health challenges or within the criminal justice system.

Traditional procurement practices focus primarily on cost, efficiency, and quality. Because traditional business models are all about profit first. 

However, as the world becomes more interconnected and socially conscious, corporations must evolve their procurement strategies to reflect these changes. Social procurement involves considering the social impact of purchasing decisions, which requires a fundamental shift in mindset. This approach not only addresses immediate business needs – you still get great service or products, work with brilliant people, and get a good price – but also contributes to broader societal goals, such as reducing inequality and fostering community development.

Social procurement isn’t charity; it makes good business sense

Contrary to the perception that social procurement is purely philanthropic, it actually makes strong business sense. Integrating social procurement strategies can lead to diversified supply chains, enhanced brand reputation, and increased customer loyalty. We know that people want to work with businesses that are doing good for the world, with studies showing  customers prefer brands with aligned corporate purpose and values and employees and employees wanting to work for companies who care.

By the nature of their approach to business, social enterprises are doing things a little differently, and so partnering with social enterprises can drive innovation and bring unique perspectives that traditional suppliers may not offer – which can lead to sustainable business growth and a competitive edge in the market. The principle of shared value offers a way to manage impacts and challenges while generating mutual benefits. 

Shared value creates economic value by addressing societal needs and challenges. At the same time, social problems cost money, which can affect the entire economic model and supply chain. However, corporate shared value is often seen as a trade-off, with social impact initiatives perceived as additional costs that dilute profits. Social procurement tend to emphasise social ‘giving’ over ‘investment’. But actually it’s about expanding the total pool of economic and social value available.

ESG/CSR should include social impact

Environmental, Social, and Governance (ESG) and Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) initiatives are crucial for modern businesses. Including social impact within these frameworks ensures that corporations address all aspects of sustainability and responsibility. We see a strong focus on the environment and things like waste reduction and carbon footprint, but people are central to society and should not be forgotten. Social procurement is a tangible way to demonstrate commitment to social causes, thereby fulfilling ESG and CSR objectives. This inclusion helps corporations build trust with stakeholders and align their operations with global sustainability goals.

And it changes lives. Social procurement can involve helping organisations create employment opportunities, can improve mental health, can enhance economic development in communities and more. That’s as worthwhile as being green.

What social enterprises can do to stand out from the crowd

But as we said, this isn’t a charity initiative. Social enterprises still have to be good at what they do. For social enterprises to successfully compete and attract corporate partnerships, they must highlight their unique value propositions. This includes showcasing their social impact metrics, demonstrating quality and reliability, and being transparent about their operations. And like all businesses, social enterprises should invest in marketing and relationship-building to increase their visibility and credibility in the corporate sector.

How corporates can make it easier for social enterprises

Corporates can facilitate the integration of social enterprises into their supply chains by simplifying procurement processes (some of them really aren’t built for small enterprises and take so much resource it can be expensive trying to be a client), providing mentorship, and offering financial support. 

Establishing clear guidelines and criteria for social procurement can also help social enterprises understand and meet corporate expectations. And creating dedicated programs or partnerships to support social enterprises can enhance their capacity and readiness to engage in larger, more complex projects.

Embracing social procurement requires a shift in mindset from traditional procurement practices to a more inclusive and socially conscious approach. This shift not only benefits society but also brings significant business advantages, aligning with modern ESG and CSR goals. It is good for business, good for the economy, good for society and good for people.

As procurement becomes increasingly strategic, how can CPOs build the C-Suite’s confidence in the function?

Over the past few years, appreciation for the strategic potential of procurement has risen throughout the business world. In a report conducted by SAP, researchers found that 69.6% of respondents believed that insights from the procurement function were essential for implementing an organisation’s overall strategy. 

However, the same report also found that fewer (just 53.2% of) respondents believed that their procurement functions were “effectively collaborating with the rest of the organisation to meet the company vision”. That figure fell below 50% among COOs—the most common source of oversight in procurement reporting lines. 

“If you dive further into the survey, you’ll see that procurement has work to do to gain the confidence of the many respondents who aren’t confident in its ability to handle internal risks,” notes Baber Farooq, SAP’s SVP of market strategy and procurement solutions. 

Despite the widespread acknowledgement that procurement has a vital role to play in driving strategic innovation, reducing risk, cutting costs, driving ESG reform and other vital business initiatives, there is a lack of trust in procurement by organisational leadership. If they are going to be true drivers of value for the business, procurement leaders need to first drive C-Suite confidence in procurement itself. 

If they are aiming to build C-Suite confidence in procurement, CPOs can focus on the following areas. 

1. Building Relationships 

Fewer than 40% of procurement leaders directly report their priorities to the C-Suite, undermining procurement’s ability to forge the kind of cross-departmental connections that drive trust and willingness to collaborate. 

CPOs should leverage procurement’s power to solve problems through acquisition and indirect procurement, working closely with other members of the C-Suite to explore needs, update leaders on progress, and ultimately build closer connections. 

2. Embody Transformation 

The digitisation, automation, and integration of artificial intelligence and data are gradually eliminating the more routine and administrative aspects of procurement. The present moment calls for a shift in perspective, inviting procurement to reassess its role in advancing the business.

Embracing a strategic, agile, and innovative approach will not only bring procurement into harmony with the organisation’s broader innovation objectives but also showcase procurement’s capacity to lead transformation from the front. 

3. Speak “Chief Executive” 

Procurement is a newer addition to the C-Suite than many other roles, so CPOs and procurement leaders aren’t typically going to have as much experience with high level leadership. Likewise, CIOs, COOs and CEOs aren’t necessarily going to be as family with procurement as they are with areas of the business that have had more time in the boardroom. 

By adopting an approach that prioritises efficient, direct communication—converting complex and new procurement ideas into clear, impactful summaries, CPOs can more easily highlight the potential value their plans will have on the key objectives, targets and values of the organisation as a whole. 

Procurement’s potential to deliver strategic wins for the business is being hampered by slow adoption of digital tools and platforms.

Arnaud Malarde, Smart Procurement Expert at Ivalua, explores the need for procurement departments to digitise their operation in order to meet the evolving demands of the business. 

Over recent years, increasingly connected supply chains have exposed businesses to a wide range of geopolitical risks. As a result, the procurement department has become instrumental in helping businesses to tackle their greatest challenges. Whether it’s reducing supply shortages, curbing inflationary impact, or mitigating disruption from global black swan events – a high functioning procurement department is more important than ever.

But the procurement function is currently being held back by a chronic lack of digitisation. Research shows that procurement leaders say less than half (47%) of current procurement and supplier management processes have been digitised. Organisations are also wasting more than a fifth (22%) of their time dealing with manual or paper-based procurement processes. Half of procurement leaders (50%) recognise the issue, saying the rate of digitisation within procurement is too slow. Every organisation needs to evaluate their procurement digitisation progress, and ensure transformation is a top priority.

Procurement can help organisations react to future challenges, and ensure the business is on track to achieve ESG standards. But for this to happen, digitisation is essential.

The old ways are not always the best

The time to digitise processes was yesterday – as it’s already having a serious impact on the businesses which haven’t. A lack of digitisation wastes time through drawn out, manual tasks. Not only this, but it also limits organisations’ ability to make quick, informed decisions regarding their suppliers. After all, if procurement teams are bogged down in low-value tasks, and can’t access information quickly through digitised procurement solutions, how can they be expected to make informed decisions quickly?

Inflation currently remains high and for most, the economic outlook is uncertain. But, a lack of digitisation is also preventing organisations from tackling rising inflation and spiralling costs. Procurement teams need granular visibility into current supplier data. Without it, it’s easy for inefficiencies to pile up. As a result, businesses miss opportunities to identify savings through initiatives like early payment terms.

What’s more, slow digitisation is making it almost impossible to attract and retain the best talent for 41% of procurement leaders – creating more disruption for procurement teams in the long run, as they lose talent to more tech-savvy competitors.

Businesses need to act fast to utilise the full potential of digitising procurement processes. This will help drive savings and improve efficiency. Not only this, but it will also reduce risk at a time when curbing needless spend is crucial.

Don’t let AI pass you by

Businesses that remain reluctant on procurement digitisation are putting themselves at a disadvantage today. Not only that, but they are sabotaging their efforts in the future as well. By failing to digitise processes, businesses will be unable to make use of emerging technologies further down the line.

AI can be the catalyst for procurement transformation, with clear use cases for automating spend (re)classification, supplier deduplication databases, contract risk analysis, and invoice data capture. In fact, 63% of procurement leaders say they have already implemented or plan to implement AI or machine learning technology.

But to harness these technologies in full, it’s important to build a solid data foundation. To do this, 85% of organisations revealed they have implemented or are planning to implement data analytics within the procurement and supplier management function. But just 30% said they are “very confident” in the quality and accessibility of their supplier data when it comes to supporting effective procurement. Poor-quality data will limit the insights produced by AI and prevent organisations from achieving its full benefits. Organisations need access to actionable data insights into their supply chain processes.

Achieving this starts with digitisation. Businesses must take a smarter approach to procurement, which builds a solid and reliable data foundation that will inform decision making. This will help reduce the risk of ‘garbage in, garbage out’ and ensure organisations are on track to make the most of any emerging technologies.

AI-dapt or perish

To ensure their place in the future, businesses must digitise now. This will not only be fundamental to removing the tedium of manual, paper-based tasks – but also to put them at the forefront of the procurement AI revolution. To do this though, they must walk before they can run, taking a smarter approach to procurement that builds a solid data foundation for transformation.

After all, those who can transform quickly will be able to spend more time on high value tasks and improve visibility into suppliers to reduce risk or identify opportunities. This will help them catch up with other businesses and give them the edge over competitors.

Procurement KPIs need to evolve to better reflect the more strategic nature of the function.

Traditionally, a procurement function’s KPIs began and ended with cost. Spend less money to acquire the necessary materials and the department is doing its job. The result, pre-pandemic, was in many cases hyper-globalised, fragile, distributed purchasing ecosystems with a more transactional approach to supplier relations. 

Today, although cost is still a huge part of procurement, and supplier relations are in many cases more transactional and less strategic than we would like, things are nevertheless changing. Procurement is more and more being looked to not only as a driver of new strategic innovation, but as an ESG and risk management champion

As the nature or procurement and the demands placed on procurement teams changes, so too should the ways in which procurement performance is measured. Data collected as part of Amazon Business’ 2024 State of Procurement Report pointed to the fact that, although procurement departments are among the leading drivers of emissions reduction within their organisations, many departments are doing so unprompted (and unrewarded) by business leadership. 

Around 40% of procurement leaders that don’t have required responsible purchasing goals still take supplier ESG factors into consideration when purchasing, the report notes. If procurement is to embrace and direct the necessary funds and attention to things like improving ESG performance, then there needs to be pull from the top as much as there is push from below. The practice of procurement is evolving, and therefore so too must the key performance indicators (KPIs) that help measure successes.

Procurement KPIs that aren’t just cost 

While cost remains an important benchmark against which to measure the success of procurement functions, procurement teams should be evaluated (and be evaluating their suppliers) using more strategic metrics as well. 

Some examples include:  

  • Scope 3 Emissions 
  • Supplier Reliability and Compliance 
  • Supplier Availability 
  • Supplier Defect Rate 
  • S2P Cycle Time 
  • Lead Times 
  • Emergy Purchase Ratio 
  • Dark Purchasing Ratio to Overall Spend 
  • Circular Economy Contributions  
  • Contract Compliance 
  • Compliance with Global Emissions Guidelines 
  • Audits
  • Communication Lead Time 
  • Waste reduction 
  • Plastic reduction 
  • Distance travelled 
  • Minority and women-owned enterprises 
  • Small and Medium Enterprises 

Procurement and the metrics used to gauge success are in a continuous state of evolution. The ability to assess KPIs and procurement teams’ ability to meet them is also improving by means of e-procurement platforms, analytics, and big data. These tools are are enabling the rapid accumulation of a more detailed picture of the procurement process in many organisations. 

Fundamentally, the ability to measure performance is essential for improvement. Although relying solely on KPIs to gauge success is not a flawless approach, it does undeniably contribute to a more comprehensive understanding of the value provided by the procurement function.

Could the added resilience and holistic oversight offered by an Integrated Business Planning approach make it an alternative to S&OP for procurement teams?

The nature of procurement is changing. In response to contextual forces, technological adoption, and growing complexity, the procurement function is being pressured to become more agile, resilient, and more strategic

As a result, older approaches to business planning are starting to feel inadequate. Sales & Operations (S&OP) based procurement has been employed widely throughout the industry for years. Now, some argue, meeting the challenges of the modern procurement environment requires a fresh approach. 

In a recent episode of the Supply Chain Management podcast, Ben Sellers, a business advisor for Oliver Wight, argues that the time may be right for the industry to shift to a new, more modern approach called Integrated Business Planning (IBP).

Many procurement functions with an S&OP approach, he argues, struggle to plan for “easy-to-predict tasks, let alone for more complicated or unknown disruptions”. IBP solves that problem by more effectively preparing organisations to pivot when necessary. Also, the approach supposedly creates a more holistic understanding of the procurement process between traditionally siloed departments. Not only that, but it emphasises constant reevaluation and updating of the planning procedure. “Two-year planning cycles need to be updated monthly and even in some cases weekly or daily,” Sellers argues. 

What is IBP? 

Integrated business planning is an approach that uses software tools and a platform approach to integrate and streamline all aspects of the business planning process. This includes procurement, manufacturing, distribution, and sales. 

Using clever AI tools, an IBP tool can pull data from multiple areas of the business. It can then process it, and display the results through a single platform. This greatly improves the procurement team’s ability to understand the needs of the business. Not only that, but it also creates essential visibility into external forces that may create pain points outside company walls. 

According to Sellers, “it often takes a crisis for a company to acknowledge a different approach is needed.” IBP, on the other hand, enables good management and leadership and through constant evaluation ensures the company is positioned properly for change.

A lack of communication and collaboration between procurement and marketing can have disastrous consequences for the business as a whole.

In many ways, procurement and marketing sit at opposite ends of the value chain. Despite being ostensibly different philosophically and in terms of their impact on a product travelling along the value chain, collaboration between procurement and marketing functions is more important to the success of the overall business than many people realise. 

The damage caused by a procurement-marketing disconnect can be quite serious. When procurement and marketing operate in their own siloes, for example, the customer can end up empty handed. For example, a car company launches a new vehicle to great excitement and demand. However, they didn’t anticipate that demand would be so high. As a result, there aren’t enough units ready to sell. The company doesn’t even have enough parts available to ramp up production to meet demand. As a result, customers are dissatisfied. The automaker has damaged their brand and lost revenue.  

As noted by Al Girardi, GVP, Marketing & CMO of GEP, the relationship between marketing and procurement functions is “symbiotic,” even if it isn’t obvious. “A stronger connection between marketing and supply chains will not just better satisfy customer demand but will also ultimately bolster brand loyalty.” 

The benefits of bringing marketing and procurement together 

There are plenty of different ways that closer working relationships between supply chain operators, procurement teams, and marketing departments can avoid unexpected pain points. A more collaborative approach can also create new instances of competitive advantage. 

Girardi highlights the shifting of promotional dollars to avoid overinflating demand for a product that’s experiencing a logistical delay as one way to harness marketing to alleviate supply chain pain points. He also notes that, if marketing is aware of the cost of certain materials, it can outmanoeuvre competitors by strategically increasing competition and prices, potentially, forcing the competition into a price war. “The competition may have no choice but to accept a loss leader status as it tries to overcome its supply chain limitations,” he adds. 

Working in harmony, marketing and the supply chain create real competitive advantage for an organisation. However, achieving this state of affairs isn’t always simple. 

Connecting marketing to the supply chain

Friction between marketing and procurement teams stems from a number of factors. First, there exists the simple fact that these functions have traditionally operated in siloes apart from one another. Because one may not have prior experience talking to the other, communications strategies may be lacking. There may likely be cultural clash. This is then exacerbated by the fact that marketers and procurement teams are motivated by different versions of the same thing.  

“Marketers—driven by consumer trends and brand promotion—often find themselves operating in a vacuum, detached from the financial implications of their strategies,” Girardi writes. “Procurement and supply chain leaders are charged with minimising costs across a complex, multi-tier and multi-geography value chain comprising hundreds and thousands of suppliers, not infrequently with little awareness of consumer or marketplace trends.” 

However, if the two can work in tandem, the results can be undeniable. 

Ideally, marketing departments use their understanding of market trends and consumer demand to furnish procurement with better data and intelligence. Procurement then uses this data to work alongside the marketing department in order to improve production and distribution schedules, along with other critical metrics for success. 

The potential benefits are huge, as are the risks for many organisations should their marketing and procurement functions remain siloed. “Today, agility and adaptability are essential to survival in the commercial world,” notes Girardi. The philosophical and historical gaps between marketing, procurement and supply chain teams not only erode profitability but also reduce an organisation’s competitiveness. He warns: “inertia here is a sure path to eclipse, irrelevance and collapse.” 

As the day-to-day nature of the procurement function continues to change, so too will the skills required of procurement professionals.

From backroom buyers to boardroom “orchestrators of value”, the procurement workforce is undergoing just as radical a transformation as the function that they perform.

Less visible—-or framed as a labour shortage—than the adoption of new technologies and methodologies is the fact that, while procurement teams may have adequate staff and skills to address the demands of the industry today, very few procurement leaders are confident in their talent’s ability to meet the future demands of the function—just 14% according to a recent Gartner report. 

The procurement skills shortage 

CPOs are increasingly facing a shortage of skills as procurement becomes increasingly saturated with complex technologies requiring a minimum level of technological know-how to make the most of newly adopted technology like advanced data analytics. 

This would be enough of a problem by itself, but Gartner’s study found that technology was far from the only at-risk area with regard to the gap between current ability and future demand. A staggering 96% percent of respondents reported at least a small gap in their needs for technology and data skills, while 86% reported the same when it came to business acumen.

“Procurement leaders are aware that the competencies required to drive transformation are different from traditional procurement skills, and that there are significant gaps between their current and future needs for the most important competencies,” said Fareen Mehrzai, Senior Director Analyst in Gartner’s Supply Chain Practice.

According to Scott Berkman, chief procurement officer at Elior North America, the answer lies not in seeking to hire staff with the technology and business acumen necessary to meet future need, but rather identifying employees with the ability to acquire those skills with proper development and training, as well as the right attitude and approach to the role. 

Hire for the DNA, train for the skill

“On the procurement side, it’s DNA. You hire for DNA and train for skill,” he said in a recent interview.  

Communication, curiosity, and the ability to function within a team are all key criteria for a good potential hire, Berkman added. However, he also noted “there is competition for talent, so based on that, in the hiring process, you have to be able to offer a differentiating environment.” Offering training on new technologies should be seen for the win-win that it is. By doing so, organisations allow procurement professionals to strengthen their skillset while also meeting the evolving needs of the business. 

The CPO of a technology company, interviewed as part of McKinsey’s 2024 procurement industry report, noted that “Procurement professionals are going to need to be much more digitally fluent, so that they can learn from the data that is available to them. Just figuring out what are the right questions to ask the data is something that more and more supply chain professionals are becoming adept at, and that’s really going to help people be more surgical in making selections, measuring supplier performance, and building future plans.”

At the same time, developing the business acumen side of things in order that procurement can step into the function’s increasingly strategic role successfully. Whatever technology, skill, or strategic competency CPOs need to ensure their function can handle the demands of the decade to come, however, McKinsey’s report emphasises the need to “gain, retain, and develop talent.” 

Corruption, inefficiency, and price gouging conspire to make procurement the most dangerous weakness in the healthcare sector, when it should be its greatest strength.

The COVID-19 pandemic tested global supply chains in ways never seen before. In particular, medical procurement functions were placed under unprecedented pressure to acquire critical supplies, from equipment like PPA and RNA tests to pharmaceuticals, including COVID-19 vaccines and booster shots. 

There are many success stories from the pandemic, with industries small and large pivoting at unprecedented speeds to meet new and unprecedented demand. The fact the world has largely recovered from the worst of the pandemic’s effects is partly due in a very real way to the procurement and logistical efforts of major health organisations and their ability to coordinate their supplier ecosystems. 

However, there are also more than enough stories of inefficiency, price gouging, and corruption. In the UK alone, Conservative peer Michelle Mone and her children had secretly received £29 million of profits from government PPE contracts which she had lobbied for during the COVID-19 pandemic. 

Corruption and lack of transparency 

In many cases, citizen groups argue, corruption within medical supply chains is a direct result of a lack of transparency that benefits public procurement organisations, drug companies, and those committing fraud, at the expense of citizens in need of effective and affordable healthcare. 

In early 2024, a group of more than 50 civil society organisations—including the People’s Vaccine Alliance, Public Citizen, and Health GAP—penned an open letter to the heads of the world’s largest pharmaceutical procurement functions. 

Addressed to top executives at UNICEF, the Pan American Health Organization (PAHO), vaccine alliance Gavi, The Global Fund to Fights AIDS, Tuberculosis and Malaria and the US President’s Emergency Plan for AIDS Relief (PEPFAR), the letter urges greater transparency—namely, the phasing out of “secrecy clauses”—in purchasing agreements with major pharmaceutical manufacturers.

“Shielded by their non-disclosure agreements, private companies are impeding the public’s interest in transparency, oversight, and accountability, fostering an environment conducive to corruption,” reads the letter. The scale at which these major buyers acquire medical products reflects the scope of the problem. The United Nations’ procurement system alone spent $10.6 billion on medical products in 2021 (this has admittedly fallen for the first time in the last year, as the effects of the pandemic abate).

A proposed end to secrecy clauses 

The letter’s authors go on to urge that major health procurement agencies use their buying power to reject secrecy clauses that are hindering “equitable access to essential medicines by making it harder to establish fair terms, reasonable prices, and timely supply”. 

“We believe it is time for the largest procurers of medical products, including UNICEF, PAHO, Global Fund, PEPFAR and Gavi to act individually to adopt new transparency policies and collectively to support the adoption and enforcement of a new common standard that rejects secrecy, and that supports more robust, accessible reporting of procurement contract terms and agreements.  Similarly, governments should reject coercive non-disclosure agreements, and simultaneously they should clarify or modify their freedom of information and drug procurement laws to ensure that supply, price, and distribution terms are publicly available,” the letter concludes. 

The last three years have demonstrated beyond a shadow of a doubt the potential for medical procurement to rise to immense challenges in times of crisis, as well as emphasising its absolute criticality in a world where access to medical care remains unequal and, in many places, scarce. 

Procurement, then, has a responsibility to drive transparency and cooperation throughout the medical supplier ecosystem and ensure that corruption, greed, and fraud have no place in the process of manufacturing, procuring, and administering life-saving materiel.  

Both public and private entities are turning to digital procurement marketplaces over the traditional direct interaction approach.

The increasing movement of private enterprises and, more slowly it’s true, public sector organisations’ IT systems to the cloud is driving a significant shift in the way that the procurement, sourcing, and tender processes work. 

“Dramatic changes in the global economy, ongoing supply chain disruptions, the rise of a highly distributed workforce and the rapid digitalization of the consumer have pushed organisations to adapt swiftly and evolve to survive – not just from a procurement perspective but also their core business model,” said Kahly Berg, Senior VP, Digital Experiences, at SAP SE, reflecting on the findings of a 2022 survey and noting that “the digital marketplace is here to stay.”

The digital marketplace is “here to stay”

By this year, the majority of procurement professionals (54%) told SAP that they wanted to be buying goods and services primarily online, either through a vendor’s own site or a digital marketplace, with 44% of respondents citing a “one-stop shop for multiple vendors” as the most important feature in a digital marketplace.

More and more, public procurement divisions are turning to digital marketplaces, like AWS Marketplace, for a more competitive and cost-effective sourcing landscape. 

AWS Marketplace functions as a digital repository of third party cloud based software, made up of business applications, reporting tools, and migration utilities. Hosting more than 2,000 independent software vendors offering more than 12,000 products, the platform serves as a comprehensive resource for public sector procurement.

According to Jim Helou, worldwide leader of business development for AWS Marketplace public sector, there is a widespread push among states, cities, and counties in the US to transition their primary applications from on premises data centres to cloud platforms

In meeting that need, the AWS Marketplace has emerged as a crucial middle man between public sector entities and service providers. Simplifying product exploration is central to this effort, with the platform’s landing page providing IT directors with a user-friendly interface to navigate its extensive catalogue. 

Moreover, the Marketplace significantly expedites the timeline for researching, purchasing, and provisioning software. Procurement, often a daunting task within the public sector, is notably streamlined through Marketplace, reducing the procurement process by close to 50%. 

With a general election just weeks away, we look at what a change in government might mean for the UK’s procurement sector.

The UK will hold a general election in just six weeks time. The news comes following an announcement by Prime Minister Rishi Sunak. Britons head to the polls on July 4th, leaving less than two months until the country could see its first change of ruling party in 14 years. 

Despite Sunak’s assertions on Wednesday that the UK economy is improving and inflation is falling, other key elements of the Conservatives’ platform remain unfulfilled. With Sunak’s party facing criticism over immigration, environmental policies, and the privatisation of utilities like Thames Water, there is a very real chance that the UK could see the Labour party leave opposition for the first time in over a decade. 

As the election nears, what might a Labour government look like for procurement in the UK? Would a Labour government create the necessary procurement reforms to buoy the country’s economy? How might that look different from another five years of Tory rule? 

What would Keir Starmer do for UK procurement? 

Labour Leader Sir Keir Starmer has been accused of making frequent U-turns on policy issues like scrapping tuition fees and increasing income tax for the UK’s top 5% of earners. His critics have also also pointed out that he has stayed relatively quiet with regard to big, pre election promises, instead focusing on his six priorities he would address first upon becoming prime minister. 

In its pledge to provide “a new deal for working people,” the Labour party said in January that it will “use public procurement to support good work” and “promote high standards”. In practice, this appears to hint that public procurement under Labour would encourage the reshoring of construction, infrastructure, and other public procurement contracts.  

Labour claims that it would use the public purse to support the businesses that strengthen local jobs and supply chains. They add: “Labour will make, buy, and sell more in Britain to raise standards, awarding more public contracts to British businesses and bringing the jobs of the future to the UK.”

Small businesses promised a bigger seat at the table 

Labour’s plan for small business in the UK also references procurement. In the UK, there are £30 billion worth of public contracts that “would be suitable for smaller businesses”. According to Labour’s research 90% of them are still being awarded to big businesses.

Promising “a fair chance at public contracts,” Labour’s plan would require that at least one SME makes the shortlist when any smaller, suitable contract goes out to tender. 

Ian Nethercot, MCIPS, supply chain director at Probrand, shares three top tips for procuring IT equipment in a more sustainable way.

When you consider the lifecycle of a typical piece of IT equipment — from the materials used for components, to energy consumption and disposal — it quickly adds up. And that’s not to mention the logistics of getting shipments to businesses in the first place. It is perhaps unsurprising that this state of affairs is placing an increasing burden on businesses to disclose their sustainability metrics and evidence ways in which they are improving. IT procurement is one area which businesses can address to make a difference. Ian Nethercot at Probrand highlights the following three tachniques for more sustainable IT procurement.

Sustainability has been on the corporate agenda for a number of years and procurement professionals are now under increased pressure to demonstrate responsibility through their supply chain. 

At least 90% of the tenders we complete as a business today include questions linked to sustainability; from the products we stock to the logistics of getting them to and from our clients. Some organisations we work with are going further, appointing a dedicated sustainability lead to ensure any IT purchases — and other business activities — align with the company’s sustainability goals. So, how can IT and procurement teams reduce their environmental impact and improve their sustainability credentials when refreshing and purchasing IT equipment, without compromising on quality or budget?

1. Rethink refurbished

Traditionally, schools and other public sector organisations have been the primary buyers of refurbished equipment, largely due to budget constraints. This is beginning to shift and we’re now seeing private sector organisations actively seeking refurbished IT to help support their sustainability agenda and help budgets stretch further. On average, refurbished hardware costs 30% less than the equivalent when buying new, but the advantages go far beyond price. 

The standard of refurbished IT has improved dramatically in recent years and the quality of the hardware is often good as new. If physical condition is important — such as for certain devices that you want to be blemish-free — opt for Grade A. Items of a lower grade could be suitable where signs of wear and tear are less of an issue. 

Warranties on refurbished equipment have also improved in recent years, with many vendors offering two-year no-quibble guarantees on refurbished products. This could be twice the length of the warranty on a new product, providing a safety net for those who still have doubts when it comes to second-hand purchases.

Buyers who opt for new equipment can investigate the materials used in the hardware and accessories, choosing those made from recycled materials wherever possible. Items such as energy-saving displays and devices with automatic power-off functions can also make an environmentally friendly contribution. Some vendors will actively promote these sustainability credentials in the product listings and descriptions, but in other cases it can be harder to find. To avoid doubt, it is always worth checking with the supplier to query the materials, condition and terms of warranty. 

2. Look at logistics

Beyond ensuring the equipment itself aligns with sustainability goals, it is important that buyers consider the methods used to deliver their purchases. 

Next-day delivery can be convenient for emergency items but will often come with an environmental implication. Buyers should consider consolidating deliveries into one bulk order. This can be dispatched once all items are ready and could drastically reduce the impact of delivery. However, this might not be possible with all marketplaces, as some resellers do not have warehouses capable of storing stock and therefore only offer immediate dispatch directly from the vendor.

The packaging of items is another consideration when it comes to sustainability, as this can place a huge burden on businesses that are ordering IT equipment in bulk. 

Not only can packaging be expensive to dispose of in the most environmentally friendly way, but it also has an associated ‘soft cost’ in the labour it takes to unpack each device. Instead, try researching vendors and suppliers who offer the option of delivering ‘packaging-free’, or explore third party packaging-removal services. 

Everyone has experienced ordering a small item, only for it to arrive in a giant box with excessive packaging. Even for items that are packaged more economically, if you’re a large organisation putting in regular orders, it can add up. A ‘Delivery to desk’ service can help here. As the name would suggest, this involves delivering equipment right to the user’s desk, unboxing it and taking all packaging away to be properly recycled. There is usually a cost associated with this service, but it is typically offset by the savings in labour and packaging disposal. 

3. Dispose responsibly 

When purchasing IT equipment in a more sustainable way, IT teams should examine how they go about disposing of the old technology it’s replacing. 

Devices should never be thrown away alongside other business waste, which is illegal under the Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment Regulations 2013, and there are regulations regarding the protection of data that the devices contain which should be adhered to by law. There are a growing number of accredited IT waste disposal companies who will handle this in the most sustainable way and many vendors offer recycling schemes free of charge. 

There is often a lot of residual value in items such as laptops, PCs, monitors and display units. As such, IT teams should examine what they can recycle instead of sending to a landfill. This is particularly true for those businesses that invested heavily in new equipment during the pandemic, when a shortage of supply meant that a number of IT teams purchased whatever was available. 

In many cases, this resulted in equipment that was a higher specification than necessary. In the next IT refresh, the IT department could trade this equipment for refurbished devices of a more appropriate specification. This would result in cost savings and potentially providing physical cash back for the business. Before disposing of any IT — whether recycling or trading in — remember to backup any data and clear your equipment of all sensitive information in advance. 

Taking the next steps

As an industry, it is vital that we share knowledge and some of the small practices that can add up to make a big difference. There are a host of available resources, from LinkedIn groups to vendor newsletters and networking events focussing on sustainability within the IT sector.

Manufacturers also have their part to play in helping to drive the change. Marketing products according to their sustainability credentials and making the specifications sheets as clear as possible will help vendors, buyers and — ultimately — the end user to make better choices. If we can each take a small step today, we can begin to improve as an industry, not only helping to achieve our sustainability goals but becoming more competitive and potentially more profitable in the long run. 

A change in procurement criteria could save the NHS billions of pounds each year while improving patient care.

The UK’s National Health Service (NHS) could save potentially “billions” of pounds a year with the introduction of new procurement criteria for medical supplies. 

Following an 18 month campaign by Essity, a hygiene product manufacturer, the NHS is reportedly planning to alter the criteria by which it procures medical supplies. The campaign hinged on the need for value-based procurement practices in the NHS, which faced recent scrutiny in a recent report by the National Audit Office (NAO). An NAO report found earlier this year that the NHS, which has approximately 1.6 million interactions with patients every day, is not fully utilising its spending power to save money when purchasing medical equipment and consumables. 

The report also, according to an open letter to the Government Essity submitted in January, found that delivering the right products for the NHS at the cheapest sustainable price is essential to make every pound count for patients. However, Essity expressed concerns that “the current focus by NHS procurement on acquisition costs alone is failing to acknowledge the importance of value for money across the whole patient pathway, and that lowest price does not always translate to best value.”

In support of its campaign, Essity also demonstrated that, by opting for the cheapest incontinence products on the market, the NHS is incurring an additional £520,418,989 annually as a result of the products’ poor quality. 

The Mirror reports that a pilot project in several NHS Community Trust care homes found that higher cost items resulted in long-term savings due to higher better-quality and more suitable products, not to mention improvements to patient care. 

Next steps for value-based NHS procurement

The new guidelines for value-based procurement in the NHS will likely take effect later this year. Karen McNamara, business director for Essity’s Health and Medical division in the UK, hailed the decision as “wonderful news for our NHS. Finally, patients can look forward to a better quality of care no matter their illness or condition.”

Lord Philip Hunt, a member of the House of Lords and a fervent supporter of Essity’s proposal, announced the policy alteration. Lord Hunt has been a vocal advocate for value-based procurement since meeting with representatives of the company in 2023. 

“Who would have thought that the humble absorbent continence pad could have such an impact, so quickly, on something as important as NHS procurement policy and practice—but it shows what can be delivered when a campaign for change is built upon irrefutable evidence that a change will be a win-win for patients, for carers and for NHS and social care providers alike, particularly when it is taken forward in a constructive, cross-party campaign,” said Lord Hunt. 

Digital transformation can break down barriers and improve procurement’s ability to collaborate across the ecosystem.

Collaborative procurement is one of those ideas that, on the surface, sounds so obvious it’s hardly worth talking about. Of course procurement is collaborative. Obviously, the relationships built up throughout your value chain can significantly impact your organisation’s performance. It goes without saying allowing the relationships and mechanisms of collaboration within your supply chain to degrade is bad. If left unattended, it can hurt your business outcomes, increase costs, and expose you to risk. 

Collaborative procurement: not as easy as it sounds

However, just because something is obvious, doesn’t mean it doesn’t bear a second look. Just because something appears to be working, doesn’t mean that a new approach wouldn’t be beneficial. 

The procurement sector is undergoing a profound transformation. Procurement teams are evolving away from the backroom, transactional function of years past. What’s emerging it something new—something streamlined, agile, strategically responsible, and digitally integrated. The role of the CPO is changing, too. 

“The CPO is not only the chief procurement officer anymore, but the chief partnership officer as well—partnerships externally with suppliers and internally with other functions and business units—with procurement being a knowledge broker, creating value from the collaboration between inside and outside of the company,” the CPO of a large industrial company wrote in response to a recent survey by McKinsey & Company. Collaboration is not only in direct collaboration with an external network of suppliers, but it also serves as a porous membrane to facilitate collaboration between the business and its ecosystem. 

Digital transformation is impacting procurement’s ability to analyse large data sets with machine learning and AI. These next-generation tools also help manage risk, predict trends, and automate repetitive, error-prone tasks. Perhaps more importantly, there is also room for technology to improve the ways procurement collaborates within and without the business. 

The benefits of collaboratively approaching procurement 

Collaborative procurement can reduce costs, improve quality, increase innovation, and enhance relationships between procurement and its suppliers and partners. 

Mike Edmunds, Managing Director at Trade Interchange, argues that “accepting sub-par methods of communication and collaboration, and allowing these to negatively impact your process and consequently your company’s success, simply doesn’t make sense.” 

Collaborative procurement can be digitally transformed with a variety of tools. These can range from cloud-based platforms that support real-time communication, as well as document and data management, to e-procurement systems like SAP Ariba, which automate and streamline procurement processes. Adoption of these management platforms and communications tools is nothing new. However, they are often underutilised in service of collaborative procurement. 

Whether implementing simple tools or AI-powered automation, determining the goals of the collaborative digital transformation is essential.  Edmunds writes that, “the impact of effective collaboration is extensive, rippling throughout a business in order to nurture a success-driven environment in which great achievements can be accomplished.” However, he adds that “It is as much a mindset, a determination, as it is a phenomenon to be assisted through external assets like technology and software.” 

Optimising your procurement process can deliver lower costs, increased resilience, and speed time to market.

Increasingly, the modern enterprise is looking to procurement to contain costs, increase resilience in the supply chain, meet ESG goals, and be a source of innovation within the business as a whole. It’s also important to remember, however, that the fundamental goal of procurement is to ensure the business has the raw materials, goods, and services it needs when it needs them. If that goal isn’t being satisfied, then all the ESG targets or generative AI deployments in the world are meaningless. Procurement is, at the end of the day, about executing that primary goals as efficiently as possible, so we’ve put together our list of the top 6 ways to improve procurement efficiency in 2024. 

1. Make use of your data 

Procurement departments are often in possession of some of the richest reserves of data in the business, but many procurement teams either still don’t have enough data, can’t trust their data, and/or lack ways to effectively utilise that data, whether that means using it to make informed decisions about suppliers and purchasing, or making recommendations to the rest of the business. 

Understanding and drawing insights from your procurement data can unlock meaningful, easily applied efficiencies for your procurement function, and CPOs should make getting their data in order a top priority. 

2. Evaluate, iterate, reevaluate  

Crafting the perfect procurement process is a fantasy. Crafting a very, very good procurement process is an ongoing process in of itself. Procurement is plugged into not only the business and its changing needs but the entire supplier ecosystem, which is affected by everything from changes in compliance to availability of raw materials. To ensure your procurement function is operating as efficiently as possible, it’s important to regularly evaluate your process, iterate changes, and then reevaluate to ensure you’re headed in the right direction. 

3. Standardise your procurement policy  

Many procurement teams struggle because of a lack of standardisation, which makes replicating successes across multiple buying instances a challenge. Purchasing materials and services to support the business becomes easier, quicker, and less prone to error when the process is standardised. Just make sure to reevaluate your procurement standards regularly, or they could become a source of new pain points. 

4. Develop your workforce

In the midst of a global talent shortage, retaining the skilled procurement team members you have is essential. One of the best ways to retain staff that also benefits the business as a whole is through development—online learning, certifications, industry events, and extra training can all empower your team to use new technologies, adapt to the changing industry, and feel as though they’re getting more out of the job than just a paycheck. 

5. Set up a feedback system 

As highlighted in a recent piece in Vogue Business, there is sometimes a disconnect between the way buyers and suppliers perceive their relationships. If there’s a lack of communication and trust between different parties in the source-to-pay structure, it’s going to be challenging to get an accurate picture of your value chain, which can lead to all manner of inefficiencies and risk. Setting up a feedback mechanism through which suppliers and partners can give thoughtful, constructive feedback can dramatically broaden procurement’s perspective on the often complex landscape of their own ecosystem.  

6. Fight dark purchasing

Unauthorised, invisible spending from outside the procurement department is a huge source of inefficiency in procurement. A recent audit of the UK’s National Health Service (NHS) found that the organisation spends roughly  £3.4 billion a year outside its own approved supply chain, with estimates showing the health service spends around £8 billion a year on products. 

Aligning the buying practices of the organisation as a whole with procurement can help contain cost and reduce risk. However, it’s important that this process be a two-way street. In the case of the NHS, while the products available through the sanctioned procurement channels were cheaper than those purchased by the NHS’ trusts, staff argued they were also of lower quality. 

Scaling up semiconductor production while divesting from Chinese supply chains could present a serious procurement challenge for Japan’s AI sector.

Increasingly Japan is committing public and private sector resources to secure both the resurgence of the country’s semiconductor manufacturing sector and a significant portion of the burgeoning generative artificial intelligence (AI) market. 

On 19th April, Sakura Internet secured around 10,000 next-generation NVIDIA B200 GPUs for roughly 20 billion yen ($130 million). Sakura is one of five Japanese companies receiving government subsidies as it expands its cloud services to support AI workloads. 

Japan invests in domestic AI capabilities 

This investment marks a significant move by the nation to strengthen their position in the field of AI. Sakura, in partnership with the Japanese government, is spearheading this latest initiative to bring the country to the forefront of the rapidly developing market. 

Sakura’s Operating Officer, Yohei Ueno, referenced the difficulties of procuring such a significant number of semiconductors, whilst underpinning its necessity: “We feel a sense of urgency that not many generative AI [products] have materialised in Japan despite the global trend.” 

Beyond Japan’s domestic market

However, the procurement of the highly sought-after chips could likely echo beyond Japan’s domestic market. Not only did Jensen Huang (NVIDIA’s CEO) pledge in December 2023 to “prioritise Japan’s GPU requirements” in talks with Japan’s Prime Minister Fumio Kishida, but also, earlier this month, Kishida engaged in talks with US President Joe Biden to outline ongoing international relationships in light of the investment. 

“We welcome cooperation between US and Japanese companies toward the development of foundation models for generative AI, including contribution of NVIDIA’s GPUs to Japanese computational resources companies such as Sakura Internet,” a White House spokesperson said in an official statement. The statement also referenced contributions of “other computational resources from Google and Microsoft to Japanese AI foundation models development companies.”

Kishida’s state visit coincided with the announcement that Microsoft would invest $2.9 billion over the next two years in efforts to develop its AI and cloud infrastructure in Japan. As it stands, the investment would be the US tech giant’s largest injection of capital into the Japanese market to date. 

In its statement, the Biden administration also stressed the importance of building strategic partnerships between US and Japanese universities and corporations. “The United States and Japan welcome a new $110 million joint Artificial Intelligence partnership with the University of Washington and University of Tsukuba as well as Carnegie Mellon University and Keio University through funding from NVIDIA, Arm, and Amazon, Microsoft, and a consortium of Japanese companies.” Collaboration within the education sector heralds promising developments for both countries’ expanding influence within AI. 

Tension ahead

That said, the journey ahead does not appear smooth as trade relationships between Japan, China and North America remain tense. These geopolitical tensions could potentially jeopardise Japan’s efforts to both scale up semiconductor manufacturing and leverage its close relationship to the US to catalyse the development of its AI sector. 

From August 2023, China began to impose export controls upon rare minerals inextricably connected with the global production of semiconductors. Restrictions deepened as of December 2023 as the country announced further export controls on high-grade graphite. 

Subsequent trade statistics released by Chinese customs authorities showed a 40% quantitative decrease in China’s exports of graphite and related materials to Japan. Historically, Japan has relied upon China for 90% of its graphite imports. The country’s need to diversify is more pressing than ever in light of China’s growing export restrictions.

Furthermore, future US trade agreements will likely hinge on Japan’s ability to divest from Chinese supply chains. Whilst the US is an enthusiastic advocate for Japan expanding its AI capabilities, Japanese overdependence on China in order to procure the necessary materials for AI development could be a critical source of friction in the future. 

The US has already been taking steps to destabilise China’s influence in the chipmaking industry. This is echoed in Japan’s recent trade agreements for the supply of graphite in the EV sector. 

Over the last two months, Panasonic Energy Co., Ltd. announced agreements with NOVONIX Limited (Queensland, Australia) and Nouveau Monde Graphite Inc. (Quebec, Canada) for the supply of synthetic and natural graphite respectively. Previously, it has been noted by Kishida and Canada’s Prime Minister Justin Trudeau during a state visit that China is a “central challenge” for both countries. 

An uncertain future

It is unclear whether Panasonic’s recent trade agreements will relate to the field of semiconductors but it is evident that Japan intends to make its mark upon generative AI. Political and corporate sentiments, within Japan and beyond, show vested interest in reducing Japan’s involvement with China.

It remains unclear whether Japan will be able to circumvent China whilst strengthening its position in artificial intelligence and cutting-edge computing. What is certain is that, regardless of government subsidies, international support or investments in education, without the ability to procure the necessary products and materials, Japan’s efforts will be rendered ineffective. 

Procurement can realise significant cost reductions for the business by executing the following mixture of short and long-term goals.

Cost containment has always been a top priority for procurement leaders. In recent years, as procurement’s role within the business has become more strategic, expectations that chief procurement officers (CPOs) reduce outgoings while also increasing resilience, championing sustainability, and driving digital transformation have grown. 

As a result, cost containment increasingly feels like a balancing act between multiple competing strategic goals. Finding ways to bring down costs while executing strategic objectives and dealing with an increasingly complex and unforgiving procurement landscape is what separates successful CPOs from those in danger of being left behind. Increasingly, economic anxieties dominate the conversation. Business leaders in 2024 are primarily worried about inflation, interest rates, and the risk of a global recession. Almost half of executives (46%) expect labour and skill shortages to disrupt business during the year ahead. 

As a result, cost containment is once again on top of (but not dominating) CPOs’ priorities lists. Research from the Hackett Group found that cost containment has replaced supply chain continuity as CPOs’ number one goal in early 2024. 

Here are three ways for CPOs to reduce costs without sacrificing their ability to be strategic.   

1. Bundle spend with competitive suppliers 

The benefits of bundling your spending with a select group of competitive suppliers extend beyond mere cost savings. When you consolidate your procurement with fewer suppliers, you streamline the purchasing process. This reduces both complexity and time spent performing routine tasks. 

Consolidating orders also provides the opportunity to negotiate improved terms for your organisations that go beyond price. These can include favourable payment terms or more convenient delivery schedules.

If your organisation works with 10 or more different suppliers, each offering a similar product, your annual spending can be significantly reduced by consolidating your orders with 2-4 suppliers instead. This can significantly cut down on administrative load. Not only this, but reducing your number of suppliers can also reduce purchasing costs and put you in a better position to negotiate lower prices due to ordering in bulk. Be careful, however: overdependence on too few suppliers can leave your organisation open to disruption. As always in procurement, finding the right balance is the key.

2. Evaluate and review uncompetitive suppliers 

As a continuation of the previous point, accurately evaluating which suppliers to keep working with and which ones to replace is a vital step in reducing costs.  

When you benchmark your existing contracts, it can often reveal suppliers in your database that aren’t offering competitive rates, or are otherwise underperforming. You can engage with these suppliers to negotiate better prices in line with market standards. If they’re unwilling to adjust their pricing, you can reallocate your spending to more competitive suppliers.

3. Eliminate dark purchasing 

Maverick spending, or dark purchasing, refers to procurement that takes place outside of existing contracts. If left unchecked, dark purchasing can drive up spending without procurement’s knowledge, or ability to do anything about it. 

By creating a more centralised procure-to-pay process and implementing better oversight and approval procedures, you can eliminate a large amount of dark purchasing. However, maverick spending is often as much a cultural issue as an organisational one, and communicating effectively with other stakeholders is vital. Procurement shouldn’t approach these scenarios as an enforcer, necessarily, but rather as an enabler. If you can figure out why spending is happening outside the procurement function, you can potentially create official mechanisms that remove the impetus for maverick spending.

The EU is implementing new digital tools to enable system-to-system communication across a wide range of member states’ eProcurement systems.

New digital tools put in place by the European Union Commission are “opening up the European public procurement market,” according to a statement made by the commission. In order to create “a more competitive landscape” for public spending, the Commission has implemented CEF eDelivery, a technology agnostic solution based on AS4. AS4 gateways make it possible to exchange tender information between the different eProcurement systems.  

The implementation will, the Commission hopes, lead to “better quality and better prices for contracting authorities and taxpayers.” 

Public authorities in the EU spend approximately €2 trillion per year on public procurement. This accounts to approximately 14% of the collective member states’ GDP, and almost 30% of government expenditure. 

Over the last five years, there has been a “steady rise” in the level of procurement process digitalisation throughout Europe. 

The goal of this sweeping digital transformation is that federal, regional, and local contracting authorities and businesses have access to multiple online procurement services. Not only this, but the new tools are making sure that procurement departments throughout Europe can manage the tendering process electronically. 

These digitalisation efforts would, the commission hoped, deliver cost savings, shorten and simplify processes, reduce red tape and administrative burdens, increase innovation and provide new business opportunities for SMEs. 

Public procurement in the EU remains fragmented

However, a recent study by the Commission found that despite the fact that public calls for tender from across Europe are aggregated into a single platform, direct cross-border procurement accounted for only 3.5% of the total value of contracts between 2009 and 2015. 

“How can we explain such a low number? Well, if we take a closer look, there are a number of reasons including language, local regulation, knowledge of local markets but also we can see that the digitization of procurement has actually created new barriers for cross-border procurement,” wrote a spokesperson for the Commission in a statement. The Commission’s investigations uncovered a lack of interoperability between different member states’ procurement systems. 

As a result, the implementation of CEF eDelivery has reportedly standardised the way eProcurement systems communicate. As a result, the Commission claims, this has “made life easier for both suppliers and contracting authorities who can now exchange information and messages throughout the procurement process while using their own systems.” The hope is that by creating better links between different countries’ back end systems, the EU Commission’s new tools will make public spending fairer and more competitive throughout the region.

Nearshoring efforts are seeing US manufacturers shift their procurement focus away from China to Mexico.

The US and Chinese economies are drifting farther apart than ever before. 

For decades, China’s combination of cheap labour, skilled workers, government incentives, and good infrastructure made it the destination of choice for outsourced manufacturing. Children’s toys, auto parts, iPhones—anything and everything that could be made cheaper across the Pacific than closer to home. 

Now, however, geopolitical tensions surrounding Taiwan, the trade war, and the residual shocks to global supply chains leftover from the COVID-19 pandemic are driving a wedge between the world’s two biggest economies. Last year, goods from China accounted for the smallest percentage of US imports in two decades.

Procurement is driving the shift away from China 

US importers and procurement teams are a big driver of reduced demand for Chinese products. For example, Chinese-made goods accounted for 35.1 % of US clothing and accessories imports in 2022. That figure represents a 37.1% drop year on year. 

According to an S&P Global Report, major US clothing importers like VF Corporation are “driving the shift out of China.” An AlixPartners survey from December 2023 found that almost three quarters of American companies were starting to reduce their exposure to Chinese imports. Over half said they were planning to reduce exposure in 2024 by over 10%. In total, the report found that US firms were aiming for a 40% reduction in their share of sourcing from China on average to reduce exposure. 

In a climate where supply chain resilience is increasingly high on the agenda for CPOs, nearshoring is increasingly in vogue. 

“What we are seeing from a couple of different perspectives is companies moving away from manufacturing in China,” Georg Roesch, VP of Direct Procurement at Jaggaer, told EPS News. While he notes that political, financial, and environmental factors all play a role in this trend, many US firms are looking to nearshore “simply from a resilience perspective because we are very dependent on China.”

China’s loss is Mexico’s gain  

The US is expected to recapture a sizable portion of the manufacturing relocated away from the Chinese market. So too are other Asian nations with less complicated political relationships to the US. South Korea, Vietnam, and Indonesia are all getting a bite of the US imports market. 

However, for organisations prioritising a balance between resilience and cost containment, Mexico is emerging as a golden opportunity. 

“Mexico has become the greatest attraction in the world for investments,” Mexican Secretary of Economy Raquel Buenrostro said in March, addressing the country’s Business Coordinating Council. “[Nearshoring] is here to stay and that is not going away,” Buenrostro said. “We have to see how we integrate and how we take advantage of these opportunities at this moment.”

The Mexican government has invested heavily over the past decade into infrastructure to support manufacturing and logistics. Cities like Juarez near the Texan border are home to massive industrial park developments. 

The city has a mature manufacturing industry backed by a skilled workforce experienced in assembly lines. Juarez has well-developed industrial infrastructure, including established maquiladoras (export-oriented factories) along with an established supplier ecosystem. Perhaps most importantly for US firms, Juarez offers a competitive cost structure, with lower labour costs than the US and China.

Spend management platforms are vital for procurement digital transformation, but many CPOs regret their choice of S2P solution.

Procurement is the most recent of the supply chain functions to undergo a strategic evolution. Sourcing is increasingly recognised as a driver of value for the business as a whole with the ability to drive technology adoption and sustainable reform. 

Digital transformation is no longer optional in procurement. Technology adoption is a  prerequisite to success over time, especially at scale. Demand for procurement technology platforms and solutions is understandably high. As a result, so is the supply. 

Procurement platforms abound 

The growing importance of technology to the procurement process is driving an explosion of “ technology platforms, data providers, and start-ups,” according to researchers at Capgemini. However, while this bountiful supply of new tools, platforms, and potential partners holds the promise of digital transformation success, the profusion is making it “overwhelming for decisionmakers in and outside procurement,” to make the right selection. 

Another report by Forrester found that, while adoption of digital tools in the procurement sector has been widespread and enthusiastic, “many organisations think they are more advanced than they actually are.” 

Forrester’s report warns that, when selecting source-to-pay (S2P) procurement tools, many procurement leaders are failing to properly evaluate their needs and the potential of the software itself. This is a potentially serious hurdle for the sector, as choosing the right tools is critical, and failing to do so can badly hinder transformation. 

They found that numerous organisations struggle with their technology choices. A staggering  82% of respondents who switched procurement platforms regretted the decision and were considering switching again. 

Capgemini notes that, while these S2P platforms are maturing and “offer robust solutions for various businesses,” many organisations are still struggling to realise the value they offer. 

Ecosystem onboarding issues 

One of the key problems for procurement departments implementing new S2P platforms could lie outside the organisation. According to the Forrester report, the top obstacles leading to changing technologies were supplier onboarding followed closely by user adoption. 

The researchers found that an inability to effectively onboard suppliers to a new S2P platform the most common reason for switching software solutions. 

“It is no longer acceptable for selfish CPOs to impose expensive and/or unwieldy software on their suppliers or force them to incur fees or agree to vendor terms,” argues the report. It adds that, in order for the digital transformation of procurement to be successful, the process must be inclusive of suppliers. Steps such as onboarding and responding to RFXs in addition to transactional processes such as ordering and invoicing cannot be neglected. 

Procurement needs better data to drive a more strategic, digitally empowered function, and embracing better principles of data collection can be an effective start.

Reliable data is pivotal in the procurement process. Traditionally, high quality data has helped organisations maintain transparency and fairness throughout the supplier selection process. This helps ensure that bias and corruption have no room to flourish, as well as driving efficiency. 

Increasingly, the more strategic and digitally-driven nature of the procurement function is leveraging big data into more valuable insights. Big data analytics powered by artificial intelligence (AI) are vital when it comes to identifying risk. Analaytics also also critical to predicting trends in complex systems, optimising sourcing strategies, and reducing costs through efficiency. 

However, advanced data analytics are heavily reliant on the quality of the data used to fuel decision-making. The same is very much true for AI, machine learning, and automation. Unfortunately, data quality is an area where procurement teams have historically struggled. Obscurity beyond the first tier of suppliers, siloed information, and even having too much irrelevant data can all undermine the quality and usefulness of your company’s data. 

How do we get better procurement data? 

Better data can drive a more strategic, digitally empowered procurement function. In order to get that data, embracing better principles of data collection can be an effective start. 

First, procurement needs to standardise the ways it reports, collects, organises and stores data. This helps ensure data integrity and quality. Standardised data collection also helps define clear processes and classifications across the organisation. Procurement sits between the organisation and the supplier ecosystem. Therefore, it has the potential to be a major repository of valuable data and even more valuable insights. However, procurement needs to organisae that data in a uniform way. Adopting a common taxonomy can facilitate data reuse, eliminating redundancy and promoting consistency across sources for more accurate insights.

Once data has been standardised, uniting internal and external information, ensuring that the information is accessible is vital. Data that is readily available and digestible fosters a culture where information drives decisions. A centralised, transparent repository where trustworthy information can be readily accessed to support decision-making creates a more agile, resilient procurement function. 

Providing access and training for analytics tools empowers employees with data manipulation skills, while central storage enhances information retrieval. Access controls can safeguard sensitive data, and department-wide cybersecurity training (with regular refresher courses) can help identify red flags and prevent vulnerabilities. 

Lastly, choosing the right data is more important than what you do with it. For efficient procurement strategy execution, understanding organisational goals is a vital step to guiding data collection. 

Artificial intelligence has the power to combat procurement pain points with Predictive Procurement Orchestration.

The 2020s represent a decade of newly realised potential for procurement to drive new sources of value creation, reduce costs across the supply chain, and be a leader of sustainable reform. 

However, equally significant pain points and challenges stand in the way. From inflation, rising costs, political turmoil, and an increasingly strict regulatory landscape, to the looming reality of the climate crisis and a widespread skill shortage, procurement leaders have a lot to contend with. 

Much of the digital transformation aimed at creating greater visibility and efficiency in the procurement process is, some argue, targeted more at providing executives with glossy dashboards than meaningful ways to reduce procurement workload. The result is that, while both procurement departments and budgets are increasing in size, it’s nowhere near enough to account for the increase in the amount and complexity of procurement work itself. 

A recent report by the Hackett Group found that “the procurement workload is predicted to increase by 10.6%.” This figure reflects the broadening of priorities with only a little increase in headcount and operating budget. As a result, McKinsey analysts expect the industry to suffer from a productivity gap of 7.4% and an efficiency gap of 7.8%.  

Some argue that CPOs could face the issue by working smarter not harder, leveraging artificial intelligence (AI) to power new technology applications like predictive procurement orchestration in an effort to increase efficiency and circumvent risk before it appears. The Hackett Group’s report argues that procurement is likely to “rely on technology and digital transformation to close the gaps” and “do more with less through better intelligence and increased speed, customer-centricity, and competitive advantage.” 

What is predictive procurement orchestration? 

Using AI and machine learning, predictive procurement orchestration analyses large amounts of data to identify the most successful purchases in an organisation’s history from the companies with the highest quality products and services. 

A predictive procurement orchestration system then uses that historical data to optimise an organisation’s procurement strategy, described by software vendor Arkestro as “a combination of behavioural science, game theory, and machine learning that helps procurement teams predict and win faster value across every category of addressable spend.” 

In short, AI and machine learning combine to predict which outcomes will be better for the business. The technology then uses human behaviour and game theory to create competition among suppliers. The process then encourages these suppliers to engage more closely with the company by means of dynamic feedback. Lastly, an embedded intelligent platform can make resources go farther without increasing the number of employees needed by the business. 

In field trials of its own predictive procurement orchestration system, Arkestro reportedly achieved over $8 million in savings for one company, while another achieved 88% savings on individual purchases.

Increasing supplier diversity is more necessary for procurement efficiency, resilience, and sustainability than ever before.

From an increased public awareness of corporate supply chain behaviour to the widespread adoption of the UN Sustainable Development Goals, as well as regulatory and compliance restrictions intensifying, the presence of good ESG practice in the procurement process is no longer a nice to have, but rather a key differentiator that can alleviate pain points, avoid disruption, and create competitive advantage.  

Heightened awareness of racial, gender, and LGBTQ+ issues in society, especially in the US, in 2020 have translated into a lot of noise around the topic of diversity and inclusion. Three years later, however, there’s a gap emerging between companies that walk the walk and those who just made a lot of noise. 

The supplier diversity gap

In the procurement sector, greater supplier diversity in the sourcing pool can enhance competition for contracts, leading to enhanced quality and reduced costs. 

This expanded range of sourcing options also strengthens the supply chain. It increases its resilience and agility, particularly in times of uncertainty. In case supply routes are disrupted in one region, businesses can swiftly pivot to alternative suppliers. 

Additionally, certain suppliers may adapt more rapidly to changing requirements than others. For instance, as highlighted in a report released by Accenture, during the peak of the pandemic, a minority-owned business in Georgia adeptly shifted from producing hair products to manufacturing hand sanitizer and multi-purpose cleaning products.

Adopting a Supplier Diversity Program that promotes diversity and inclusiveness within the sourcing process is also a proven driver of innovation. If currently cultivated, “not only can diverse suppliers co-innovate with their customers, but they can adapt and ramp up rapidly, helping customers swiftly execute innovations,” write Accenture researchers. The result is that a more diverse supplier network can bring new capabilities to the marketplace faster. 

At its most visible, a diverse supplier network is a positive mark against your organisation’s brand, as public perception can have a direct impact on the bottom line, as well as stock value. Criticism of supplier diversity often stands on shaky logical legs. Critics claim that rewarding work based on ethnic or gender criteria dilutes the supplier selection process.

However, as noted by the Hackett group in a study they conducted in 2017, “Virtually all diversity suppliers meet or exceed expectations, and top corporate performers in supplier diversity experience no loss in efficiency.”

From simple prompt engineering to autonomous sourcing bots, here are three ways generative AI can be deployed to support procurement.

If 2023 was the year of Generative AI hype, 2024 (and probably 2025, 2026 and maybe 2027, if we’re being honest) will be the year(s) where we have to figure out if this shiny, incredibly expensive (and morally dubious) new technology actually has real world applications that are worth the price of admission. 

Where procurement is concerned, given the mixture of factors creating new and interesting pain points for the sector, the benefits of generative AI can’t arrive soon enough. These factors range from the skills shortage to an overall strategic shift in the nature of sourcing and ongoing political (and economic) tensions, all of which have the potential to create profound pain points for industry leaders.

The risks of generative AI investment are not to be taken lightly, despite the allure of greater efficiency and lower costs. Specifically, risks range from AI “hallucinations” and unreliable unreliable outputs, to issues of IP ownership, inherent bias, and cybersecurity threats. However, the benefits are, some would argue, well worth the risk. This is especially true if the nature of generative AI deployment is well suited to the task at hand. 

Here are three levels to which Generative AI can be used throughout the procurement process: 

 1. Shallow deployment 

This is probably the least intrusive and easiest to execute in terms of Generative AI deployments. A shallow deployment might simply provide a superficial gateway to ChatGPT or other external GenAI tools. 

Results mirror those obtained by directly interfacing with ChatGPT outside of the procurement application. Solutions could be used for rephrasing communications, generating early-phase ideas, and other simple, language-related tasks. 

2. Contextualised and optimised deployment

The next level optimises the large language model underpinning a generative AI deployment. It does this by training it using specific data relevant to the procurement function or company as a whole. 

Essentially, a contextualised Generative AI deployment involves furnishing the GenAI model with information derived from data within the solution. This can include sources of information like raw sales data and compliance documents. The solution employs prompt engineering to enhance output quality. User prompts undergo repackaging or reformatting before being forwarded to ChatGPT or another external GenAI tool. A single user request may trigger multiple GenAI prompts managed concurrently. 

3. Tailored deployments

Lastly, a much more in depth deployment involves a solution that utilises its own LLM (a pre-trained language model that has been further refined) to enhance outputs and dramatically reduce the risk of hallucinations. Using AI in this way can also allow for a hybrid approach, in which the solution employs either the internal LLM or an external one depending on the specific use case. 

Overall, tailored generative AI solutions offer a range of benefits, including improved performance, reduced risks, increased efficiency, enhanced contextual understanding, and greater flexibility, making them valuable tools.

Apple’s supply chain is lauded for its efficiency and quality, but what makes it so good?

What Makes Apple’s Source-to-Pay Procurement Process So Good? 

Apple’s supply chain is lauded for its efficiency and quality, but what makes it so good? 

Electronics giant Apple ships over 400 million products every year, more than half of which are iPhones. 

A symphony in procurement 

Each iPhone is a procurement symphony, bringing together components from all over the world—a display and battery from Samsung and LG in Korea, glass casing from Corning in the US, a LIDAR scanner and camera array built by Sony, a flash unit built by Kioxa in Japan, a Chinese-made battery, a display port interface developed and built by a company in the Netherlands, and custom chips built by the company’s most trusted supplier: Taiwan Semiconductor. 

All these parts (and more) are brought together and assembled in mega factories (Apple supplier Foxconn’s Zhengzhou assembly plant employs more than 300,000 workers), primarily located in China. 

Suppliers are the key 

Churning out more than 250 million smartphones every year is an immensely complex endeavour, and the way that Apple approaches its relationship to suppliers in its ecosystem is a big part of why the company’s procurement process is so successful. 

In 2022, 98% of Apple’s direct spend for materials, manufacturing, and assembly was linked to its top 200 suppliers. The strength of the relationships Apple builds with these suppliers is a huge part of why the company’s procure-to-pay process can deliver huge quantities of complex electronics year after year with consistency. 

Apple’s supply chain generates a significant amount of work due to typically market-leading sales. Not only this, but Apple updates its product line regularly. It adds new devices and accessories to collections along with developments that it phases in and out of existing product lines. As a result, Apple generates enough demand that most of its supplier base can afford to devote their activities primarily to Apple’s business, giving Apple a greater degree of control over their procurement ecosystem. 

Replicating Apple’s success when you aren’t Apple

Of course, this isn’t a competitive advantage that more than a few dozen companies around the world have the necessary scale to leverage, but through collective buying schemes and group purchasing organisations, companies should be aware of the fact they can get more strategic wins out of buying at scale than just a reduction in prices. 

Apple uses its scale and purchasing power to drive strict manufacturing and (increasingly) sustainability standards throughout its procurement ecosystem. 

The company developed the Apple Supplier Code of Conduct and the Supplier Responsibility Standards in 2005, in alignment with international labour and human rights standards, including those from the International Labour Organization (ILO), the United Nations Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights (UNGPs), the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD), the Responsible Business Alliance (RBA) Code of Conduct, as well as industry-leading health and safety organisations. Apple updates these codes of conduct constantly to reflect changing developments in international law, and mean Apple has a higher degree of assured compliance throughout its procurement process.

From a zero tolerance policy for debt-bonded labour and remediation of working hours violations to promoting more sustainable practices in the sourcing of raw materials, Apple is able to shape not just its own internal practices, but those of organisations throughout its supplier ecosystem. 

Criticisms of the Apple procurement process 

It is worth pointing out, however, that while Apple’s structuring of its supplier ecosystem has resulted in record profits and share prices, it has not always successfully protected the workers throughout the company’s procure-to-pay process.

As recently as 2019, undercover investigators working for a Chinese labour watchdog found a factory in Zhengzhou factory was forcing workers over 300,000+ employees to work 100 hours of overtime. Factory managers also ‘punished’ workers for not meeting targets, and paid wages insufficient to support a family living in Zhengzhou. Their social insurance contributions also fell short of the legal requirement.

Developing people 

Elsewhere in its supply chain, Apple also works to develop the skills and knowledge bases of its suppliers to a greater degree than many organisations. 

Over 3.6 million employees throughout Apple’s supplier ecosystem have participated in the company’s Clean Energy Academy since 2008, and early last year, Apple partnered with the International Labour Organization, the International Organization for Migration, and global education experts to launch a $50 million Supplier Employee Development Fund to expand initiatives and develop the skills of the people across its supply chain.  

Rising workloads and skill shortages make procurement a prime candidate for automation. Here are the 7 best places to start.

Procurement is increasingly being asked to exist at the intersection of multiple contradictory trends. 

At a time when procurement leaders are searching for ways to deliver strategic wins and new forms of innovation for the business, the traditional yardsticks for success—reliability and cost containment—have never been more important. Procurement teams are consistently being asked to do more (and more complex) work. Simultaneously, procurement headcounts aren’t rising in step with workloads. 

CPOs are increasingly turning to automation as a way to support existing staff while increasing efficiency, streamlining processes, and managing internal spend. For procurement leaders exploring the potential for automation to alleviate pain points and unlock new strategic wins, we’ve put together the top X use cases for automation in procurement. 

1. Payments 

Manual payment processing, including invoice management, is a common cause of bottlenecks, delays, and data entry errors. The risk of human error and lack of visibility also raise the risk of vendor fraud. 

Robotic process automation can automate payments based on specific triggers. These RPA bots can improve supplier relationship management and maintain a positive business reputation by reducing processing time and errors. By automating the payment process, accounts payable can efficiently and accurately handle payments, record transactions, and store data for subsequent reporting activities such as month-end close and financial reporting.

2. Contract management 

Contract management is another time consuming element of procurement. The ability for RPA tools to automate some of the more time consuming elements of the contract management process can be a huge source of efficiency for procurement teams. 

Contract management automation tools can draft new contracts by automatically extracting vendor information from other sources. They can flag imminent or incipient compliance breaches or contracts that are about to expire. Automating the contract management process can even improve customer satisfaction, as the number of errors and time to delivery go down. 

3. Pricing negotiation 

A large part of the procurement process is cost negotiation between procurement representatives. While the process seems, on the face of it, to be very human-centric, pricing negotiations are actually a prime candidate for automation. Once a procurement department receives a vendor quote, they can use an RPA bot to automatically negotiate prices based on a rules-based framework. Certain pre-programmed criteria determine whether the bot approves, rejects, or negotiates a quote.

4. Repeat orders 

Traditionally, procurement teams would be required to either manually monitor inventory levels across the organisation or wait to be told to reorder stock by other stakeholders. With RPA tools, bots can automatically monitor inventory levels and create purchase orders for the products that are about to be depleted. 

5. Inventory management 

Much like repeat ordering, inventory management automation takes a highly manual and error-prone process and streamlines it. 

Combining RPA tools with IoT devices makes it possible to monitor inventory levels in real time. This then enables automated reporting and inventory audits. For businesses like grocery stores that rely on fresh inventory and need to avoid overloading on perishable produce, having an up-to-date inventory report is crucial. Automated inventory management identifies products lingering in the warehouse, reducing the chances of overstocking perishable items.

6. Supplier onboarding 

Supplier onboarding is a long and necessary process that can consume a lot of valuable time for procurement teams. By using RPA tools, CPOs can automate multiple aspects of the onboarding process. Bots can, for example, scrape supplier information from the web like references and prices, and compile it into a report. 

RPA also has the capacity to conduct a basic evaluation of suppliers based on rule-based decisions. For instance, if a company needs a logistics company with experience moving fragile or unstable materials, and can’t find relevant case studies on the vendor’s website or profile, the vendor may be ranked lower. When done manually, these initial assessments can be time-intensive. By delegating these tasks to RPA bots, procurement teams can focus on more valuable work.

7. Sourcing 

Sourcing is the process of identifying and selecting suppliers to meet the organisation’s needs. Traditionally, sourcing is a highly manual, time-consuming process prone to delays and communication errors. 

A procurement automation platform streamlines this process by providing a centralised portal for supplier communication, bid comparison, and document storage. It also offers insights on price and delivery to ensure procurement teams are able to select the best supplier based on criteria  including, but not limited to, price, reliability, sustainability credentials, and more. Increasingly, automation is allowing AI-enabled solutions to buy and sell products with minimal human intervention and oversight.

Modern slavery and forced labour are huge, thorny human rights issues that the EU’s labour bill aims to tackle in the supply chain.

Forced labour is a major problem plaguing modern value chains. Today, an estimated 28 million people work for little or no pay, in a state of forced labour, either by a company or government. Over 3 million of them are children. 

Products manufactured under these conditions make their way into multiple global supply chains. Watchdogs and regulators report that forced labour is particularly widespread in the textiles, mining, agriculture and service sectors

Increasingly, researchers and journalists are typing forced labour to supply chains that are critical to the green energy transition. The metals and chemicals used to build electric vehicle components and solar panels are a magnet for modern slavery. 

EU bill addresses forced labour in supply chains 

This week, the EU Parliament passed final approvals for new regulations targeting forced labour in supply chains. The bill would allow the EU to ban the sale, importation, and exportation of goods made using forced labour. 

Member state authorities and the European Commission will have the power to investigate “suspicious goods, supply chains, and manufacturers.” Once the law comes into effect, the EU says it will prevent the sale of any product found to have been made using forced labour.

Manufacturers of banned goods will have to withdraw their products from the EU single market. Any existing stocks will be donates, recycled or destroyed. EU member state border agents will then intercept shipments of goods made using forced labour.

“Europe cannot export its values while importing products made with forced labour,” commented MEP Maria-Manuel Leitão-Marques. She hailed the ban as a major victory for “progressive forces” within the European Union.

The EU parliament adopted the regulation with 555 votes in favour, 6 votes against and 45 abstentions. The text now has to get a final formal approval from the EU Council. EU countries will have to start applying it in 3 years.

Focus on supply chains in areas with “high risk of state-imposed forced labour” 

Forced labour is a global phenomenon. However, the implementation of the EU’s new bill (which mirrors similar legislation passed by the United States in 2021) is likely to have been primarily driven by concerns over human rights abuses in the Chinese region of Xinjiang. Sources including US president Joe Biden have accused the Chinese government of conducting an ongoing genocide against the region’s Uyghur Muslim minority. 

Currently, manufactuirng infrastructure in Xinjiang produces about 10% of the global aluminium supply. Of course, aluminium is just one of many materials essential to the production of electric vehicles with emerging ties to forced labour. Cobalt, nickel, and lithium are all critical components of electric vehicle batteries. These materials are all associated with involuntary labour. Many mining operations employ children.

According to Human Rights Watch, the Chinese government’s “labour transfer programs” coerce ethnic Uyghurs and other Turkic Muslims into jobs away from their homes. There may be as many as 1 million people currently being forced to work agains their will by the Chinese government in the region. Multiple investigations have tied the Chinese textile, agriculture, and electric vehicle manufacturing sectors to the practice.  

“It is simply unacceptable for our Union, which should be a global champion in promoting values, to continue importing and selling in our shops products that were made with blood and tears at some step along their supply chain,” Marques commented in a press conference. 

A trend of high tech component shortages triggered by the pandemic and anti-Chinese regulation appears to have rebounded.

After three years of component shortages, the global manufacturing sector is experiencing a glut. According to new data gathered by GEP, the tide has turned from too little to too much. 

The world spent the last four years reeling from the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on global supply chains. 2021 and 2022 were defined by component shortages and disruption. As a result, 2023 saw a shift in the contemporary procurement ethos from “just-in-time” to “just-in-case”. The COVID-19 pandemic hasn’t been the only thing fueling these pain points. Geopolitical tensions, like anti-Chinese legislation targeting the electric vehicle and smartphone markets, also created shortages and delays. Delays in the Panama and Suez Canals have extended shipping times and raised prices.

For the past two years, US and European organisations have fought to restructure procurement processes and manufacturing capabilities to bring complex, necessary components closer to home. 

Slump and spike 

Now, it appears as though the scramble to create supply—twinned with other economic pressures like inflation—has resulted in a glut of high-end tech components. The global slump in demand for manufactured goods has been accompanied by a spike in supply chain spare capacity across Europe, Asia and North America in December. This is the largest amount of slack on global supply chians since July 2023. According to GEP, “a manufacturing recovery is still some way off.” Their report adds that “recessionary conditions persist in Europe.” As a result, purchasers at the region’s manufacturers are cutting back at a pace “rarely surpassed in two decades.” 

Procurement professionals will, according to David Doran, vice president, consulting, GEP, have “greater leverage to drive down prices in 2024” on behalf of their companies, as slowing orders throughout the value chain point to “stronger headwinds ahead.” 

The current state of affairs was predicted last year in a piece written for the Harvard Business Review. PS Subramaniam noted that, when pandemic drove remote work to spike in early 2020, the same demand-oversupply cycle played out with tablets and laptops. 

“Three-plus years later, we’re seeing the stark aftereffects of that spike in demand. After the race to order key components and manufacture products, suppliers are left with mountains of excess inventory as growth has slowed to normal levels. In the tech industry, it’s common for warehouses to be full of now-outdated semiconductors and other technology components,” he writes. “Beyond the obvious environmental cost, an inventory glut of high-end electronics components is an expensive problem. Excess inventory is a $250+ billion problem in the U.S. alone.” 

With fewer than 8% of raw materials kept in circulation, procurement needs to seriously consider how to embed circular economic practices in the S2P process.

The transition of our linear, single use economy to a circular one is an increasingly necessary step on the road to averting (no, too late—better say mitigating) the climate crisis. Not only that, it’s an intelligent business strategy, and it begins with procurement.  

Achieving net zero is not simply a matter of restructuring and regulating our energy industry. (Believe me, it would be a long overdue start and current levels of action to curtail fossil fuel usage. Or to mitigate the impact of lithium and cobalt mining for EV batteries are laughably, woefully inadequate. That’s not what we’re here to talk about today, however). 

In addition to fossil fuel consumption, the way in which our global supply chain extracts, consumes, and then (most importantly) disgards our planet’s resources is in desperate need of reform.

A 2019 report from the Ellen MacArthur Foundation found that, while a transition to renewable energy sources could alleviate 55% of our global greenhouse gas emissions, the remaining 45% stem from the linearity of global economic structures.

The authors highlighted the need to shift to close-loop value chains. They also emphasise steps like diet shift at a population level, and methods like carbon capture. Nevertheless, if a circular economic structure could be adopted across key industries—sources of “overlooked emissions”—like steel, plastic, aluminium, cement and food manufacturing, it could reduce emissions in each sector significantly. On average, each sector could realise a 40% emissions reduction by going circular. 

Take, make, and dispose 

A further report by Edie Insight in partnership with Reconomy notes that current systems have a long way to go. “Corporates are, by and large, still operating on a linear basis of ‘take, make, dispose’. This mindset is usually baked into their own plans and budgets,” the report observes. As a result, a more “holistic shift is required to move to closed-loop practices.” 

The report also notes that, when attempting to take a more sustainable approach in procurement, there is often a “contract gap” or disconnect between the sustainable messaging of a tender and the fact cost is still the number one indicator of success. They note this “could be because the rhetoric around sustainability has not been defined by both parties.” Another explanation could be because “sustainability and social currency has a poor exchange rate compared to costs.” 

One major issue is that a lot of the terminology surrounding sustainability measures isn’t legally protected. If it is, the truth can often be obscured. Methods like carbon credits, or the selling of “recycled” waste to countries in the global south to be burned or buried in a landfill are common tactics. Organisations looking to promote a more circular economy should take pains to define terms and interrogate the veracity of sustainability claims within their supplier ecosystem. 

Implementing a circular economy 

There is no single solution to the question of how to implement a circular economy. 

However, there are ways that organisations can use procurement to drive circular economic practices. One step involves pushing for more sustainable practice throughout their own supplier ecosystems. Next, not considering all matters other than cost to be secondary in the tender process can be hugely impactful. Modernising existing processes to be more efficient in their consumption of raw materials, and exploring the use of materials with higher upfront manufacturing costs but longer lifespans and potential to be reused multiple times (like glass over single use plastic in the food and beverage sector) are all vital steps. 

Internal synergy is also vital. A great deal of linearity occurs because of materials being transferred from one department to another throughout the manufacturing process. 

The Edie report notes that “in retail, for example, goods and packaging is commonly purchased by commodity buyers.” The problem, however, is that another department will be tasked with procuring the services to deal with the resource once it is considered ‘waste’. Then, another department might handle compliance and another will oversee recycling. This not only creates logistical siloes, but also means the process falls into a separate budget aside from procurement.

The report stresses that all these moving parts should be in the same resource cycle. The ongoing problem that needs to be solved, however, is that they commonly conflict with one another internally.

Unmanaged spend makes dark purchasing one of the biggest challenges facing procurement teams in uncertain economic times.

As 2024 continues, procurement leaders are increasingly finding themselves under pressure to deliver strategic wins and drive efficiency. 

Economic slowdowns, logistical disruptions, and looming political turmoil only serve to ramp up the urgency with which procurement teams need to find new ways to minimise costs while ensuring continuity throughout the value chain. Over 60% of procurement leaders report being worried about the impact of interest rates on their ability to invest during 2024, while

57% fear a recession during the year. 

As a result, procurement teams continue to invest heavily into digital transformation. Many are adopting AI, spend management platforms, and automation

However, efficiency gains within the procurement function itself might not be enough. This is especially true given the fact that many procurement budgets suffer from the influence of “dark purchasing”. 

What is dark purchasing? 

Dark purchasing occurs when companies source goods and services without the oversight or approval of procurement. Dark purchasing can stem from poorly organised procurement processes, leading to an opaque, decentralised purchasing structure. It can also occur as a form of corruption or negligence—again, thanks to a lack of procurement department oversight.  

Whatever the cause, dark purchasing typically often results in higher costs, increased risk, and a lack of control over the supply chain. This harms the organisation, as funds are misdirected—both harming the company’s bottom line and preventing procurement from gaining the visibility they need to drive efficiencies. 

The problem is almost ubiquitous. In 2023, a Globality report found that 82% of CPOs believe that their organisation’s indirect spend is poorly managed. 

Bad data keeps procurement in the dark 

A major contributor to dark purchasing is a lack of visibility stemming from bad procurement data. 

A troubling 75% of procurement executives doubt the accuracy of the data they present to the rest of the business. As a result, 79% of non-procurement executives  lack the confidence to use procurement’s data to make strategic decisions. Largely, this seems to stem from the fact many procurement teams still have manual processes embedded at critical points in their workflows. Specifically, speadsheets used for data entry and emails for communication account for the bulk of legacy procurement processes. Almost 80% of procurement professionals said their procurement teams do not have dedicated management software. This lack of software makes it significantly harder to track and manage their performance. Just under three-quarters were still using spreadsheets. 

Manual processes increase time spent and, correspondingly, capacity for human error. Therefore, manual procurement increases the chances that blind spots will emerge where dark procurement can flourish. 

Eliminating dark purchasing 

A recently published paper from AmeriQuest argues that eliminating dark purchasing can increase procurement savings by 25%. In order to eliminate the phenomenon, procurement teams need to target the twin levers of control and visibility. 

Largely, “dark purchasing depends on non-standardised processes and human error.” Therefore, eliminating the capacity for these within procurement and the organisation at large is a critical step. 

“One of the first steps companies can take to fight dark purchasing is to clearly identify and assign procurement responsibilities within an organisation,” they write. In particular, internal stakeholders and C-suite executives “need to buy into the importance of a transparent procurement process” for dark procurement to be meaningfully reduced.  

Procurement professionals need to be more strategic, technologically innovative, and ethical than ever before.

The nature of procurement has changed over the past few years. The process has become more strategic, innovative, and infused with technology. Procurement teams are increasingly responsible for things like risk management. As the nature of procurement has become more important and complex, so too have the skills prized by Chief Procurement Officers. 

There’s no denying the need for highly skilled workers as budgets grow almost as fast as the amount of work and complexity. However, meeting this rising tide of demand for talent isn’t as easy as going on a hiring spree. According to a recent report by APQC, “today’s market realities have pushed procurement out of the back office and onto centre stage, accelerating demand for skilled procurement talent. The trouble is, that talent is getting harder and harder to find.”

Procurement leaders need to rapidly acquire and develop new skills and competencies in their teams. “Procurement leaders must act quickly to develop the next generation of procurement talent,” note the report’s authors. “They should use all tools at their disposal, including certification programs and online training, but must also understand that a lot of this work must be done in-house.” Developing the right procurement skills in your team is also a mutually beneficial technique that is proven to aid retention of skilled staff. 

As Donna Massari, a director of strategic sourcing at JLL, puts it, “The Millennial generation has a reputation for job hopping, and if they don’t have a clear path to grow their careers in your organisation, they’ll simply go elsewhere.”

In this article, we’ve put together our top 5 skills that CPOs should look for in new hires and develop in their existing teams. 

1. Ethics and responsible business practices 

Business ethics involve applying ethical principles to the business environment. Cultivating ethical practices within procurement processes is imperative, as unethical conduct such as bribery, illegal sourcing, and bid rigging can result in significant consequences for organisations, including scrutiny from customers, shareholders, the media, and regulatory bodies. However, embracing a commitment to ethical business conduct and hiring team members with a robust ethical compass transcends mere risk mitigation; it constitutes savvy business practice.

Forward-thinking procurement entities are integrating robust business ethics to facilitate their organisations when pursuing corporate sustainability and advancing social welfare objectives.

2. Communication skills 

In procurement, adept oral and written communication skills are indispensable. These skills allow procurement professionals to understand business requirements, articulate expectations to suppliers, and foster constructive relationships with both suppliers and other areas of the business. 

By adopting more collaborative “Request for Solution” and “Request for Partner” sourcing methods procurement can place itself at the forefront of organisational innovation and value creation for the business. However, successfully carying out these kinds of objectives requires high level communication skills from procurement professionals in order to ensure everyone is on the same page. 

3. Stakeholder management 

From a procurement perspective, stakeholder management requires the ability to identify both internal and external stakeholders, understand their respective needs and objectives, establishing effective lines of communication, and actively engaging with those stakeholders to exert a positive influence that creates desired outcomes. 

Effective stakeholder management commences with a comprehensive stakeholder analysis, pinpointing individuals who hold the potential to influence or be affected by a sourcing solution. For procurement to effect positive, innovative change in the organisation as a whole, stakeholder management is critical. 

4. Leadership 

Procurement leaders are increasingly in demand, and the industry’s leaders of tomorrow will need more than just technology skills and business acumen—they will be developing generations of procurement professionals to come. 

Ensuring adequate management training poses a significant challenge for many organisations, especially when procurement leaders haven’t had as much time in the C-Suite as CTOs, COOs, etc. 

Leadership training creates a track for meaningful advancement within an organisation, which can also aid retention. 

5. Critical thinking and independence 

Procurement teams may be getting more important, but they often aren’t getting larger in terms of headcount. More automation, more complex tasks, and creeping workloads mean that procurement professionals increasingly need to be self-sufficient and capable of observation, analysis, interpretation, reflection, evaluation, inference, explanation, problem solving, and decision making.

Longer shipping routes and an increasing reliance on rail transport is driving up logistical costs, and passing on the cost to procurement.

The procurement sector entered 2024 facing both unprecedented opportunity and new challenges. While avenues have opened up through which procurement has greater say in the boardroom, more encouragement to adopt new technology, and a mandate to create new areas of value for the business, internal and external pressures threaten to push many procurement teams into a more reactive pattern. 

One of the factors threatening to push procurement onto the back foot, limiting capacity for strategic and digital transformation, is a global rise in overseas shipping costs. 

Shipping costs skyrocket 

Shipping between Asia and the West Coast of the US rose in price by 94% year-on-year, with runs to the US East Coast increasing by almost 40%. Overall, as of mid-January 2024, ocean freight

costs have increased 59% compared with the same period last year. 

“Drought affecting the Panama Canal and conflict around the Red Sea and Suez Canal have more shipping companies taking longer routes or putting their freight on rails upon arrival at nearer ports,” said Tim Jed, supply chain leader at US technical builder DPR Construction. “This can add weeks to material delivery schedules. Given that our industry favours just-in-time delivery, customers should head off these challenges early in their planning.”

The Panama Canal drought has reduced ship crossings by 36%, and anti-Israeli action by the Houthis (in response to Israel’s ongoing genocide in Gaza) threatens to disrupt the nearly  one third of global container traffic and around 12% of global goods trade that passes through the Red Sea. 

Many supply chains in the US—not just in the construction industry—favour the just in time delivery method that keeps inventory low, cash liquid, and revenues high. Retail, fast moving consumer goods, and agriculture are where the methodology was honed to a fine point in the 2010s. 

Resilience over speed

However, the increasing frequency and severity of logistical disruptions is pushing many sourcing departments to explore approaches that favour resilience over pure profit and speed. 

DPR’s latest report on the Q1 2024 market conditions for procurement in manufacturing notes that project owners can optimise their operations by implementing appropriate warehousing and storage solutions, whether on- or off-site, enabling them to capitalise on competitive pricing and mitigate worries regarding timely delivery. Large contractors can enhance their procurement strategies by leveraging their comprehensive contractor sourcing data, allowing them to make informed decisions about the optimal timing for purchases. 

Fostering strong supplier relationships can also offer significant advantages, affording flexibility and facilitating tailored solutions tailored to the unique requirements of each project.

Corruption is one of the biggest risks facing procurement in the public and private sectors and identifying it is a critical goal for CPOs.

Procurement sustainability efforts are plagued by traditionally long and opaque value chains, which can be traced all the way back to unregulated raw material extraction or agriculture in overexploited countries, which have always been vulnerable to corruption. 

According to the United Nations’ Convention Against Corruption (UNCAC), “A procurement system that lacks transparency and competition is the ideal breeding ground for corrupt behaviour and thus most important international codes on anti-corruption and public procurement rest heavily upon these fundamental principles, in order to discourage corruption.” 

There are many different places throughout the procurement process that corruption can occur, and just as many different types of corruption, from suppliers comping a purchasing executive for a meal to bribing officials to ignore regulatory and compliance breaches. 

Weeding out corruption in procurement

Throughout the procurement function and the business beyond, it is vital to remain alert for corruption red flags like the following… 

Organised criminal associations historically develop connections to access private information and exert influence over decision making processes. Individuals with criminal affiliations might attempt to infiltrate organisations or their supply chains, posing a threat across all levels of the organisation.

Misuse of Information, including the unauthorised disclosure of public or private sector information can result in severe consequences, particularly if it involves classified or sensitive data. Such breaches may facilitate bid rigging or price fixing, undermining fair market practices.

In times when recruitment and retention are increasingly challenging, organisations may face vulnerabilities due to inadequate recruitment and post-employment practices. Hiring individuals tainted by corruption or criminal activity can erode the organisation’s financial integrity. In the public sector, employees accused of corruption may resign before investigations conclude, escaping accountability and potentially re-entering public service roles.

Individuals in positions of authority may solicit bribes to sway decisions regarding project bids, licensing approvals, or project reviews. Such roles are susceptible to conflicts of interest, particularly when individuals transition from the private sector to regulatory agencies overseeing their respective industries. Likewise, identifying conflicts of interest can prove challenging, as they stem from relationships or interactions that yield benefits for one or both parties involved. Such conflicts encompass actions like accepting gifts or perks, maintaining prior business or personal connections, or pursuing employment before or after serving in a governmental capacity.

With procurement workloads rising faster than headcounts, could organisations turn to third-party service providers to meet their sourcing needs?

The procurement sector is facing a meaningful skills shortage. The crisis threatens to undermine procurement’s ability to deliver on key strategic objectives like driving ESG goals, and creating new strategic opportunities for the business as a whole. Could procurement-as-a-service solutions be the answer? 

A report by the Hackett Group found that 46% of procurement leaders expect labour and skill shortages to continue disrupting business during the coming year. Similarly Amazon Business’ 2024 State of Procurement report found that “retaining and developing existing talent” and “attracting or hiring top new talent” were top priorities for 86% and 84% of CPOs, respectively over the next one to two years.  

The skills shortage 

This shortage has arisen due to several factors. The nature of the procurement process creates demand for skilled professionals with a  skill set that includes negotiation, strategic thinking, data analysis, and supplier management. 

The increasing complexity of global supply chains and the widespread adoption of digital technologies require procurement professionals to adapt quickly and acquire new competencies, further exacerbating the shortage.  Not only is procurement becoming less transactional and more strategic—increasing the complexity of the discipline—but increasing integration of artificial intelligence (AI), machine learning, and other cutting edge technologies is exacerbating the skills gaps in existing workforces as well. 

Finding individuals with a blend of these skills is challenging, and has led to a sizable talent gap that is only expected to grow.  This is time sensitive, as the ageing workforce in procurement, coupled with a lack of investment in training and development programs, has contributed to a dwindling pool of qualified professionals entering the field, exacerbating the skills shortage even further. 

Addressing the procurement skills shortage will require proactive measures from both corporate organisations and educational institutions to attract, train, and retain talent in the procurement sector. 

In the meantime, many procurement organisations are looking to automation as a stopgap, but applying technology to solve a problem that stems in part from a lack of tech-savvy talent has obvious flaws, and there are many elements of procurement that rely on more strategic thinking and social soft skills than automation can compensate for. 

Demand for Procurement-as-a-Service

In February 2024, global consulting firm Accenture made the latest in a string of procurement and sourcing-related acquisitions with the purchase of Insight Sourcing. 

Insight New Sourcing is a strategic sourcing and procurement services provider which specialises in helping its clients reduce costs when managing spend and negotiating contracts for direct materials like metals, electronics, food ingredients, chemicals, clinical services; indirect materials like logistics, packaging, IT, marketing; services related to capital expenditures like construction, and facility equipment; and energy procurement management. 

Accenture plans on adding around 220 consultants to its staff, along with a suite of digital tools, through the acquisition process. The companies, according to Rob Fuhrmann, global lead for sourcing and procurement at Accenture, will “combine expertise across direct, indirect and capital expense cost reduction with complementary data and technology capabilities to drive efficiency and resilience across [their] clients’ supply chains.” 

What is Procurement as a Service?

Procurement as a Service operates on a similar premise to the Software as a Service (SaaS) model. 

Rather than depending solely on internal teams or conventional procurement methods, businesses can opt to delegate a portion or all of their procurement requirements to a specialised provider equipped with technology, personnel, and specialised knowledge to manage sourcing tasks. Theoretically, the model enhances organisations’ spending control and could provide a more strategic pool of procurement skill and labour for relatively low short-term investment. 

In 2022, the global procurement as a service market was valued at $6.15 billion, with an estimated growth of 11.1% from 2023 to 2030. Accenture’s investments point towards a clear rise in demand for procurement and sourcing consultation, as organisations turn outside their own walls to tackle the increasing complexity of managing the procurement process. 

Automation and AI powered by big data have the potential to create more efficient, mutually beneficial supplier-buyer relationships.

Supplier management is a critical element of any procurement function. It creates a bridge between the needs of the business and the capabilities of the supplier. At the same time, supplier management helps CPOs meet spend reduction targets and strategic objectives like reducing Scope 3 emissions. 

The current procurement climate is one of sustained uncertainty. Economic pressures, climate instability and political turmoil can disrupt global supply chains at the drop of a hat. As a result, managing vendor relationships has grown more intricate and demanding. Not only this, but managing a supplier ecosystem effectively has never been more critical. 

With the introduction of advanced technologies, businesses now have new tools at their disposal. As a result, many CPOs hope that AI and automation will allow them to streamline vendor management processes, mitigate risks, and cut costs. However, the success or failure of these technology applications is often directly linked to the quality of the data underpinning it. Many supplier ecosystems are obscure places, and gathering useful, trustworthy data more than a few steps away from the organisation’s own walls has typically been seen as more trouble than it’s worth. 

Bad supplier data causes “substantial challenges” for procurement

In a 2020 survey by TealBook, insights emerged regarding the substantial challenges organisations face due to inadequate supplier data. Notably, they found that 93% of procurement professionals claimed to have experienced adverse consequences as a result of bad data regarding their suppliers. Approximately half of the respondents reported experiencing these effects regularly.

If data can be used effectively, however, it can not only create better outcomes for the organisation. Better data means increased procurement efficiencies, strategic wins, and more sustainable practice. It can also strengthen supplier-buyer relationships, making them more mutually beneficial, agile, and resilient. 

Good supplier data can be used to predict supplier punctuality, identify recurring issues in supplier lead times, and reduce costs. Not only this, but (trustworthy) data can be used to reliably benchmark supplier performance—and incentivise improvement. Tracking supplier successes and failures can not only expose when suppliers aren’t meeting expectations, but also when they exceed them.

Additionally, better data can lead to better predictions of when suppliers fall short (something that a lot of organisations struggle to see about themselves, but that can be identified from an outside perspective), which can allow organisations to step in and work with the supplier to solve or avoid the problems causing the disruption in the first place. 

Data should not just flow one way, however. Organisations that share relevant information with their suppliers can give a more fleshed out picture of their demand cycles and other critical elements of the business which can help suppliers work with them more strategically. 

Many organisations lack maturity when it comes to services procurement, exposing them to greater risks and costs.

Cost containment and supply chain resilience are imperative for procurement teams in 2024. Geopolitical tension, economic downturn, and worsening environmental circumstances all threaten to derail value chains and disrupt the movement of critical goods and services. McKinsey analysts idenified economic volatility, supply chain disruption, and labour market challenges as being among the biggest trends affecting the procurement landscape in 2024.

Goods but not services

Procurement teams have become increasingly strategic in their approach to acquiring goods and materials over the past several years. However these same teams have paid less attention to services procurement. 

“Businesses have always relied on third-party services to help them get things done. Today’s business environment makes procuring the right services at the right price from the right provider crucial for success,” argues a recent blog post from SAP’s Gordon Donovan. 

However, Donovan (a man whose LinkedIn bio claims that “procurement can save the world,” so you know he’s serious) highlights the fact that “many organisations lack a mature approach to sourcing and managing services.” 

This fact exposes organisations to higher levels of risk, is more likely to cost them money, and prevents them from gaining necessary visibility into their procurement process. 

Services procurement struggles to be efficient 

According to a recent paper on “Benchmarking Services Procurement: A Global Study,” the way many companies approach services procurement is “long overdue for digital transformation.” 

The paper found that half of CPOs still rely on manual methods like phone calls, emails, and spreadsheets for buying services. Fewer than 30% use a specialised purchasing management platform. In some ways, this makes sense. Engaging a service provider is, on the face of it, a much more human process than buying physical things. However, CPOs are supposedly missing out on vital benefits they could be experiencing by taking an approach to procuring services that mirrors the one they take to buying physical and digital goods.

Three key opportunities unlocked by a more technologically integrated approach included: better data governance allowing teams to manage large volumes of data safely; AI-assistants increasing productivity by automating manual tasks and synthesising complicated, unstructured datasets; and the potential for more specialised technology platforms that outperform generalised solutions by providing more robust support when managing services spend. 

The size of professional services spend in an organisation is such that businesses that fail to digitally transform their services procurement process are potentially missing out on serious savings. Professional services spending accounts for between 45% and 65% of an organisation’s total non-employee spending,” according to a report from 2023

Donovan reflects that, while “technology can help accelerate” the digital transformation of procurement, procurement teams “must do more to assert themselves within the business” if they are to drive genuine change, contain service procurement costs, and avoid disruption.

Procurement teams are increasingly selling to a new class of customer: machines with the authority to buy and sell products autonomously.

The procurement landscape is undergoing a period of radical change. Pressure is growing for procurement teams to operate more efficiently and strategically. However, this trend is also growing in tandem with the complexity of procurement teams’ workloads. At the same time, the severity and variety of pain points faced by procurement functions have never been more disruptive. 

At the heart of this sector-wide transformation is technology. This trend is reflected in a recent report by Deloitte. Researchers note that the rapid advancement of technologies like automation, AI, and machine learning is remaking business supply chains. Their implementation is “poised to transform how the procurement function delivers value.” For many organisations, “the application of these disruptive technologies to procurement is already fundamentally altering the impact of this function.” 

One pivotal way that procurement is being altered by the changing technology landscape relates to the emergence of “machine customers.” 

What are machine customers? 

The concept of machine customers has been around for several years. Now, however, the technology is hitting an inflection point where its impact on the procurement sector has become undeniable. 

Machine customers are nonhuman economic actors capable of selling or purchasing goods or services autonomously. Examples of machine customers are varied. They can include IoT devices capable of placing independent orders, intelligent replenishment algorithms maintaining product availability, and automated assistants suggesting new deals to consumers. 

Machines can conduct procurement functions from both sides of the table, and the increasingly capable automation of sourcing and procurement could have a dramatic impact on the procurement sector. 

Some industry experts argue that machine customers could account for trillions of dollars in revenue by 2030. Automating the process of buying and selling could completely change the nature of the procurement process. CEOs believe that by the end of the decade machine customers will account for 20% of their companies’ revenues. 

The risks and rewards of machine customers 

The study projects that, by 2026, more than 15 billion connected products will have the potential to behave as customers. These machine customers will be able to buy and sell goods and services autonomously.

These machine customers would, theoretically, have significant advantages over a human. Machine customers are unaffected by the cultural, emotional and sensory triggers that are used to manipulate humans into buying one product over another. Of course, cyber attacks that could influence the behavioural parameters of a machine customer could result in far greater misappropriation of spend. 

Machine customers are also supposedly more efficient and methodical, with the ability to weigh up much larger sets of data to make more informed decisions in real time. The obvious criticism of this is that decision-making AI is limited by the scope of its programming and directives. The ethical concerns that could arise over the procurement practices taken by an AI told to prioritise low costs without sufficient guardrails are obvious. Machine customers will need to be increasingly regulated the more autonomy and agency they are given.

In short, machine customers are undeniably on track to have a meaningful impact on the procurement process. However, while automating sourcing in this way carries obvious advantages, widespread implementation of machine customers also creates new threats to the integrity of the supply chain.

Data analytics can be immensely valuable when trying to unlock the potential of the procurement process.

Procurement functions are increasingly being recognised for their potential to create value for the business at large. From cost containment and efficiency improvements to resilience, ESG reform, and relationship management, CPOs and their teams are balancing a seemingly ever-increasing number of plates. As a result, many procurement teams struggle to gain the necessary visibility and insights into the value chain needed to drive genuine transformation. 

This is why data analytics are so essential to modern procurement. Data analytics can create the necessary granular insight into the procurement process and supplier ecosystem to achieve procurement’s growing array of goals. However, all types of data analytics are not created equal. Finding the right analytical tools and methods and applying them to the right problems is essential for procurement leaders. 

Here are four types of procurement data analytics and the situations in which they are (and aren’t) applicable. 

1. Descriptive Analytics 

Descriptive analytics examine past procurement data to understand what happened in the past based on the data gathered at the time. 

This is the simplest type of analytics to apply to procurement, but descriptive analytics are vital when analysing spending patterns, evaluating supplier performance, and incorporating purchasing behaviour into a broader procurement strategy. 

Descriptive analytical tools are powered by data like historical purchases, requisitions, purchase orders, invoices, GRN, and tax receipts. They serve to help procurement teams understand historical data so that trends, patterns, and risks can be effectively identified.

2. Diagnostic Analytics 

Diagnostic analysis is a slightly more complex process. Descriptive analysis focuses on the “what” of past procurement data. Diagnostic analytics go deeper to understand the “why”. They get at the root cause of a problem or situation that occurred in the past. 

Diagnostic analytics are especially useful at investigating the causes of disruptions in the supply chain. By examining past and present data, diagnostic analytics tools can examine a supplier delay, for example, and provide insight into whether the event was an isolated incident or a recurring problem that might necessitate switching suppliers. 

3. Predictive Analytics 

As the name suggests, predictive analytics tools are used to predict future events based on past and present data. These tools, by necessity, tend to be much more sophisticated than descriptive and diagnostic analytics. They often employ artificial intelligence and machine learning to process vast amounts of data. 

Used correctly, predictive analytics can identify future spikes (or drops) in demand based on past trends. This can allow procurement teams to adjust stock volumes accordingly and take other actions to avoid disruption. Predictive analytics are also capable of looking at broader data sets, including publicly available information like weather patterns, to identify potential disruptions to supply chains that could harm procurement.  

4. Prescriptive Analytics  

Lastly, prescriptive analytics harness the potential of cutting edge AI and machine learning. Prescriptive analytics can not only analyse data and make predictions, but recommend courses of action based on its findings. 

As noted by Gartner, the “combination of predictive and prescriptive capabilities enables organisations to respond rapidly to changing requirements and constraints.” 

There are a wide array of use cases that merge predictive forecasting and simulation with prescriptive approaches. These can include predicting infection risks during surgery and instituting rules to mitigate these risks. They can also extend to forecasting product orders to optimise responses to fluctuating supply chain demands, circumventing the use of potentially flawed historical data.

For CPOs of smaller organisations, regional buying groups are a powerful, underutilised tool.

Although it has long been a key tool in the hands of public sector procurement, the private sector has traditionally failed to take full advantage of the power of collective purchasing. 

In the Indian healthcare sector, for example, public procurement has been harnessing the power of buying groups since the mid-90s. By pooling their resources buying groups have been able to secure lower costs for life-saving medication and critical medical supplies.

However, it’s taken until this year for a private company to replicate the method. As reported by The Hindu, the National Cancer Grid has been able to replicate the public procurement model. The organisation has been able to reduce the cost of “high-value, high-volume cancer and supportive care medicines through a pilot pooled procurement programme.”

The program has been an immediate success, according to Dr. C. S. Pramesh, Director of the Tata Memorial Hospital in Mumbai. He added that his team has already “received requests from more than 40 centres and several state governments for bulk procurement for their state hospitals.” 

Group purchasing in private sector organisations that closely mirror their public sector industries (like healthcare and education) is a fairly straightforward source of easy wins. These benefits also compound on one another as the buying group grows in size and popularity. However, private sector buying groups have yet to take off in many markets. In the US, for example, the group-buying market is only valued at around $5 billion. It begs the question: why isn’t collective buying more widespread? 

Collective buying to streamline procurement 

More than simply using the power of group purchasing to drive down cost, entering into a collective buying group can meaningfully streamline the procurement process. This is an especially appealing benefit in a market where procurement is facing a known skills shortage.

The benefits of a buying group extend beyond simple cost containment. Many procurement teams in the US and Europe are facing skills shortages. The procurement sector is becoming increasingly strategic. As a result, more organisations are finding themselves overworked and underskilled. Buying groups can take on (for a fee) the workload associated with compliance, a major source of procurement pain points. These groups will also organise shipping and handling, and ensure a greater degree of security in the supply chain.

Membership fees are a meaningful cost as well. But the lower costs generated by membership in a buying group can usually offset these overheads. 

More than in the past, a group purchasing organisation (GPO) is a strategic partner to its members. The group provides expertise, networking opportunities, and even legal assistance. For many SMEs, the benefits of collective buying are too large to ignore.

Data suggests that procurement leaders’ failure to engage with sustainability is driven by cost reduction and a lack of effective regulation.

Procurement leaders are increasingly held up as the drivers of all things new, strategic, and sustainable within their organisations. 

Sourcing and procurement is no longer just a way to cut costs. It’s almost become part of the necessary preamble to any article about procurement strategy. Every article glibly notes that the discipline is evolving, and therefore take a more strategic, considered view that looks beyond simple cost containment. Box: ticked.

“Sourcing is getting smarter. To start, many organisations have already pivoted from a tactical to a strategic sourcing mindset—which can make all the difference when it comes to gaining and retaining a competitive advantage,” writes Alexandra Jonker for the official IBM blog. She adds that “organisations with strategic sourcing mindsets look beyond price and cost savings-centred supplier selection initiatives. They instead focus on continuous improvement. They consider factors—like supplier performance or sustainability—that support long-term partnerships, advance business needs and increase purchasing power.” 

However, new data gathered by sustainability software provider Sedex has uncovered a worrying gap between rhetoric and reality. 

Sustainability? In procurement? Never heard of it 

The Sedex report surveyed 250 senior procurement leaders at North American companies at the end of last year. Polling procurement leaders at some of the US’ largest companies led to some troubling results. 

According to Sedex, 40% of procurement leaders in North America are “ignoring sustainability” when operating their procurement functions. Half of all procurement leaders “acknowledged that sustainability remains an afterthought, or isn’t considered at all, for business decisions generally.”

Maurizio Capuzzo, Sedex CMO, called the findings “a wake-up call for any business that is serious about its social and environmental performance,” adding that the report “underscores the urgent need for executive teams to realign ESG commitments and operational goals, to truly embed sustainable practices in their organisations.”

Why the discrepancy between rhetoric and action? 

The alarmingly widespread inaction on procurement sustainability is likely down to a combination of trends. These include a slow global economy, as well as other disruptive events. Ironically, one of the biggest drivers of increased logistical costs and shipping disruptions has been extreme weather: a glaring symptom of the climate crisis. 

However, the fact companies are choosing to prioritise cost over meaningful sustainable reform shouldn’t be surprising. By design, companies beholden to their shareholders require extraordinary pressure to prioritise anything but profit maximising behaviour. It’s why there are laws saying you can’t put lead in the paint and asbestos in the ceilings. Earnest corporate rhetoric has proven time and again to be insufficient. As soon as cost comes into the equation, concrete steps towards progress are set aside. Unless, of course, there is adequate regulatory motivation. Regulation is a necessary step in curtailing corporate irresponsibility, and the procurement sector is, it turns out, in much more dire need of regulation than it seemed. 

The Sedex report supports this assertion: 37% of procurement leaders surveyed said they were “unaware of sustainability-related legislation that impacts their businesses.” A worrying 34% of respondents didn’t also said they couldn’t identify any benefits to behaving sustainably when measured against short-term procurement goals such as supply continuity and competitive pricing. The report’s authors added that their findings “highlight the gulf between company commitments and the day-to-day realities of business operations.”

Through cooperative purchasing, smaller nation states can redress the imbalance in access and pricing that exists when procuring medicine and other critical supplies.

Public procurement of medical equipment has, in the last few years especially, emerged as a complex, vital, and controversial topic. Now, small nations are experimenting with collective procurement in order to redress the inequalities that defined the COVID-19 pandemic response. 

COVID-19 vaccine procurement highlighted medical procurement inequality

The vaccines developed to inoculate against the coronavirus were the fastest-developed vaccines in history. In many ways, the speed and scale at which theCOVID-19 vaccine was carried out was a triumph. The effort was the “largest and most complex vaccine rollout in history,” according to WHO Regional Director For Africa, Dr Matshidiso Moeti. Today, healthcare organisations around the world have administered more than 13.5 billion doses to patients. 

However, from the earliest days of the vaccine rollout, distribution efforts faced criticism for highlighting the unequal access to medical supplies that persists between ex-coloniser states in the Global North and their former colonies in the developing world. In September 2021, WHO Director General, Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, pointed out the inequality in vaccine administration. While “more than 5.7 billion doses have been administered globally … only 2% of those have been administered in Africa,” he noted.

Three years later, more than 70% of people around the world have received at least one dose of the vaccine. However, the vaccinated portion of the population in low-income countries is just 32.7%. 

COVID-19 vaccines were the rule, not the exception  

COVID-19 vaccines are a unique (one hopes) case in many ways. But the glaring disparity between the ability for low-income countries in Africa and Latin America to procure doses of the vaccine and wealthy nations in Europe and North America is not unique to Pfizer and Moderna. 

In a 2023 article by researchers at Debre Markos University in Ethiopia, authors Anderaw Yanet et al argue that “the availability and affordability of safe, effective, accessible, and high-quality essential medicines” represents a “critical benchmark” in measuring population health. Their conclusion: that in Africa, the availability and affordability of essential medicines face numerous challenges. Chief among them, they highlight “unaffordable prices and non-availability of medicines” for many people throughout the continent.  

Larger nations like Ethiopia, Uganda, and Ghana experience systemic struggles when it comes to procuring medical supplies from overseas. For smaller nations with significantly less buying power, the problem is even worse. Many countries, especially small, ex-colonial islands in the Carribean and around the coast of Africa, struggle with medical procurement. The barriers to this are both logistical and financial, as public procurement teams lack the funds and organisational impact to compete with larger nations for materiel.  

Collective buying for small African islands states

Last month, a pooled procurement program comprising Cabo Verde, Comoros, Guinea-Bissau, Mauritius, Sao Tome & Principe and Seychelles, that form the Small Island Developing States (SIDS) from Africa elected Mauritius as host. The decision, reports the WHO, is a critical step towards launching “joint operations for increased access to affordable, quality-assured and safe medicines and medical supplies.”

The program aims to coordinate the purchase of selected medicines and medical products affordably, harmonise medicines management systems, improve supplier performance and reduce procurement workload.

“As a collective we have come together to explore different ways of working so we can make our voices heard in all the important global arenas. Even if we don’t always have the capacity on our own, through SIDS we can do it. We may be small, but we can be big in our actions,” said Hon Peggy Vidot, Minister of Health of the Seychelles. If the program is a success, it could see more small nations group together to collectively improve their purchasing power.

An increasingly nuanced procurement landscape necessitates a strategic approach that goes beyond cost-containment.

Procurement leaders are increasingly trapped between concurrent pain points. Factors like inflation, economic uncertainty, geopolitical conflict, and the climate crisis all conspire to create an increasingly challenging landscape. At the same time, the demands placed upon procurement to cut costs and mitigate risk are increasing. Not only that, but CPOs are also expected to be drivers of digital transformation, ESG reform, and strategic innovation within the business.  

The answer to this juggling act may be the adoption of strategic sourcing. 

What is strategic sourcing? 

Strategic sourcing is the practice of marrying digital tools with the procurement process—especially when it comes to selecting and managing suppliers. Procurement functions that engage in strategic sourcing engage in finding, evaluating, and choosing suppliers which meet the company’s needs. It takes a longer view than traditional sourcing, which focuses on reducing the cost of products or services. Instead, strategic sourcing focuses on driving efficiency within the supply chain over the long term.

That doesn’t mean that strategic sourcing will result in a reduction of revenue or increased costs. The strategy takes a longer view, and can lead to more significant cost reductions over time, especially—as noted by Gartner analysts—when supplier agreements result in “mutually beneficial outcomes.” 

A more collaborative approach to supplier relationship management

This collaborative approach to supplier relationships leads to new opportunities for value creation for both parties. Not only this, but a more strategic relationship is more able to mitigate risks than a more transactional relationship. 

Organisations can more effectively collect and analyse data by concentrating supplier information in a single repository. As a result, organisations can more precisely track expenditures, creating the opportunity to optimise and potentially streamline vendor relationships. 

Supplier discovery can be enhanced by accessing supplier data through a digital business network. Deployed correctly, this empowers organisations to request proposals more easily and foster competition among suppliers. Utilising automation to accelerate workflows, simplifying the process of collecting digital signatures, and establishing an electronic contract repository with renewal alerts can all streamline the strategic sourcing model.

Lastly, the automation and digitisation of sourcing processes allows organisations to operate more swiftly. This then helps create feedback loops for continuous improvement, and allows CPOs to consistently assess suppliers to ensure the most favourable sourcing agreements. The benefits only compound over time.

In keeping with new EU deforestation legislation, new pilot programs trace soybeans throughout large agricultural companies’ supply chains.

US-based agricultural goods trader Archer-Daniels-Midland (ADM) has introduced a new level of digitally driven transparency into its procurement process. The company loaded and shipped the first vessels of verified, fully traceable soybeans from the US to Europe in January.

Regulatory pressure to increase transparency  

ADM initiated the pilot program in order to adhere to new EU regulations. Introduced in 2023, the regulations prohibit contact with deforestation in organisations’ supply chains. ADM reports the program traced the passage of 2.4 million bushels (64,000 tonnes) of verified soybeans to Europe. 

“While there are still issues—including how full compliance will be defined, measured and enforced—to work through in advance of the EU’s deforestation regulations, we are confident in our ability to continue to deliver to customers in Europe,” said Jon Turney, ADM’s vice president, EMEA Crush. The tracing program utilises a mixture of digital technology, according to ADM. They revealed that this includes FBN’s Gradable digital platform. Next, ADM applies the digital stack to its origination and transportation capabilities. The result is an allegedly successful attempt to verify, trace and segregate participating beans from farms to their final destination.

“At ADM, our future and success depend on the farmers we work with and for, which is why we’re committed to helping support their businesses and their legacies by ensuring that global markets remain open to U.S. agricultural products,” said Matt Hopkins, ADM’s vice president of North America River and Export.

100% transparency from bean to customer

ADM representatives say that the company intends to deliver a 100% deforestation-free supply chain by 2025. The company claimed in 2022 that it can trace 100% of its soybean suppliers in Argentina, Brazil, and Paraguay. 

Scope 3 emissions are coming under closer scrutiny throughout multiple industries. This is especially true in the agricultural sector. Soybean producers in particular are widely scrutinised for their role in deforestation across Latin America. ESG targets are becoming more difficult to hit, and organisations need to strive for greater transparency within their procure-to-pay cycle. 

According to a blog post by GEP, there are several steps that drive traceability in the supply chain. Embedding ESG into the supplier assessment process, collaborating more closely with those suppliers to foster their ESG-focused cultures, and embracing technology driven solutions are all effective steps in increasing traceability as a way to drive ESG goals in the procurement process.

They note: “As the world moves towards standardised reporting and regulatory requirements for ESG, companies that prioritise visibility and traceability across their supply chains will not only meet compliance obligations but also gain a competitive advantage. They will forge alliances with suppliers and consumers, driving positive change and contributing meaningfully to sustainability goals.”

Resilience has been replaced once again by cost containment as a top priority for CPOs.

The need to maintain supply chain continuity dominated sourcing and procurement teams’ agendas at the outset of 2023. Slowing global economic growth and increased geopolitical conflict at the outset of 2024, however, are readjusting CPOs’ priorities. 

New research from the Hackett Group has found that cost containment has replaced supply chain continuity as the number one goal of CPOs in early 2024.  

Hackett researchers note that “it is not surprising” that cost containment has retaken the top spot on the list of CPO priorities for 2024. They predict that enterprises looking to address this need will look to boost “process efficiency, process automation, working capital optimisation, and consolidation to shared services.” 

Nevertheless, the challenges posed by the worsening economic landscape threaten to derail many businesses’ plans for growth. 

Economic anxieties dominate the conversation, with business leaders increasingly worried about inflation, interest rates, and the risk of a global recession. Almost half of executives (46%) said they expect labour and skill shortages to disrupt business during the year ahead. Over 60% said they expect inflation to curtail their ability to invest in new business. Over a third (38%) of executives surveyed expected to slow their spending or delay projects if the economic outlook deteriorates in the coming months.

Procurement technology investment will remain strong 

However, the Hackett researchers note that “one area that won’t be in the crosshairs for spending cuts is technology.” 

As predicted by several other reports, procurement teams this year are expecting to have to do more with less. The Hackett survey found that procurement teams expect their workloads to increase by about 8% this year. However, their budgets are only expected to rise by about 1.6%. To make up the difference, spending on technology is expected to increase by about 4.6% across the board.

Emerging technologies like generative artificial intelligence (AI) and machine learning are still finding their applications in the industry. Nonetheless, their potential to automate repetitive tasks in the face of skill shortages is attracting significant interest. 

The Hackett Group’s data suggests that business functions are in the early stages of exploring generative AI. However, leaders said they expect mid-level enterprise funding for generative AI to increase in 2024. A “small but notable” proportion of CPOs ( 21%) said that business transformation through generative AI would be a high or critical priority for 2024.

Artificial intelligence could deliver “best-of-the-best” analyses in seconds to automate and enhance the generation of RFPs.

Generative artificial intelligence (AI) is being explored for its potential applications throughout the sourcing and procurement sector. Potential uses for the technology range from improved compliance to threat modelling and supplier relationship management. 

However, the most impactful application of generative AI—not to mention the one with a good deal of potential to be applied now, not in some indeterminate amount of time when the technology matures—could be to the request for proposal (RFP) process. 

What is an RFP? 

An RFP is a formal document than procurement teams issue to potential vendors. The issuer details the product or service they are looking to acquire and vendors place bids in order to secure a contract. 

An RFP takes the form of a questionnaire-style form requiring potential vendors to enter data about the product or service they can provide. This allows procurement teams to more effectively gather and analyse data from multiple potential vendors in order to make an informed decision. 

RFP pain points 

In both the public and private procurement sector, RFPs are a central element of the procurement process. As such, the manual RFP creation process consumes significant time and resources for procurement departments. 

Delays can derail sourcing cycles and disrupt supply chains. As with any repetitive manual process, RFP writing is also an error-prone process. The consequences can range from an improperly sourced service to a dangerous and expensive breach in compliance. 

Also, the quality of the RFP can affect the quality of vendors who respond to it. As a data gathering tool, a poorly constructed RFP will also produce poor quality data, which can lead to hiring a poor quality vendor. 

Generative AI and the RFP process

The ability for generative AI to rapidly analyse and synthesise information could not only automate and standardise the RFP creation process, but qualitatively improve the design of the RFPs themselves. 

According to McKinsey, generative AI can serve as an invaluable tool when prioritising categories and suppliers based on market development, spend analysis, and supplier leverage. “This analysis prioritises spending with the highest potential to drive value for the organisation, while deprioritizing categories or suppliers where value will be more challenging to obtain,” their analysts note

The client team behind the report developed this generative AI powered “RFP engine” to use anonymised and sanitised RFP templates and cost drivers from “more than 10,000 RFPs and their responses” in order to identify and replicate the “best of best” analyses in a fraction of the time. “It also learned what drove winning bids and redesigned future RFPs for optimal bid structure and cost granularity. Finally, it predicted, and prevented, omissions and mistakes in the bids,” note Aasheesh Mittal and Jennifer Spaulding Schmidt, McKinsey analysts.

By intaking vast amounts of data in the form of successful and unsuccessful RFPs, generative AI could potentially allow procurement teams to both automate and enrich their RFP generation processes.  

CPOstrategy explores five ways CPOs can attract (and retain) top tier talent and why there is no one simple solution.

Only a small fraction—less than one-fifth—of procurement directors and executives are confident in the ability of their current talent pool to meet the future demands of their organisations’ procurement functions. While these leaders were relatively confident in their current talent pools, the survey revealed a significant drop in confidence levels when considering their ability to address future demands. 

The industry-wide talent shortage affecting procurement teams is driven by the compound forces of an increasing procurement workload, and the increasingly strategic nature of the field. Procurement is not just purchasing anymore; procurement professionals are expected to have greater business acumen, technical knowledge, and be “orchestrators of value” within the business. It is vital that the procurement leaders of today attract, retain, and develop the procurement professionals of tomorrow if they want to leverage the strategic potential of procurement beyond simple cost-containment. 

1. Competitive salaries

Offer competitive salaries and benefits packages to attract top talent. This is while demonstrating the value placed on procurement expertise within the organisation. There’s plenty of content out there focused on company values and work-life balance to attract talent without paying for it. But just as cost is still at the heart of procurement you still need to pay people what they’re worth.

2. Professional development opportunities 

Provide opportunities for continuous learning, skill development, and career advancement through training programs, certifications, and mentorship initiatives. Old attitudes concerning employee loyalty are disappearing faster than the housing market. Jobs that don’t provide room to grow will be vacant before long. 

3. Embrace flexibility

Remote and hybrid jobs attract seven times more applicants than in-person roles. Despite what some opinion columnists at Business Insider and Bloomberg say, no one wants to live and die in a cubicle. Casual Fridays are hell on earth, and managers who resist flexible working arrangements need to face up to the fact that they are not only fighting a losing battle, but also hindering their company’s hiring potential in the process.

4. Foster a collaborative environment 

Create a collaborative and inclusive workplace culture that encourages teamwork, innovation, and open communication. It is about fostering an environment where top talent can thrive and contribute their best. Businesses that practice DEI give themselves access to new and diverse perspectives. This is especially essential in an era of increased supplier diversity and nearshoring. 

5. Use tech and make a big deal out of it

Getting the chance to apply cutting edge digital solutions to real-world problems is what people get excited about. By highlighting your organisation’s commitment to leveraging cutting-edge technologies and innovative procurement practices, your procurement roles will seem appealing to those eager to embrace new tools and methodologies. Successfully (and visibly) leveraging technology will also help combat the fact that, when it comes to recruiting younger staff, procurement’s reputation as a back-office function can hold it back. Leveraging AI, big data, and automation successfully can be highly impactful in boosting the function’s profile.

Technology and training are working together to lighten the administrative load faced by procurement teams.

Over the last 18 months, attitudes towards ongoing economic (and political, oh, and climate) uncertainty seem to have finally pushed past a tipping point. Discussions of a return to some pre-2020 normal baseline appear to have been replaced by a more honest interrogation not of how we get back to where we were, but how we learn to deal with how things are. 

Geopolitical, economic, and climate instability aren’t going anywhere, and the organisations that learn to adapt to this new state of affairs will be the ones to generate real value from their functions. “Procurement and finance teams are increasingly tasked with enhancing their organisation’s spend management,” writes Ruth Orenstein, Senior Director of Product Management at Tipalti. “This is crucial to ensure financial stability and resilience against fluctuating macroeconomic conditions.” 

The growing trend, Orenstein notes, is a shift towards a “streamlined, decentralised P2P process, emphasising the importance of employee experience and the adoption of procurement-related processes.” 

Rather than centralising procurement decision-making within a single department, decentralised procurement takes a freer hand, allowing individuals to make purchases for their own departments, instead of pushing all purchasing through a centralised team. Procurement, even for a mid-sized organisation, can encompass a huge variety of purchases., which can range from which ergonomic mouse pad to buy for a remote contractor to sourcing thousands of tonnes of raw material weighed against cost, time to delivery, and ESG goals. 

When different teams specialise in different product categories, or when handling smaller and less impactful purchases, decentralising the procurement process can increase the speed and agility of an organisation’s spending. 

Decentralised procurement: risk vs reward 

There are obviously risks to adopting a more decentralised procurement strategy. Handing over purchasing autonomy to department buyers or individual employees carries an increased risk of overspend, fraud, and more dark purchasing throughout an organisation. There is also a risk that teams will spend an outsized amount of time monitoring spend, chasing down policy violations, and generally not saving any time. 

However, the advantages can be significant, and procurement teams that successfully create strong procurement guidelines and parameters (digital marketplaces that allow department buyers to make acquisitions from a pre-approved list of goods can be a functional halfway point between centralised and decentralised procurement), as well as effectively educate non-procurement personnel in good buying strategies can successfully lighten their load, create greater agility, and overall improve the overall process throughout the organisation. 

If every company in 2015 was a tech company that required employees to have a basic knowledge of the IT stack, by 2025, every company might just be a procurement company. 

With cyber attacks on the rise, Chief Procurement Officers need to take a more active role in protecting their organisations.

The number of attacks against supply chains is rising at an alarming rate, and increasingly it is the case that a business’ most common vulnerability is their supplier ecosystem. “If your company were to get breached, there is a 70% probability it will be through one of your vendors,” noted Norman Levine, a senior manager at Omnicom in a 2021 webcast. By 2025, Gartner predicts that 45% of organisations around the world will have been the subject of a cyber attack on their software supply chains. 

Increasingly, then, CPOs have a meaningful role to play in standing between potentially risky suppliers and their organisations. 

Robust cybersecurity

However, the increasingly complex and digitalised nature of the procurement sector isn’t making this job any easier. Baber Farooq, a senior VP at SAP Procurement Solutions wrote in a recent op-ed that “As companies and consumers increasingly rely on global, interconnected supply chains, procurement operations are now a favourite target for cybercriminals.” 

According to a 2023 survey of CPOs by Deloitte, fewer than 3% of procurement leaders felt they had “high visibility” beyond the first tier of their supplier network. 

“If enterprises don’t know who they are doing business with—directly and indirectly—it is almost impossible to manage risk proactively,” Farooq writes. 

Setting the standard

Only by setting standards for their suppliers that garner real visibility deep into their supplier ecosystems, and then supporting that visibility with periodic monitoring is essential. 

“For procurement leaders to avoid risks, they need to start from square one. That means performing due diligence during the supplier selection process and implementing continuous monitoring across their extended supply chains throughout their relationship,” argues Farooq. 

“Risk Ledger reports that over 20% of organisations do not conduct cybersecurity due diligence before entering a contract. On top of that, 23% of suppliers do not have formal agreements in place with their third parties regarding security clauses. These situations compound the risks of cyberattacks and make an organisation increasingly vulnerable to a breach.” 

Procurement leaders have an outsized role to play in reducing Scope 3 emissions on the road to net zero.

Chief Procurement Officers (CPOs) have been noticeably elevated within the business structure over the past few years — rising from pen-pushing back office functionaries to “orchestrators of value”

CPOs are expected to deliver on more than just cost; supply chain resilience, agility, process innovation and, of course, ESG targets all increasingly fall within the realm of procurement, as company leadership increasingly looks to the function as a source of innovation, efficiency, and risk-avoidance. And, there’s no mistaking the risk that lies in failing to adequately address ESG targets. As Matthias Gutzmann, founder of DPW, wrote in a recent article for Fast Company, it’s “no secret that consumers are becoming increasingly conscious of not only what they’re buying, but who they’re buying it from, and how ethical those companies are.”

Unrelated to sustainability targets, but widespread boycotts levelled against Starbucks for their association with the Israeli government’s ongoing genocide of Palestinians, union busting practices across the US, and also anti-union practices as a direct result of pro-palestinian sentiment expressed by the SWU, have been a not so insignificant part of the coffee giant’s losing billions of dollars as its share price lurched downwards throughout December. Starbucks isn’t even on the BDS (Boycott, Divest, Sanctions) list, and still shed 7.4% of its share price in December. 

It’s a high profile example, and not a typical example of a failure to comply with ESG goals (although “don’t be associated with a right wing government’s efforts to ethnically cleanse over 30,000 people” feels like it should probably make it onto most organisations’ to-do list) but the consequences are a clear reminder of the changing landscape that awaits organisations that fail (or just don’t want) to act ethically. 

Gutzmann also notes that, in addition to hurting revenues, “These preferences also trickle down into employee attraction and retention, as Gen Z workers stepping into the workforce actively seek out organisations that share their values.” The result is the public actively favouring what he calls “purpose-driven” organisations. 

However, there’s a significant challenge inherent in behaving with more ethical integrity and purpose as an organisation: while promoting ethical practices and environmentally friendly operations within your organisation is challenging enough, it pales in comparison to the task of ensuring such standards are adhered to throughout the entire sour-to-pay process. 

For many companies, fixing their supply chain—whether that means tracking and curtailing Scope 3 emissions or distancing themselves from suppliers associated with deforestation or human atrocities like modern slavery—falls firmly at the feet of the CPO. Gutzmann notes that “While the transition to becoming a purpose-driven company requires buy-in from everyone within an organisation, perhaps no executive has had to take on more new responsibilities than the [CPO].” 

If 90% of an organisation’s greenhouse gas emissions, for example, originate in its supply chain—along with other sources of environmental impact like resource and water consumption, human impact, land use, and more—then understanding and taking steps to curtail the negative impact of that supply chain is an essential part of a CPO’s role. 

Gutzmann argues that CPOs will need to become “ethical sourcing enforcers”, adding that the benefits will often outweigh the cost. Not only will CPOs driving genuine ESG reform in their operations avoid potential risks from an alienated customer base but, he adds, “when asked if they would be willing to pay more for a product they could be sure was ethically sourced, more than 83% of consumers said yes. And we’ve seen that companies who prioritise ethical sourcing (ranging from outdoor clothing brand Patagonia to the ice cream giant Ben & Jerry’s) are rewarded with massive praise from consumers while also boasting impressive bottom lines.”

A new report suggests procurement leaders are a driving force of sustainable practice and digital transformation within their organisations.

Chief Procurement Officers (CPOs) and other procurement leaders may be the new drivers of not only sustainable but technological reform within their organisations, says a new report conducted by Icertis

The report surveyed supply chain, procurement, and risk management leaders from companies across the U.S. and Canada. Respondents came from sectors spanning manufacturing, pharmaceutical, aerospace, automotive, and more. The report “uncovers the transformation of Chief Procurement Officers (CPOs) into key influencers shaping company strategies and the role of AI in navigating challenges and opportunities related to procurement processes, technology implementations, and sustainability initiatives.”

The report’s findings included the fact that procurement teams are increasingly a significant driver of strategic value within businesses. A marked 46% more CPOs were found to be wielding influence in high-level decision-making compared to two years ago. 

CPOs in the driver’s seat

This finding goes hand in hand with the revelation that CPOs are becoming technology adoption leaders within their organisations. The report found this was particularly true in relation to artificial intelligence (AI). Reportedly, 44% of CPOs have been responsible for leading AI adoption efforts in their organisation over the past year. Whether leading AI adoption or not, CPOs widely recognise the importance of AI as a supporter of procurement transformation. 

Another area where CPOs are driving adoption is in the are of sustainability initiatives. Icertis’ report found that 86% of CPOs play “a moderate to large role” in driving sustainability in their organisation. Additionally, 46% of procurement leaders confirmed that they would be prioritising ESG and sustainability goals in 2024. However, accurately assessing and extracting ESG data from the supply chain is an ongoing, thorny, process for supply chain and procurement leaders. Just under half (43%) of CPOs surveyed confirmed that they would be enhancing capabilities to extract and interpret ESG metrics from data going forward. 

“Especially in times of volatility and change, the organisational significance of the procurement department continues to grow, spanning contract creation and approvals to surfacing untapped savings, avoiding missed obligations, and ensuring ongoing compliance throughout supplier relationships,” said Bernadette Bulacan, Chief Evangelist, Icertis. “As the global regulatory landscape undergoes dynamic changes and businesses grapple with challenges like supply chain disruptions, inflation, ESG audits, and market volatility, the expectations of CPOs have never been higher.” She adds that 2024 represents a pivtal moment for the sector. She adds that CPOs will need to “assert their influence,” in order to steer their organiations. Those who succeed will have a defining role in “shaping business-critical initiatives with AI technology, particularly in contract management.”

Ahead of next month’s WTO meeting, India and US officials are already butting heads over rice and wheat procurement.

A dispute has erupted between Indian and US officials over rice and wheat procurement. The conflict comes in spite of hopes for a mutually beneficial meeting of World Trade Organisation ministers next month.

The problem arose over the issue of public stockholding of grains. The practice, whereupon a nation stockpiles quantities of staple foods in order to protect against food insecurity during a crisis, has proven to be “a major bone of contention” before talks even begin, the Times of India reported.

For a decade, India has sought a “permanent solution” to WTO rulings regarding the quanitites of grain it can stockpile. Instead, the country has been operating on the basis of temporary measures. This means “any breach in prescribed limit can be challenged,” meaningfully limiting their ability to deliver a long-term strategy. The matter is reviewed every two years. Ahead of each review, India has accused the US and European Union of using the matter as a bargaining chip. 

On Tuesday, a US representative reportedly informed Indian officials that finding a permanent solution would not be possible at next month’s WTO talks. In response, Indian officials are insisting that the issue of public stockholding be fast-tracked. They cited the importance of government action around food scarcity in multiple countries across the Global South. In addition to India, these countries include China, as well as several African and Caribbean nations. Alll of these countries are pushing for a permanent resolution from the WTO. 

For years, India has faced criticism from western nations within the WTO. Its critics have condemned the Indian govenrment for its intervention in its country’s production of foodgrains. In addition to public stockholding of rice and wheat, the country also sets a minimum support price (MSP) for various foodstuffs—especially rice.

Protectionism or climate safeguarding?

The US, UK, and Australia in particular argue that this behaviour breaches WTO guidelines. They insist subsidies should be limited to 10% of total production. They also argue in favour of limits applied to public stockholding of foodgrains, which distorts markets.

However, India argues that the price manipulation and stockpiling needs to be able to breach the 10% ceiling. Such measure, they argue, are vital in order to provide food security for its populations. India and its allies have publically stressed the importance of being able to provide food security, given the increasingly severe food insecurity this year due to the worsening effects of climate change

According to a recent article in the Wire, “as part of an 80-country coalition that includes the G33 grouping and the Organisation of African, Caribbean and Pacific States (OACPS), India has proposed the adoption of a new method to calculate subsidies given to purchase, stockpile and distribute food to ensure food security for developing and poor nations. Reaching out to Arab countries and least developed nations to build pressure on the developed economies, the developing countries have proposed that the base year for calculation of subsidies should be more recent and must account for inflation.” 

If successful, the measures could introduce increased food security in the Global South and Developing World. This is an essential step towards improving the climate readiness of the Global South, India’s representatives argue. Not only this, but it is vital to addressing supply chain instability and procurement disruption that threatens to leave people hungry while the rice grown in their own country is exported to the Global North. 

As CPOs have transitioned from backroom to boardroom, strengthening the ties between CPO and CEO has become increasingly important.

The procurement function’s overall strategic importance has grown significantly over the past three years. CPOs are taking on increasingly complex and impactful responsibilities, from ensuring compliance and risk management, to improving supply chain resilience, meeting ESG targets, and identifying new opportunities for value-creation—all on top of the traditional cost-containment expectations

Hervé Le Faou, CPO at beverage giant Heineken commented recently that “Fundamentally, the CPO is evolving into a ‘chief value officer,’ a partner and co-leader to the CEO who is able to generate value through business partnering, digital and technology, and sustainability, which are new sources of profitable growth in a shift toward a future-proof business model.”

CPOs as strategic value creators for the business

As such, it’s important that, if we are reconsidering the nature of the CPO role, we should also look more closely at the relationship between the CPO and the head of the company.

As Klaus Staubitzer, CPO and head of supply chain at Siemens, notes, “Now, board members and business CEOs ask procurement for their view on the supply situation ahead of talking to investors.”

Similarly, Ninian Wilson, CPO at Vodafone, adds that “We see internally that boards are requesting sessions directly with the CPO on supply risk and are more concerned and involved in topics relating to the supply chain.” 

With risk management increasingly at the front of mind for CEOs and at the top of the CPO agency (almost as important as cost, but only almost), ongoing global disruptions of supply chains (like the Houthi blockade of Israeli regime shipping in the Red Sea, or the blocking of the Suez Canal in 2020) can put as much of a strain on CEO-CPO relations as on the supply chain itself. 

However, this could also stem from the fact that CEOs have traditionally come from the COO and CFO roles, and the track from procurement to overall leadership hasn’t really existed until now. However, as noted in a blog post by SaaS platformer Coupa, “As the necessities for business continuity evolve and change, so must the responsibilities of executive leadership… Though the COO and CFO have been natural successors to the CEO, it is time for CPOs to be part of that consideration.” 

Five of the biggest, most valuable industry events on the procurement and sourcing professional’s calendar for 2024.

2024 promises to be a significant year for the procurement sector, as the discipline takes centre stage in the enterprise decision-making process. However, increasing importance for procurement departments means new challenges, as organisations increasingly look to procurement to not only cut costs but drive sustainability, digital transformation, and supply chain resilience. 

For those looking to stay abreast of the fast-moving procurement landscape, events provide opportunities for networking, learning, and experiencing the latest procurement solutions and products first hand. That’s why we have gathered our top five unmissable procurement industry events for 2024. 

5. ProcureCon Indirect East 

  • When: September 9-11
  • Where: Orlando, Florida 
  • Projected Attendance: 500+

For more than 20 years, ProcureCon has been hosting industry events with a peer-to-peer structure and focus. Billed as a conference “by practitioners, for practitioners”, ProcureCon Indirect East is a networking and education focused event “whether you’re a CPO or a rising star, a large or small spend company”. In addition to featuring the insights of procurement innovators and professionals “in the trenches” as well as the C-Suite, ProcureCon Indirect East also emphasises interactive events, with more than 30 hours of discussion groups, workshops, panels, roundtables, and social networking opportunities throughout the event.  

Past speakers include Google’s Senior Procurement Director, Aleck Matambo, and Rod Jahromi, head of COrporate Procurement at ExxonMobil. 

4. Procurement Summit 2024 

  • When: June 12-13
  • Where: Hamburg, Germany 
  • Projected Attendance: 1,600+

Returning for the seventh year, Procurement Summit 2024 promises to continue the event’s legacy of being the premier gathering of procurement professionals in Germany. The two-day event will see a gathering of the leading minds in the German procurement sector, as well as experts and professionals from throughout Europe and beyond. Speakers from Roche, Merz Pharma, Zalando, Mars, and many more of Germany’s leading brands will lead keynotes, panel discussions, and workshops with applicable expertise. 

In addition to attracting seasoned veterans of the industry, Procurement Summit also has a reputation for attracting younger experts. These newer members of the industry, according to Susanne Vorberg, Senior Manager of Digital Transformation at Airbus, “are driving forward innovations in their companies”. This, she says, makes for “a wonderful and inspiring mix.”

 3. Americas Procurement Congress 2024 

  • When: March 25-27
  • Where: Miami, Florida  
  • Projected Attendance: 400+ 

Setting its sights firmly on 2030, this year’s agenda at the America’s Procurement Congress event focuses on answering the question “how do we get the next six years right?” The event has assembled a host of industry experts, scientists, and media luminaries. Over the three-day conference, they will tackle issues ranging from the climate crisis to the rise of AI. The goal of the conference is focused onachieving a future of sustainable growth. 

The event is hosted by Elizabeth Bramson-Boudreau, CEO and publisher of MIT Technology Review, and features expert speakers from across the procurement sector, including Karla Jackson, Senior Procurement Executive, Chief Acquisition Officer & Assistant Administrator for the Office of Procurement at NASA; Vitold Horodecki, CPO and VP Americas at CapGemini; and Patricia Miller, Interim CPO at Accenture.

 2. ProcureCon Asia 

  • When: July 9-11
  • Where: Sentosa, Singapore 
  • Projected Attendance: 200+

Bringing together the leading regional experts in procurement and supply chain management throughout APAC, ProcureCon Asia offers attendees access to expert speakers, interactive case studies, streams, new industry research, and networking time. 

While most events focus either on direct or indirect procurement, ProcureCon Asia caters to both direct and indirect/services procurement professionals. The event organisers pride themselves on providing unmatched access to diverse perspectives from executive speakers representing a broad range of Fortune 1000 companies from the aerospace, hi-tech, industrial manufacturing, CPG, automotive, and pharmaceutical sectors. Previous speakers have included high level procurement executives from JLL, Standard Chartered Bank, Air Liquide, Accenture, FGV Holdings, and DHL Group. 

EVENT LINK:  

1. World Procurement Congress 

  • When: May 14-16
  • Where: London, UK
  • Projected Attendance: 800+  

The World Procurement Congress has played host to more than 1,100 Chief Procurement Officers over the course of its history. Heading into its 18th year, the event is firmly established as one of the industry’s must-attend functions. The three-day conference blends content, networking, and social interaction opportunities centred around the theme of Horizon 2030. Taking a global view of the decade to come, World Procurement Congress 2024 aims to address the current pain points facing procurement professionals, and how to translate these challenges into opportunities for sustainable growth throughout the remainder of the decade. 

Speakers at this year’s event are drawn from the highest levels of procurement teams across a diverse swathe of industries, including Dan Bartel, CPO at Schneider Electric; Anna Spinelli, CPO & Head of Mobility at the DHL Group; Anu Saxena, President & Global Head of Hilton Supply Management; and Adam Weisswasser, CPPO at Hewlett Packard Enterprise. Along with hundreds of other experts and thought leaders, they will provide guidance and insight into the event’s five key themes for discussion: ESG, Partnerships, Resilience, Digitalisation, and Macroeconomics.  

A growing fear of disruption akin to the COVID-19 pandemic is driving the localisation of supply chains.

International trade grew steadily throughout the later half of the 20th century. This globalisation of commerce evolved in the past thirty years, blossoming into the hyper-intricate intercontinental web of supply chains and sourcing that dominated the globe until 2020. This era of supply chain globalisation was driven by the twin forces of speed and price. As a result, CPOs prioritised cost-containment and time to delivery over resilience and agility.

The globalised world derailed

Until just a few years ago, this trend looked as though it might continue indefinitely. Supply chains were on a trajectory of continued globalisation. They were headed for a world where goods and capital would move unrestrained at breakneck speeds from one side of the globe to the other for less than the price of anything made at home. 

Domestic manufacturing in the Global North was going to have more in common with weekend volunteers churning butter at a renaissance fair than the vast industrial mechanisms that built vast amounts of the region’s modern wealth. 

Meanwhile, the overexploited, ex-colonial global south was always going to provide a cheaper, faster, less human-rights obsessed source of labour, raw materials, and cheap consumer goods manufactured just-in-time, for just enough to turn a profit. As noted by author and business analyst Chris Sheedy in an article for intheblack, “just six years ago, just-in-time manufacturing and inventory systems were the toast of the town. Supply chains were long, transport was cheap, interest rates were low and international relations had enjoyed a decade of calm.” 

Then, the COVID-19 pandemic threw a wrench into the delicate, dizzyingly complex workings of the machine. It may never be the same again. Pushed not only by the pandemic—which hit global supply chains like a gigantic, 10,000 volt reset button—but by the war in Ukraine, genocide in Gaza, and the worsening effects of climate change, the supply chain needle is swinging decidedly back in the direction of deglobalisation. 

Should you localise your procurement process? 

Decried as a period of relatively stagnant ‘slowbalisation’ by a World Economic Forum report, the trend is seeing procurement leaders take active steps to source goods and materials from closer to home, shift supply chains back within domestic borders, and make as much in-house as possible. Speed and cost, it seems, are now only slightly more important than the lengthening shadow of resilience. 

Localising your procurement process is not a cheap or quick proces. The process might not be possible if the resources or materials you need aren’t manufactured locally. Higher domestic wages, energy prices, and the price of raw materials can all erode the benefits of procurement closer to home. The goal is to balance the resilience of localised strategic sourcing with cost effectiveness.  

However, there are other benefits beyond simple resilience. Having your procurement ecosystem located closer to home alleviates many compliance issues that arise within the source-to-pay process. This can, for example, ensure your goods have had no contact with instances of deforestation, human slavery, or sanctioned governments. 

Delivery times become more predictable because a shorter supply chain leaves less room for unexpected disruptions. Overseeing and evaluating a localised procurement process is easier than gaining visibility into the opacity of a distributed, impersonal, globalised supply chain. Lastly, in the hyper-globalised economy of the past thirty years, domestic manufacturing and purchasing have attained an ethical, premium image. “Locally sourced” is a byword for green credentials and higher quality products. Nearshoring the procurement process could be a significant value add further along the supply chain beyond simply increasing resilience.  

New AI tools could empower the next leap forward in low-carbon procurement by improving the the accuracy and time to delivery of critical data.

Across the manufacturing, retail, FMCG, and agricultural sectors, the push towards Net Zero is starting to gather momentum. Driven by both stricter regulations and consumer demand, the trend promises to drive sweeping change throughout the procurement process. However, there are benefits to a more sustainable procurement process beyond remaining compliant. A recent Amazon Business report noted that “more sustainable supply chains and inclusive vendor ecosystems … support compliance with these guidelines and also grant businesses a competitive advantage—helping them form deeper, value-based relationships with customers and employees.” 

Despite the appeal of a more sustainable procurement process, many procurement leaders are struggling to clean up their value chains. Amazon’s report found that 85% of procurement leaders say the difficulty of sourcing suppliers that follow sustainable practices prevents their company from setting or achieving strategic sustainability goals for procurement. This frequent lack of actionable data is a major contributor to the lack of sustainable options within the supply chain. Without good data, distinguishing an ethical, sustainability focused supplier from an organisation that is merely paying lip service to the concept, and greenwashing their numbers, is next to impossible. 

Aster Angagaw, a VP at Amazon Business, argues that “buyers need enhanced visibility into purchasing data and supplier information to cultivate the ability to make swift and assured decisions.” Accurately collecting and assessing supplier data from a long, historically opaque value chain presents some meaningful complexities for procurement teams. 

AI: A Magnifying Glass For The Procurement Process 

In cutting through the murky modern supply chain, artificial intelligence (AI) may have a role to play. In January 2024, manufacturing services company thyssenkrupp and CarbonChain partnered to release a carbon traceability and intensity tool. The software, powered by AI, uses asset-specific emissions factors and activity-based methods, instead of relying on global averages. The result is a product that allows organisations seeking lower-carbon materials to easily identify, compare and select them. At the same time, users can leverage this data to build sustainable procurement strategies to achieve their net-zero goals.

“Procurers can’t meet their net-zero targets without knowing the carbon footprint of the goods they buy. Meanwhile, metals producers who are decarbonising their industrial processes are facing barriers to quantifying and reporting their emissions reductions,” said Adam Hearne, founder and CEO of CarbonChain. 

Cutting through the “jungle of data”

AI has the ability to sort through what Amazon Business’ Rajiv Bhatnagar, calls the “jungle of data”. This “jungle,” created by the modern, digitalised supply chain, is a huge barrier to accurately calculating emissions. A tool that can accurately pars and create insights from such a complex environment is of immense value to CPOs.

Similarly, in November of 2023, supply chain SaaS company Exiger partnered with Muir AI, merging their databases. The resulting tool allegedly allows companies to more accurately reduce their emissions. 

“With over 80% of carbon emissions coming from the value chains organisations are connected to – rather than the organisations themselves — a company’s ability to reduce carbon emissions is entirely dependent on their ability to gain transparency into multi-tier supply chains,” said Erika Peters, Exiger’s ESG lead and SVP, Head of Innovation and Operations. “This partnership further expands our environmental risk scoring and Scope 3 capabilities ahead of the 2027 deadline, not only providing granular carbon emissions data across products, suppliers and geographies, but also streamlining the data collection process, automating and documenting how emissions are calculated, and surfacing real-time insights into the strategies that will drive the greatest impact.”

More than three-in-ten procurement leaders struggle to address the risk of modern slavery, and combating supply chain opacity is only the beginning

Combating forced labour remains one of the most complex, frustrating, and necessary struggles facing modern supply chains. In the process of developing sustainable procurement practices, the shadow of modern slavery casts a long shadow over a bright future.

According to a Gartner survey, more than 70% of procurement leaders consider addressing modern slavery risk a key priority. However, only half reported making any effective progress on the issue. 

Modern slavery casts a shadow over all supply chains

“Modern slavery is a risk to almost all supply chains,” said Laura Rainier, Senior Director Analyst at Gartner. Regrettably, it’s also “one of the most challenging risks CPOs have to address” she adds. The process of rooting out forced labour in the supply chain, Ranier continues, requires visibility. The problem is that, this requires CPOs to not only create that visibility throughout “multiple tiers of suppliers”, but also “address issues in areas of the supply chain that traditional due diligence processes often fail to reach.”   

Around the world, just under 50 million people live in modern slavery. According to Walk Free, the International Labour Organisation and the International Organization for Migration, the number has been rising—both in terms of forced marriage and forced labour. 

January was Human Trafficking Awareness Month. Tackling the issue has never been more relevant as the procurement sector itself transforms, using new strategies and technology to act more strategically and with greater emphasis on ESG initiatives. Anyone who is forced to work without pay, under threat of violence, is economically exploited or is unable to walk away is considered to live in modern slavery. Around the world, modern slavery thrives in murky, opaque supplier ecosystems, where the ramifications spread across billions of dollars worth of the downstream value chain. 

In the west of China, more than a million Uighurs are estimated to live in modern slavery. Uighurs, members of China’s muslim minority population, have a direct role in procuding approximately one fifth of the world’s cotton.  

CPOs must drive “radical visibility” to combat slavery in the supply chain

“I’ve worked at the intersection of human rights and supply chains for over a decade with experience at both ends, from the children pulling minerals out of the ground to the CPOs who procure them. The challenge isn’t finding leaders who care. The challenge is the opacity of our supply chains,” says Justin Dillon, CEO of FRDM. He adds: “it’s time for procurement to lead the supply chain transparency movement.” 

According to Gartner’s research, CPOs can play a pivotal role in addressing modern slavery risk within their value chains. In order to do this, CPOs need to be drivers of “radical visibility” within their supplier ecosystems. 

Rainier explains that companies can harness publicly available data to build “a general map of the commodities and countries with the highest risks.” There are other risk management solutions that automatically scrape news feeds and other sources like government crime statistics and police reports for emerging risks. Then, Rainier added, companies can look at recruitment corridors where migrants typically come and go, and where forced labour risks can be higher. 

When scrutinising the Tier-2 and Tier-3 supplier relationships most at risk via geography or commodity source, Rainier notes that achieving data visibility among these suppliers requires a mix of incentives and contractual obligations, and that technology will play a critical role in enabling the ability to map supply chain visibility.

With the power to accurately simulate the entire procure-to-pay process, digital twins could create much-needed predictability in an increasingly unpredictable world.

Procurement priorities in 2024 are shifting. Prior to the COVID-19 crisis, pure profit motivation led to exceedingly long, widely distributed, complex, and fragile value chains. In the last four years, however, the world has begun to realise that the endless succession of geopolitical disasters, climate catastrophes, and once-in-a-generation economic hiccups isn’t going away any time soon. As a result, organisations are increasingly pivoting their priorities towards a more balanced approach. 

Not only must procurement maintain cost-containment in uncertain economic times, and (more and more) be a driver of strategic and sustainable innovation for the business, but CPOs in 2024 find themselves at the the forefront of companies’ risk management strategies as well. 

According to an Amazon Business report, when it comes to the top activities procurement leaders recognise the need to invest time and money into, “technology and tools to increase efficiency” (36%) and “taking steps to mitigate risks in the face of economic or geopolitical challenges” (35%) comfortably claimed the top spots. 

Considering “many of the top risks identified by respondents have the potential to disrupt procurement operations with little warning,” procurement leaders looking to drive innovation, improve efficiency, and increase their ability to anticipate and mitigate risk are exploring the potential of digital twins. 

Digital twins in procurement?

A digital twin is a virtual replica of a physical object, organisation, person, or process. This digital duplicate enables users to test and predict behaviour in different hypothetical situations. Organisations in the manufacturing industry have been using digital twins for years to facilitate iterative prototyping. More recently, however, the technology is increasingly being paired with AI and machine learning. As a result, digital twins can track and model more complex systems than ever before. 

A digital twin designed to track a procurement process or supply chain is called a network twin. Supply chain leaders have hailed digital twins as a useful tool for monitoring and testing logistics networks and supply chains. However, the technology is still underutilised in procurement. A report by Gartner found that 60% of supply chain leaders were planning to invest in digital twins. While that is a high number, it is still noticably smaller than in other fields like industrial manufacturing and logistics. A report by McKinsey found that “70% of C-suite technology executives at large enterprises are already exploring and investing in digital twins.”

The lack of applied analytics to digital twins in procurement may be partially responsible for the slower pace of adoption. Steve Kyle, a consultant for Deloitte, notes that “dynamic visibility” has the power to transform supply chains. This is only true, however, he stresses, when analystis translate that visibility “into recommendations and actions.”

Digital twin readiness in the procurement sector

Adopting digital twins is a complex and potentially fraught process. Nevertheless, Kyle explains that much of the building blocks that would enable a successful and widespread deployment of the technology in the procurement sector are already available to most procurement leaders.

These “enablers required to implement digital twins,” include “highly scalable computing power and storage, availability of historical data, advanced algorithms, ability to integrate external data, and the technologies to make sense of it all.” Many, if not all of these key tools, he notes “are already available and being used.” 

Digital twins bring the capacity for long term planning, disruption detection, integrated business planning, and increased resilience to the procurement process, but Kyle points out that CPOs and CSCOs struggle with finding the right tools, getting the timing right, and articulating the value that a large investment like a digital twin (and the necessary analytical tools to unlock its potential) demand. 

Data is one of procurement’s most valuable resources, but fully utilising their data can be a challenge for CPOs.

There can seem like there is a significant gap between the rhetoric that big data analytics will unlock the secrets of efficient, optimised, resilient procurement, and the reality: that the process of leveraging procurement data into positive business outcomes is a lot more fraught than expected.

Procurement sits at the intersection between the business and its upstream supplier ecosystem. For this reason, the function has access to more (and potentially better) data than many other parts of the business. However, according to a report released last year by SpendHQ, 79% of non-procurement executives lack confidence in using procurement data to make strategic decisions. 

The issue doesn’t lie with CPOs, who on the whole understand the importance of accurate data. The problem is that the industry as a whole is clearly grappling with ensuring that procurement’s data is reliable. Not only does procurement data struggle with the reliability of its data, but this issue also undermines the efficiency with which it’s used. Here are 3 actionable steps procurement leaders can take to make better use of their data. 

1. Identify trustworthy data sources 

Procurement has access to vast amounts of data—from suppliers, from the business, and from within its own records. Used together, this information can create meaningful advantages. Data-driven analytics can drive more efficient decision-making, identify potential disruptions ahead of time, and help manage the supplier ecosystem. This process is often more complex in practice than in theory, however. 

Data within the organisation often becomes siloed between departments. A worrying majority of procurement teams still use solely email and spreadsheets to handle the RPF process, supplier management, and purchasing—siloing huge amounts of data. Lastly, the supplier ecosystem is famously opaque, with a 2023 survey of CPOs by Deloitte finding that fewer than 3% of procurement leaders felt they had “high visibility” beyond the first tier of their supplier network.  

CPOs hoping to make better use of their data must first adopt a comprehensive data organisation and quality control policy. When successfully implemented, such a policy ensures information can be trusted and subsequently acted upon. 

2. Look at the big picture 

Leveraging data requires a comprehensive top-down view of said data. Procurement analytics dashboards are vital tools that provide real-time insight into spending patterns, allowing procurement to manage and understand spend. 

By providing a comprehensive overview of spending details, such as the parties involved, items purchased, reasons for spending, locations, and timing, these dashboards enable procurement teams to negotiate better with suppliers and collaborate internally on cost-saving initiatives. 

3. Automate repetitive, high volume activities 

When applied to a comprehensive, reliable dataset, machine learning is an effective procurement augmentaiton tool. The technology excels at automating highly repetitive activities that consume the most time for procurement teams. Not only are these types of task time consuming, but their repetitive nature makes them the type of work most prone to human error. 

AI and machine learning are very good at simple procurement tasks like cost comparisons, tracking raw material prices, and predicting how small changes will affect the larger landscape of the supply chain.

Amid global disruption, procurement increasingly look to nearshoring its sourcing solutions, prizing resilience over price.

The COVID-19 crisis represented a multi-year worldwide supply chain crisis. Global lockdowns raised prices, created shortages and delays, and threw the entire procurement process into chaos. Now, the echoes of the pandemic are starting to fade. 

One might expect this to mean a return to business as usual. That the the highly distributed, low-cost-focused, just-in-time sourcing strategies of the pre-pandemic would soon return. However, even with the disruption to trade sparked by COVID-19 lockdowns in the rear view mirror, the global supply chain looks far more fragile than it did in 2019. In the face of a challenging procurement climate, organisations are increasingly nearshoring their value chains.

A challenging landscape for procurement 

Political tensions and trade disruptions continue to dampen the fire of globalised trade. Whether it be US-Sino posturing over the future of the semiconductor industry, war in Ukraine, or the Houthis’ targeting of Israeli shipping interests in the Red Sea, the movement of goods around the world has become slower, more costly, and increasingly prone to disruption.

Climate instability continues to disrupt agriculture and manufacturing. Countries in the Global South have been hit hardest of all. Extreme weather in India, the Middle East, and China has diersupted sourcing at the start of the value chain. 

It’s a dangerous cocktail. Inflation, geopolitical tensions, and over-reliance on certain countries for components has weakened supply chains. At the same time, fluctuating freight rates and port congestion have added to a growing list of pain points.

As a result, the past year has seen a growing streak of protectionism in Western procurement practices. A report conducted by Capgemini in November 2023 found that the balance between cost containment and value chain resilience was more even than ever. Almost 80% of consumer product and retail organisations are diversifying their supplier base. More importantly, 71% are actively investing in regionalising and localising their procurement.

“Friend-shoring” grows in popularity 

The anxieties of an inhospitable political climate are also driving a rise in what Capgemini describes as “friend-shoring.” This trade practice, which has similar motivations to nearshoring, is becoming increasingly popular. These organisations are shifting their business to countries regarded as political and economic allies. The upshot, they hope, will be a reduction in their source-to-pay process’ exposure to risk.

According to Lindsey Mazza, Global Retail Lead at Capgemini, “as supply chain disruptions continue to pose new challenges for retail and consumer product organisations, they are pivoting their sourcing strategies to build resilience. Balancing cost efficiencies with resilience while focusing on adopting sustainable and circular economy practices will go a long way in creating future-ready supply chains that can drive profitable growth.”

What will (and won’t) change for procurement  

In some senses, this trend will not see a fundamental restructuring of the way goods are procured. Cost is still a key driver.

If a US company purchases goods from Vietnam instead of China and ships them to the Port of Los Angeles via the Pacific, rather than shipping them from China via the Red Sea to New York & New Jersey, the broad strokes remain the same. 

However, in other cases, we can expect to see an uptick in domestic production, local sourcing, and strategic procurement. This is especially true as technology driven by big data and advanced analytics is increasingly integrated into the process. 

Mazza also notes that “Optimising inventories, localising supply chain networks and exploring alternate fulfilment options can help businesses be more prepared during this period to meet consumer expectations. Technology and data will play a key role in this – be it helping with demand sensing, automating warehouses, improving customer experiences, or ensuring efficient fulfilment.”

Failing to manage scope 3 emissions carries the kinds of consequences that put it firmly on the risk-management priorities list.

A significant part of the global procurement industry transformation taking place is the shift in priorities from a purely cost-effectiveness-driven ethos towards one that also gives weight to resilience and risk management. The world is a more complicated and disruption-prone place. The threat of procurement chain disruptions is very much the new normal as buyers contend with increasing geopolitical instability, rising costs and, of course, the climate crisis. 

According to Heiko Schwarz, Global Supply Chain Risk Advisor at Sphera in a recent op-ed, 2024 will be the year that supply chain risk management merges with environmental, social and governance (ESG) goals. “In particular, supply chains are now recognized as critical avenues for assessing and mitigating Scope 3 carbon emissions,” Schwarz explains. 

The need for scope 3 transparency

Scope 3 emissions can account for upwards of 90% of an organisation’s emissions, reflecting the full spectrum of carbon and other greenhouse gas emissions created all the way up the value chain to the production of raw materials or development of land. Scope 3 emissions are famously difficult to track. Supply chains and supplier ecosystems are traditionally opaque, under-regulated, and a very long way away—such is the legacy of hyper-globalisation and neoliberalism birthed in the 80s and 90s that has driven down prices, pushed jobs overseas, and helped keep the over-exploited global south in poverty. 

Now, ESG regulations of the sort recently introduced by the European Union on deforestation in its soybean supply chain, are creating consequences for organisations that might not have traditionally looked too closely at the upper reaches of their procurement stream. According to a report on the legislation, “Deforestation-free commitments are prominent, aligning with EUDR goals and setting ambitious target years.” The soybean industry in the EU is a multi-billion dollar market, and the risk of having revenues disrupted has immediately spurred a meaningful response, providing a potential template for regulators looking to cut unsustainable practices from the supply chains of entire industries. 

Reputational and regulatory risks are growing more severe

Even beyond direct penalties, Schwarze notes that “Businesses seeking to thrive in a carbon-conscious era also understand that it is critical to make Scope 3 carbon emissions transparent to their stakeholders. Investors, regulators and consumers are sharpening their focus on ESG metrics. Companies that do not address the link between supply chain risk and Scope 3 emissions face potential regulatory scrutiny and loss of reputation and market share.”

Reputational damage can stem from deeper in the procure to pay process than many organisations would care to admit. Upheld until recently (usually by itself and simpering tech journalists, admittedly) as a beacon of a sustainable, clean-energy future, the electric vehicle industry has come under scrutiny recently.  

“The primary source of the metal used in electric vehicle batteries and other electronic products is the Democratic Republic of Congo,” writes Gary Wollenhaupt for procurious. “So-called ‘artisanal miners’ use their bare hands to dig, wash and bag cobalt for meagre wages.” Government ESG regulation at the very start of the value chain can have tremendous knock-on effects for multiple industries down the line. 

For example, the EU’s deforestation-contact ban could not only keep non-compliant soybeans out of the world’s biggest trading bloc, but could also hurt the bottom line of companies unsustainably sourcing virgin wood pulp, coffee, soy, and cocoa for everything from beverages to toilet paper. At the end of the day, if the risk of noncompliance is greater than short term revenue reduction for pivoting to a more sustainable model, change can be created in the procure to pay process that drives meaningful ESG reform. 

Vendor Management Systems help centralise supplier data to increase visibility, reduce risk, and create value.

The importance of procurement to the larger business is increasing dramatically, along with the function’s visibility.

“Never before has procurement been core to so many executive-committee-level priorities,” the CPO of a large manufactuing company told McKinsey in a recent industry survey. “We now have a real seat at the top table. And this is not a temporary situation—this is how we will operate going forward.”

Increasingly, procurement plays the myriad roles of strategic innovator, efficiency leader, sustainably champion, budget saviour, and porous membrane between the business and a potentially vast network of suppliers and vendors. 

However, visibility is still a challenge for procurement leaders workign to maximise the strategic value of their function to the business.

Supplier ecosystems have traditionally been opaque environments, withv isibility issues arising almost immediately when looking outside the business’ own walls. Raw materials are hard to trace, third party contractors are anonymised and regularly replaced. Critically, suppliers don’t disclose their own suppliers and partners. All told, the general dearth of usable data can create issues including increased Scope 3 emissions and greater vulnerability to disruption. 

Tracking, visualising, and managing your supplier network is a complex task that is becoming increasingly essential for procurement functions to achieve more strategic goals. As businesses increasingly prioritise supply chain resilience through strategies like supplier diversity and nearshoring, there is a growing demand for enhanced visibility and control over supplier networks. 

A vendor management system should be an integral part of the solution to this puzzle. 

What is a vendor management system? 

A Vendor Management System (VMS) is a unified software platform designed to streamline and centralise data and operations pertaining to the interactions between procurement and  the supplier ecosystem.

A VMS has multiple functions, potentially handling everything from supplier registration to managing performance and contract lifecycle management. Using analytics, a VMS can intake large amounts of data to perform ongoing relationship analysis, helping procurement teams stay abreast of their partners and the success, or failure, of their relationship.  

What are the benefits of a data-driven vendor management system? 

Implementing a data-driven VMS offers key advantages to procurement teams. Assuming the data used to make decisions is trustworthy, a VMS can provide a comprehensive impression of supplier performance. It can enable a deep understanding of one supplier’s capabilities and reliability compared to another. Most importantly, this heightened visibility facilitates accelerated sourcing and speeds onboarding cycles. This, in turn, reduces time-to-market, and enhances the business’ agility when responding to market demands. 

By leveraging data gathered and analysed through the VMS, organisations can improve supplier quality over time. In addition to reduced spend, this will minimise disruptions and enhance operational efficiency. This proactive relationship management becomes feasible through data-driven insights, fostering stronger partnerships and facilitating collaboration with suppliers. 

Compliance also benefits, mitigating the risks that stem from an obscure supplier value chain by ensuring adherence to regulatory requirements. Additionally, implementing a VMS helps to reduce instances of maverick buying and dark spending. Curtailing these threats positively impacts revenue and makes budgets more predictable. Most importantly, it also shrinks potential grey areas in the organisation where corruption and fraud may arise. 

Ultimately, embracing an agile, data-rich VMS transforms procurement teams from reactive transaction management to strategic planning and innovation, empowering them to drive value and competitive advantage for the organisation.

Climate-smart sourcing practices and failed efforts to combat modern slavery are more interconnect that we would like to believe.

Climate change, faux-green sourcing practices, and modern slavery are not separate issues.

The need to drive down emissions in the procurement process is well-documented. Increasingly, this need is being highlighted, both by the worsening effects of the climate crisis and an increasingly strict regulatory landscape. As controversial stopgap measures like carbon credits are phased out, and misleading claims of carbon neutrality are penalised by organisations like the European Union, corporations need to find meaningful ways to not only reduce their emissions, but also promote a more circular economy, cut down on waste, and measure the total carbon cost of ownership. 

Climate-smart procurement

Climate-smart procurement refers to an approach to sourcing goods and services that weighs a holistic view of emissions and environmental impact against other factors like cost and supply chain resilience. 

The procurement process is a significant source of emissions, as sustainable or unsustainable choices made at the earliest stages of the value chain can have profound effects that ripple outwards through the entire lifecycle of a product or service. 

For example, Nestlé’s Head of Climate Change and Sustainable Sourcing Benjamin Ware, explained in a recent company report that “the bulk of our carbon footprint is already present when we purchase raw materials such as dairy, coffee, cocoa, palm oil and meat,” adding that “packaging and shipping are much less significant – only a fraction of the carbon footprint compared with how the raw material is produced. This means selecting ingredients produced using climate-smart practices can make a significant difference, even if they are shipped from further away.”

However, climate-smart procurement needs to go beyond a simple calculus of carbon emissions and water consumption. 

Emissions calculus is insufficient

Many of the procurement practices employed by companies like Nestlé are directly harmful to the countries and populations where they operate. Nestlé itself has faced harsh criticism and several lawsuits for “aiding and abetting the illegal enslavement of thousands of children on cocoa farms in their supply chains,” exploiting natural water resources in California, and contributing to significant deforestation throughout the Ivory Coast and Ghana—among many other allegations. 

The legacy of colonialism in the Global South is capitalist exploitation that continues to allow forced labour, environmental exploitation, and other unsustainable practices to flourish. Not only this, but such practices are instrumental in preventing the necessary economic development in these regions to allow for more environmentally friendly practices to flourish.

Researchers working on a report released in 2021 argued that the “modern slavery–environmental degradation–climate change nexus may threaten the achievement of the Sustainable Development Goals” set out by the United Nations. They add that, around the world, more than 12 million workers are entrapped in circumstances of modern slavery. Many are forced to perform “environmentally degrading activities,” leading the report’s authors to theorise that the elimination of modern slavery “may be instrumental in accelerating attainment of other SDG targets” like reduced carbon emissions and the cessation of deforestation and biodiversity collapse. 

Interconnected issues

Just as corporate sustainability rhetoric often reiterates, there is no silver bullet for the climate crisis. This is because issues of climate are also issues of colonial legacy, capitalist exploitation, and human suffering on an globalised industrial scale. 

“Labourers subjected to modern slavery are forced to participate in environmental criminal activities,” argues the report. “Environmental degradation and unsustainable extraction pulls vulnerable workers into conditions of modern slavery by creating a demand for cheap labour in these sectors. When resources become more scarce, many of these industries could not continue in their primitive and inefficient production without modern slavery, thus modern slavery can function like a subsidy allowing activities to remain profitable.” 

Despite having significant consequences for the bottom line, procurement often faces less scrutiny than sales, operations, and finance.

There is a discrepancy between procurement’s impact on the business and its representation in high level business strategy. Buoyed by a rising tide of digital transformation and buffeted by waves of geopolitical and economic instability, the recognised importance of procurement has increased dramatically in the last few years. Business leaders are looking to their CPOs to mitigate risk, contain costs, and simultaneously drive innovation and ESG initiatives within the business. 

However, the increased fanfare around procurement and its potential to be a driver of business transformation hasn’t necessarily translated into a deeper understanding or scrutiny of what procurement does. 

According to Derek Bush, Procurement Advisory Leader at IBM, “Procurement departments tend to be less visible to many stakeholders than sales, operations or even finance departments, but the impact they have on everything from the bottom line to product quality and service delivery shouldn’t be overlooked.” 

Procurement’s impact grows

More than half of CPOs expect their budgets to increase in 2024, according to a recent Amazon Business report. The report adds that, “following a year of focusing on reducing costs, procurement leaders are now planning to use the funds they saved to invest in approaches to optimise their procurement processes and allow them to operate more strategically.” As budgets rise, it’s important that business leaders and CPOs maintain clear and open lines of communication. Doing so will create necessary transparency within the procurement function. 

Creating procurement visibility

Analytics software is commonly used throughout the supply chain. Supported by machine learning, the technology is used to track and analyse performance. It has seen success and relatively widespread adoption in the retail, manufacturing, service industry, and other fields. In procurement, however, performance analytics haven’t penetrated as deeply into the function. This is due in part to how recently the procurement function has been recognised as a source of strategic innovation. However, in order to capitalise on that potential, business leadership needs to apply visibility tools in addition to building a strong culture of communication with procurement leaders

The process of effectively implementing analytics requires centralising and amalgamating records and existing data. A positive byproduct of this process is often that collating data across the entire organisation (especially with the help of AI) can also break down silos between logistics, supply chain, procurement, and other departments. 

A more effective understanding of your procurement function can help identify inefficiencies, reexamine legacy practices, and identify the areas where there are easy wins readily available. 

Bush notes that “The first step in the journey is to understand where you are, then use that information to determine where you want to be. It’s difficult sometimes to carve out the required time and thought process to establish the path to excellence, especially when you are focused on supporting the demands expected from others of procurement in a complex organisation—every single day, that is.”

The digital transformation of public procurement can achieve real benefits, but barriers to adoption still exist.

The past several years have seen a radical surge in the digital transformation of procurement practices in the private sector. This change has become widespread, as corporations seek to innovate in the name of cost reduction and risk aversion.

The public procurement sphere has traditionally been slower to adopt new technology and practices than the private sector. However public procurement is starting to show signs of the same sweeping digital transformation.

The benefits of a digitally transformed public procurement process are significant. Government bodies that transition to digital procurement systems and strategically adopt technology to help alleviate traditionally niggling pain points will find themselves more capable of meeting future challenges. 

Public sector procurement organisations are aware of this and the desire to digitise their operations is widely present.

Andrew Cooke, Microsoft’s global policy lead for the public sector, noted last year that “We have heard from several governments that they both want, and need, to modernise their approach to technology procurement and to mitigate the risk of the public sector falling behind in the benefits made possible through digital transformation.” 

However, meaningful friction points still prevent public procurement organisations from digitally transforming. Stricter compliance regulations, tighter budgets, and more complex approval processes for newer technologies like AI to be adopted are slowing innovation. Overcoming these pain points, however, can yield tremendous benefits. 

The benefits of digitally transforming public procurement 

From digitising records and user data to creating transparency in service of stricter ethical and ESG standards throughout the procure to pay process, digital transformation can have significant benefits for the public sector.

Public sector procurement is driven by different motivators than the (more or less) pure profit incentive of the private sector. In the private sector, even initiatives like risk management and sustainable behaviour are framed within the scope of their potential to protect revenue and increase brand value. This means that, in the public sector, digital transformation can have more profound benefits. 

Sally Guyer, Global CEO of World Commerce and Contracting, pointed in a recent interview to the South Korean public procurement system, which has successfully deployed AI analytics to diversity, strengthen, and nearshore its procurement process.

She noted that 75.6% of the government’s total procurement spend is now awarded to SMEs through the evolution of its AI platform. The move has reportedly increased transparency in the procurement process and generated cost savings of $1.4 billion for the government and $6.6 billion for businesses. 

Procurement transformation can also ease friction points between the public and private sectors. “Procurements are at that nexus between the public sector and how it spends public money and interacts with the private sector,” Warren Smith, Chairman of the U4SSC Thematic Group on Smart City Procurement, said in a recent report by the ITU.

He added however that, while technology has an important role to play, “what’s really key in all of this is how you build trust and confidence between governments, companies, and civil society – such as charities or social enterprises – who all have a role to play in that transformation journey.”

A whistleblower in the GSA claims the department used bad market data to justify breaching procurement standards

The United States Government’s General Services Administration (GSA) supposedly used “egregiously flawed” and “misleading” market research to justify the procurement of Chinese electronics that did not comply with the US’ trade standards.

The revelation comes from a whistleblower within the GSA. Their report highlights the importance of accurate data and data science literacy within the procurement function—whether public or private sector. 

The GSA’s Office of the Inspector General was reportedly contacted by a GSA employee in 2022. The employee reached out to highlight the fact the agency had purchased 150 Chinese-manufactured video conference cameras. 

The cameras, manufactured in China, were not compliant with the Trade Agreements Act of 1979 (TAA). According to the Office of the Inspector General, the GSA’s Office of Digital Infrastructure Technologies “misled a contracting officer with egregiously flawed information”. 

The contracting officer in question “requested information from GSA IDT to justify its request for the TAA-noncompliant cameras, including the existence of TAA-compliant alternatives and the reason for needing this specific brand. In response, GSA IDT provided misleading market research in support of the TAA-noncompliant cameras and failed to disclose that comparable TAA-compliant alternatives were available.”  

The cameras puchased by the US government were also a make and model with “known security vulnerabilities that need to be addressed with a software update.” However, the report found that the cameras had not received the update, remaining susceptible to interference. Allegedly, the equipment can be remotely accessed, an exploit which allows them to be turned into “rogue wireless network gateways”. Then, hackers can exploit these gateways to secretly infiltrate the camera owners’ networks.

The misstep calls into questions whether other areas of US government procurement are sourcing unsafe technology.

Public procurement presents a critical weak point

Public procurement—being lumbered with long, opaque, and potentially vulnerable source-to-pay supply chains—is a particularly glaring weak point in governmental institutions.

This threat is not merely present in the US government’s procurement process, however. In the UK, a post on the Crown Commercial Services website asserts that “With cyber criminals targeting supply chains … procurement can be an increasing concern for the public sector. For example, the NHS has an extremely complex supply chain and relies on a large range of suppliers. These companies are critical to maintaining our health service, however, with criminals often targeting the weakest link within supply chains, they also pose significant risk.”

Rising workloads and falling headcounts are pressuring procurement leaders to accomplish better results with fewer resources.

The pressure is mounting on procurement departments and their CPOs. 

A survey of procurement leaders found that 72% felt economic factors, including inflation and rising costs, have been the main unpredictability drivers over the past year. This represents a 22% increase over last year. At the same time, almost three quarters of respondents acknowledged that supply chain disruptions and and market volatility as major hurdles for their operations, according to the report by Keelvar

The past few years have seen the role of procurement change significantly. Rising workloads and falling headcounts are pressuring procurement leaders to accomplish better results with fewer resources. Increasingly, CPOs are recognised as drivers of value and innovation within the business. Procurement teams are increasingly called upon to be leaders when it comes to digital transformation, sustainability, and risk management—as well as the traditional goal of cost containment.

However, not only are procurement functions being tasked with doing more (especially more technology-focused, strategic work outside the traditional mandate of a purchasing department), but the resources being afforded to procurement may actually be shrinking. 

CPOs to practice (very) lean procurement

Despite an Amazon Business Survey predicting over half of procurement budgets to increase in 2024, Keelvar’s survey points to the amount of resources procurement leaders have at their disposal decreasing in real terms. “Procurement departments are under increasing pressure to achieve more with fewer resources,” the report notes. At the same time, 63% of respondents cited an increasing workload as their biggest concern. 

At the same time, 38% of procurement leaders reported a “flat or declining workforce.” Another 37% cited employee burnout as a leading concern, and 30% found their departments struggling to meet increasing demand. Even more troubling, only 26% of respondents plan to add staff in 2024. By comparison, 33% plan to cut budgets in favour of more lean operating models. 

Efficiency is the new goal for CPOs

As such, efficiency is emerging as a new cardinal virtue for many procurement teams, with a mixture of operational efficiency and technological measures emerging as potential solutions to an overworked, understaffed workforce.  

According to the report: 

  • 49% are planning initiatives like dynamic discounting, competition, contract renegotiation and bulk purchases
  • 42% will prioritise automation to free up time for their team to focus on strategic efforts
  • 41% aim to implement more efficient savings tracking methodologies
  • 19% plan on harnessing tactical spend for an additional 10-15% savings

The first-of-its-kind report suggests the UK’s key target of gigabit speed internet hangs in the balance

Progress of Project Gigabit—the UK government and national internet service providers’ pledge to provide ultrafast broadband coverage to 85% of the UK by 2025—is at a critical stage, suggests a new report conducted by procurement specialist Altnets in partnership with the Internet Service Providers’ Association (ISPA).

Challenges for the telecom sector

The 2024 Telecoms procurement research report covers the various challenges and opportunities that exist in the sector for ISPs. These include the potential procurement pitfalls that stand between them and successfully delivering on the promises of  Project Gigabit.

The fibre industry procurement strategies have shaped Project Gigabit’s successes and been complicit in its setbacks, the report argues. 

So far, the report notes, progress towards the UK government’s coverage goals has been encouraging. During January 2024, gigabit coverage across the UK finally hit 80%.

The digital divide threatens one fifth of Britons

However, Project Gigabit’s next challenge: ensuring 99% coverage by 2023, presents a greater challenges. Failure would leave almost a fifth of the nation waiting for a gigabit-ready connection.

Most of these residents are located in rural areas. In the countryside, connections are more challenging to build, presenting logistical and procurement challenges.

In England, only about 40% of rural premises are gigabit capable, with lower numbers still in Scotland and Wales. 

“As we’ve seen over the last few years, when the supply chain is stretched and demand outstrips availability and capacity, those companies who don’t undertake proactive engagement with their supply chain usually suffer the most.”

2024 Telecoms Procurement Research Report

Considering the speed and scope of the work remaining, the traditional just-in-time procurement approach is no longer viable. According to the report, UK telecoms need a more resilience-focused approach to procurement.

“During ‘normal’ times the detrimental effects of [just-in-time] procurement tend to be minimised or masked by broad availability,” write the report’s authors. “However, as we’ve seen over the last few years, when the supply chain is stretched and demand outstrips availability and capacity, those companies who don’t undertake proactive engagement with their supply chain usually suffer the most.” 

This is especially true in rural areas, where the majority of the most taxing remaining work is located.

The report’s authors argue that, “rural connectivity can require a diverse portfolio of deployment technologies, therefore procurement teams need to have relationships with a wide and equally diverse group of manufacturers and suppliers to meet the needs of the network builds.” 

The UK’s telecom sector can still achieve its Project Gigabit ambitions. However, the industry will need to prioritise supplier diversity and resilience over pure cost-containment to do so. This shift will be especially critical during the final, most challenging stages of the infrastructure buildout.

The fast-moving-consumer-goods market is turning to AI to procure produce when it’s at its cheapest and freshest

Artificial intelligence (AI) could have an increasingly vital role in produce procurement.

Few markets move faster than produce. What is a delicious, enticing and, above all, valuable piece of tropical fruit one morning could, by the next, be quite literally a pile of rotten garbage. 

A lot has been done throughout the agricultural sciences over the centuries to lengthen the amount of time fruit varietals stay edible.

This is also true in the logistics sector. Thanks to modern techniques, cold chains and complex shipping networks can get a fresh picked tomato from the south of Spain to the north of Sweden before its leaves start to wilt. However, procurement—especially when it comes to produce—is fundamentally about balancing the cost of a product with the quality that can be attained within the regulatory, environmental, and physical contextual constraints of the market. 

Produce is fast moving and complex. Increasingly, the sector also faces criticism for its environmental impact and record of abysmal human working conditions. For large scale retailers with national, or even international, footprints, produce procurement is a challenging prospect. Some CPOs believe the process is better left to the machines. 

Dollar General taps AI for produce procurement

In January, US discount retailer Dollar General rolled out a new program in about 3,000 of its US stores—a pilot which would use AI to fully automate the procurement of produce.

The AI ordering system aims to “optimise in-stock levels” and replenish shelves to “fight food insecurity”. It could also save Dollar General a lot of money in unsold stock. Dollar General, which is currently being sued over allegations that it has been routinely scamming tens of thousands of customers by charging more money for items than their listed prices, made $11.9 billion in profit last year.

In Rhode Island, United Natural Foods also implemented AI as a way of automating elements of its distribution process this January. In November of 2023, grocery retailer Albertsons also announced the introduction of AI solutionss. The retail giant is using AI to automate store ordering and inventory management across its meat and seafood operations—another area with narrow margins for error with regard to the delicate balance between demand and supply. 

The platform adopted by Albertsons aims to help meat and seafood teams “keep coolers and freezers light while boosting in-stock rates” using AI-powered recommendations for high-value, hyper-perishable items like fresh poultry and prefilled order quantities for slower-moving, prepackaged items such as bacon. Susan Morris, EVP and Chief Operations Officer for Albertsons also added that the platform would help “significantly reduce food waste as Albertsons continues to make progress toward our goal to have zero waste going to landfill by 2030.”

The procurement data management process needs to be reformed

Data is the bedrock of modern digital business practices. Without a solid data foundation, workers can’t make effective decisions. At the same time, other technologies that rely on data—like artificial intelligence—also malfunction. If your data is bad, your entire digital stack can end up rotten to the core. 

This is especially true of procurement, as the discipline goes through a strategic and technological transformation. As noted in an Amazon Business report, “high visibility and fast access to data are critical when negotiating with suppliers.” Aster Anagaw, Head of Amazon Business’ Commercial, Public & Strategic Sector, adds that “buyers need enhanced visibility into purchasing data and supplier information to cultivate the ability to make swift and assured decisions.”

Procurement, in theory, should be a rich repository of information. The function has th capacity to gather data from both the supplier ecosystem and from inside the organisation. However, according to a Globality report from 2023, a staggering 82% of CPOs believe that their organisation’s indirect spend is poorly managed. As a result, they believe cost savings are being squandered. The vast majority of procurement requests for proposals are still being carried out using emails and spreadsheets.

The result is that neither procurement or the business at large can trust the quality of their data. At least, they can’t trust it to the degree needed to springboard more strategic activities and digital transformation. A recent SpendHQ survey found that 75% of procurement executives doubt the accuracy of their procurement data they present. As a result, 79% of non-procurement executives are only “somewhat or not at all confident” in using procurement’s data to make strategic decisions. 

Moreover, 79% of survey participants indicated that their procurement teams lack dedicated management software for tracking and overseeing performance. Instead, they rely on spreadsheets, which mirrors the findings of the Globality report.

Digitally Transforming Procurement Data Management

Procurement data management is the systematic gathering, arrangement, and oversight of all pertinent information associated with the procurement process. 

The process of data management, in theory, accounts for the multifaceted nature of procurement beyond purchasing, spanning the entirety of the process, including compiling and managing supplier profiles, product specifications, pricing details, and delivery schedules. 

Developing a robust procurement data management system begins with data identification. This entails determining the necessary information for effective decision-making throughout the procurement process. Data identification is one of the key areas where procurement data management struggles. Finding the right data (and ensuring its trustworthiness) is critical. If done incorrectly, it throws the rest of the process off kilter. 

Nevertheless, procurement data management involves accumulating a wide array of data. This incluces pricing, specifications, supplier performance metrics, delivery times, and historical procurement spend. Once identified, the data is organised into a coherent structure, facilitating easy access and retrieval. Cloud-based ERP software and dedicated procurement data management tools can be applied here to enable users to efficiently query the data. 

Obviously, ensuring data accuracy is crucial, achieved through regular audits, reviews, and quality control procedures for data entry. Only valid information should be stored and used for analysis to maintain the integrity of the system.

Only when procurement data is gathered, organised and, most importantly, authenticated, can it be put to work driving the kind of strategic and digital transformation that will allow procurement teams to meet the challenges of today, and capitalise on the opportunities of tomorrow. 

Pierre Laprée, chief product officer of SpendHQ, noted in the report that, “by using the right technologies, such as spend intelligence and analytics, along with embracing procurement performance management as a general approach to enterprise collaboration, procurement can show finance and other key stakeholders reliable and indisputable data and become a trusted business partner.”

Generative AI has the potential to improve efficiency in an understaffed public sector

Last year was undeniably the year of Generative AI (hype). According to Muhammad Alam, President and Chief Product Officer of SAP’s Intelligent Spend and Business Network, “generative AI was like a bolt of lightning that compelled every business and technology leader to sit up and take notice.” 

Now the first flurry of investment and breathless hype seems to be settling down. This leaves organisations interested in the potential applications of generative AI to try and figure out what that might actually look like.

AI is only as good as its data

Alam notes that those looking to adopt will “see firsthand that AI is only as effective as the quality and availability of data.” 

One class of organisation with access to vast amounts of data is government and other public sector entities. This class of organisation also cursed with a host of problems ranging from inefficient organisation to compliance and shrinking budgets.

As researchers at Deloitte noted in a recent report, “Government procurement professionals need help.” According to experts, generative AI could hold the solution to these problems.

“If government is to achieve the ambitious aims that the public expects, procurement professionals need tools to process large volumes of data with precision and with attention to the unique circumstances of every contracting action,” the report adds. 

Public procurement under strain

Procurement is currenting caught in a rising tide of complexity. Over the past 10 years, government spending has grown around 4.5% each year in the US. Over the same period, the total number of contracting actions has increased by more than 22% each year.

Public procurement is drowning under layers of complexity which are growing faster than the public sector procurement workforce.

At the same time, workforce headcounts are being stymied by budgetary concerns and an industry wide talent shortage. This is being exacerbated by the fact the private sector has and always will pay better. Therefore, the amount of work being done by individual public sector procurement staff is rising.  

In 2022, for every Federal contracting officer, an average of 2,000 contracting actions had to be executed per year. Comparing that number to the 300 actions per year in 2013 reveals the scope of the problem. If government procurement departments are going to avoid buckling under this growing strain, technology in the form of automation, advanced analytics, and other potential generative AI applications could have a role to play. 

Generative AI still has optical (and ethical) problems

Generative AI is a somewhat nebulous umbrella term. It is often conflated with its most public-facing examples: Chat-GPT and image generators like Midjourney. This is why there appears to be a disonnect between what generative AI promises and what it delivers.

These models are less effective than humans at doing a lot of things like making art, generating movie scripts, and accurately retrieving or summarising information from the internet, etc. In addition to untrustworthy results and “hallucinations”, large language model AIs and imager generators also have significant ethical issues baked in. These stem from the uncredited work by writers and artists used to train these models.  

Applications for a generative Ai layer in public procurement

However, this doesn’t mean that generative AI is a useless or irredeemably immoral technology. Under the right regulatory constraints and in the correct context, Generative AI can create a vital unifying layer between several other pieces of technology. (Obviously more AI regulation is something to which tech industry people seem more reflexively averse than ipecac).

However, generative AI shows promise as an intermediary layers between automation tools, big data analytics, and e-procurement platforms. Deployed correctly, it could alleviate the growing complexity that plagues public sector procurement. 

Deloitte’s researchers note, similarly, that “the emergence of gen AI has put a missing puzzle piece on the table that can allow several different types of tools to fall into place. Because gen AI works differently than previous generations of AI, it has different strengths and weaknesses. While gen AI can do things that traditional machine learning (ML) cannot, such as creating new text or images, it can occasionally struggle with accuracy in ways that traditional ML does not. Similarly, all forms of AI can exceed a human’s ability to handle large volumes of data, but humans naturally excel at tasks that strain AI, such as highly variable or social tasks.” 

By contrast, tasks like documenting and reporting are hugely time consuming.

“From using gen AI to generate documents and reports to having ML produce demand forecasts, AI can help reduce the time needed to create and process procurement request documents such as market research reports, statements of work, and purchase requests,” notes the report. 

The UK NHS needs to make “substantial improvements” to its S2P process, as the NAO finds it spends over £3bn per year outside its supply chain

The UK’s National Health Service (NHS) is reportedly not making the most of its spending power in the procurement process. The service faced criticism this week following a new report by the National Audit Office (NAO). The report found that the NHS, which has approximately 1.6 million interactions with patients every day, is not fully utilising its spending power to save money when purchasing medical equipment and consumables. 

In the past year, the NAO claims, the NHS procured more than £3 billion worth of medical goods and consumables from outside the NHS Supply Chain — a “purpose built procurement route” designed to use the scale of the organisation to reduce costs and improve the quality of its supplies. Annually, the NHS spends around £8 billion on products.

NHS trusts don’t trust the NHS supply chain 

Much of the procurement done by the NHS happens via its trusts, which are encouraged, but not required, to purchase medical supplies through the NHS Supply Chain. The report stresses that, in order to meet the organisation’s procurement savings targets, the trusts need to use the NHS Supply Chain. 

“The NHS has enormous buying power, but it is not yet making the most of it,” said Gareth Davies, head of the NAO, stressing that the NHS Supply Chain was able to secure significant cost savings on medical equipment. For example, NAO findings revealed that some NHS trusts paid up to £490 for each hip replacement stem part — a product available through NHS Supply Chain for £258.

However, users of the NHS Supply Chain have complained that the products available via the procurement stream were inferior to those available elsewhere.

A customer satisfaction survey conducted by the NHS Supply Chain found that more than seven in 10 (71.8%) customers said they used alternative supply routes because the products they wanted were not available through the NHS.

“Supply Chain needs to do more to deliver, and to show that it is delivering, for the NHS. In response, trusts need to make use of the NHS’s buying power to secure the lower costs Supply Chain can bring, with support and clear direction from NHSE,” Davies added. 

Women bring more creativity and innovation to procurement teams, but remain underrepresented in the industry. Is that about to change?

The benefits of diversity in a corporate setting are well established. Whether along gender lines or any other criteria, diverse perspectives make companies more agile, resilient, and better suited to serving their customers. The fact remains, however, that across much of the business world, women are still heavily in the minority. Traditionally, procurement, sourcing, and supply chain departments have been no different.

Luckily, it seems as though the tide is turning for women in procurement.

Procurement teams feel the benefits of gender parity

In a recent report surveying 300 Chief Procurement Officers in Europe, the US, and Asia, research firm Oliver Wyman found that the number of women working procurement was perceived to be on the rise. Over half (60%) of CPOs surveyed said that the number of women working in their procurement organisation was higher than just three years ago. Gender parity was highest in Europe, closely followed by the US. Asia trailed behind with less than a quarter of organisations surveyed having better than 40% parity. 

Those interviewed said they were feeling the benefits. Over three quarters (76%) of executives reported perceiving “more creativity and innovation” in their teams thanks to the presence of women. 

Procurement still has a long way to go to reach equality

However, while there has been progress, procurement has a long way to go before reaching a state of parity. More women than ever are working in the procurement sector, the report notes.

However, data showed that “women have not yet gained a secure hold on the highest levels of the function.” Women accounted for just 25% of procurement management committees and fewer than one in three buyers is a woman. Again, the global average skews closer to parity in Europe, and farther in Asia. At nearly half the procurement organisations in Europe and the US, women hold more than 40% of the function positions; in Asia, only 17% of the companies reach this level.

Different industries also have different levels of gender representation. In industrial and manufacturing sectors like aeronautics, women are “weakly” represented. Sectors like finance and public institutions, on the other hand, are much closer to equality.

The report notes this may be a feature of recruiting patterns and discrimination in hiring principles farther down the chain. This trend can be traced back into education, where women remain grossly underrepresented in many STEM fields. 

Women occupy more senior positions in smaller companies

One surprising finding was that women in larger organisations were less likely to occupy a position of power within their procurement function than those in a smaller organisation, despite larger enterprises being more likely to have representation-based policies and hiring practices in place. The inherently conservative nature of larger corporations as opposed to mid sized enterprises could explain this trend.

Interestingly, the ratio of women in power fell again at the smallest end of the spectrum.  

Women in procurement still face a world in which they receive fewer opportunities, and less recognition than their male counterparts. However, there are promising signs that the tide is changing. Albeit slowly, the world is moving towards a state where gender is evenly represented in the procurement sector. It also seems as though those organisations already making meaningful attempts towards gender parity are seeing the benefits. 

“There is a growing body of evidence on how the gender composition of companies correlates with the bottom line. The case is strongest for senior executive teams, where multiple credible studies show that companies with the greatest gender balance in the C-suite are likelier to achieve above average financial results,” notes the report. 

Will the skills shortage and increased demand push the procurement sector to automate more than 50% of its sourcing?

The procurement sector is changing. CPOs face increased demand for strategic innovation, sustainability leadership, and risk mitigation—in addition to traditional requirements valuing cost-containment. 

As the role and nature of procurement shifts, however, procurement teams are finding themselves faced with a problem. Despite rising budgets, procurement teams are still facing the need to complete more work with fewer resources. This state of affairs is leading many CPOs to explore the opportunities presented by automation. In Conjunction with artificial intelligence (AI), and machine learning, automation has the potential to drive efficiencies in procurement. Not only that, but the technology also has potential to mitigate skill shortages in their workforces. 

Alan Holland is an optimization, game theory, and algorithmic mechanism design specialist who heads up AI procurement company Keelvar. He believes that 2024 will be the year that “autonomous sourcing goes mainstream.” He adds that “This year will see the first enterprises conducting >50% of their sourcing events in fully automated processes. Tailored workflows for Indirect and Direct categories will automate sourcing for goods and services across all major industries.”

Automation in the procurement process

Leveraging AI and machine learning to build behavioural foundations built on advanced analytics, automated automated sourcing supposedly simplifies procedures, eradicates inefficiencies, promotes fairness, and identifies avenues for generating additional value throughout the procurement process. 

Allegedly, the software framework that can handle up to “90% of the event tactical workload”. This means eliminating manual data management and identify patterns in previous procurement interactions. One of the leading causes of procurement disruption is human error across repetitive, low skill manual input tasks, which automation could alleviate. The result is that procurement teams better understand their operations with more time to focus on less repetitive tasks. 

Procurement remains highly manual

While procurement teams have made promising initial steps towards implementing much-needed automation, truly impactful adoption remains a long way off. Recently, a KPMG report found that, although there has been significant automation of many elements of procurement in recent years, “many activities that can best be described as ‘transactional’ or even ‘swivel chair’ remain.” Also, jobs that involve advanced analytics suffer from “data gaps, system gaps, and resource gaps.”

The report’s authors argue for more autonomous forms of automation. Entities like bots could benefit procurement with the ability to fully or partially take over more strategic roles. 

“More advanced bots can execute complex cognitive tasks that mimic human behaviour. In its most advanced form, bots can interpret vast amounts of data from multiple structured and unstructured sources, including text, voice, images, and video,” add the report’s authors.

“These bots can evaluate information and use specific algorithms and ontologies to simulate reasoning— make decisions based on a mix of evidence and probability—in a way that would mimic human actions. These bots can work alongside procurement professionals to streamline and improve some of the organisation’s most strategic activities, such as category management and supplier management. They can spot patterns in spend and operations, proactively seek market intelligence on suppliers and categories, and even provide coaching to both procurement and business users on the ins and outs of process and policies.”

Within Scope 3 emissions, those stemming from purchased goods and services should be at the forefront of procurement net zero planning.

Scope 3 emissions from purchased goods and services are key to procurement’s net zero journey as organisations set their sights on a net zero goal by the end of the decade.

As sustainability measures ramp up, so too will procurement’s role in reducing the environmental impact of the value chain. Sometimes, as much as 90% of an organisation’s emissions stem from their supply chain, making procurement an especially impactful piece of the puzzle. 

Therefore, while tackling scope 1 and 2 emissions is undeniably necessary and easier to do, finding ways to reduce scope 3 emissions is where the real challenge lies.

Scope 3 emissions in the supply chain

Scope 3 emissions originate from a company’s supply chain, either from downstream in the form of logistics and customer usage, or upstream, where raw material extraction, manufacturing, shipping, and other types of supplier behaviour often generates the most environmental impact. 

The decisions made by procurement, regarding the embedded carbon in the materials and goods the function sources, as well as the behaviour of the suppliers selling them those goods and services, can have a significant impact on a company’s overall emissions. 

Failing to address sources of carbon within the supply chain can have negative consequences beyond direct emissions. The EU, for example, is in the process of introducing legislation to ban the importation of soybeans, wood, coffee, chocolate, and other agricultural goods that have (or unable to disprove the presence of) deforestation in their supply chain. Organisations that procure raw materials without consideration for their origins and the practices used to extract or grow them could face immediate repercussions for both their reputations and bottom lines. 

The majority of organisations recognise the need for a reduction in scope 3 emissions. However, fewer have a clear plan for tackling the issue. In a 2023 report released by Deloitte, researchers wrote that “organisations that have a blueprint to net-zero and establish science-based targets (SBTs) are in need of a methodical, systematic, and impactful way to approach Scope 3 emissions, especially for Category 1, Purchased Goods and Services.” These category 1 goods can account for between 35% and 40% of scope 3 emissions, depending on the industry, and are directly tied to the procurement process. 

Category 1 emissions are procurement’s biggest challenge

Tackling Category 1 emissions is especially challenging and requires strong supply chain transparency, accurate data, and meaningful engagement with suppliers to drive meaningful changes. 

Organisations looking to drive change need to foster sustainable behaviour further up the value chain in their supplier base. In order to do this, however, Deloitte  notes that the procurement function itself needs empowering in order to “partner with the business” and “drive supplier engagement and implement robust emission measurement techniques.” 

Deloitte’s report notes that “While establishing goals is a great first step, achieving them cannot be done with the flip of a switch.” Assessing, understanding, and eventually taking control of your scope 3 emissions, starting with Category 1, is “a journey that requires a strategy, a plan, and the ability to execute, including resource bandwidth, internal capabilities, and intercompany alignment.”